{"response":{"docs":[{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_571","title":"Program planning and budgeting tool, FY 1997","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1996-01/1996-09"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System"],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Education--Evaluation","Education--Finance"],"dcterms_title":["Program planning and budgeting tool, FY 1997"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/571"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":["Available for use in research, teaching, and private study. Any other use requires permission from the Butler Center."],"dcterms_medium":["planning"],"dcterms_extent":["50 pages"],"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nLittle Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 1 Code PINV Name % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Jul 3 '95 Scheduled Finish Aug 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names E Jackson rs Received Jan 3 1996 2 PINV Identify and revise DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% Jul 3 '95 Aug 11 '95 Jackson,Lejfigiigy Office of Desegregation Monitoring Monitunii f 3 PINV Review and adjust primary and secondary leaders for DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% Jul 17'95 Aug 14 '95 Lewis,Mayo r  4 PINV Finalize list of DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% Aug 15'95 Aug 18 '95 Jackson,Lewis 5 PINV Generate a Program Inventory Report for 1995-96 100% Aug 18 '95 Aug 31 '95 Jackson,Lewis  PEVAL 100% Jul 3 '95 Nov 22 '95 Jackson 7 PEVAL Notify program managers that program evaluation begins in fall\nbegin data collection 100% Jul 3 '95 Jul 28 '95 Jackson 8 PEVAL Review/revise process for cabinet review of program evaluations 100% Aug 1 '95 Aug 15'95 Jackson,Cabinet Page 1 FY97 January 31 '96filed IN THE UNITED STATES ARkan EASTERN DISTRICT OF ARKANSAS ARKANSAS WESTERN DIVISION 3 f 1996 LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT VS. NO. LR-C-'82-866 JAMES VI/. By\n_____ McCOfiMACI^^:TlFF PULASKI COUNTY SPECIAL SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 1, ET AL RECESVEO* DEP CLERK DEFENDANTS MRS. LORENE JOSHUA, ET AL JAM 5 1 1996 INTERVENORS KATHERINE KNIGHT, ET AL Office of Desegregation Monitoring INTERVENORS LRSDs 1997-98 BUDGET/JANUARY PROJECT MANAGEMENT TOOL The Plaintiff, Little Rock School District (\"LRSD\"), for its 1997-98 Budget/January Project Management Tool, states: 1. Pursuant to the Order of this Court, the LRSD does hereby submit its Project Management Tool for the month ending January 31, 1996, relating to its 1997-98 budget. WHEREFORE, the Little Rock School District submits its Project Management Tool for the month ending January 31, 1996, relating to its 1997-98 budget. Respectfully submitted. FRIDAY, ELDREDGE \u0026amp; CLARK Attorneys at Law , 2000 First Commercial Building 400 West Capitol Little Rock, Arkansas 72201-3493 dtana\\pccsd\\jan-96.too (501) 376-2011 ATTORNEYS FOR PLAINTIFF LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT ByT Jerry L. Malone ABA #85096 -1-I, CERTIFICATE OF SERVICE Jerry L. Malone, do hereby certify that a copy of the foregoing LRSD's 1997-98 Budget/January Project Management Tool has been served by U. S. Mail, postage prepaid, except as otherwise indicated, on January 31, 1996, upon the following: Mr. John W. Walker JOHN W. WALKER, P.A. (Hand-Delivered) d iana\\pccsd\\jan*96. too Attorneys at Law 1723 Broadway Little Rock, AR 72206 Mr. Samuel M. Jones, III WRIGHT, LINDSEY \u0026amp; JENNINGS Attorneys at Law 2200 Worthen Bank Building 200 West Capitol Little Rock, AR 72201 Mr. Stephen W. Jones JACK, LYON \u0026amp; JONES, P.A. Attorneys at Law 3400 Capitol Towers Capitol \u0026amp; Broadway Streets Little Rock, AR 72201 Mr. Richard W. Roachell ROACHELL \u0026amp; STREETT Attorneys at Law First Federal Plaza, Suite 504 401 West Capitol Avenue Little Rock, AR 72201 Mrs. Ann Brown (Hand-delivered as per Order by the Court) Federal Monitor, Office of Desegregation Heritage West Building, Suite 520 201 East Markham Street Little Rock, AR 72201 Jerry L. Malone -2-Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 9 Code PEVAL Name_________________________________ Review/revise program evaluation instrument % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Aug 1 '95 Scheduled Finish Aug 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Cabinet.Jackson 10 PEVAL Distribute program evaluation instruments and instructions to primary and/or secondary leaders: provide additonal information/instruments, if needed 100% Aug 25 '95 Aug 25 '95 Jackson 11 PEVAL Conduct required training sessions describing the process and evaluation criteria for designated staff 100% Aug 4 '95 Aug 31 '95 Jackson 12 PEVAL Program evaluations due from secondary or primary leaders 100% Sep 15 '95 Sep 15'95 Cabinet 13 PEVAL Review program evaluations (DSeg and NonDSeg) tor potential target programs for extended evaluations 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 2 '95 Cabinet 14 PEVAL Finalize identification of extended evaluation targets 100% Oct 2 '95 Oct 13'95 Cabinet 15 PEVAL Notify appropriate staff to prepare Extended Program Evaluations 100% Oct 16 '95 Oct 20 '95 Jackson,Cabinet * 16 PEVAL Extended evaluations due 100% Nov 13'95 Nov 13'95 Program Managers Page 2 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 17 Code PEVAL Name Cabinet review extended evaluations for merge into needs assessment report % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Nov 17'95 Scheduled Finish Nov 22 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson 1 NEEDS 100% Sep 1 '95 Nov 30 '95 Jackson.Cabinet 19 NEEDS Review types of data to measure needs of district for FY 96-97 100% Sep 1 '95 Sep 8 '95 Cabinet,Jackson 20 NEEDS Analyze results of the budgeting and planning priorities revealed from the 94-95 Needs Assessment Report 100% Sep 1 '95 Sep 8 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 21 NEEDS Review strategic planning mission statement and goals of the District (and implement) 100% Sep 1 '95 Sep 8 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 22 NEEDS Board identifies District concerns for input from public at Town Hall/District Dialogues 100% Sep 14 '95 Sep 14 '95 Williams,Board 22 NEECS STANFORD 8 TEST DATA STUDY 100% Seo 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson 24 NEEDS Define purpose and scope for Stanford 8 Test data study 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Cabinet Page 3 FY97 January 31 '96I Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 25 Code NEEDS Name Assign responsibilities for study of Stanford 8 Test data % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson 26 NEEDS Design data collection plan for study of Stanford 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Lacey 27 NEEDS Collect and analyze data from Stanford 8 Test (Spring 95 administration) 100% Sep 15 '95 Oct 13'95 Jackson,Lacey,Savage 28 NEEDS Prepare Stanford 8 Test Report 100% Oct 13'95 Oct 31 '95 Lacey 29 NEEDS Submit Stanford 8 Test Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment 100% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson, Lacey 3Q NEEDS PRE EDUCATIONAL EQUITY MONITORING REPORTS SURVEY 100% Seo 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson 31 NEEDS Define purpose and scope for PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 32 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson Page 4 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 33 Code NEEDS Name Analyze data from PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Studies % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 18 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 30 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Smith 34 NEEDS Prepare PRE Educational Equity Monitoring findings 100% Oct 2 '95 Oct 13'95 Smith 35 NEEDS Submit PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study to PRE for merge into needs assessment listing 100% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson,Smith 3 NEEDS SCHOOL CLIMATE/HUMAN RELATIONS SURVEY (SC/HRISTUDY 100% Sep 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson 37 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of SC/HR Survey 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 38 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for SC/HR data collections 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson 39 NEEDS Design data collection plan for study of SC/HR 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Hobby 40 NEEDS Collect and analyze data from SC/HR Survey 100% Sep 15 '95 Oct 13'95 Jackson,Hobby Page 5 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 41 Code NEEDS Name Prepare SC/HR Survey Report % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Oct 13'95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Hobby 42 NEEDS Submit SC/HR Survey Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment 100% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson,Hobby 43 NEEDS PORPORTIONALS ALLOCATION FORMULAS STUDY 100% Sep 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Smith.Milhollen 44 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Smith,Milhollen,Cabinet 45 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Smith 46 NEEDS Design data collections plan for Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Smith 47 NEEDS Collect and analyze data for Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% Sep 15 '95 Oct 13'95 Hurley,Eaton,Gadberry, Neal,Milhollen,Smith 48 NEEDS Prepare Proportional Allocation Formulas Report 100% Oct 13'95 Oct 31 '95 Milhollen, Hurley,Eaton, Neal,Smith Page 6 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 49 Code NEEDS Name Submit Proportional Allocations Formulas Study Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment listing % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Oct 31 '95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Milhollen NEEDS DISTRICTWIDE FACILITIES STUDY 100% Sep 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Smith 51 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Oistrictwide Facilities Study/Report from 1994-95 Study for purposes of 1995-96 Needs Assessment Report 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Williams,Smith,Cabinet 52 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for the Districtwide Facilities Study/Reporting of findings 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Smith,Eaton 53 NEEDS Prepare findings from the Districtwide Facilities Study 100% Sep 16 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 15'95 Smith, Mayo,Eaton,Vann 54 NEEDS Submit Districtwide Facilities Study Report recommendations to PRE for merge into needs assessment report (recommendations cited in this report are subject to change) 100% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Smith,Mayo,Eaton S5 NEEDS DESEGREGATION MONITORING REPORTS AUDIT FROM PPM 100% Sep 11 '95 Nov 30 '95 Mavo 56 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Williams,Mayo,Cabinet Page 7 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 57 Code NEEDS Name______________________________ Assign responsibility for data collection of transcripts and Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Mayo 58 NEEDS Design data collection plan for study of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Mayo 59 NEEDS Collect data 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 13'95 Mayo 60 NEEDS Review with Cabinet and Attorneys 100% Oct 16'95 Oct 31 '95 Mayo 61 NEEDS Report findings to PRE 100% Oct 31 '95 Nov 18'95 Mayo 62 NEEDS Merge new obligations with Program Budget Document 100% Nov 1 '95 Nov 30 '95 Mayo,Lewis ea NEEDS COURT ORDERS AUDIT 100% Sep 11 '95 Nov 30 '95 Mavo 64 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Court Orders Audit 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Cabinet,Mayo Page 8 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 65 Code NEEDS Name ____________________________ Assign responsibility for data collection of Court Orders Audit % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Mayo 66 NEEDS Collect data 100% Sep 18'95 Oct 13'95 Mayo 67 NEEDS Review with Cabinet and Attorneys 100% Oct 16'95 Oct 31 '95 Mayo 68 NEEDS Report findings to PRE 100% Nov 1 '95 Nov 18'95 Mayo 69 NEEDS Merge new obligations with Program Budget Document 100% Nov 1 '95 Nov 30 '95 Mayo,Lewis 2Q NEEDS TOWN HALL MEETINGS 100% Sep 11 '95 Noy 21 .35 Williatins. Jackson. Modeste 71 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Town Hall Meetings 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Jackson,Modeste,Cabinet 72 NEEDS Review previous years data from Town Hall Report 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Modeste, Jackson,Vann Page 9 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 73 Code NEEDS Name Review and data collection plan (matrix)for Town Hall Meetings % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Vann.Lewis 74 NEEDS Set locations and schedule for Town Hall Meeting 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Vann.Modeste 75 NEEDS Develop advertisement plan and schedule for Town Hall Meetings: Prepare sample agenda 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Vann.Modeste 76 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting I 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann.Modeste 77 NEEDS Conduct Town Hall Meeting I 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Williams 78 NEEDS Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting I for input into matrix 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann.Lewis 79 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting II 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann.Modeste 80 NEEDS Conduct Town Hall Meeting II 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 9 '95 Williams Page 10 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 81 Code NEEDS Name Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting II for input into matrix % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 18 '95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Nov 9 '95 Resource Names Vann,Lewis 82 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting III 100% Sep 18'95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 14 '95 Vann.Modeste 83 NEEDS Conduct Town Hall Meeting III 100% Nov 14 '95 Nov 14 '95 Williams 84 NEEDS Finalize and publish Town Hall Meeting Report 100% Nov 1 '95 Nov 15'95 Nov 17 '95 Modeste,Lewis 85 NEEDS Merge findings of Town Hall Meeting Report, 1995-96 into needs assessment listing 100% Nov 15'95 Nov 21 '95 Jackson,Lewis as NEEDS DISTRICT DIALOGUES 100% Sep 11 Nov 21 '95 Williams. Jackson. Modeste 87 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of District Dialogues 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Williams, Jackson,Modeste,Cabinet 88 NEEDS Review previous years data from District Dialogue Report 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Modeste,Vann Page 11 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 89 Code NEEDS Name Review data collection plan (matrix) for District Dialogues % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson. Vann.Modeste 90 NEEDS Set locations and schedule for District Dialogue Meetings 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Modeste.Vann 91 NEEDS Develop advertisement plan and schedule for District Dialogues\nprepare sample agenda 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Vann.Modeste 92 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue l(Principals) 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann.Modeste 93 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue I 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Williams 94 NEEDS Gather feedback from District Dialogue 1 for input into matrix 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann,Lewis 95 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue ll(Ass't Principals) 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann.Modeste 96 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue II 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Williams Page 12 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 97 Code NEEDS Name Gather feedback data from District Dialogue II for input into matrix % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 18'95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Vann,Lewis 98 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue lll(Teachers) 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 1 '95 Vann,Modeste 99 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue III 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 1 '95 Williams 100 NEEDS Gather feedback data from District Dialogue III for merge into matrix 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 6 '95 Vann,Lewis 101 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue IV(Admin. and Classified) 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 6 '95 Vann,Modeste 102 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue IV 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 6 '5 Williams 103 NEEDS Gather feedback data from District Dialogue IV for input into matrix 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 6 '95 Vann,Lewis 104 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue V(Transportation) 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 8 '95 Vann,Modeste Page 13 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 105 Code NEEDS Name__________________ Conduct District Dialogue V % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 18'95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Nov 8 '95 Resource Names Williams 106 NEEDS Gather feedback data from District Dialogue V for input into matrix 100% Sep 18'95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 8 '95 Vann,Lewis 107 NEEDS Finalize and publish District Dialogue Report 1995-96 100% Nov 1 '95 Nov 15'95 Nov 17 '95 Jackson,Lewis 108 NEEDS Merge findings of District Dialogue Report 1995-96 into needs assessment listing 100% Nov 15'95 Nov 21 '95 Jackson,Lewis 109 NEEQS PREPARE NEEDS ASSESSMENT REPORT 100% Nov 1 '95 Nov 30 '95 Jackson 110 NEEDS Conduct Administrative review of available districtwide reports and objective data 100% Nov 1 '95 Nov 15'95 Jackson,Cabinet 111 NEEDS Review of available districtwide reports and objective data by Board 100% Nov 1 '95 Nov 15'95 Williams, Jackson,Board 112 NEEDS Publish Draft of Needs Assessment /Report and disseminate to selected persons 100% Nov 27 '95 Nov 27 '95 Jackson,Cabinet Page 14 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool IO 113 Code NEEDS Name Publish Needs Assessment Report, 1995-96 % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Nov 30 '95 Scheduled Finish Nov 30 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson 114 GOALS PLANNING AND BUDGET GOALS 48% Oct 2 '95 Aug 30 '96 Jackson 115 GOALS CABINET PLANNING SESSION 100% Oct 2 '95 Jan 31 '96 Jackson.Cabinet 116 GOALS Review 1994-95 Needs Assessment Report 100% Oct 2 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson.Cabinet 117 GOALS Distribute 1995-96 Needs Assessment Report to Cabinet members 100% Dec 1 '95 Dec 8 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 118 GOALS Distribute draft copy of Strategic Plan to Cabinet and review 100% Oct 23 '95 Nov 16'95 Young,Modeste,Cabinet 119 GOALS Submit Strategic Plan to Board for approval of Five Year Strategic Plan 100% Nov 16 '95 Nov 16'95 Williams 120 GOALS Board review and adopt Strategic Plan mission statement and goals 100% Nov 16 '95 Nov 16 '95 Board Page 15 FY97 January 31 '96ID 121 Code GOALS Name Board adopt written priorities as outlined in the Five Year Strategic Plan 122 GOALS Develop communications strategy for mission statement and goals 123 GOALS Distribute mission statement, goals and written priorities (action plans) 124 PDEV PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT 125 PDEV SUBMIT BUSINESS CASE FOR PROGRAM AND/OR MODIFICATIONS TO SUPERINTENDENT 126 PDEV Review process for program development 127 PDEV Use extended program evaluations to identify program additions, modifications, deletions 128 PDEV Notify appropriate staff to prepare Business Cases on results of extended program evaluations Page 16 Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Nov 16'95 Scheduled Finish Nov 16'95 Revised Finish Resource Names Board 100% 100% 27% 27% 100% 100% 100% Nov 17'95 Dec 14'95 Nov 1 '95 Nov 1 '95 Nov 1 '95 Nov 17'95 Nov 17 '95 FY97 Dec 14 '95 Jan 31 '96 Aug 30 '96 Aug 30 '96 Nov 10'95 Nov 27 '95 Nov 30 '95 Williams,Vann Young,Modeste.Vann Jackson.Cabinet Williams.Jackson Cabinet.Jackson Cabinet Cabinet January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 129 Code PDEV Name Review recommendations from district needs assessment report in order to identify additional programs or programs modifications resulting in business case(s) % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Dec 5 '95 Scheduled Finish Dec 11 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Cabinet 130 PDEV Business Cases due 100% Jan 8 '96 Jan 8 '96 Primary Leaders 131 PDEV Review of Business Cases by Cabinet 100% Jan 15 '96 Jan 22 '96 Cabinet 132 PDEV Submit Business Cases for program and/or program modifications to Board of Directors 0% Feb 8 '96 Feb 8 '96 Jackson.Williams 133 PDEV Review of Business Cases by Board 0% Feb 8 '96 Feb 22 '96 Board 134 BUDGT BOARD RETREAT/BOARD WORKSESSION 15% Nov 20 '95 Aug 30 '96 Williams 135 BUDGT Determine date and site for Board Retreat 100% Dec 8 '95 Dec 20 '95 Williams,Board 136 BUDGT Identify agenda items for Board Retreat 100% Dec 8 '95 Dec 20 '95 Williams.Board Page 17 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 137 Code BUDGT Name________________________ Establish agenda for Board Retreat % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Dec 8 '95 Scheduled Finish Dec 20 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams,Board 138 BUDGT Identify materials tor Board Retreat 100% Dec 8 '95 Dec 20 '95 Williams,Jackson 139 BUDGT Distribute materials for Board Retreat 100% Jan 9 '96 Jan 10 '96 Williams.Jackson 140 BUDGT Conduct data analysis work session in preparation for Board Retreat 0% Jan 12 '96 Jan 12'96 Feb 29 '96 Williams,Cabinet 141 BUDGT Conduct Board Retreat 0% Jan 22 '96 Jan 26 '96 Feb 29 '96 Williams,Board 142 BUDGT Report outcomes of Board Retreat 0% Jan 31 '96 Jan 31 '96 Feb 29 '96 Williams,Board na BUDGT BUDGETING 14% Nov 20 '95 Aug 30 '96 144 BUDGT Develop budget preparation training materials 100% Nov 20 '95 Nov 27 '95 Smith,Milhollen Page 18 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 145 Code BUDGT Name_________________________________ Conduct budget preparation training sessions and distribute instructions for budget preparation training at all levels % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Dec 1 '95 Scheduled Finish Dec 8 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Smith 146 BUDGT Budget managers develop and submit revised 1995-96 expense budget revisions and 1996-97 expense budget requests 100% Dec 11 '95 Jan 8 '96 Milhollen,Smith 147 BUDGT Begin districtwide expense budget consolidation and executive review process 0% Jan 9 '96 Mar 8 '96 Smith 148 BUDGT Year to date revenue expenditure analysis 0% Jan 9 '96 Jan 31'96 Smith,Milhollen 149 BUDGT Revise financial forecast for coming year 0% Feb 26 '96 Mar 6'96 Smith 150 BUDGT Submit proposed budget to Board 0% Mar 14 '96 Mar 14 '96 Williams 151 BUDGT Conduct Board Work Sessions on proposed budget 0% Mar 18'96 Mar 29 '96 Smith,Board, Williams 152 BUDGT Revise proposed budget, as needed 0% Mar 14 '96 Apr 2 '96 Smith,Milhollen Page 19 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 153 Code BUDGT Name_______________ Prepare tentative budget % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Apr 3 '96 Scheduled Finish May 13'96 Revised Finish Resource Names Smith,Milhollen 154 BUDGT Board review of tentative budget 0% May 23 '96 May 23 '96 Board,Smith 155 BUDGT Conduct Board Work Session on tentative Budget 0% May 24 '96 May 31 '96 Board,Wiliiams 156 BUDGT Account reconciliation and Purchase Order (PO) clean-up 0% Jun 17 '96 Jul 12'96 Eaton 157 BUDGT 158 BUDGT Receipt of state generated revenue numbers (payroll liabilities, adjusted supplemental payroll last payroll, Carl Perkins, M to M, JTPA, Vocational Ed., Chapters 1 and 2, Compensatory Ed., MFPA, Transportation, ABC) Close-out 1995-96 accounts: adjust physical inventory, (fiscal)federal grants, magnet, state grants, accruals 0% 0% 159 BUDGT Compute ending fund balance 0% 160 BUDGT Administrative review of final budget 0% Jun 16 '96 Jun 16 '96 Milhollen,Smith Jul 1 '96 Jul 19'96 Smith,Milhollen,Cabinet Jul 22 '96 Jul 22 '96 Milhollen,Smith Jul 24 '96 Jul 29 '96 Williams,Cabinet Page 20 FY97 January 31 '96 Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 161 Code BUDGT Name Submit final budget to Board % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Aug 1 '96 Scheduled Finish Aug 1 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams,Smith 162 BUDGT Board review and adoption of 96-97 final budget 0% Aug 1 '96 Aug 8 '96 Board 163 BUDGT Submit final Budget to CourVParties 0% Aug 8 '96 Aug 21 '96 Williams,Attorney 164 BUDGT Submit 96-97 final budget to State 0% Aug 21 '96 Aug 30 '96 Williams,Smith 165 BUDGT Staffing 0% Jan 26 '96 Aug 15 '96 Hurley 166 BUDGT First review of changes in course offerings by Board 0% Jan 26 '96 Feb 8 '96 Board,Williams 167 BUDGT Meeting with counselors and principals to review courses offerings 1995-96 0% Jan 29 '96 Feb 15'96 Elston 168 BUDGT Print secondary course selection sheets 0% Jan 29 '96 Feb 15'96 Williams,Gadberry Page 21 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 169 Code BUDGT Name Counselors meet with students and complete course selection sheets % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Feb 19'96 Scheduled Finish Mar 8 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Principals,Counselors 170 BUDGT Counselors send course selection sheets to receiving schools 0% Mar 8 '96 Mar 11 '96 Principals,Counselors 171 BUDGT Registrars tally course selections 0% Mar 11 '96 Mar 29 '96 Principals,Registrars 172 BUDGT Review course tallies secondary. Note possible staffing changes based on courses requested 0% Apr 1 '96 Apr 19'96 Gadberry,Hurley,Asst. Supts. 173 BUDGT Identify elementary enrollment (tentative) for 1995-96 0% Apr 1 '96 May 19'96 Mayo,Hurley,Gadberry,Asst Supts 174 BUDGT Make determination by subject area (secondary) of possible changes and by projected elementary enrolled 0% Apr 1 '96 Apr 19 '96 Gadberry,Hurley,Asst. Supts. 175 BUDGT List known retirements, resignations, and intern positions 0% Apr 3 '96 Apr 24 '96 Gadberry,Hurley 176 BUDGT Identify certified personnel for Reduction in Force (RIF), if needed 0% Apr 17'96 Apr 26 '96 Hurley,Gadberry Page 22 FY97 January 31 '96 ILittle Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 177 Code BUDGT Name Notify certified personnel of Reduction in Force (RIF), if needed staff reduction % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Apr 24 '96 Scheduled Finish Apr 29 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Hurley,Gadberry 178 BUDGT Recall certified personnel from RIF, if needed 0% Jun 3 '96 Aug 1 '96 Hurley,Gadberry 179 BUDG Notify classified personnel of staff reduction 0% May 6 '96 Jul 15'96 Hurley,Gadberry 180 BUDGT Recall classified personnel from RIF, if needed 0% Jun 3 '96 Aug 15 '96 Hurley lai BUDGT PROVIDE BROAD-BASED INTERNAL AND 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste. Vann. Williams 182 BUDGT Plan for internal and external feedback. Set locations and dates 0% Feb 1 '96 Feb 15'96 Williams,Modeste,Vann 183 BUDGT Execute advertisement for district feedback. Session I 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste.Vann 184 BUDGT Conduct District Feedback Session I 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams Page 23 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 185 Code BUDGT Name___________________________ Execute advertisement plan for district feedback, Session II % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Feb 1 '96 Scheduled Finish Apr 30 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Modeste.Vann 186 BUDGT Conduct District Feedback Session II 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 187 BUDGT Execute advertisement for district feedback. Session III 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 188 BUDGT Conduct district feedback. Session III 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 189 BUDGT Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall feedback. Session I 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste,Vann 190 BUDGT Conduct Town Hall feedback. Session I 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 191 BUDGT Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall feedback. Session II 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste.Vann 192 BUDGT Conduct Town Hall feedback . Session II 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams Page 24 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 193 Code BUDGT Name Execute advertisement for Town Hall feedback. Session III % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Feb 1 '96 Scheduled Finish Apr 30 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names V\\/illiams 194 BUDGT Conduct Town Hall feedback. Session III 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste.Vann 195 MR MONITORING AND REPORTING OF DESEG AND NONDESEG PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 11ST QUARTER: 2ND QUARTER: 3RD QUARTER: 4TH QUARTER! 54% Aug 1 '95 Aug 31 '96 Jackson 196 MR PRE performs necessary diskette management functions for the summer (i.e. archival filing, achievement erasures, copying, etc.) 100% Aug 1 '95 Aug 17'95 PRE Clerical 197 MR Revise written program budget document instructions, as needed 100% Aug 31 '95 Sep 5 '95 Lewis 198 MR PRE forward program budget document diskettes to principals and program managers 100% Aug 31 '95 Sep 5 '95 PRE Clerical.Lewis 199 MR Distribute written program budget document instructions to principals and program managers 100% Sep 1 '95 Sep 5 '95 Lewis.PRE Clerical 200 MR Plan maintenance education and orientation regarding the program budget document process 100% Aug 1 '95 Aug 31 '95 Jackson.Lewis Page 25 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool IO 201 Code MR Name Conduct maintenance education workshops and orientation sessions regarding the program budget document process for principals, clerical staff, program managers, primary and secondary leaders % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 4 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 30 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Lewis 2Q2 MB 1ST QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 100% Aug 8 '95 Dec 21 '95 Jackson 203 MR Review program budget document with program managers and principals 100% Aug 8 '95 Oct 14 '95 Asst. Supts,Lewis,PRE Clerical 204 MR Generate diskette management flow information to relative staff School Operations and PRE office 100% Aug 8 '95 Aug 31 '95 Jackson.Lewis 205 MR Carryout training sessions on the Program Budget Document and WordPerfect 100% Sep 2 '95 Sep 15 '95 Lewis,Jackson 206 MR Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 1 st Quarter PBD diskettes 100% Oct 3 '95 Oct 3 '95 Lewis 207 MR DSeg and NonDSeg diskettes returned to PRE 100% Oct 14 '95 Oct 14 '95 Principals,Program Managers 208 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 100% Oct 16 '95 Nov 8 '95 PRE ClericaLLewis Page 26 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 209 Code MR Name PRE generate hard copies of diskettes % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Oct 16 '95 Scheduled Finish Nov 8 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names PRE Clerical 210 MR PRE develops narrative and the Controller provides financial info for the PBD reports 100% Oct 16 '95 Oct 31 '95 Lewis,Milhollen 211 MR PRE combines all information for the 1st Quarter Program Budget Report 100% Oct 31 '95 Nov 8 '95 Lewis,PRE Clerical 212 MR Submit report to Attorney for review 100% Nov 8 '95 Nov 13'95 Lewis 213 MR Prepare for publication of 1st Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 100% Nov 13'95 Nov 13'95 Lewis,Jackson 214 MR Submit 1st Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 100% Nov 21 '95 Nov 21 '95 Jackson,Attorney 215 MR Return diskettes and hard copies to managers and principals 100% Nov 21 '95 Nov 22 '95 PRE Clerical 216 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to the secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 100% Nov 21 '95 Dec 21 '95 Primary Leaders Page 27 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 212 Code MB Name__________________________ 2ND QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS % Complete 70% Scheduled Start Nov 21 '95 Scheduled Finish Mar 22 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson 218 MR Advise program managers and principals on Programs Budget Document 100% Nov 21 '95 Jan 13 '96 Asst. Supts,Lewis 219 MR Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 2nd Quarter PBD diskettes 100% Jan 6 '96 Jan 6 '96 Lewis 220 MR Diskettes due back to PRE 100% Jan 13 '96 Jan 13 '96 Program Managers,Principals 221 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 100% Jan 13 '96 Jan 26 '96 PRE Clerical 222 MR PRE generates hard copies of diskettes 100% Jan 15 '96 Jan 31 '96 PRE Clerical 223 MR PRE revises narrative and the controller provides financial info for Program Budget Document Reports (DSeg and NonDSeg) 75% Jan 29 '96 Feb 3 '96 Lewis, Milhollen 224 MR PRE combines all revised information for 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 50% Jan 29 '96 Feb 3 '96 Lewis,PRE Clerical Page 28 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool IO 225 Code MR Name Submit report to Attorney for review % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Feb 14 '96 Scheduled Finish Feb 19'96 Revised Finish Resource Names Attorney,Jackson 226 MR Prepare publication of 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Feb 22 '96 Feb 22 '96 Lewis 227 MR Submit 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 0% Feb 23 '96 Feb 23 '96 Jackson,Attorney 228 MR Return diskettes and paper copies to principals and program managers 0% Feb 23 '96 Feb 24 '96 PRE Clerical 229 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% Feb 23 '96 Mar 22 '96 Primary Leaders 230 MR 3RD QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 0% Efib 23 '96 Jun 24 '96 Jackson 231 MR Advise program managers and principals on the Program Budget Document 0% Feb 23 '96 Apr 12'96 Asst. Supts,Lewis 232 MR Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 3rd Quarter PBD diskettes 0% Mar 7 '96 Mar 7 '96 Lewis Page 29 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 233 Code MR Name _______________ Diskettes due back to PRE % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Apr 12 '96 Scheduled Finish Apr 12 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Principals,Program Managers 234 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 0% Apr 15'96 Apr 28 '96 PRE Clerical 235 MR PRE generate hard copies of diskettes 0% Apr 15 '96 May 3 '96 PRE Clerical 236 MR PRE revises narrative and the controller provides financial information for 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Apr 29 '96 May 3 '96 Lewis,Milhollen 237 MR PRE combines all revised infomiation for 3rd Quarter PBD Reports 0% May 6 '96 May 10 '96 Lewis,PRE Clerical 238 MR Submit report to Attorney for review 0% May 13'96 May 16'96 Lewis 239 MR Prepare publication of 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% May 20 '96 May 23 '96 Lewis 240 MR Submit 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document to Court 0% May 24 '96 May 24 '96 Jackson,Attorney Page 30 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool IO 241 Code MR Name Return diskettes and paper copies to principals and program managers % Complete 0% Scheduled Start May 24 '96 Scheduled Finish May 27 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names PRE Clerical 242 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% May 24 '96 Jun 24 '96 Primary Leaders 243 MR 4th QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 0% May 9 '96 Aug 31 '96 Jackson 244 MR Advise program managers and principals on Program Budget Document 0% May 22 '96 Jul 22 '96 Asst. Supts,Lewis,PRE Clerical 245 MR Send reminder notice for completing the PBD to principals and program managers 0% May 9 '96 May 15'96 Lewis 246 MR Principals submit School Operations Diskettes to Asst. Supts. 0% Jun 10 '96 Jun 16'96 Principals 247 MR Diskettes due from Program Managers who are on a less than 12 month contract 0% Jun 10 '96 Jun 16 '96 Program Managers 248 MR All Program diskettes due back to PRE 0% Jul 14 '96 Jul 14'96 Program Managers Page 31 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 249 Code MR Name________________________________ PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Jul 15'96 Scheduled Finish Jul 28 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names PRE Clerical,Lewis 250 MR PRE develops narrative and the controller provides financial information for 4th quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Jul 29 '96 Aug 4 '96 Lewis,Milhollen 251 MR PRE combines all information for 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Jul 29 '96 Aug 4 '96 Lewis,PRE Clerical 252 MR Submit report to Attorney for review 0% Aug 12 '96 Aug 12 '96 Jackson 253 MR Prepare for publications the 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Aug 16 '96 Aug 19 '96 Lewis 254 MR Submit 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 0% Aug 22 '96 Aug 22 '96 Jackson, Attorney 255 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% Aug 1 '96 Aug 31 '96 Primary Leaders 256 MR PRE house diskettes as 1996-97 school year begins 0% Jun 16 '96 Aug 22 '96 Lewis Page 32 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 251 Code MR Name SUBMIT MONTHLY MANAGEMENT REPORT (MANAGEMENT TOOLI TO COURT % Complete 54% Scheduled Start Jul 31 '95 Scheduled Finish Aug 31 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson 258 MR Submit July's monthly management report to Court 100% Jul 31 95 Jul 31 '95 Jackson,Attorney 259 MR Submit August's monthly management report to Court 100% Aug 31 '95 Aug 31 '95 Jackson .Attorney 260 MR Submit September's monthly management report to Court 100% Sep 29 '95 Sep 29 '95 Jackson .Attorney 261 MR Submit October's monthly management report to Court 100% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson.Attorney 262 MR Submit November's monthly management report to Court 100% Nov 30 '95 Nov 30 '95 Jackson.Attorney 263 MR Submit December's monthly management report to Court 100% Dec 21 '95 Dec 21 '95 Jackson.Attorney 264 MR Submit January's monthly management report to Court 100% Jan 31 '96 Jan 31 '96 Jackson.Attorney Page 33 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 265 Code MR Name_____________________________ Submit February's monthly management report to Court % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Feb 29 '96 Scheduled Finish Feb 29 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson.Attorney 266 MR Submit March's monthly management report to Court 0% Mar 29 '96 Mar 29 '96 Jackson,Attorney 267 MR Submit April's monthly management report to Court 0% Apr 30 '96 Apr 30 '96 Jackson,Attorney 268 MR Submit May's monthly management report to Court 0% May 31 '96 May 31 '96 Jackson,Attorney 269 MR Submit June's monthly management report to Court 0% Jun 28 '96 Jun 28 '96 Jackson,Attorney 270 MR Submit July's monthly management report to Court 0% Jul 31 '96 Jul 31 '96 Jackson .Attorney 271 MR Submit August's monthly management report to Court 0% Aug 31 '96 Aug 31 '96 Jackson 222 QBfi REASSESSMENT OF EBQCESS AtlB ORGANIZATION 1996132 123Si Jul 5 '95 Aug 30 '96 Jackson.Attorney Page 34 FY97 January 31 '96 Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 273 Code ORG Name Analyze, reassess, and revise planning organization and structure % Complete 10% Scheduled Start Jul 5 '95 Scheduled Finish Jul 28 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams.Jackson 274 ORG Revise, discuss and reach consensus regarding format and tasking of 1996-97 Management Tool 100% Jul 5 '95 Jul 24 '95 Cabinet. Lewis. Jackson 275 ORG Initial circulation of 1996-97 Management Tool 100% Jul 13'95 Jul 31 '95 Lewis.Jackson 276 ORG Evaluate tasking of 1996-97 Management Tool 15% Jul 24 '95 Aug 30 '96 Cabinet.Lewis Page 35 FY97 January 31 '96FI Quarter 1st Quarter ID 1 Code PINV Name % Complete 100% May I Jun~ Jul | Aug | Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec I 3rd Quarter Jan Feb I MaF 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 2 PINV Identify and revise DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% 3 PINV Review and adjust primary and secondary leaders for DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% 4 PINV Finalize list of DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% I 5 PINV Generate a Program Inventory Report for 1995-96 100%  PEVAL PROGRAM EVALUATION 100% 7 PEVAL Notify program managers that program evaluation begins in fall\nbegin data collection 100% Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone B Summary Rolled Up Q Page 1ID 8 Code PEVAL Name Review/revise process for cabinet review of program evaluations % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan Feb I Mar' 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 9 PEVAL Review/revise program evaluation instrument 100% 10 PEVAL Distribute program evaluation instruments and instructions to primary and/or secondary leaders\nprovide additonal information/instruments, if needed 100% I 11 PEVAL Conduct required training sessions describing the process and evaluation criteria for designated staff 100% 12 PEVAL Program evaluations due from secondary or primary leaders 100% I 13 PEVAL Review program evaluations (DSeg and NonDSeg) for potential target programs for extended evaluations 100% 14 PEVAL Finalize identification of extended evaluation targets 100% 15 PEVAL Notify appropriate staff to prepare Extended Program Evaluations 100% I - Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Critical Noncritical Progress - Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page 2ID 16 Code PEVAL Name Extended evaluations due % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter 2nd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep Oct | Nov | Dec I 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter 17 IB 19 20 21 22 Jan Feb I Mar~ Apr | May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct PEVAL NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS Project: FY 96 Date. 01/31/96 Cabinet review extended evaluations for merge into needs assessment report Review types of data to measure needs of district for FY 96-97 Analyze results of the budgeting and planning priorities revealed from the 94-95 Needs Assessment Report Review strategic planning mission statement and goals of the District (and implement) Board identifies District concerns for input from public at Town Hall/District Dialogues Critical Noncritical 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% i Progress h Milestone  I   Page 3 Summary Rolled Up QID 23 Code NEEDS Name STANFORD 8 TEST DATA STUDY % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan Feb I Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 24 NEEDS Define purpose and scope for Stanford 8 Test data study 100% I 25 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for study of Stanford 8 Test data 100% I 26 NEEDS Design data collection plan for study of Stanford 100% I 27 NEEDS Collect and analyze data from Stanford 8 Test (Spring 95 administration) 100% 26 NEEDS Prepare Stanford 8 Test Report 100% 29 NEEDS Submit Stanford 8 Test Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment 100% I i Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Critical Noncritical Progress H Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 4Quarter ID 312 31 32 33 34 35 as Code N12S Needs NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS Project: FY 96 Date. 01/31/96 Name 1st Quarter PRE EDUCATIONAL EQUITY MONITORING REPORTS SURVEY Define purpose and scope for PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study Assign responsibilities for PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study Analyze data from PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Studies Prepare PRE Educational Equity Monitoring findings Submit PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study to PRE for merge into needs assessment listing SCHOOL CLIMATE/HUMAN RELATIONS SURVEY (SC/HRISTUDY Critical Noncritical % Complete 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% May [ Jun Jul | Aug | Sep I I 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan Feb I Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up Q Page 5ID 37 Code NEEDS Name Define purpose and scope of SC/HR Survey % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan Feb I Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 38 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for SC/HR data collections 100% I 39 NEEDS Design data collection plan for study of SC/HR 100% I 40 NEEDS Collect and analyze data from SC/HR Survey 100% 41 NEEDS Prepare SC/HR Survey Report 100% 42 43 44 NEEDS NEECS NEEDS Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Submit SC/HR Survey Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment PORPORTIONALS ALLOCATION FORMULAS STUDY Define purpose and scope of Proportional Allocation Formulas Critical Noncritical 100% 100% 100% I Progress m Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page 6ID 45 46 47 48 49 5Q 51 52 Code NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Name Assign responsibilities for Proportional Allocation Formulas Design data collections plan for Proportional Allocation Formulas Collect and analyze data for Proportional Allocation Formulas Prepare Proportional Allocation Formulas Report Submit Proportional Allocations Formulas Study Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment listing DISTRICTWIDE FACILITIES STUDY Define purpose and scope of Districtwide Facilities Study/Report from 1994-95 Study for purposes of 1995-96 Needs Assessment Report Assign responsibilities for the Districtwide Facilities Study/Reporting of findings Critical Noncritical % Complete 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I I I I 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec I 3rd Quarter Jan Feb I Mar~ i 4th Quarter 1st Quarter 2n Apr I May | Jun Jul | Aug [ Sep Oct Progress M Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 7ID 53 Code NEEDS Name Prepare findings from the Districtwide Facilities Study % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jur? 1st Quarter 2nd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep ~Oct | Nov | Dec Jan 3rd Quarter Feb I Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 54 NEEDS Submit Districtwide Facilities Study Report recommendations to PRE for merge into needs assessment report (recommendations cited in this report are subject to change) 100% 55 NEEDS DESEGREGATION MONITORING REPORTS AUDIT FROM PPM 100% 56 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit 100% I 57 NEEDS Assign responsibility for data collection of transcripts and Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit 100% I 58 NEEDS Design data collection plan for study of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit 100% I 59 NEEDS Collect data 100% 60 NEEDS Review with Cabinet and Attorneys 100% Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Critical Noncritical Progress  Milestone I Summary Rolled Up  Page 8r ID 61 62 3 64 65 66 67 68 Code NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS Project: FY 96 Date. 01/31/96 Name Report findings to PRE Merge new obligations with Program Budget Document COURT ORDERS AUDIT Define purpose and scope of Court Orders Audit Assign responsibility for data collection of Court Orders Audit Collect data Review with Cabinet and Attorneys Report findings to PRE Critical Noncritical % Complete 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Quarter May I Jut? 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I I 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan 4th Quarter Feb I Mar~ Apr | May | Jun 1 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct Progress M Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 9ID 69 Code NEEDS Name Merge new obligations with Program Budget Document % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan Feb I Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 22 NEEDS TOWN HALL MEETINGS 100% 71 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Town Hall Meetings 100% I 72 NEEDS Review previous years data from Town Hall Report 100% I 73 NEEDS Review and data collection plan (matrix)forTown Hall Meetings 100% I 74 NEEDS Set locations and schedule for Town Hall Meeting 100% I 75 NEEDS Develop advertisement plan and schedule for Town Hall Meetings\nPrepare sample agenda 100% I 76 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting I 100% Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Critical Noncritical Progress Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page 10IO 77 Code NEEDS Name Conduct Town Hall Meeting I i Quarter | 1st Quarter 2nd Quarter May I Jun I Jul | Aug | Sep Oct | Nov | Dec mno/. 100% 3rd Quarter Jan Feb I Ma? 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 78 NEEDS Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting I for input into matrix 100% 79 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting II 100% 80 NEEDS Conduct Town Hall Meeting II 100% 81 NEEDS Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting II for input into matrix 100% 82 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting III 100% 83 NEEDS Conduct Town Hall Meeting III 100% I 84 NEEDS Finalize and publish Town Hall Meeting Report 100% Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page 11ID 85 S 87 88 89 90 91 92 Code NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 V Name Merge findings of Town Hall Meeting Report, 1995-96 into needs assessment listing % Complete 100% 100% Quarter 1st Quarter May I Jun~ Jul | Aug | Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec I 3rd Quarter Jan 4th Quarter 1st Quarter 2n Feb I Mar Apr | May | Jun Jul | Aug | Sep Oct Define purpose and scope of District Dialogues Review previous years data from District Dialogue Report Review data collection plan (matrix) for District Dialogues Set locations and schedule for District Dialogue Meetings Develop advertisement plan and schedule for District Dialogues: prepare sample agenda Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue l(Principals) Critical Noncritical 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Progress h Milestone H Page 12 I I I I I Summary Rolled Up QQuarter 1st Quarter 2nd Quarter ID 93 Code NEEDS Name Conduct District Dialogue I % Complete 100% May I Jun Jul | Aug | Sep Oct | Nov | Dec Jan 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter 1st Quarter 2n Feb I Ma(~ Apr | May | Jun Jul | Aug | Sep Oct 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Gather feedback from District Dialogue 1 for input into matrix Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue ll(Ass't Principals) Conduct District Dialogue II Gather feedback data from District Dialogue II for input into matrix Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue lll(Teachers) Conduct District Dialogue III Gather feedback data from District Dialogue III for merge into matrix Critical Noncritical 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Progress m Milestone | Summary Rolled Up Q Page 13ID 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 Code NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Name Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue IV(Admin. and Classified) Conduct District Dialogue IV Gather feedback data from District Dialogue IV for input info matrix Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue V(Transportation) Conduct District Dialogue V Gather feedback data from District Dialogue V for input info matrix Finalize and publish District Dialogue Report 1995-96 Merge findings of District Dialogue Report 1995-96 into needs assessment listing Critical Noncritical % Complete 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Quarter May I Jun i 1 st Quarter 2nd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep Oct | Nov | Dec I 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter 1 st Quarter Jan 2n Feb I Mar Apr | May | Jun ~Jul | Aug | Sep Oct 1 Progress Milestone Summary Rolled Up Q Page 14ID 1122 Code NEEDS Name PREPARE NEEDS ASSESSMENT REPORT % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jur? f 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan Feb I MaF 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 110 NEEDS Conduct Administrative review of available districtwide reports and objective data 100% 111 NEEDS Review of available districtwide reports and objective data by Board 100% 112 NEEDS Publish Draft of Needs Assessment /Report and disseminate to selected persons 100% I 113 NEEDS Publish Needs Assessment Report, 1995-96 100% 1L4 GOALS PLANNING AND BUDGET GOALS 48% GOALS CABINET PLANNING SESSION 100% Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Critical Noncritical Progress  Milestone I Summary Rolled Up  Page 15ID 116 Code GOALS Name Review 1994-95 Needs Assessment Report % Complete 100% Quarter May I Juti 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan Feb I MaF 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 117 GOALS Distribute 1995-96 Needs Assessment Report to Cabinet members 100% I 118 GOALS Distribute draft copy of Strategic Plan to Cabinet and review 100% 119 GOALS Submit Strategic Plan to Board for approval of Five Year Strategic Plan 100% I 120 GOALS Board review and adopt Strategic Plan mission statement and goals 100% I 121 GOALS Board adopt written priorities as outlined in the Five Year Strategic Plan 100% I 122 GOALS Develop communications strategy for mission statement and goals 100% 123 GOALS Distribute mission statement, goals and written priorities (action plans) 100% Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up Q Page 16Quarter 1st Quarter ID 124 Code PDEV Name % Complete 27% May I Jun~ Jul [ Aug | Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec Jan 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter Feb I Mar~ Apr | May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 125 PDEV SUBMIT BUSINESS CASE FOR PROGRAM AND/OR 27% I 126 PDEV 127 PDEV 128 129 130 PDEV PDEV PDEV Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 SUPERINTENDENT Review process for program development Use extended program evaluations to identify program additions, modiTications, deletions Notify appropriate staff to prepare Business Cases on results of extended program evaluations Review recommendations from district needs assessment report in order to identify additional programs or programs modifications resulting in business case(s) Business Cases due Critical Noncritical 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Progress h Milestone  Page 17 I I Summary Rolled Up nID 131 Code PDEV Name Review of Business Cases by Cabinet % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jui? 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan  132 PDEV Submit Business Cases for program and/or program modifications to Board of Directors 0% 133 PDEV Review of Business Cases by Board 0% 12A BUDGT BOARD RETREAT/BOARD WORKSESSION 135 BUDGT Determine date and site for Board Retreat 100% 136 BUDGT Identify agenda items for Board Retreat 100% 137 BUDGT Establish agenda for Board Retreat 100% 138 BUDGT Identity materials for Board Retreat 100% Feb I Mar~ I Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone B Summary Rolled Up  Page 18 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n OctQuarter Ist Quarter ID 139 Code BUDGT Name Distribute materials for Board Retreat % Complete I May | Jun | Jul | Aug | Sep 100% 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3r\u0026lt;l Quarter Jan Feb I Ma7 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 140 BUDGT Conduct data analysis work session in preparation for Board Retreat 0% 141 BUDGT Conduct Board Retreat 0% 0 142 BUDGT Report outcomes of Board Retreat 0% 143 BUDGT BUDGETING 14% 144 BUDGT Develop budget preparation training materials 100%  145 BUDGT 146 BUDGT Conduct budget preparation training sessions and distribute instructions for budget preparation training at all levels Budget managers develop and submit revised 1995-96 expense budget revisions and 1996-97 expense budget 100% 100% Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Page 19  Summary Rolled Up UID 147 Code BUDGT Name Begin districtwide expense budget consolidation and executive review process % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 148 BUDGT Year to date revenue expenditure analysis 0% 149 BUDGT Revise financial forecast for coming year 0% 0 150 BUDGT Submit proposed budget to Board 0% 151 BUDGT Conduct Board Work Sessions on proposed budget 0% a 152 BUDGT Revise proposed budget, as needed 0% 153 BUDGT Prepare tentative budget 0% 154 BUDGT Board review of tentative budget 0% Project: FY 96 Date. 01/31/96 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page 20 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun I 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n OctID 155 Code BUDGT Name Conduct Board Work Session on tentative Budget % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter T Jan Feb I MaF 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 0 156 BUDGT Account reconciliation and Purchase Order (PO) clean-up 0% 157 BUDGT 158 BUDGT 159 BUDGT Receipt of state generated revenue numbers (payroll liabilities, adjusted supplemental payroll, last payroll, Carl Close-out 1995-96 accounts: adjust physical inventory, (fiscal)federal grants, magnet, state grants, accruals Compute ending fund balance 0% 0% 0% 160 BUDGT Administrative review of final budget 0% 161 BUDGT Submit final budget to Board 0% 162 BUDGT Board review and adoption of 96-97 final budget 0% Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 21 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I a I 0 2n OctID 163 Gode BUDGT Name Submit final Budget to Court/Parties % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan Feb I Mar~ 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 164 BUDGT Submit 96-97 final budget to State 0% 0 165 BUDGT Staffing 0% 166 BUDGT First review of changes in course offerings by Board 0% 167 BUDGT Meeting with counselors and principals to review courses offerings 1995-96 0% 168 BUDGT Print secondary course selection sheets 0% 169 BUDGT Counselors meet with students and complete course selection sheets 0% 170 BUDGT Counselors send course selection sheets to receiving schools 0% 0 Project: FY 96 Date\n01/31/96 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page 22ID 171 Code BUDGT Name Registrars tally course selections 172 BUDGT Review course tallies secondary. Note possible staffing changes based on courses requested 173 BUDGT Identify elementary enrollment (tentative) for 1995-96 174 BUDGT 175 BUDGT Make determination by subject area (secondary) of possible changes and by projected elementary enrolled List known retirements, resignations, and intern positions 176 BUDGT Identify certified personnel for Reduction in Force (RIF), if needed 177 BUDGT Notify certified personnel of Reduction in Force (RIF), if needed staff reduction 178 BUDGT Recall certified personnel from RIF, if needed Project: FY 96 Date\n01,31/96 Critical Noncritical I % Complete 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% Quarter May I JurT 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan Feb I Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 0 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct Progress Milestone Summary Rolled Up  Page 23ID 179 Code BUDG Name Notify classified personnel of staff reduction % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan Feb I Mar^ 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 180 BUDGT Recall classified personnel from RIF, if needed 0% lai BUDGT PROVIDE BROAD-BASED INTERNAL AND 0% 182 BUDGT Plan for internal and external feedback. Set locations and dates 0% 183 BUDGT Execute advertisement for district feedback, Session I 0% 184 BUDGT Conduct District Feedback Session I 0% 185 BUDGT Execute advertisement plan for district feedback, Session II 0% 186 BUDGT Conduct District Feedback Session II 0% Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  V Page 24ID 187 Code BUDGT Name Execute advertisement for district feedback. Session III % Complete 0% Quarter May I JurT 1st Quarter Jul I Aug [ Sep f 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar Apr | May | Jun 188 BUDGT Conduct district feedback. Session III 0% 189 BUDGT Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall feedback. Session I 0% 190 BUDGT Conduct Town Hall feedback, Session I 0% 191 BUDGT Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall feedback. Session II 0% 192 BUDGT Conduct Town Hall feedback , Session II 0% 193 BUDGT Execute advertisement for Town Hall feedback, Session III 0% 194 BUDGT Conduct Town Hall feedback, Session III 0% Project: FY 96 Date\n01/31/96 Critical Progress Noncritical Milestone Summary Rolled Up Q Page 25 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n OctID 195 Code MR Name MONITORING AND REPORTING OF DESEG AND NONDESEG PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS (1ST QUARTER: 2ND QUARTER: 3RD QUARTER: 4TH QUARTERI % Complete 54% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan Feb I Mar~ 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 196 MR PRE performs necessary diskette management functions for the summer ( i.e archival filing, achievement erasures, copying, etc.) 100% 197 MR Revise written program budget document instructions, as needed 100% I 198 MR PRE forward program budget document diskettes to principals and program managers 100% I 199 MR Distribute written program budget document instructions to principals and program managers 100% I 200 MR Plan maintenance education and orientation regarding the program budget document process 100% 201 MR Conduct maintenance education workshops and orientation sessions regarding the program budget document process for principals, clerical staff, program managers, primary and secondary leaders 100% Project: FY 96 Date\n01/31/96 Critical Noncritical Progress H Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page 26Quarter T ID 202 Code MR Name 1ST QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS % Complete 100% May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan Feb I Ma? 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 203 MR Review program budget document with program managers and principals 100% 204 MR Generate diskette management flow information to relative staff School Operations and PRE office 100% 205 MR Carryout training sessions on the Program Budget Document and WordPerfect 100% 206 MR Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 1st Quarter PBD diskettes 100% I 207 MR DSeg and NonDSeg diskettes returned to PRE 100% 208 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 100% 209 MR PRE generate hard copies of diskettes 100% Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Critical Noncritical Progress  Milestone | Summary Rolled Up Q Page 27ID 210 Code MR Name PRE develops narrative and the Controller provides financial info for the PBD reports % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan Feb I Mai^ 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 211 MR PRE combines all information for the 1st Quarter Program Budget Report 100%  212 MR Submit report to Attorney for review 100% I 213 MR Prepare for publication of 1 st Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 100% I 214 MR Submit 1st Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 100% I 215 MR Return diskettes and hard copies to managers and principals 100% 216 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to the secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 100% 217 MR Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 2ND QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS Critical Noncritical 70% Progress Milestone Summary Rolled Up  Page 28ID 218 Code MR Name Advise program managers and principals on Programs Budget Document % Complete 100% Quarter May I JurF 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec Jan 3rd Quarter Feb I MaF 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 219 MR Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 2nd Quarter PBD diskettes 100% 220 MR Diskettes due back to PRE 100% 221 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 100% 222 MR PRE generates hard copies of diskettes 100% 223 MR PRE revises narrative and the controller provides financial info for Program Budget Document Reports (DSeg and NonDSeg) 75% 224 MR PRE combines all revised information for 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 50% 225 MR Submit report to Attorney for review 0% Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Critical Noncritical Progress H Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page 29ID 226 Code MR Name Prepare publication of 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jur? 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Qct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan Feb I Ma7 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 227 MR Submit 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 0% 228 MR Return diskettes and paper copies to principals and program managers 0% 229 230 231 232 233 MR MR MR MR MR Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 3RD QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS Advise program managers and principals on the Program Budget Document Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 3rd Quarter PBD diskettes Diskettes due back to PRE Critical Noncritical 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page 30 I IID 234 Code MR Name PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes % Complete 0% f Quarter May I Jut? 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec I 3rd Quarter Jan Feb I MaF 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 235 MR PRE generate hard copies of diskettes 0% 236 MR PRE revises narrative and the controller provides financial information for 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% 0 237 MR PRE combines all revised information tor 3rd Quarter PBD Reports 0% 0 238 MR Submit report to Attorney for review 0% 0 239 MR Prepare publication of 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% 0 240 MR Submit 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document to Court 0% 241 MR Return diskettes and paper copies to principals and program managers 0% 0 Project: FY 96 Date\n01/31/96 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page 31ID 242 Code MR Name Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD % Complete 0% Quarter May I JurT 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan Feb I MaF 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 243 MR 0% 244 MR Advise program managers and principals on Program Budget Document 0% 245 MR Send reminder notice for completing the PBD to principals and program managers 0% 0 246 MR Principals submit School Operations Diskettes to Asst. Supts. 0% 0 247 MR Diskettes due from Program Managers who are on a less than 12 month contract 0% 0 248 MR All Program diskettes due back to PRE 0% 249 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up 0% Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Critical Noncritical Progress H Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page 32ID 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 252 Code MR MR MR MR MR MR MR MR Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Name PRE develops narrative and the controller provides financial information for 4th quarter Program Budget Document Reports PRE combines all information for 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports Submit report to Attorney for review Prepare for publications the 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports Submit 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD PRE house diskettes as 1996-97 school year begins SUBMIT MONTHLY MANAGEMENT REPORT (MANAGEMENT TOOLI TO COURT Critical Noncritical % Complete 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 54% ijggjgiamggM Quarter May I Jur? 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan Feb I MaF 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 0 0 I 0 I 2n Oct Progress h Milestone H Summary Rolled Up  Page 33ID 258 Code MR Name Submit July's monthly management report to Court % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jur? 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan Feb I Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 259 MR Submit August's monthly management report to Court 100% I 260 MR Submit September's monthly management report to Court 100% 261 MR Submit October's monthly management report to Court 100% I 262 MR Submit November's monthly management report to Court 100% I 263 MR Submit December's monthly management report to Court 100% I 264 MR Submit January's monthly management report to Court 100% 265 MR Submit February's monthly management report to Court 0% Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 34ID 266 Code MR Name Submit March's monthly management report to Court % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter | Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan Feb I Mar I 267 MR Submit April's monthly management report to Court 0% 268 MR Submit May's monthly management report to Court 0% 269 MR Submit June's monthly management report to Court 0% 270 MR Submit July's monthly management report to Court 0% 271 MR Submit August's monthly management report to Court 0% 272 ORG REASSESSMENT OF PROCESS AND ORGANIZATION 1996-97 17% 273 ORG Analyze, reassess, and revise planning organization and structure 10% Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Critical Noncritical Progress m Milestone | 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun I I I 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I Summary Rolled Up  Page 35 2n OctID 274 Code ORG Name Revise, discuss and reach consensus regarding format and tasking of 1996-97 Management Tool % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan Feb I Mar~ 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 275 ORG Initial circulation of 1996-97 Management Tool 100% 276 ORG Evaluate tasking of 1996-97 Management Tool 15% Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Critical Noncritical ^///////////^^^^^ Progress - Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page 36* x r i. s I t 1' I Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 1 2 3 4 5 S 7 8 Page 1 Code PINV PINV PINV PINV PINV PEVAL PEVAL PEVAL Name % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Jul 3 '95 Scheduled Finish Aug 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Namei Jackson dttr r j Identify and revise DSeg and NonDSeg Programs Review and adjust primary and secondary leaders for DSeg and NonDSeg Programs Finalize list of DSeg and NonDSeg Programs Generate a Program Inventory Report for 1995-96 Notify program managers that program evaluation begins in fall\nbegin data collection Review/revise process for cabinet review of program evaluations 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Jul 3 '95 Jul 17'95 Aug 15 '95 Aug 18 '95 Jul 3 '95 Jul 3 '95 Aug 1 '95 FY97 Aug 11 '95 Aug 14 '95 Aug 18 '95 Aug 31 '95 Nov 22 '95 Jul 28 '95 Aug 15'95 Jackson,! 1996 ,Lewis,^^S^SCegafjOf) Lewis,Mayo Jackson,Lewis Jackson,Lewis Jackson Jackson Jackson,Cabinet '^nitOfiiig January 31 '96 sLittle Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 9 Code PEVAL Name Review/revise program evaluation instrument % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Aug 1 '95 Scheduled Finish Aug 15'95 Revised Finish Resource Names Cabinet.Jackson 10 PEVAL Distribute program evaluation instruments and instructions to primary and/or secondary leaders\nprovide additonal information/instruments, if needed 100% Aug 25 '95 Aug 25 '95 Jackson 11 PEVAL Conduct required training sessions describing the process and evaluation criteria for designated staff 100% Aug 4 '95 Aug 31 '95 Jackson 12 PEVAL Program evaluations due from secondary or primary leaders 100% Sep 15 '95 Sep 15 '95 Cabinet 13 PEVAL Review program evaluations (DSeg and NonDSeg) lor potential target programs for extended evaluations 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 2 '95 Cabinet 14 PEVAL Finalize identification of extended evaluation targets 100% Oct 2 '95 Oct 13'95 Cabinet 15 PEVAL Notify appropriate staff to prepare Extended Program Evaluations 100% Oct 16 '95 Oct 20 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 16 PEVAL Extended evaluations due 100% Nov 13'95 Nov 13'95 Program Managers Page 2 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 17 Code PEVAL Name Cabinet review extended evaluations for merge into needs assessment report % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Nov 17'95 Scheduled Finish Nov 22 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson la NEEQS 100% Sep 1 '95 Nov 30 '95 Jackson.Cabinet 19 NEEDS Review types of data to measure needs of district for FY 96-97 100% Sep 1 '95 Sep 8 '95 Cabinet,Jackson 20 NEEDS Analyze results of the budgeting and planning priorities revealed from the 94-95 Needs Assessment Report 100% Sep 1 '95 Sep 8 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 21 NEEDS Review strategic planning mission statement and goals of the District (and implement) 100% Sep 1 '95 Sep 8 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 22 NEEDS Board identifies District concerns for input from public at Town Hall/District Dialogues 100% Sep 14 '95 Sep 14'95 Williams,Board 2a NEEDS STANFORD 8 TEST DATA STUDY 100% Seo 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson 24 NEEDS Define purpose and scope for Stanford 8 Test data study 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Cabinet Page 3 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 25 Code NEEDS Name_________________________________ Assign responsibilities for study of Stanford 8 Test data % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson 26 NEEDS Design data collection plan for study of Stanford 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Lacey 27 NEEDS Collect and analyze data from Stanford 8 Test (Spring 95 administration) 100% Sep 15 '95 Oct 13'95 Jackson, Lacey.Savage 28 NEEDS Prepare Stanford 8 Test Report 100% Oct 13'95 Oct 31 '95 Lacey 29 NEEDS Submit Stanford 8 Test Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment 100% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson,Lacey 3Q NEEDS PRE EDUCATIONAL EQUITY MONITORING REPORTS SURVEY 100% Seo 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson 31 NEEDS Define purpose and scope for PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 32 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson Page 4 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 33 Code NEEDS Name Analyze data from PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Studies % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 18 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 30 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Smith 34 NEEDS Prepare PRE Educational Equity Monitoring findings 100% Oct 2 '95 Oct 13'95 Smith 35 NEEDS Submit PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study to PRE for merge into needs assessment listing 100% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson,Smith 3fi NEEDS SCHOOL CLIMATE/HUMAN RELATIONS SURVEY ISC/HRISTUDY 100% Sep 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson 37 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of SC/HR Survey 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 38 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for SC/HR data collections 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson 39 NEEDS Design data collection plan for study of SC/HR 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Hobby 40 NEEDS Collect and analyze data from SC/HR Survey 100% Sep 15 '95 Oct 13'95 Jackson,Hobby Page 5 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 41 Code NEEDS Name_____________________ Prepare SC/HR Survey Report % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Oct 13'95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Hobby 42 NEEDS Submit SC/HR Survey Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment 100% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson,Hobby 43 NEEDS PORPORTIONALS ALLOCATION FORMULAS STUDY 100% Seo 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Smith.Milhollen 44 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Smith,Milhollen,Cabinet 45 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Smith 46 NEEDS Design data collections plan for Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Smith 47 NEEDS Collect and analyze data for Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% Sep 15'95 Oct 13'95 Hurley,Eaton,Gadberry,Neal,Milhollen,Smith 48 NEEDS Prepare Proportional Allocation Formulas Report 100% Oct 13'95 Oct 31 '95 Milhollen, Hurley, Eaton, Neal,Smith Page 6 FY97 January 31 '96r Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 49 Code NEEDS Name Submit Proportional Allocations Formulas Study Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment listing % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Oct 31 '95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Milhollen 5Q NEEDS DISTRICTWIDE FACILITIES STUDY 100% Sep 11 '95 Smith 51 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Districtwide Facilities Study/Report from 1994-95 Study for purposes of 1995-96 Needs Assessment Report 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Williams, Smith,Cabinet 52 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for the Districtwide Facilities Study/Reporting of findings 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Smith,Eaton 53 NEEDS Prepare findings from the Districtwide Facilities Study 100% Sep 16 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 15'95 Smith,Mayo, Eaton, Vann 54 NEEDS Submit Districtwide Facilities Study Report recommendations to PRE for merge into needs assessment report (recommendations cited in this report are subject to change) 100% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Smith,Mayo,Eaton 55 NEEDS DESEGREGATION MONITORING REPORTS AUDIT FROM PPM 100% Sep 11 '95 Nov 30 '95 Mavo 56 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Williams,Mayo,Cabinet Page 7 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 57 Code NEEDS Name Assign responsibility for data collection of transcripts and Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Mayo 58 NEEDS Design data collection plan for study of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Mayo 59 NEEDS Collect data 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 13'95 Mayo 60 NEEDS Review with Cabinet and Attorneys 100% Oct 16'95 Oct 31 '95 Mayo 61 NEEDS Report findings to PRE 100% Oct 31 '95 Nov 18'95 Mayo 62 NEEDS Merge new obligations with Program Budget Document 100% Nov 1 '95 Nov 30 '95 Mayo,Lewis 2 NEEDS COURT ORDERS AUDIT 100% Sep 11 '95 Nov 30 '95 Mavo 64 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Court Orders Audit 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Cabinet,Mayo Page 8 FY97 January 31 '96r Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 65 Code NEEDS Name Assign responsibility for data collection of Court Orders Audit % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Mayo 66 NEEDS Collect data 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 13'95 Mayo 67 NEEDS Review with Cabinet and Attorneys 100% Oct 16'95 Oct 31 '95 Mayo 68 NEEDS Report findings to PRE 100% Nov 1 '95 Nov 18 '95 Mayo 69 NEEDS Merge new obligations with Program Budget Document 100% Nov 1 '95 Nov 30 '95 Mayo,Lewis 2Q NEEDS TOWN HALL MEETINGS 100% Sep 11 '95 Nov 21 '95 Williams. Jackson.Modeste 71 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Town Hall Meetings 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson, Modeste,Cabinet 72 NEEDS Review previous years data from Town Hall Report 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Modeste, Jackson, Vann Page 9 FY97 January 31 '96ID 73 Code NEEDS Name Review and data collection plan (matrix)for Town Hall Meetings 74 NEEDS Set locations and schedule for Town Hall Meeting 75 NEEDS Develop advertisement plan and schedule for Town Hall Meetings\nPrepare sample agenda 76 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting I 77 NEEDS Conduct Town Hall Meeting I 78 NEEDS Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting I for input into matrix 79 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting II 80 NEEDS Conduct Town Hall Meeting II Page 10 Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Vann. Lewis 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Vann.Modeste Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Vann.Modeste Sep 18 '95 Sep 18 '95 Sep 18 '95 Sep 18'95 Sep 18 '95 FY97 Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 9 '95 Vann.Modeste Williams Vann.Lewis Vann.Modeste Williams January 31 '96r Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 81 Code NEEDS Name Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting II for input into matrix % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 18 '95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Nov 9 '95 Resource Names Vann,Lewis 82 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting III 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 14 '95 Vann.Modeste 83 NEEDS Conduct Town Hall Meeting III 100% Nov 14'95 Nov 14'95 Williams 84 NEEDS Finalize and publish Town Hall Meeting Report 100% Nov 1 '95 Nov 15'95 Nov 17'95 Modeste,Lewis 85 NEEDS Merge findings of Town Hall Meeting Report, 1995-96 into needs assessment listing 100% Nov 15'95 Nov 21 '95 Jackson,Lewis SS. NEEDS DISTRICT DIALOGUES 100% Seo 11 '95 Nov 21 '95 Williams. Jackson.Modeste 87 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of District Dialogues 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Williams. Jackson,Modeste,Cabinet 88 NEEDS Review previous years data from District Dialogue Report 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Modeste.Vann Page 11 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 89 Code NEEDS Name Review data collection plan (matrix) for District Dialogues % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Vann,Modeste 90 NEEDS Set locations and schedule for District Dialogue Meetings 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Modeste.Vann 91 NEEDS Develop advertisement plan and schedule for District Dialogues\nprepare sample agenda 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Vann,Modeste 92 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue l(Principals) 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann,Modeste 93 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue I 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Williams 94 NEEDS Gather feedback from District Dialogue 1 for input into matrix 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann,Lewis 95 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue ll(Ass't Principals) 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann,Modeste 96 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue II 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Williams Page 12 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 97 Code NEEDS Name Gather feedback data from District Dialogue II for input into matrix % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 18 '95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Vann,Lewis 98 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue lll(Teachers) 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 1 '95 Vann.Modeste 99 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue III 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 1 '95 Williams 100 NEEDS Gather feedback data from District Dialogue III for merge into matrix 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 6 '95 Vann,Lewis 101 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue IV(Admin. and Classified) 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 6 '95 Vann.Modeste 102 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue IV 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 6 '5 Williams 103 NEEDS Gather feedback data from District Dialogue IV for input info matrix 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 6 '95 Vann,Lewis 104 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue V(Transportatlon) 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 8 '95 Vann,Modeste Page 13 FY97 January 31 '96L n Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool esaa 1 ID 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 Page 14 Code NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS Name Conduct District Dialogue V % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 18 '95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Nov 8 '95 Resource Names Williams Gather feedback data from District Dialogue V for input into matrix Finalize and publish District Dialogue Report 1995-96 Merge findings of District Dialogue Report 1995-96 info needs assessment listing EBEPARE NEEDS ASSESSMENT REPORT Conduct Administrative review of available districtwide reports and objective data Review of available districtwide reports and objective data by Board Publish Draft of Needs Assessment /Report and disseminate to selected persons 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 8 '95 Vann,Lewis Nov 1 '95 Nov 15'95 Nov 1 '95 Nov 1 '95 Nov 1 '95 Nov 27 '95 FY97 Nov 15 '95 Nov 21 '95 Nov 30 '95 Nov 15 '95 Nov 15'95 Nov 27 '95 Nov 17'95 Jackson,Lewis Jackson,Lewis Jackson Jackson,Cabinet Williams, Jackson,Board Jackson,Cabinet January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 113 Code NEEDS Name Publish Needs Assessment Report, 1995-96 % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Nov 30 '95 Scheduled Finish Nov 30 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson 114 GOALS PLANNING AND BUDGET GOALS 48% Oct 2 '95 Aug 30 '96 Jackson 115 GOALS CABINET PLANNING SESSION 100% Oct 2 '95 Jan 31 '96 Jackson.Cabinet 116 GOALS Review 1994-95 Needs Assessment Report 100% Oct 2 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 117 GOALS Distribute 1995-96 Needs Assessment Report to Cabinet members 100% Dec 1 '95 Dec 8 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 118 GOALS Distribute draft copy of Strategic Plan to Cabinet and review 100% Oct 23 '95 Nov 16'95 Young,Modeste,Cabinet 119 GOALS Submit Strategic Plan to Board for approval of Five Year Strategic Plan 100% Nov 16 '95 Nov 16'95 Williams 120 GOALS Board review and adopt Strategic Plan mission statement and goals 100% Nov 16 '95 Nov 16'95 Board Page 15 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 121 Code GOALS Name Board adopt written priorities as outlined in the Five Year Strategic Plan % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Nov 16'95 Scheduled Finish Nov 16 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Board 122 GOALS Develop communications strategy for mission statement and goals 100% Nov 17'95 Dec 14 '95 Wiiliams.Vann 123 GOALS Distribute mission statement, goals and written priorities (action plans) 100% Dec 14'95 Jan 31 '96 Young,Modeste, Vann 124 PDEV 27% Nov 1 '95 Aug 30 '96 Jackson.Cabinet 125 PDEV SUBMIT BUSINESS CASE FOR PROGRAM AND/OR MODIFICATIONS TO SUPERINTENDENT 27% Nov 1 '95 Aug 30 '96 Wiiliams,Jackson 126 PDEV Review process for program development 100% Nov 1 '95 Nov 10'95 Cabinet,Jackson 127 PDEV Use extended program evaluations to identify program additions, modifications, deletions 100% Nov 17'95 Nov 27 '95 Cabinet 128 PDEV Notify appropriate staff to prepare Business Cases on results of extended program evaluations 100% Nov 17'95 Nov 30 '95 Cabinet Page 16 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 129 Code PDEV Name Review recommendations from district needs assessment report in order to identify additional programs or programs modifications resulting in business case(s) % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Dec 5 '95 Scheduled Finish Dec 11 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Cabinet 130 PDEV Business Cases due 100% Jan 8 '96 Jan 8 '96 Primary Leaders 131 PDEV Review of Business Cases by Cabinet 100% Jan 15 '96 Jan 22 '96 Cabinet 132 PDEV Submit Business Cases for program and/or program modifications to Board of Directors 0% Feb 8 '96 Feb 8 '96 Jackson, Williams 133 PDEV Review of Business Cases by Board 0% Feb 8 '96 Feb 22 '96 Board 134 BUDGT BOARD RETREAT/BOARD WORKSESSION 15% Noy 20 '95 Aug 30 '96 Williams 135 BUDGT Determine date and site for Board Retreat 100% Dec 8 '95 Dec 20 '95 Williams,Board 136 BUDGT Identify agenda items for Board Retreat 100% Dec 8 '95 Dec 20 '95 Williams,Board Page 17 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 Page 18 Code BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT Name Establish agenda for Board Retreat identify materials for Board Retreat Distribute materials for Board Retreat Conduct data analysis work session in preparation for Board Retreat Conduct Board Retreat Report outcomes of Board Retreat BUDGETING Develop budget preparation training materials % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Dec 8 '95 Scheduled Finish Dec 20 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams,Board 100% 100% 0% 0% 0% 14% 100% Dec 8 '95 Jan 9 '96 Jan 12 '96 Jan 22 '96 Jan 31 '96 Nov 20 '95 Nov 20 '95 FY97 Dec 20 '95 Jan 10 '96 Jan 12'96 Jan 26 '96 Jan 31 '96 Aug 30 '96 Nov 27 '95 Feb 29 '96 Feb 29 '96 Feb 29 '96 Williams,Jackson Williams,Jackson Williams,Cabinet Williams,Board Williams,Board Smith,Milhollen January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 145 Code BUDGT Name Conduct budget preparation training sessions and distribute instructions for budget preparation training at all levels % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Dec 1 '95 Scheduled Finish Dec 8 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Smith 146 BUDGT Budget managers develop and submit revised 1995-96 expense budget revisions and 1996-97 expense budget requests 100% Dec 11 '95 Jan 8 '96 Milhollen,Smith 147 BUDGT Begin districtwide expense budget consolidation and executive review process 0% Jan 9 '96 Mar 8 '96 Smith 148 BUDGT Year to date revenue expenditure analysis 0% Jan 9 '96 Jan 31 '96 Smith,Milhollen 149 BUDGT Revise financial forecast for coming year 0% Feb 26 '96 Mar 6 '96 Smith 150 BUDGT Submit proposed budget to Board 0% Mar 14'96 Mar 14 '96 Williams 151 BUDGT Conduct Board Work Sessions on proposed budget 0% Mar 18'96 Mar 29 '96 Smith,Board, Williams 152 BUDGT Revise proposed budget, as needed 0% Mar 14 '96 Apr 2 '96 Smith,Milhollen Page 19 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 153 Code BUDGT Name_______________ Prepare tentative budget % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Apr 3 '96 Scheduled Finish May 13'96 Revised Finish Resource Names Smith,Milhollen 154 BUDGT Board review of tentative budget 0% May 23 '96 May 23 '96 Board,Smith 155 BUDGT Conduct Board Work Session on tentative Budget 0% May 24 '96 May 31 '96 Board.Williams 156 BUDGT Account reconciliation and Purchase Order (PO) clean-up 0% Jun 17'96 Jul 12'96 Eaton 157 BUDGT 158 BUDGT Receipt of state generated revenue numbers (payroll liabilities, adjusted supplemental payroll, last payroll, Carl Perkins, M to M, JTPA, Vocational Ed., Chapters 1 and 2, Compensatory Ed., MFPA, Transportation, ABC) Close-out 1995-96 accounts: adjust physical inventory, (fiscal)federal grants, magnet, state grants, accruals 0% 0% Jun 16 '96 Jun 16 '96 Milhollen,Smith 159 BUDGT Compute ending fund balance 0% 160 BUDGT Administrative review of final budget 0% Jul 1 '96 Jul 19'96 Smith, Milhollen,Cabinet Jul 22 '96 Jul 22 '96 Milhollen,Smith Jul 24 '96 Jul 29 '96 Williams,Cabinet Page 20 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 161 Code BUDGT Name Submit final budget to Board % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Aug 1 '96 Scheduled Finish Aug 1 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams,Smith 162 BUDGT Board review and adoption of 96-97 final budget 0% Aug 1 '96 Aug 8 '96 Board 163 BUDGT Submit final Budget to Court/Parties 0% Aug 8 '96 Aug 21 '96 Williams .Attorney 164 BUDGT Submit 96-97 final budget to State 0% Aug 21 '96 Aug 30 '96 Williams,Smith 165 BUDGT Staffing 0% Jan 26 '96 Aug 15 '96 Hurley 166 BUDGT First review of changes in course offerings by Board 0% Jan 26 '96 Feb 8 '96 Board.Willlams 167 BUDGT Meeting with counselors and principals to review courses offerings 1995-96 0% Jan 29 '96 Feb 15'96 Elston 168 BUDGT Print secondary course selection sheets 0% Jan 29 '96 Feb 15'96 Williams,Gadberry Page 21 FY97 January 31 '96 Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 169 Code BUDGT Name Counselors meet with students and complete course selection sheets % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Feb 19'96 Scheduled Finish Mar 8 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Principals,Counselors 170 BUDGT Counselors send course selection sheets to receiving schools 0% Mar 8 '96 Mar 11 '96 Principals,Counselors 171 BUDGT Registrars tally course selections 0% Mar 11 '96 Mar 29 '96 Principals,Registrars 172 BUDGT Review course tallies secondary. Note possible staffing changes based on courses requested 0% Apr 1 '96 Apr 19 '96 Gadberry,Hurley,Asst. Supts. 173 BUDGT Identify elementary enrollment (tentative) for 1995-96 0% Apr 1 '96 May 19'96 Mayo,Hurley,Gadberry,Asst Supts 174 BUDGT Make determination by subject area (secondary) of possible changes and by projected elementary enrolled 0% Apr 1 '96 Apr 19'96 Gadberry,Hurley,Asst. Supts. 175 BUDGT List known retirements, resignations, and intern positions 0% Apr 3 '96 Apr 24 '96 Gadberry,Hurley 176 BUDGT Identify certified personnel for Reduction in Force (RIF), if needed 0% Apr 17'96 Apr 26 '96 Hurley,Gadberry Page 22 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool IO 177 Code BUDGT Name Notify certified personnel of Reduction in Force (RIF), if needed staff reduction % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Apr 24 '96 Scheduled Finish Apr 29 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Hurley,Gadberry 178 BUDGT Recall certified personnel from RIF, if needed 0% Jun 3 '96 Aug 1 '96 Hurley,Gadberry 179 BUDG Notify classified personnel of staff reduction 0% May 6 '96 Jul 15'96 Hurley,Gadberry 180 BUDGT Recall classified personnel from RIF, if needed 0% Jun 3 '96 Aug 15'96 Hurley 181 BUDGT PROVIDE BROAD-BASED INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL FEEDBACK 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste. Vann.Williams 182 BUDGT Plan for internal and external feedback. Set locations and dates 0% Feb 1 '96 Feb 15'96 Williams, Modeste,Vann 183 BUDGT Execute advertisement for district feedback. Session I 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste,Vann 184 BUDGT Conduct District Feedback Session I 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams Page 23 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 185 Code BUDGT Name Execute advertisement plan for district feedback. Session II % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Feb 1 '96 Scheduled Finish Apr 30 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Modeste.Vann 186 BUDGT Conduct District Feedback Session II 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 187 BUDGT Execute advertisement for district feedback. Session III 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 168 BUDGT Conduct district feedback. Session III 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 189 BUDGT Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall feedback. Session I 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste.Vann 190 BUDGT Conduct Town Hall feedback. Session I 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 191 BUDGT Execute advertisement plan tor Town Hall feedback. Session II 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste.Vann 192 BUDGT Conduct Town Hall feedback . Session II 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams Page 24 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 193 Code BUDGT Name Execute advertisement for Town Hall feedback. Session III % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Feb 1 '96 Scheduled Finish Apr 30 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams 194 BUDGT Conduct Town Hall feedback. Session III 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste.Vann 195 MR MONITORING AND REPORTING OF DESEG ANp NONDESEG PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 11ST QUARTER: 2ND QUARTER: 3RD QUARTER: 4TH QUARTERI 54% Aug 1 '95 Aug 31 '96 Jackson 196 MR PRE performs necessary diskette management functions for the summer (i.e. archival filing, achievement erasures, copying. etc.) 100% Aug 1 '95 Aug 17'95 PRE Clerical 197 MR Revise written program budget document instructions, as needed 100% Aug 31 '95 Sep 5 '95 Lewis 198 MR PRE fonward program budget document diskettes to principals and program managers 100% Aug 31 '95 Sep 5 '95 PRE Clerical.Lewis 199 MR Distribute written program budget document instructions to principals and program managers 100% Sep 1 '95 Sep 5 '95 Lewis.PRE Clerical 200 MR Plan maintenance education and orientation regarding the program budget document process 100% Aug 1 '95 Aug 31 '95 Jackson.Lewis Page 25 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 201 Code MR Name Conduct maintenance education workshops and orientation sessions regarding the program budget document process for principals, clerical staff, program managers, primary and secondary leaders % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 4 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 30 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Lewis 202 MB 1ST QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 100% Aug 6 '95 Pec 21 '95 Jackson 203 MR Review program budget document with program managers and principals 100% Aug 8 '95 Oct 14 '95 Asst. Supts,Lewis,PRE Clerical 204 MR Generate diskette management flow information to relative staff School Operations and PRE office 100% Aug 8 '95 Aug 31 '95 Jackson,Lewis 205 MR Carryout training sessions on the Program Budget Document and WordPerfect 100% Sep 2 '95 Sep 15 '95 Lewis,Jackson 206 MR Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 1st Quarter PBD diskettes 100% Oct 3 '95 Oct 3 '95 Lewis 207 MR DSeg and NonDSeg diskettes returned to PRE 100% Oct 14 '95 Oct 14 '95 Principals,Program Managers 208 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 100% Oct 16'95 Nov 8 '95 PRE Clerical,Lewis Page 26 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 209 Code MR Name PRE generate hard copies of diskettes % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Oct 16 '95 Scheduled Finish Nov 8 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names PRE Clerical 210 MR PRE develops narrative and the Controller provides financial info for the PBD reports 100% Oct 16'95 Oct 31 '95 Lewis,Milhollen 211 MR PRE combines all information for the 1st Quarter Program Budget Report 100% Oct 31 '95 Nov 8 '95 Lewis,PRE Clerical 212 MR Submit report to Attorney for review 100% Nov 8 '95 Nov 13'95 Lewis 213 MR Prepare for publication of 1st Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 100% Nov 13'95 Nov 13'95 Lewis,Jackson 214 MR Submit 1st Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 100% Nov 21 '95 Nov 21 '95 Jackson.Attorney 215 MR Return diskettes and hard copies to managers and principals 100% Nov 21 '95 Nov 22 '95 PRE Clerical 216 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to the secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 100% Nov 21 '95 Dec 21 '95 Primary Leaders Page 27 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 212 Code MR Name _____________________ 2ND QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS % Complete 70% Scheduled Start Nov 21 '95 Scheduled Finish Mar 22 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson 218 MR Advise program managers and principals on Programs Budget Document 100% Nov 21 '95 Jan 13 '96 Asst. Supts,Lewis 219 MR Send reminder notice regarding deadline tor submission of 2nd Quarter PBD diskettes 100% Jan 6 '96 Jan 6 '96 Lewis 220 MR Diskettes due back to PRE 100% Jan 13 '96 Jan 13 '96 Program Managers,Principals 221 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 100% Jan 13 '96 Jan 26 '96 PRE Clerical 222 MR PRE generates hard copies of diskettes 100% Jan 15 '96 Jan 31 '96 PRE Clerical 223 MR PRE revises narrative and the controller provides financial info for Program Budget Document Reports (DSeg and NonDSeg) 75% Jan 29 '96 Feb 3 '96 Lewis,Milhollen 224 MR PRE combines all revised information for 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 50% Jan 29 '96 Feb 3 '96 Lewis, PRE Clerical Page 28 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 225 Code MR Name________________________ Submit report to Attorney for review % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Feb 14'96 Scheduled Finish Feb 19'96 Revised Finish Resource Names Attorney,Jackson 226 MR Prepare publication of 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Feb 22 '96 Feb 22 '96 Lewis 227 MR Submit 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 0% Feb 23 '96 Feb 23 '96 Jackson,Attorney 228 MR Return diskettes and paper copies to principals and program managers 0% Feb 23 '96 Feb 24 '96 PRE Clerical 229 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% Feb 23 '96 Mar 22 '96 Primary Leaders 23Q MR 3RD QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 0% Feb 23 '96 Jun 24 '96 Jackson 231 MR Advise program managers and principals on the Program Budget Document 0% Feb 23 '96 Apr 12'96 Asst. Supts,Lewis 232 MR Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 3rd Quarter PBD diskettes 0% Mar 7 '96 Mar 7'96 Lewis Page 29 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool 10 233 Code MR Name Diskettes due back to PRE % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Apr 12 '96 Scheduled Finish Apr 12 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Principals.Program Managers 234 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 0% Apr 15'96 Apr 28 '96 PRE Cierical 235 MR PRE generate hard copies of diskettes 0% Apr 15'96 May 3 '96 PRE Clerical 236 MR PRE revises narrative and the controller provides financial information for 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Apr 29 '96 May 3 '96 Lewis,Milhollen 237 MR PRE combines all revised information for 3rd Quarter PBD Reports 0% May 6 '96 May 10 '96 Lewis.PRE Clerical 238 MR Submit report to Attorney for review 0% May 13'96 May 16 '96 Lewis 239 MR Prepare publication of 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% May 20 '96 May 23 '96 Lewis 240 MR Submit 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document to Court 0% May 24 '96 May 24 '96 Jackson.Attorney Page 30 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool IO 241 Code MR Name Return diskettes and paper copies to principals and program managers % Complete 0% Scheduled Start May 24 '96 Scheduled Finish May 27 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names PRE Clerical 242 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% May 24 '96 Jun 24 '96 Primary Leaders 243 MR 4th QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 0% May 9 '96 Aug 31 '96 Jackson 244 MR Advise program managers and principals on Program Budget Document 0% May 22 '96 Jul 22 '96 Asst. Supts,Lewis,PRE Clerical 245 MR Send reminder notice for completing the PBD to principals and program managers 0% May 9 '96 May 15'96 Lewis 246 MR Principals submit School Operations Diskettes to Asst. Supts. 0% Jun 10 '96 Jun 16 '96 Principals 247 MR Diskettes due from Program Managers who are on a less than 12 month contract 0% Jun 10 '96 Jun 16 '96 Program Managers 248 MR All Program diskettes due back to PRE 0% Jul 14'96 Jul 14 '96 Program Managers Page 31 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 249 Code MR Name PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Jul 15'96 Scheduled Finish Jul 28 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names PRE Clerical,Lewis 250 MR PRE develops narrative and the controller provides financial information for 4th quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Jul 29 '96 Aug 4 '96 Lewis,Milhollen 251 MR PRE combines all information for 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Jul 29 '96 Aug 4 '96 Lewis,PRE Clerical 252 MR Submit report to Attorney for review 0% Aug 12'96 Aug 12 '96 Jackson 253 MR Prepare for publications the 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Aug 16 '96 Aug 19'96 Lewis 254 MR Submit 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 0% Aug 22 '96 Aug 22 '96 Jackson,Attorney 255 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% Aug 1 '96 Aug 31 '96 Primary Leaders 256 MR PRE house diskettes as 1996-97 school year begins 0% Jun 16 '96 Aug 22 '96 Lewis Page 32 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 2SJ-Code MR Name__________________________________ SUBMIT MONTHLY MANAGEMENT REPQBl IMANAGEMENT TOOL! TO COURT % Complete 54% Scheduled Start Jul 31 '95 Scheduled Finish Aug 31 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson 258 MR Submit July's monthly management report to Court 100% Jul 31 '95 Jul 31 '95 Jackson, Attorney 259 MR Submit August's monthly management report to Court 100% Aug 31 '95 Aug 31 '95 Jackson,Attorney 260 MR Submit September's monthly management report to Court 100% Sep 29 '95 Sep 29 '95 Jackson,Attorney 261 MR Submit October's monthly management report to Court 100% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson,Attorney 262 MR Submit November's monthly management report to Court 100% Nov 30 '95 Nov 30 '95 Jackson,Attorney 263 MR Submit December's monthly management report to Court 100% Dec 21 '95 Dec 21 '95 Jackson,Attorney 264 MR Submit January's monthly management report to Court 100% Jan 31 '96 Jan 31 '96 Jackson,Attorney Page 33 FY97 January 31 '96 Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 265 Code MR Name____________________________ Submit February's monthly management report to Court % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Feb 29 '96 Scheduled Finish Feb 29 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson.Attorney 266 MR Submit March's monthly management report to Court 0% Mar 29 '96 Mar 29 '96 Jackson.Attorney 267 MR Submit April's monthly management report to Court 0% Apr 30 '96 Apr 30 '96 Jackson.Attorney 268 MR Submit May's monthly management report to Court 0% May 31 '96 May 31 '96 Jackson.Attorney 269 MR Submit June's monthly management report to Court 0% Jun 28 '96 Jun 28 '96 Jackson.Attorney 270 MR Submit July's monthly management report to Court 0% Jul 31 '96 Jul 31 '96 Jackson.Attorney 271 MR Submit August's monthly management report to Court 0% Aug 31 '96 Aug 31 '96 Jackson 272 ORG REASSESSMENT OF PROCESS AND ORGANIZATION 1996-97 17% Jul 5 '95 Auq 30 '96 Jackson.Attorney Page 34 FY97 January 31 '96Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 273 Code ORG Name Analyze, reassess, and revise planning organization and structure % Complete 10% Scheduled Start Jul 5 '95 Scheduled Finish Jul 28 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names VVilliams,Jackson 274 ORG Revise, discuss and reach consensus regarding format and tasking of 1996-97 Management Tool 100% Jul 5 '95 Jul 24 '95 Cabinet,Lewis, Jackson 275 ORG Initial circulation of 1996-97 Management Tool 100% Jul 13'95 Jul 31 '95 Lewis,Jackson 276 ORG Evaluate tasking of 1996-97 Management Tool 15% Jul 24 '95 Aug 30 '96 Cabinet, Lewis Page 35 FY97 January 31 '96ID 1 Code PINV I Quarter 1 st Quarter 2 PINV 3 PINV 4 PINV 5 e 7 PINV PEVAL PEVAL Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Name PROGRAM INVENTORY % Complete 100% May I Jun~ Jul | Aug | Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan Feb I Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct Identify and revise DSeg and NonDSeg Programs Review and adjust primary and secondary leaders for DSeg and NonDSeg Programs Finalize list of DSeg and NonDSeg Programs Generate a Program Inventory Report for 1995-96 Notify program managers that program evaluation begins in fall\nbegin data collection Critical Noncritical 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Progress Milestone I Summary Rolled Up  Page 1ID 8 Code PEVAL Name_________________________________ Review/revise process for cabinet review of program evaluations % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jut? 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan Feb I Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 9 PEVAL Review/revise program evaluation instrument 100% 10 PEVAL Distribute program evaluation instruments and instructions to primary and/or secondary leaders\nprovide additonal information/instruments, if needed 100% I 11 PEVAL Conduct required training sessions describing the process and evaluation criteria for designated staff 100% 12 PEVAL Program evaluations due from secondary or primary leaders 100% I 13 PEVAL Review program evaluations (DSeg and NonDSeg) for potential target programs for extended evaluations 100% 14 PEVAL Finalize identification of extended evaluation targets 100% 15 PEVAL Notify appropriate staff to prepare Extended Program Evaluations 100% I Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 2ID 16 Code PEVAL Name Extended evaluations due % Complete 100% I Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec I 17 PEVAL Cabinet review extended evaluations for merge into needs assessment report 100% I 3rd Quarter Jan Feb I Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct IS NEEDS 100% 19 NEEDS Review types of data to measure needs of district for FY 96-97 100%  20 NEEDS Analyze results of the budgeting and planning priorities revealed from the 94-95 Needs Assessment Report 100% 21 NEEDS Review strategic planning mission statement and goals of the District (and implement) 100%  22 NEEDS Board identifies District concerns for input from public at Town Hall/District Dialogues 100% Project: FY 96 Date. 01/31/96 Critical Noncritical Progress H Milestone | Summary Rolled Up Q Page 3ID 23 Code NEEDS Name STANFORD 8 TEST DATA STUDY % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan Feb I Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 24 NEEDS Define purpose and scope for Stanford 8 Test data study 100% I 25 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for study of Stanford 8 Test data 100% I 26 NEEDS Design data collection plan for study of Stanford 100% I 27 NEEDS Collect and analyze data from Stanford 8 Test (Spring 95 administration) 100% 28 NEEDS Prepare Stanford 8 Test Report 100% 29 NEEDS Submit Stanford 8 Test Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment 100% I Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone H Summary Rolled Up  Page 4ID 3Q Code NEEDS Name PRE EDUCATIONAL EQUITY MONITORING REPORTS SURVEY % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan Feb I Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 31 NEEDS Define purpose and scope for PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study 100% I 32 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study 100% I 33 NEEDS Analyze data from PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Studies 100% 34 NEEDS Prepare PRE Educational Equity Monitoring findings 100% 35 NEEDS Submit PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study to PRE for merge into needs assessment listing 100% 2 HEEDS SCHOOL CLIMATE/HUMAN RELATIONS SURVEY ISC/HRISTUDY 100% Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone H Summary Rolled Up  Page 5ID 37 Code NEEDS Name Define purpose and scope of SC/HR Survey % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jur? 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I 38 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for SC/HR data collections 100% I 39 NEEDS Design data collection plan for study of SC/HR 100% I 40 NEEDS Collect and analyze data from SC/HR Survey 100% 41 NEEDS Prepare SC/HR Survey Report 100% 42 NEEDS Submit SC/HR Survey Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment 100% 43 NEEDS PORPORTIONALS ALLOCATION FORMULAS STUDY 100% 44 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% I Project: FY 96 Date: C1/31/96 Critical Noncritical Progress Milestone Page 6 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec Summary Rolled Up  3rd Quarter Jan Feb I MaF 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n OctID 45 J Code NEEDS Name Assign responsibilities for Proportional Allocation Formulas % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan Feb I Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 46 47 48 49 52 51 52 NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Design data collections plan for Proportional Allocation Formulas Collect and analyze data for Proportional Allocation Formulas Prepare Proportional Allocation Formulas Report Submit Proportional Allocations Formulas Study Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment listing PISIBICTWIDE FACILITIES STUDY Define purpose and scope of Districtwide Facilities Study/Report from 1994-95 Study for purposes of 1995-96 Needs Assessment Report Assign responsibilities for the Districtwide Facilities Study/Reporting of findings Critical Noncritical 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Progress M Milestone | Page 7 I I I I .. Summary^ Rolled Up QID 53 Code NEEDS Name Prepare findings from the Districtwide Facilities Study % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter 2nd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep Oct | Nov | Dec 3rd Quarter Jan Feb I Mar~ 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 54 5 56 57 58 59 60 NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS Project: FY 96 Date\n01/31/96 Submit Districtwide Facilities Study Report recommendations to PRE for merge into needs assessment report (recommendations cited in this report are subject to change) 100% DESEGREGATION MONITORING REPORTS AUDIT FROM OOM Define purpose and scope of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit Assign responsibility for data collection of transcripts and Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit Design data collection plan for study of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit Collect data Review with Cabinet and Attorneys Critical Noncritical 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Progress h Milestone  Page 8 I I I Summary Rolled Up Qu 61 Code NEEDS Name Report findings to PRE % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter 2nd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep Oct | Nov | Dec 3rd Quarter Jan Feb I MaF 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 62 ea 64 65 66 67 68 NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Merge new obligations with Program Budget Document COURT ORDERS AUDIT Define purpose and scope of Court Orders Audit Assign responsibility for data collection of Court Orders Audit Collect data Review with Cabinet and Attorneys Report findings to PRE Critical Noncritical 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Progress  Milestone B Page 9 I I Summary Rolled Up QID 69 Code NEEDS Name Merge new obligations with Program Budget Document % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rcl Quarter Jan Feb I Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 2Q NEEDS TOWN HALL MEETINGS 100% 71 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Town Hall Meetings 100% I 72 NEEDS Review previous years data from Town Hall Report 100% I 73 NEEDS Review and data collection plan (matrix)for Town Hall Meetings 100% I 74 NEEDS Set locations and schedule for Town Hall Meeting 100% I 75 NEEDS Develop advertisement plan and schedule for Town Hall Meetings\nPrepare sample agenda 100% I 76 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting I 100% 1 Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up Q Page 10ID 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 Code NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Name Conduct Town Hall Meeting I Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting I for input into matrix Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting II Conduct Town Hall Meeting II Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting II for input info matrix Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting III Conduct Town Hall Meeting III Finalize and publish Town Hall Meeting Report Critical Noncritical % Complete 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Quarter May I Juf? 1 st Quarter 2nd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep Oct | Nov | Dec I 3rd Quarter Jan Feb I Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct Progress H Milestone | Summary Rolled Up Q Page 11ID 85 as 87 88 89 90 91 92 Code NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Name Merge findings of Town Hall Meeting Report, 1995-96 into needs assessment listing DISTRICT DIALOGUES Define purpose and scope of District Dialogues Review previous years data from District Dialogue Report Review data collection plan (matrix) for District Dialogues Set locations and schedule for District Dialogue Meetings Develop advertisement plan and schedule for District Dialogues: prepare sample agenda Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue l(Principals) Critical Noncritical % Complete 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I I I I I 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec I i 3rd Quarter Jan Feb I MaF 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter 2n Jul I Aug I Sep Oct Progress H Milestone H Summary Rolled Up  Page 12ID 93 Code NEEDS Name Conduct District Dialogue I % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter 2nd Quarter 3rd Quarter 94 NEEDS Gather feedback from District Dialogue 1 for input into matrix 100% 95 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue ll(Ass't Principals) 100% 96 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue II 100% 97 NEEDS Gather feedback data from District Dialogue II for input into matrix 100% 98 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue lll(Teachers) 100% 99 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue III 100% 100 NEEDS Gather feedback data from District Dialogue III for merge into matrix 100% Jul I Aug I Sep ~Oct | Nov | Dec Jan Feb I Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun i Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Critical Noncritical Progress  Milestone | Summary Rolled Up Q Page 13 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep .. 2n OctID 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 Code NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS .. Name Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue IV(Admin. and Classified) Conduct District Dialogue IV Gather feedback data from District Dialogue IV for input into matrix Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue V(Transportation) Conduct District Dialogue V Gather feedback data from District Dialogue V for input into matrix Finalize and publish District Dialogue Report 1995-96 Merge findings of District Dialogue Report 1995-96 info needs assessment listing Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Critical Noncritical % Complete 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter 2nd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep ~Oct | Nov | Dec I 3rd Quarter Jan Feb I Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct i Progress m Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 14T ID 109 Code WEBBS Name PREPARE NEEDS ASSESSMENT REPORT % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan Feb I Mar~ 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 110 NEEDS Conduct Administrative review of available districtwide reports and objective data 100% 111 NEEDS Review of available districtwide reports and objective data by Board 100% 112 113 1J4 115 NEEDS NEEDS GOALS GOALS Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Publish Draft of Needs Assessment /Report and disseminate to selected persons Publish Needs Assessment Report, 1995-96 PLANNING AND BUDGET GOALS CABINET PLANNING SESSION Critical Noncritical 100% 100% 48% 100% Progress  Milestone  Page 15 I i Summary Rolled Up ID 116 Code GOALS Name Review 1994-95 Needs Assessment Report % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jur? 1st Quarter 2nd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep ~Oct | Nov | Dec 3rd Quarter Jan Feb I Maf 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 117 GOALS Distribute 1995-96 Needs Assessment Report to Cabinet members 100%  118 GOALS Distribute draft copy of Strategic Plan to Cabinet and review 100% 119 GOALS Submit Strategic Plan to Board for approval of Five Year Strategic Plan 100% I 120 GOALS Board review and adopt Strategic Plan mission statement and goals 100% I 121 GOALS Board adopt written priorities as outlined in the Five Year Strategic Plan 100% I 122 GOALS Develop communications strategy for mission statement and goals 100% 123 GOALS Distribute mission statement, goals and written priorities (action plans) 100% Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Critical Noncritical Progress  Milestone  Summary Rolled Up Q Page 16r ID 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 Code PDEV PDEV PDEV PDEV PDEV PDEV PDEV Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Name PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT SUBMIT BUSINESS CASE FOR PROGRAM AND/OR MODIFICATIONS TO SUPERINTENDENT Review process for program development Use extended program evaluations to identify program additions, modifications, deletions Notify appropriate staff to prepare Business Cases on results of extended program evaluations Review recommendations from district needs assessment report in order to identify additional programs or programs modifications resulting in business case(s) Business Cases due Critical Noncritical % Complete 27% 27% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep i 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec I 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb I Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up Q Page 17ID 131 Code PDEV Name Review of Business Cases by Cabinet % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan  132 PDEV Submit Business Cases for program and/or program modifications to Board of Directors 0% 133 PDEV Review of Business Cases by Board 0% 134 BUDGT BOARD RETREAT/BOARD WORKSESSIQN 15% 135 BUDGT Determine date and site for Board Retreat 100% 136 BUDGT Identify agenda items for Board Retreat 100% 137 BUDGT Establish agenda for Board Retreat 100% 138 BUDGT Project: FY 96 Date: 01/31/96 Feb I Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct Identify materials for Board Retreat Criti\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_609","title":"Program planning and budgeting tool, FY 1997","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1995-12-21"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System"],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Education--Evaluation","Education--Finance"],"dcterms_title":["Program planning and budgeting tool, FY 1997"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/609"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":["Available for use in research, teaching, and private study. Any other use requires permission from the Butler Center."],"dcterms_medium":["planning"],"dcterms_extent":["46 pages"],"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nLittle Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 1 Code PINV Name % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Jul 3 '95 Scheduled Finish Aug 31 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson 2 PINV Identify and revise DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% Jui 3 '95 Aug 11 '95 Jackson, Lewis,Smith 3 PINV Review and adjust primary and secondary leaders for DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% Jul 17'95 Aug 14 '95 Lewis,Mayo RECEIVED DEC 2 9 1995 4 PINV Finalize list of DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% Aug 15 '95 Aug 18 '95 Jackson,Lewis Office Of Desegregation Monitoring 5 PINV Generate a Program Inventory Report for 1995-96 100% Aug 18'95 Aug 31 '95 Jackson,Lewis  PEVAL 100% Jul 3 '95 Nov 22 '95 Jackson 7 PEVAL Notify program managers that program evaluation begins in fall\nbegin data collection 100% Jul 3 '95 Jul 28 '95 Jackson 8 PEVAL Review/revise process tor cabinet review of program evaluations 100% Aug 1 '95 Aug 15 '95 Jackson,Cabinet Page 1 FY97 December 21 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 9 Code PEVAL Name Review/revise program evaluation instrument % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Aug 1 '95 Scheduled Finish Aug 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Cabinet,Jackson 10 PEVAL Distribute program evaluation instruments and instructions to primary and/or secondary leaders\nprovide additonal information/instruments, if needed 100% Aug 25 '95 Aug 25 '95 Jackson 11 PEVAL Conduct required training sessions describing the process and evaluation criteria for designated staff 100% Aug 4 '95 Aug 31 '95 Jackson 12 PEVAL Program evaluations due from secondary or primary leaders 100% Sep 15 '95 Sep 15 '95 Cabinet 13 PEVAL Review program evaluations (DSeg and NonDSeg) for potential target programs for extended evaluations 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 2 '95 Cabinet 14 PEVAL Finalize identification of extended evaluation targets 100% Oct 2 '95 Oct 13'95 Cabinet 15 PEVAL Notify appropriate staff to prepare Extended Program Evaluations 100% Oct 16'95 Oct 20 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 16 PEVAL Extended evaluations due 100% Nov 13'95 Nov 13'95 Program Managers 4 ii' e Page 2 biojisill 74 FY97 i December 21 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 17 Code PEVAL Name Cabinet review extended evaluations for merge into needs assessment report % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Nov 17'95 Scheduled Finish Nov 22 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson 18 NEEDS 100% Sep 1 '95 Nov 30 '95 Jackson.Cabinet 19 NEEDS Review types of data to measure needs of district for FY 96-97 100% Sep 1 '95 Sep 8 '95 Cabinet,Jackson 20 NEEDS Analyze results of the budgeting and planning priorities revealed from the 94-95 Needs Assessment Report 100% Sep 1 '95 Sep 8 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 21 NEEDS Review strategic planning mission statement and goals of the District (and implement) 100% Sep 1 '95 Sep 8 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 22 NEEDS Board identifies District concerns for input from public at Town Hall/District Dialogues 100% Sep 14 '95 Sep 14 '95 Williams,Boa rd 23 NEEDS STANFORD 8 TEST DATA STUDY 100% Sep 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson 24 NEEDS Define purpose and scope for Stanford 8 Test data study 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Cabinet Page 3 FY97 December 21 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 25 Code NEEDS Name Assign responsibilities for study of Stanford 8 Test data % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson 26 NEEDS Design data collection plan for study of Stanford 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Lacey 27 NEEDS Collect and analyze data from Stanford 8 Test (Spring 95 administration) 100% Sep 15 '95 Oct 13'95 Jackson,Lacey,Savage 28 NEEDS Prepare Stanford 8 Test Report 100% Oct 13'95 Oct 31 '95 Lacey 29 NEEDS Submit Stanford 8 Test Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment 100% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson,Lacey 3Q NEEDS PRE EDUCATIONAL EQUITY MONITORING REPORTS SURVEY 100% Seo 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson 31 NEEDS Define purpose and scope for PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 32 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study .100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson Page 4 FY97 December 21 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 33 Code NEEDS Name Analyze data from PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Studies % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 18 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 30 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Smith 34 NEEDS Prepare PRE Educational Equity Monitoring findings 100% Oct 2 '95 Oct 13'95 Smith 35 NEEDS Submit PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study to PRE for merge into needs assessment listing 100% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson,Smith as NEEDS SCHOOL CLIMATE/HUMAN RELATIONS SURVEY ISC/HRISTUDY 100% Seo 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson 37 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of SC/HR Survey 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 38 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for SC/HR data collections 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson 39 NEEDS Design data collection plan for study of SC/HR 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson, Hobby 40 NEEDS Collect and analyze data from SC/HR Survey 100% Sep 15 '95 Oct 13'95 Jackson,Hobby Page 5 FY97 December 21 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 41 Code NEEDS Name Prepare SC/HR Survey Report % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Oct 13'95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Hobby 42 NEEDS Submit SC/HR Survey Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment 100% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson,Hobby 43 NEEDS PORPORTIONALS ALLOCATION FORMULAS STUDY 100% Sep 11 '.9.5 Oct 31 '95 Smith.Milhollen 44 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Smith,Milhollen,Cabinet 45 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Smith 46 NEEDS Design data collections plan for Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Smith 47 NEEDS Collect and analyze data for Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% Sep 15 '95 Oct 13'95 Hurley,Eaton,Gadberry,Neal,Milhollen,Smith 48 NEEDS Prepare Proportional Allocation Formulas Report 100% Oct 13'95 Oct 31 '95 Milhollen,Hurley, Eaton,Neal,Smith Page 6 FY97 December 21 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 49 Code NEEDS Name Submit Proportional Allocations Formulas Study Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment listing % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Oct 31 '95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Milhollen S2 NEEDS DISTRICTWIDE FACILITIES STUDY 100% Sep 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Smith 51 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Districtwide Facilities Study/Report from 1994-95 Study for purposes of 1995-96 Needs Assessment Report 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Williams,Smith,Cabinet 52 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for the Districtwide Facilities Study/Reporting of findings 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Smith,Eaton 53 NEEDS Prepare findings from the Districtwide Facilities Study 100% Sep 16 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 15 '95 Smith,Mayo,Eaton, Vann 54 NEEDS Submit Districtwide Facilities Study Report recommendations to PRE for merge into needs assessment report (recommendations cited in this report are subject to change) 100% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Smith,Mayo,Eaton 55 NEEDS DESEGREGATION MONITORING REPORTS AUDIT FROM PPM 100% Sep 11 '95 Nov 30 '95 Mavo 56 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Williams,Mayo,Cabinet Page 7 FY97 December 21 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 57 Code NEEDS Name Assign responsibility for data collection of transcripts and Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Mayo 58 NEEDS Design data collection plan for study of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Mayo 59 NEEDS Collect data 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 13'95 Mayo 60 NEEDS Review with Cabinet and Attorneys 100% Oct 16'95 Oct 31 '95 Mayo 61 NEEDS Report findings to PRE 100% Oct 31 '95 Nov 18'95 Mayo 62 NEEDS Merge new obligations with Program Budget Document 100% Nov 1 '95 Nov 30 '95 Mayo,Lewis ea NEEDS COURT ORDERS AUDIT 100% Sep 11 '95 Nov 30 '95 Mavo 64 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Court Orders Audit 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Cabinet,Mayo Page 8 FY97 December 21 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 65 Code NEEDS Name Assign responsibility for data collection of Court Orders Audit % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Mayo 66 NEEDS Collect data 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 13'95 Mayo 67 NEEDS Review with Cabinet and Attorneys 100% Oct 16'95 Oct 31 '95 Mayo 68 NEEDS Report findings to PRE 100% Nov 1 '95 Nov 18'95 Mayo 69 NEEDS Merge new obligations with Program Budget Document 100% Nov 1 '95 Nov 30 '95 Mayo.Lewis 22 NEEDS TOWN HALL MEETINGS 100% Sep 11 '95 Nov 21 '95 Williams. Jackson. Modeste 71 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Town Hall Meetings 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Modeste,Cabinet 72 NEEDS Review previous years data from Town Hall Report 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Modeste, Jackson, Vann Page 9 FY97 December 21 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 73 Code NEEDS Name Review and data collection plan (matrix)for Town Hall Meetings % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson.Vann. Lewis 74 NEEDS Set locations and schedule for Town Hall Meeting 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Vann.Modeste 75 NEEDS Develop advertisement plan and schedule for Town Hall Meetings\nPrepare sample agenda 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Vann.Modeste 76 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting I 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann.Modeste 77 NEEDS Conduct Town Hall Meeting I 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Williams 78 NEEDS Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting I for input into matrix 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann.Lewis 79 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting II 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann.Modeste 80 NEEDS Conduct Town Hall Meeting 11 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 9 '95 Williams Page 10 FY97 December 21 '95 Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 81 Code NEEDS Name Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting II for input into matrix % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 18 '95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Nov 9 '95 Resource Names Vann,Lewis 82 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting III 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 14 '95 Vann.Modeste 83 NEEDS Conduct Town Hall Meeting III 100% Nov 14 '95 Nov 14 '95 Williams 84 NEEDS Finalize and publish Town Hall Meeting Report 100% Nov 1 '95 Nov 15 '95 Nov 17'95 Modeste,Lewis 85 NEEDS Merge findings of Town Hall Meeting Report, 1995-96 into needs assessment listing 100% Nov 15'95 Nov 21 '95 Jackson,Lewis ae iyEQS 100% Sep 11 '95 Nov 21 '95 Williams. Jackson. Modeste 87 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of District Dialogues 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Williams, Jackson,Modeste,Cabinet 88 NEEDS Review previous years data from District Dialogue Report 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Modeste,Vann Page 11 FY97 December 21 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 89 Code NEEDS Name Review data collection plan (matrix) for District Dialogues % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names_____ Jackson. Vann.Modeste 90 NEEDS Set locations and schedule for District Dialogue Meetings 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Modeste.Vann 91 NEEDS Develop advertisement plan and schedule for District Dialogues\nprepare sample agenda 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Vann.Modeste 92 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue l(Principals) 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann.Modeste 93 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue I 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Williams 94 NEEDS Gather feedback from District Dialogue 1 for input into matrix 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann, Lewis 95 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue ll(Ass't Principals) 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann.Modeste 96 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue II 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Williams Page 12 FY97 December 21 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 97 Code NEEDS Name Gather feedback data from District Dialogue II for input into matrix % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 18 '95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Vann,Lewis 98 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue lll(Teachers) 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 1 '95 Vann,Modeste 99 NEEDS Conduct District Diaiogue III 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 1 '95 Williams 100 NEEDS Gather feedback data from District Dialogue III for merge info matrix 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 6 '95 Vann,Lewis 101 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue IVfAdmin. and Classified) 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 6 '95 Vann,Modeste 102 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue IV 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 6 '5 Williams 103 NEEDS Gather feedback data from District Dialogue IV for input into matrix 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 6 '95 Vann,Lewis 104 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue V(Transportation) 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 8 '95 Vann,Modeste Page 13 FY97 December 21 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 105 Code NEEDS Name Conduct District Dialogue V % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 18 '95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Nov 8 '95 Resource Names Williams 106 NEEDS Gather feedback data from District Dialogue V for input into matrix 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 8 '95 Vann,Lewis 107 NEEDS Finalize and publish District Dialogue Report 1995-96 100% Nov 1 '95 Nov 15'95 Nov 17'95 Jackson,Lewis 108 NEEDS Merge findings of District Dialogue Report 1995-96 into needs assessment listing 100% Nov 15'95 Nov 21 '95 Jackson,Lewis 109 NEEDS PREPARE NEEDS ASSESSMENT REPORT 100% Nov 1 '95 Nov 30 '95 Jackson 110 NEEDS Conduct Administrative review of available districtwide reports and objective data 100% Nov 1 '95 Nov 15'95 Jackson,Cabinet 111 NEEDS Review of available districtwide reports and objective data by Board 100% Nov 1 '95 Nov 15 '95 Williams, Jackson,Board 112 NEEDS Publish Draft of Needs Assessment /Report and disseminate to selected persons 100% Nov 27 '95 Nov 27 '95 Jackson,Cabinet Page 14 FY97 December 21 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 113 Code NEEDS Name Publish Needs Assessment Report, 1995-96 % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Nov 30 '95 Scheduled Finish Nov 30 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson 114 GOALS PLANNING AND BUDGET GOALS 36% Oct 2 '95 Aug 30 '96 Jackson 115 GOALS CABINET PLANNING SESSION 75% Oct 2 '95 Jan 31 '96 Jackson.Cabinet 116 GOALS Review 1994-95 Needs Assessment Report 100% Oct 2 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 117 GOALS Distribute 1995-96 Needs Assessment Report to Cabinet members 100% Dec 1 '95 Dec 8 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 118 GOALS Distribute draft copy of Strategic Plan to Cabinet and review 100% Oct 23 '95 Nov 16'95 Young, Modeste,Cabinet 119 GOALS Submit Strategic Plan to Board for approval of Five Year Strategic Plan 100% Nov 16'95 Nov 16 '95 Williams 120 GOALS Board review and adopt Strategic Plan mission statement and goals 100% Nov 16 '95 Nov 16'95 Board Page 15 FY97 December 21 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 121 Code GOALS Name Board adopt written priorities as outlined in the Five Year Strategic Plan % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Nov 16 '95 Scheduled Finish Nov 16'95 Revised Finish Resource Names Board 122 GOALS Develop communications strategy for mission statement and goals 100% Nov 17'95 Dec 14 '95 Williams,Vann 123 GOALS Distribute mission statement, goals and written priorities (action plans) 25% Dec 14 '95 Jan 31 '96 Young,Modeste, Vann 124 PDEV PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT 21% Nov 1 '95 Aug 30 '96 Jackson.Cabinet iza PDEV SUBMIT BUSINESS CASE FOR PROGRAM ANDZOR MODIFICATIONS TO SUPERINTENDENT 21% Nov 1 '95 Aug 30 '96 Williams.Jackson 126 PDEV Review process tor program development 100% Nov 1 '95 Nov 10'95 Cabinet,Jackson 127 PDEV Use extended program evaluations to identify program additions, modifications, deletions 100% Nov 17 '95 Nov 27 '95 Cabinet 128 PDEV Notify appropriate staff to prepare Business Cases on results of extended program evaluations 100% Nov 17'95 Nov 30 '95 Cabinet Page 16 FY97 December 21 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 129 Code PDEV Name Review recommendations from district needs assessment report in order to identify additional programs or programs modifications resulting in business case(s) % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Dec 5 '95 Scheduled Finish Dec 11 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Cabinet 130 PDEV Business Cases due 0% Jan 8 '96 Jan 8 '96 Primary Leaders 131 PDEV Review of Business Cases by Cabinet 0% Jan 15 '96 Jan 22 '96 Cabinet 132 PDEV Submit Business Cases for program and/or program modifications to Board of Directors 0% Feb 8 '96 Feb 8 '96 Jackson,Wiliiams 133 PDEV Review of Business Cases by Board 0% Feb 8 '96 Feb 22 '96 Board 134 BUDGT BOARD RETREAT/BOARD WORKSESSION 11% Nov 20 '95 Auq 30 '96 Williams 135 BUDGT Determine date and site for Board Retreat 100% Dec 8 '95 Dec 20 '95 Williams,Board 136 BUDGT Identify agenda items for Board Retreat 100% Dec 8 '95 Dec 20 '95 Williams,Board Page 17 FY97 December 21 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 137 Code BUDGT Name Establish agenda for Board Retreat % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Dec 8 '95 Scheduled Finish Dec 20 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams, Boa rd 138 BUDGT Identify materials for Board Retreat 100% Dec 8 '95 Dec 20 '95 Williams,Jackson 139 BUDGT Distribute materials for Board Retreat 0% Jan 9 '96 Jan 10 '96 Williams,Jackson 140 BUDGT Conduct data analysis work session in preparation for Board Retreat 0% Jan 12 '96 Jan 12'96 Williams,Cabinet 141 BUDGT Conduct Board Retreat 0% Jan 22 '96 Jan 26 '96 Williams,Board 142 BUDGT Report outcomes of Board Retreat 0% Jan 31 '96 Jan 31 '96 Williams,Board 143 BUDGT BUDGETING 254 Nov 20 '95 Aug 30 '96 144 BUDGT Develop budget preparation training materials 100% Nov 20 '95 Nov 27 '95 Smith,Milhollen Page 18 FY97 December 21 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 145 Code BUDGT Name Conduct budget preparation training sessions and distribute instructions for budget preparation training at all levels % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Dec 1 '95 Scheduled Finish Dec 8 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Smith 146 BUDGT Budget managers develop and submit revised 1995-96 expense budget revisions and 1996-97 expense budget requests 19% Dec 11 '95 Jan 8 '96 Milhollen,Smith 147 BUDGT Begin districtwride expense budget consolidation and executive review process 0% Jan 9 '96 Mar 8 '96 Smith 148 BUDGT Year to date revenue expenditure analysis 0% Jan 9 '96 Jan 31 '96 Smith,Milhollen 149 BUDGT Revise financial forecast for coming year 0% Feb 26 '96 Mar 6 '96 Smith 150 BUDGT Submit proposed budget to Board 0% Mar 14 '96 Mar 14 '96 Williams 151 BUDGT Conduct Board Work Sessions on proposed budget 0% Mar 18'96 Mar 29 '96 Smith,Boa rd, Williams 152 BUDGT Revise proposed budget, as needed 0% Mar 14 '96 Apr 2 '96 Smith,Milhollen Page 19 FY97 December 21 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 153 Code BUDGT Name Prepare tentative budget % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Apr 3 '96 Scheduled Finish May 13'96 Revised Finish Resource Names Smith,Milhollen 154 BUDGT Board review of tentative budget 0% May 23 '96 May 23 '96 Board,Smith 155 BUDGT Conduct Board Work Session on tentative Budget 0% May 24 '96 May 31 '96 Board.Williams 156 BUDGT Account reconciliation and Purchase Order (PO) clean-up 0% Jun 17 '96 Jul 12'96 Eaton 157 BUDGT 158 BUDGT Receipt of state generated revenue numbers (payroll liabilities, adjusted supplemental payroll, last payroll, Carl Perkins, M to M, JTPA, Vocational Ed., Chapters 1 and 2, Compensatory Ed., MFPA, Transportation, ABC) Close-out 1995-96 accounts: adjust physical inventory, (fiscal)federal grants, magnet, state grants, accruals 0% 0% Jun 16 '96 Jun 16 '96 Milhollen,Smith Jul 1 '96 Jul 19'96 Smith,Milhollen,Cabinet 159 BUDGT Compute ending fund balance 0% Jul 22 '96 Jul 22 '96 Milhollen,Smith 160 BUDGT Administrative review of final budget 0% Jul 24 '96 Jul 29 '96 Williams,Cabinet Page 20 FY97 December 21 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 161 Code BUDGT Name Submit final budget to Board % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Aug 1 '96 Scheduled Finish Aug 1 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams,Smith 162 BUDGT Board review and adoption of 96-97 final budget 0% Aug 1 '96 Aug 8 '96 Board 163 BUDGT Submit final Budget to Court/Parties 0% Aug 8 '96 Aug 21 '96 Williams,Attorney 164 BUDGT Submit 96-97 final budget to State 0% Aug 21 '96 Aug 30 '96 Williams,Smith 165 BUDGT Staffing 0% Jan 26 '96 Aug 15 '96 Hurley 166 BUDGT First review of changes in course offerings by Board 0% Jan 26 '96 Feb 8 '96 Board,Williams 167 BUDGT Meeting with counselors and principals to review courses offerings 1995-96 0% Jan 29 '96 Feb 15'96 Elston 168 BUDGT Print secondary course selection sheets 0% Jan 29 '96 Feb 15'96 Williams,Gadberry Page 21 FY97 December 21 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 169 Code BUDGT Name________________________________ Counselors meet with students and complete course selection sheets % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Feb 19'96 Scheduled Finish Mar 8 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Principals,Counselors 170 BUDGT Counselors send course selection sheets to receiving schools 0% Mar 8 '96 Mar 11 '96 Principals,Counselors 171 BUDGT Registrars tally course selections 0% Mar 11 '96 Mar 29 '96 Principals, Registrars 172 BUDGT Review course tallies secondary. Note possible staffing changes based on courses requested 0% Apr 1 '96 Apr 19'96 Gadberry,Hurley,Asst. Supts. 173 BUDGT Identify elementary enrollment (tentative) for 1995-96 0% Apr 1 '96 May 19 '96 Mayo,Hurley,Gadberry,Asst Supts 174 BUDGT Make determination by subject area (secondary) of possible changes and by projected elementary enrolled 0% Apr 1 '96 Apr 19'96 Gadberry.Hurley.Asst. Supts. 175 BUDGT List known retirements, resignations, and intern positions 0% Apr 3 '96 Apr 24 '96 Gadberry,Hurley 176 BUDGT Identify certified personnel for Reduction in Force (RIF), if needed 0% Apr 17'96 Apr 26 '96 Hurley,Gadberry Page 22 FY97 December 21 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 177 Code BUDGT Name Notify certified personnel of Reduction in Force (RIF), if needed staff reduction % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Apr 24 '96 Scheduled Finish Apr 29 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Hurley,Gadberry 178 BUDGT Recall certified personnel from RIF, if needed 0% Jun 3 '96 Aug 1 '96 Hurley.Gadberry 179 BUDG Notify classified personnel of staff reduction 0% May 6 '96 Jul 15'96 Hurley.Gadberry 180 BUDGT Recall classified personnel from RIF, if needed 0% Jun 3 '96 Aug 15 '96 Hurley IM BUDGT 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste, Vann, Williams 182 BUDGT Plan for internal and external feedback. Set locations and dates 0% Feb 1 '96 Feb 15'96 Williams,Modeste, Vann 183 BUDGT Execute advertisement for district feedback. Session I 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste,Vann 184 BUDGT Conduct District Feedback Session I 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams Page 23 FY97 December 21 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 185 Code BUDGT Name Execute advertisement plan for district feedback. Session II % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Feb 1 '96 Scheduled Finish Apr 30 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Modeste,Vann 186 BUDGT Conduct District Feedback Session II 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 187 BUDGT Execute advertisement for district feedback, Session III 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 188 BUDGT Conduct district feedback, Session III 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 189 BUDGT Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall feedback. Session I 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste,Vann 190 BUDGT Conduct Town Hall feedback. Session I 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 191 BUDGT Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall feedback. Session II 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste,Vann 192 BUDGT Conduct Town Hall feedback , Session II 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams Page 24 FY97 December 21 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 193 Code BUDGT Name__________________________ Execute advertisement for Town Hall feedback. Session III % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Feb 1 '96 Scheduled Finish Apr 30 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams 194 BUDGT Conduct Town Hall feedback, Session III 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste,Vann 195 MR MONITORING AND REPORTING OF DESEG AND NONDESEG PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 11 ST QUARTER: 2ND QUARTER: 3RD QUARTER: 4TH QUARTERI 47% Aug 1 '95 Aug 31 '96 Jackson 196 MR PRE performs necessary diskette management functions for the summer (i.e. archival filing, achievement erasures, copying, etc.) 100% Aug 1 '95 Aug 17'95 PRE Clerical 197 MR Revise written program budget document instructions, as needed 100% Aug 31 '95 Sep 5 '95 Lewis 198 MR PRE forward program budget document diskettes to principals and program managers 100% Aug 31 '95 Sep 5 '95 PRE Clerical,Lewis 199 MR Distribute written program budget document instructions to principals and program managers 100% Sep 1 '95 Sep 5 '95 Lewis,PRE Clerical 200 MR Plan maintenance education and orientation regarding the program budget document process 100% Aug 1 '95 Aug 31 '95 Jackson,Lewis Page 25 FY97 December 21 '95ID 201 Code MR Name Conduct maintenance education workshops and orientation sessions regarding the program budget document process for principals, clerical staff, program managers, primary and secondary leaders 202 MR 1ST QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 203 MR Review program budget document with program managers and principals 204 MR Generate diskette management flow infomiation to relative staff School Operations and PRE office 205 MR Carryout training sessions on the Program Budget Document and WordPerfect 206 MR Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 1st Quarter PBD diskettes 207 MR DSeg and NonDSeg diskettes returned to PRE 208 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes Page 26 Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 4 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 30 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Lewis 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Aug 8 '95 Aug 8 '95 Aug 8 '95 Sep 2 '95 Oct 3 '95 Oct 14 '95 Oct 16 '95 FY97 Dec 21 '95 Oct 14 '95 Aug 31 '95 Sep 15'95 Oct 3 '95 Oct 14 '95 Nov 8 '95 Jackson Asst. Supts,Lewis,PRE Cierical Jackson,Lewis Lewis,Jackson Lewis Principals,Program Managers PRE Clerical,Lewis December 21 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 209 Code MR Name PRE generate hard copies of diskettes % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Oct 16 '95 Scheduled Finish Nov 8 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names PRE Clerical 210 MR PRE develops narrative and the Controller provides financial info for the PBD reports 100% Oct 16 '95 Oct 31 '95 Lewis,Milhollen 211 MR PRE combines all information for the 1st Quarter Program Budget Report 100% Oct 31 '95 Nov 8 '95 Lewis,PRE Clerical 212 MR Submit report to Attorney for review 100% Nov 8 '95 Nov 13 '95 Lewis 213 MR Prepare for publication of 1st Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 100% Nov 13'95 Nov 13'95 Lewis,Jackson 214 MR Submit 1st Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 100% Nov 21 '95 Nov 21 '95 Jackson,Attorney 215 MR Return diskettes and hard copies to managers and principals 100% Nov 21 '95 Nov 22 '95 PRE Clerical 216 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to the secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 100% Nov 21 '95 Dec 21 '95 Primary Leaders Page 27 FY97 December 21 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 217 Code MR Name 2ND QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS % Complete 402(1 Scheduled Start Nov 21 '95 Scheduled Finish Mar 22 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson 218 MR Advise program managers and principals on Programs Budget Document 100% Nov 21 '95 Jan 13 '96 Asst. Supts,Lewis 219 MR Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 2nd Quarter PBD diskettes 0% Jan 6 '96 Jan 6 '96 Lewis 220 MR Diskettes due back to PRE 0% Jan 13 '96 Jan 13 '96 Program Managers,Principals 221 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 0% Jan 13 '96 Jan 26 '96 PRE Clerical 222 MR PRE generates hard copies of diskettes 0% Jan 15 '96 Jan 31 '96 PRE Clerical 223 MR PRE revises narrative and the controller provides financial info for Program Budget Document Reports (DSeg and NonDSeg) 0% Jan 29 '96 Feb 3 '96 Lewis,Milhollen 224 MR PRE combines all revised information for 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Jan 29 '96 Feb 3 '96 Lewis,PRE Clerical Page 28 FY97 December 21 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 225 Code MR Name Submit report to Attorney for review % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Feb 14 '96 Scheduled Finish Feb 19'96 Revised Finish Resource Names Attorney,Jackson 226 MR Prepare publication of 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Feb 22 '96 Feb 22 '96 Lewis 227 MR Submit 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 0% Feb 23 '96 Feb 23 '96 Jackson, Attorney 228 MR Return diskettes and paper copies to principals and program managers 0% Feb 23 '96 Feb 24 '96 PRE Clerical 229 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% Feb 23 '96 Mar 22 '96 Primary Leaders 230 MR 3RD QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 0% Feb 23 '96 Jun 24 '96 Jackson 231 MR Advise program managers and principals on the Program Budget Document 0% Feb 23 '96 Apr 12'96 Asst. Supts, Lewis 232 MR Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 3rd Quarter PBD diskettes 0% Mar 7 '96 Mar 7 '96 Lewis Page 29 FY97 December 21 '95 nLittle Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 233 Code MR Name Diskettes due back to PRE % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Apr 12'96 Scheduled Finish Apr 12'96 Revised Finish Resource Names__________ Principals.Program Managers 234 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 0% Apr 15'96 Apr 28 '96 PRE Clericai 235 MR PRE generate hard copies of diskettes 0% Apr 15'96 May 3 '96 PRE Clerical 236 MR PRE revises narrative and the controller provides financial Information for 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Apr 29 '96 May 3 '96 Lewis,Milhollen 237 MR PRE combines all revised information for 3rd Quarter PBD Reports 0% May 6 '96 May 10'96 Lewis,PRE Clerical 238 MR Submit report to Attorney for review 0% May 13'96 May 16'96 Lewis 239 MR Prepare publication of 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% May 20 '96 May 23 '96 Lewis 240 MR Submit 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document to Court 0% May 24 '96 May 24 '96 Jackson,Attorney Page 30 FY97 December 21 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 241 Code MR Name Return diskettes and paper copies to principals and program managers % Complete 0% Scheduled Start May 24 '96 Scheduled Finish May 27 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names PRE Clerical 242 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% May 24 '96 Jun 24 '96 Primary Leaders 243 MR 4th QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 0% May 9 '96 Aug 31 '96 Jackson 244 MR Advise program managers and principals on Program Budget Document 0% May 22 '96 Jul 22 '96 Asst. Supts,Lewis,PRE Clerical 245 MR Send reminder notice for completing the PBD to principals and program managers 0% May 9 '96 May 15'96 Lewis 246 MR Principals submit School Operations Diskettes to Asst. Supts. 0% Jun 10 '96 Jun 16 '96 Principals 247 MR Diskettes due from Program Managers who are on a less than 12 month contract 0% Jun 10 '96 Jun 16 '96 Program Managers 248 MR All Program diskettes due back to PRE 0% Jul 14'96 Jul 14'96 Program Managers Page 31 FY97 December 21 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 249 Code MR Name PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Jul 15'96 Scheduled Finish Jul 28 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names PRE Clerical,Lewis 250 MR PRE develops narrative and the controller provides financial information for 4th quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Jul 29 '96 Aug 4 '96 Lewis, Milhollen 251 MR PRE combines all information for 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Jul 29 '96 Aug 4 '96 Lewis,PRE Clerical 252 MR Submit report to Attorney for review 0% Aug 12 '96 Aug 12 '96 Jackson 253 MR Prepare for publications the 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Aug 16'96 Aug 19 '96 Lewis 254 MR Submit 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 0% Aug 22 '96 Aug 22 '96 Jackson,Attorney 255 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% Aug 1 '96 Aug 31 '96 Primary Leaders 256 MR PRE house diskettes as 1996-97 school year begins 0% Jun 1696 Aug 22 '96 Lewis Page 32 FY97 December 21 '95ID Code MR Name SUBMIT MONTHLY MANAGEMENT REPORT [MANAGEMENT TOOL) TO COURT 258 MR Submit July's monthly management report to Court 259 MR Submit August's monthly management report to Court 260 MR Submit September's monthly management report to Court 261 MR Submit October's monthly management report to Court 262 MR Submit November's monthly management report to Court 263 MR Submit December's monthly management report to Court 264 MR Submit January's monthly management report to Court Page 33 Kg Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool % Complete 46% Scheduled Start Jul 31 '95 Scheduled Finish Aug 31 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 0% Jul 31 '95 Jul 31 '95 Jackson,Attorney Aug 31 '95 Aug 31 '95 Jackson,Attorney Sep 29 '95 Sep 29 '95 Jackson,Attorney Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson, Attorney Nov 30 '95 Dec 21 '95 Jan 31 '96 FY97 Nov 30 '95 Dec 21 '95 Jan 31 '96 Jackson ,Attorney Jackson,Attorney Jackson,Attorney December 21 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 265 Code MR Name Submit February's monthly management report to Court % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Feb 29 '96 Scheduled Finish Feb 29 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Attorney 266 MR Submit March's monthly management report to Court 0% Mar 29 '96 Mar 29 '96 Jackson,Attorney 267 MR Submit April's monthly management report to Court 0% Apr 30 '96 Apr 30 '96 Jackson, Attorney 268 MR Submit May's monthly management report to Court 0% May 31 '96 May 31 '96 Jackson,Attorney 269 MR Submit June's monthly management report to Court 0% Jun 28 '96 Jun 28 '96 Jackson,Attorney 270 MR Submit July's monthly management report to Court 0% Jul 31 '96 Jul 31 '96 Jackson,Attorney 271 MR Submit August's monthly management report to Court 0% Aug 31 '96 Aug 31 '96 Jackson 272 ORG 17% Jul 5 '95 Aug 30 '96 Jackson.Attorney Page 34 FY97 December 21 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 273 Code ORG Name Analyze, reassess, and revise planning organization and structure % Complete 10% Scheduled Start Jul 5 '95 Scheduled Finish Jul 28 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams,Jackson 274 ORG Revise, discuss and reach consensus regarding format and tasking of 1996-97 Management Tool 100% Jul 5 '95 Jul 24 '95 Cabinet, Lewis, Jackson 275 ORG Initial circulation of 1996-97 Management Tool 100% Jul 13'95 Jul 31 '95 Lewis,Jackson 276 ORG Evaluate tasking of 1996-97 Management Tool 15% Jul 24 '95 Aug 30 '96 Cabinet,Lewis Page 35 FY97 December 21 '95Quarter 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter ID 1 Code PINV Name % Complete 100% May I Jun Jul | Aug | Sep Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct 2 PINV Identify and revise DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% 3 PINV Review and adjust primary and secondary leaders for DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% 4 PINV Finalize list of DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% I 5 PINV Generate a Program Inventory Report for 1995-96 100% fi PEVAL 100% 7 PEVAL Notify program managers that program evaluation begins in fall\nbegin data collection 100% Project: FY 97 Date: 12/21/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page 1ID 8 Code PEVAL Name Review/revise process for cabinet review of program evaluations % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct 9 PEVAL Review/revise program evaluation instrument 100% 10 PEVAL Distribute program evaluation instruments and instructions to primary and/or secondary leaders\nprovide additonal information/instruments, if needed 100% 11 PEVAL Conduct required training sessions describing the process and evaluation criteria for designated staff 100% 12 PEVAL Program evaluations due from secondary or primary leaders 100% I 13 PEVAL Review program evaluations (DSeg and NonDSeg) for potential target programs for extended evaluations 100% 14 PEVAL Finalize identification of extended evaluation targets 100% 15 PEVAL Notify appropriate staff to prepare Extended Program Evaluations 100% I Project: FY 97 Date: 12/21/95 Critical Noncritical Progress m Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 2ID 16 Code PEVAL Name Extended evaluations due % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jut? 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec I 17 PEVAL Cabinet review extended evaluations for merge into needs assessment report 100% I 1 NEEDS 100% 19 NEEDS Review types of data to measure needs of district for FY 96-97 100%  20 NEEDS Analyze results of the budgeting and planning priorities revealed from the 94-95 Needs Assessment Report 100%  21 NEEDS Review strategic planning mission statement and goals of the District (and implement) 100%  22 NEEDS Board identifies District concerns for input from public at Town Hall/District Dialogues 100% Project: FY 97 Date: 12/21/95 Critical Noncritical Progress M Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page 3 Bn 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t OctID 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 Code NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS Project: FY 97 Date: 12/21/95 Name STANFORD 8 TEST DATA STUDY Define purpose and scope for Stanford 8 Test data study Assign responsibilities for study of Stanford 8 Test data Design data collection plan for study of Stanford Collect and analyze data from Stanford 8 Test (Spring 95 administration) Prepare Stanford 8 Test Report Submit Stanford 8 Test Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment Critical Noncritical % Complete 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I I I 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec I 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up Q Page 4ID 2Q Code NEEDS Name PRE EDUCATIONAL EQUITY MONITORING REPORTS SURVEY % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jur? 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct 31 NEEDS Define purpose and scope for PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study 100% I 32 NEEDS Assign responsibilities tor PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study 100% I 33 NEEDS Analyze data from PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Studies 100% 34 NEEDS Prepare PRE Educational Equity Monitoring findings 100% 35 NEEDS Submit PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study to PRE for merge into needs assessment listing 100% 2fi NEEDS SCHOOL CLIMATE/HUMAN RELATIONS SURVEY ISC/HRISTUDY 100% Project: FY 97 Date: 12/21/95 Critical Noncritical Progress - Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page 5Quarter 3rd Quarter ID 37 Code NEEDS Name Define purpose and scope of SC/HR Survey % Complete 100% May I Jun~ Jul | Aug | Sep I 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct 38 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for SC/HR data collections 100% I 39 NEEDS Design data collection plan for study of SC/HR 100% I 40 NEEDS Collect and analyze data from SC/HR Survey 100% 41 NEEDS Prepare SC/HR Survey Report 100% 42 43 44 NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS Project: FY 97 Date\n12/21/95 Submit SC/HR Survey Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment PORPORTIONALS ALLOCATION FORMULAS STUDY Define purpose and scope of Proportional Allocation Formulas Critical Noncritical 100% 100% 100% I Progress H Milestone  Page 6 I Summary Rolled Up Quarter 3rd Quarter ID 45 Code NEEDS Name Assign responsibilities for Proportional Allocation Formulas % Complete 100% May I Jun Jul | Aug | Sep I 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct 46 NEEDS Design data collections plan for Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% I 47 NEEDS Collect and analyze data for Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% 48 NEEDS Prepare Proportional Allocation Formulas Report 100% 49 51 52 NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS Project: FY 97 Date: 12/21/95 Submit Proportional Allocations Formulas Study Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment listing DISTRICTWIDE FACILITIES STUDY Define purpose and scope of Districtwide Facilities Study/Report from 1994-95 Study for purposes of 1995-96 Needs Assessment Report Assign responsibilities tor the Districtwide Facilities Study/Reporting of findings Critical Noncritical 100% 100% 100% 100% Progress M Milestone H Page 7 I I I Summary Rolled Up QID 53 Code NEEDS Name Prepare findings from the Districtwide Facilities Study % Complete 100% Quarter 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter May I Jun Jul | Aug | Sep Oct | Nov | Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep __ Oct 54 NEEDS Submit Districtwide Facilities Study Report recommendations to PRE for merge into needs assessment report (recommendations cited in this report are subject to change) 100% 5 NEEDS DESEGREGATION MONITORING BEPQRTS AUDIT FROM PPM 100% 56 57 58 59 60 NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS Project: FY 97 Date: 12/21/95 Define purpose and scope of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit Assign responsibility for data collection of transcripts and Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit Design data collection plan for study of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit Collect data Review with Cabinet and Attorneys Critical Noncritical 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Progress m Milestone  Page 8 I I I J, 1 Summary Rolled Up ID 61 Code NEEDS Name Report findings to PRE % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter 2nd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar Apr | May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct 62 3 64 65 66 67 68 NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS Project: FY 97 Date: 12/21/95 Merge new obligations with Program Budget Document COURT ORDERS AUDIT Define purpose and scope of Court Orders Audit Assign responsibility for data collection of Court Orders Audit Collect data Review with Cabinet and Attorneys Report findings to PRE Critical Noncritical 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Progress m Milestone | Page 9 I I Summary Rolled Up QID 69 22 71 72 73 74 75 76 Code NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS Project: FY 97 Date: 12/21/95 Name Merge new obligations with Program Budget Document TOWN HALL MEETINGS Define purpose and scope of Town Hall Meetings Review previous years data from Town Hall Report Review and data collection plan (matrix)forTown Hall Meetings Set locations and schedule for Town Hall Meeting Develop advertisement plan and schedule for Town Hall Meetings\nPrepare sample agenda Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting I Critical Noncritical % Complete 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I I I I I 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter 4t Jul I Aug I Sep Oct Progress M Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 10ID 77 Code NEEDS Name Conduct Town Hall Meeting I % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep Oct | Nov | Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct 78 NEEDS Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting I for input into matrix 100% 79 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting II 100% 80 NEEDS Conduct Town Hall Meeting II 100% 81 NEEDS Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting II for input into matrix 100% 82 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting III 100% 83 NEEDS Conduct Town Hall Meeting III 100% I 84 NEEDS Finalize and publish Town Hall Meeting Report 100% Project: FY 97 Date: 12/21/95 Critical Noncritical Progress - Milestone | Summary Rolled Up Q Page 11ID 85 Sfi 87 88 89 90 91 92 Code NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS Project: FY 97 Date: 12/21/95 Name Merge findings of Town Hall Meeting Report, 1995-96 into needs assessment listing Define purpose and scope of District Dialogues Review previous years data from District Dialogue Report Review data collection plan (matrix) for District Dialogues Set locations and schedule for District Dialogue Meetings Develop advertisement plan and schedule for District Dialogues: prepare sample agenda Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue l(Principals) Critical Noncritical % Complete 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I I I I I 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec I 1st Quarter 2nd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar ~Apr | May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct Progress  Milestone H Summary Rolled Up  Page 12ID 93 Code NEEDS Name Conduct District Dialogue I % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep ~Oct | Nov | Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct 94 NEEDS Gather feedback from District Dialogue 1 for input into matrix 100% 95 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue ll(Ass't Principals) 100% 96 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue II 100% 97 NEEDS Gather feedback data from District Dialogue II for input into matrix 100% 98 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan tor District Dialogue lll(Teachers) 100% 99 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue III 100% 100 NEEDS Gather feedback data from District Dialogue III for merge into matrix 100% Project: FY 97 Date: 12/21/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 13ID 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 Code NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS Project: FY 97 Date: 12/21/95 Name Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue IV(Admin. and Classified) Conduct District Dialogue IV Gather feedback data from District Dialogue IV for input info matrix Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue V(Transportation) Conduct District Dialogue V Gather feedback data from District Dialogue V for input into matrix Finalize and publish District Dialogue Report 1995-96 Merge findings of District Dialogue Report 1995-96 into needs assessment listing i Critical Noncritical % Complete 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep Oct | Nov | I 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct Progress m Milestone  Summary Rolled Up Q Page 14ID 109 110 111 112 113 4 Ui Code NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS GOALS GOALS Project: FY 97 Date: 12/21/95 Name PREPARE NEEDS ASSESSMENT REPORT Conduct Administrative review of available districtwide reports and objective data Review of available districtwide reports and objective data by Board Publish Draft of Needs Assessment /Report and disseminate to selected persons Publish Needs Assessment Report, 1995-96 PLANNING AND BUDGET GOALS CABINET PLANNING SESSION Critical Noncritical % Complete 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 36% 75% Quarter May I Jur? 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep ~dct | Nov | Dec I 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct Progress B Milestone H Summary Rolled Up  Page 15ID 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 Code GOALS GOALS GOALS GOALS GOALS GOALS GOALS GOALS Project: FY 97 Date: 12/21/95 Name Review 1994-95 Needs Assessment Report Distribute 1995-96 Needs Assessment Report to Cabinet members Distribute draft copy of Strategic Plan to Cabinet and review Submit Strategic Plan to Board for approval of Five Year Strategic Plan Board review and adopt Strategic Plan mission statement and goals Board adopt written priorities as outlined in the Five Year Strategic Plan Develop communications strategy for mission statement and goals Distribute mission statement, goals and written priorities (action plans) Critical Noncritical % Complete 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 25% Quarter May I Jur? 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec  I I I 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 16ID 124 Code PDEV Name % Complete 21% Quarter May I Jur? 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep  125. PDEV SUBMIT BUSINESS CASE FOR PROGRAM AND/OR 21% SUPERINTENDENT 126 PDEV Review process for program development 100% 127 PDEV Use extended program evaluations to identify program additions, modifications, deletions 100% 128 PDEV Notify appropriate staff to prepare Business Cases on results of extended program evaluations 100% 129 PDEV 130 PDEV Review recommendations from district needs assessment report in order to identity additional programs or programs modifications resulting in business case(s) Business Cases due 100% 0% i I I Project: FY 97 Date: 12/21/95 Critical Noncritical Progress - Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page 17 4t OctQuarter 3rd Quarter ID 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 Code PDEV PDEV PDEV BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT Project: FY 97 Date: 12/21/95 Name Review of Business Cases by Cabinet Submit Business Cases for program and/or program modifications to Board of Directors Review of Business Cases by Board WORKSESSION Determine date and site for Board Retreat Identify agenda items for Board Retreat Establish agenda for Board Retreat Identify materials for Board Retreat Critical Noncritical % Complete 0% 0% 0% 11% 100% 100% 100% 100% May I Jun Jul | Aug | Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar I 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 18ID 139 Code BUDGT Name Distribute materials for Board Retreat % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct 140 BUDGT Conduct data analysis work session in preparation for Board Retreat 0% 141 BUDGT Conduct Board Retreat 0% 142 143 144 145 146 BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT Project: FY 97 Date: 12/21/95 Report outcomes of Board Retreat BUDGETING Develop budget preparation training materials Conduct budget preparation training sessions and distribute instructions for budget preparation training at all levels Budget managers develop and submit revised 1995-96 expense budget revisions and 1996-97 expense budget Critical Noncritical 0% 100% 100% 19% Progress h Milestone H Page 19   Summary Rolled Up ID 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 i Code BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT Project: FY 97 Date: 12/21/95 Name Begin districtwide expense budget consolidation and executive review process Year to date revenue expenditure analysis Revise financial forecast for coming year Submit proposed budget to Board Conduct Board Work Sessions on proposed budget Revise proposed budget, as needed Prepare tentative budget Board review of tentative budget Critical Noncritical % Complete 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep ~Oct | Nov | Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 0 I a 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun I 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct Progress h Milestone H Summary Rolled Up  Page 20ID 155 Code BUDGT Name Conduct Board Work Session on tentative Budget % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 0 156 BUDGT Account reconciliation and Purchase Order (PO) clean-up 0% 157 BUDGT 158 BUDGT 159 BUDGT Receipt of state generated revenue numbers (payroll liabilities, adjusted supplemental payroll, last payroll, Carl Close-out 1995-96 accounts: adjust physical inventory. (fiscal)federal grants, magnet, state grants, accruals Compute ending fund balance 0% 0% 0% 160 BUDGT Administrative review of final budget 0% 161 BUDGT Submit final budget to Board 0% 162 BUDGT Board review and adoption of 96-97 final budget 0% Project: FY 97 Date: 12/21/95 Critical Noncritical Progress  Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 21 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I 0 I 0 4t OctID 163 Code BUDGT Name Submit final Budget to Court/Parties % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT Project: FY 97 Date: 12/21/95 Submit 96-97 final budget to State Staffing First review of changes in course offerings by Board Meeting with counselors and principals to review courses offerings 1995-96 Print secondary course selection sheets Counselors meet with students and complete course selection sheets Counselors send course selection sheets to receiving schools Critical Noncritical 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0 Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 22 0 r % I s I I ID 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 Code BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT Project: FY 97 Date: 12/21/95 Name Registrars tally course selections Review course tallies secondary Note possible staffing changes based on courses requested Identify elementary enrollment (tentative) for 1995-96 Make determination by subject area (secondary) of possible changes and by projected elementary enrolled List known retirements, resignations, and intern positions Identify certified personnel tor Reduction in Force (RIF), if needed Notify certified personnel of Reduction in Force (RIF), if needed staff reduction Recall certified personnel from RIF, if needed Critical Noncritical % Complete 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep Progress a Milestone I Page 23 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec Summary Rolled Up  1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 0 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct I J  sID 179 Code BUDG Name Notify classified personnel of staff reduction % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2ncl Quarter 3rd Quarter Apr I May | Jun ~Jul | Aug | Sep 180 Ifil 182 183 184 185 186 BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT Project: FY 97 Date: 12/21/95 4t Oct Recall classified personnel from RIF, if needed INTERNAL AND Plan for internal and external feedback. Set locations and dates Execute advertisement for district feedback, Session I Conduct District Feedback Session I Execute advertisement plan tor district feedback, Session II Conduct District Feedback Session II Critical Noncritical 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 24 V/////////AID 187 Code BUDGT Name Execute advertisement for district feedback. Session III % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter 2nd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar ~Apr | May | Jun 188 BUDGT Conduct district feedback. Session III 0% 189 BUDGT Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall feedback, Session I 0% 190 BUDGT Conduct Town Hall feedback. Session I 0% 191 BUDGT Execute advertisement plan tor Town Hall feedback. Session II 0% 192 BUDGT Conduct Town Hall feedback , Session II 0% 193 BUDGT Execute advertisement for Town Hall feedback, Session III 0% 194 BUDGT Conduct Town Hall feedback, Session III 0% Project: FY 97 Date\n12/21/95 Critical Noncritical Progress  Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 25 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t OctQuarter 3rd Quarter ID 195 Code MR Name MONITORING AND REPORTING OF DESEG AND NONDESEG PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS (1ST QUARTER: 2ND QUARTER: 3RD QUARTER: 4TH QUARTERI % Complete 47% May I Jun Jul | Aug | Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct 196 MR PRE performs necessary diskette management functions for the summer ( i.e. archival filing, achievement erasures, copying, etc.) 100% 197 MR Revise written program budget document instructions, as needed 100% I 198 MR PRE tonivard program budget document diskettes to principals and program managers 100% I 199 MR Distribute written program budget document instructions to principals and program managers 100% I 200 MR Plan maintenance education and orientation regarding the program budget document process 100% 201 MR Conduct maintenance education workshops and orientation sessions regarding the program budget document process for principals, clerical staff, program managers, primary and secondary leaders 100% i Project: FY 97 Date: 12/21/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page 26ID 202 Code MR Name % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jut? 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct 203 MR Review program budget document with program managers and principals 100% 204 MR Generate diskette management flow information to relative staff School Operations and PRE office 100% 205 MR Carryout training sessions on the Program Budget Document and WordPerfect 100% 206 MR Send reminder notice regarding deadline tor submission of 1st Quarter PBD diskettes 100% I 207 MR DSeg and NonDSeg diskettes returned to PRE 100% 208 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 100% 209 MR PRE generate hard copies of diskettes 100% Project: FY 97 Date: 12/21/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone B Summary B Rolled Up  Page 27ID 210 Code MR Name PRE develops narrative and the Controller provides financial info for the PBD reports % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jut? 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct 211 MR PRE combines all information for the 1st Quarter Program Budget Report 100% 212 MR Submit report to Attorney for review 100% I 213 MR Prepare for publication of 1st Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 100% 214 MR Submit 1st Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 100% I 215 MR Return diskettes and hard copies to managers and principals 100% 216 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to the secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 100% 212 MR 40% Project: FY 97 Date: 12/21/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 28ID 218 Code MR Name Advise program managers and principals on Programs Budget Document % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter 1 st Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec Jan | Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct 219 MR Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 2nd Quarter PBD diskettes 0% 220 MR Diskettes due back to PRE 0% 221 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 0% 222 MR PRE generates hard copies of diskettes 0% 223 MR PRE revises narrative and the controller provides financial info for Program Budget Document Reports (DSeg and NonDSeg) 0% 224 MR PRE combines all revised information for 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% a 225 MR Submit report to Attorney for review 0% a Project: FY 97 Date: 12/21/95 Critical Noncritical Progress - Milestone  Rolled Up  Page 29 ID 226 Code MR Name Prepare publication of 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct 227 MR Submit 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 0% 228 MR Return diskettes and paper copies to principals and program managers 0% 229 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% 230 MR 3RD QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 0% 231 MR Advise program managers and principals on the Program Budget Document 0% 232 MR Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 3rd Quarter PBD diskettes 0% I 233 MR Diskettes due back to PRE 0% I Project: FY 97 Date: 12/21/95 Critical Noncritical Progress m Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page 30ID 234 Code MR Name PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct 235 MR PRE generate hard copies of diskettes 0% 236 MR PRE revises narrative and the controller provides financial information for 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% 0 237 MR PRE combines all revised information for 3rd Quarter PBD Reports 0% 0 238 MR Submit report to Attorney for review 0% 0 239 MR Prepare publication of 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% 0 240 MR Submit 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document to Court 0% 241 MR Return diskettes and paper copies to principals and program managers 0% a Project: FY 97 Date: 12/21/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone  Rolled Up  Page 31ID 242 Code MR Name Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 243 MR 0% 244 MR Advise program managers and principals on Program Budget Document 0% 245 MR Send reminder notice for completing the PBD to principals and program managers 0% 246 MR Principals submit School Operations Diskettes to Asst. Supts. 0% 247 MR Diskettes due from Program Managers who are on a less than 12 month contract 0% 248 MR All Program diskettes due back to PRE 0% 249 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up 0% Project: FY 97 Date: 12/21/95 Critical Noncritical Progress Milestone 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec Summary Rolled Up  Page 32 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun a 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 0 a 4t OctID 250 Code MR Name PRE develops narrative and the controller provides financial information for 4th quarter Program Budget Document Reports % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter 2nd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar ~Apr | May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 0 4t Oct 251 MR PRE combines all information tor 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% 0 252 MR Submit report to Attorney for review 0% I 253 MR Prepare for publications the 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% 254 MR Submit 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 0% I 255 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% 256 MR PRE house diskettes as 1996-97 school year begins 0% MR SUBMIT MONTHLY MANAGEMENT REPORT IMANAGEMENT TOOL) TO COURT 46% Project: FY 97 Date: 12/21/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 33ID 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 Code MR MR MR MR MR MR MR MR Project: FY 97 Date: 12/21/95 Name Submit July's monthly management report to Court Submit August's monthly management report to Court Submit September's monthly management report to Court Submit October's monthly management report to Court Submit November's monthly management report to Court Submit December's monthly management report to Court Submit January's monthly management report to Court Submit February's monthly management report to Court Critical Noncritical % Complete 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 0% 0% Quarter May I Jur? 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I I 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec I I 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar I 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 34BbH5- -- ID 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 Code MR MR MR MR MR MR ORG ORG Project. FY 97 Date: 12/21/95 Name Submit March's monthly management report to Court Submit April's monthly management report to Court Submit May's monthly management report to Court Submit June's monthly management report to Court Submit July's monthly management report to Court Submit August's monthly management report to Court REASSESSMENT OF PROCESS AND ORGANIZATION 1996-97 Analyze, reassess, and revise planning organization and structure Critical Noncritical % Complete 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 17% 10% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar I 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun I I I 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I Progress h Milestone  Summary B Rolled Up   Page 35 4t OctID 274 Code ORG Name Revise, discuss and reach consensus regarding format and tasking of 1996-97 Management Tool % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct 275 ORG Initial circulation of 1996-97 Management Tool 100% 276 ORG Evaluate tasking of 1996-97 Management Tool 15% '//////////////aV, Project: FY 97 Date: 12/21/95 Critical Noncritical Progress a Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 36\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_625","title":"Program planning and budgeting tool, FY 1997","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1995-11-30"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System"],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Education--Evaluation","Education--Finance"],"dcterms_title":["Program planning and budgeting tool, FY 1997"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/625"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":["Available for use in research, teaching, and private study. Any other use requires permission from the Butler Center."],"dcterms_medium":["planning"],"dcterms_extent":["203 pages"],"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nLittle Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 1 Code PINV Name % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Jul 3 '95 Scheduled Finish Aug 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson 2 PINV Identify and revise DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% Jul 3 '95 Aug 11 '95 Jackson, Lewis,Smith RE 'i/' c. 3 3 PINV Review and adjust primary and secondary leaders for DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% Jul 17'95 Aug 14 '95 Lewis, Mayo NOV 3 0 1995 Office of Desegregation Mon ion 4 PINV Finalize list of DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% Aug 15 '95 Aug 18'95 Jackson,Lewis 5 PINV Generate a Program Inventory Report for 1995-96 100% Aug 18 '95 Aug 31 '95 Jackson,Lewis  PEVAL PROGRAM EVALUATION 100% Jul 3 '95 Jackson 7 PEVAL Notify program managers that program evaluation begins in fall\nbegin data collection 100% Jul 3 '95 Jul 28 '95 Jackson 8 PEVAL Review/revise process for cabinet review of program evaluations 100% Aug 1 '95 Aug 15 '95 Jackson,Cabinet Page 1 FY97 November 30 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 9 Code PEVAL Name Review/revise program evaluation instrument % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Aug 1 '95 Scheduled Finish Aug 15'95 Revised Finish Resource Names Cabinet,Jackson 10 PEVAL Distribute program evaluation instruments and instructions to primary and/or secondary leaders: provide additonal information/instruments, if needed 100% Aug 25 '95 Aug 25 '95 Jackson 11 PEVAL Conduct required training sessions describing the process and evaluation criteria for designated staff 100% Aug 4 '95 Aug 31 '95 Jackson 12 PEVAL Program evaluations due from secondary or primary leaders 100% Sep 15 '95 Sep 15 '95 Cabinet 13 PEVAL Review program evaluations (DSeg and NonDSeg) for potential target programs for extended evaluations 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 2 '95 Cabinet 14 PEVAL Finalize identification of extended evaluation targets 100% Oct 2 '95 Oct 13'95 Cabinet 15 PEVAL Notify appropriate staff to prepare Extended Program Evaluations 100% Oct 16 '95 Oct 20 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 16 PEVAL Extended evaluations due 100% Nov 13 '95 Nov 13'95 Program Managers Page 2 FY97 November 30 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 17 Code PEVAL Name Cabinet review extended evaluations for merge into needs assessment report % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Nov 17'95 Scheduled Finish Nov 22 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson NEEDS 100% Sep 1 '95 Nov 30 '95 Jackson.Cabinet 19 NEEDS Review types of data to measure needs of district for FY 96-97 100% Sep 1 '95 Sep 8 '95 Cabinet,Jackson 20 NEEDS Analyze results of the budgeting and planning priorities revealed from the 94-95 Needs Assessment Report 100% Sep 1 '95 Sep 8 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 21 NEEDS Review strategic planning mission statement and goals of the District (and implement) 100% Sep 1 '95 Sep 8 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 22 NEEDS Board identifies District concerns for input from public at Town Hall/District Dialogues 100% Sep 14 '95 Sep 14 '95 Williams,Board 23. NEEDS STANFORD 8 TEST DATA STUDY 4^^ 100% Seo 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson 24 NEEDS Define purpose and scope for Stanford 8 Test data study 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Cabinet Page 3 FY97 November 30 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 25 Code NEEDS Name Assign responsibilities for study of Stanford 8 Test data % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson 26 NEEDS Design data collection plan for study of Stanford 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 95 Jackson,Lacey 27 NEEDS Collect and analyze data from Stanford 8 Test (Spring 95 administration) 100% Sep 15 '95 Oct 13'95 Jackson,Lacey,Savage 28 NEEDS Prepare Stanford 8 Test Report 100% Oct 13'95 Oct 31 '95 Lacey 29 NEEDS Submit Stanford 8 Test Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment 100% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson,Lacey NEEDS PRE EDUCATIONAL EQUITY MONITORING REPORTS SURVEY 100%  Seo 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson 31 NEEDS Define purpose and scope for PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 32 NEEDS Assign responsibilities tor PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Jackson Page 4 FY97 November 30 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 33 Code NEEDS Name Analyze data from PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Studies % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 18 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 30 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Smith 34 NEEDS Prepare PRE Educational Equity Monitoring findings 100% Oct 2 '95 Oct 13'95 Smith 35 NEEDS Submit PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study to PRE for merge into needs assessment listing 100% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson,Smith 3fi NEEDS SCHOOL CLIMATE/HUMAN RELATIONS SURVEY ISC/HRISTUDY 100% Seo 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson 37 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of SC/HR Survey 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 38 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for SC/HR data collections 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson 39 NEEDS Design data collection plan for study of SC/HR 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Hobby 40 NEEDS Collect and analyze data from SC/HR Survey 100% Sep 15 '95 Oct 13'95 Jackson,Hobby Page 5 FY97 November 30 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 41 Code NEEDS Name Prepare SC/HR Survey Report % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Oct 13'95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Hobby 42 NEEDS Submit SC/HR Survey Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment 100% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson.Hobby 43 NEEDS PORPORTIONALS ALLOCATION FORMULAS STUDY 100% Seo 11 '95 Smith. Milhollen 44 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Smith,Milhollen,Cabinet 45 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Smith 46 NEEDS Design data collections plan for Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Smith 47 NEEDS Collect and analyze data for Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% Sep 15 '95 Oct 13'95 Hurley,Eaton,Gadberry,Neal,Milhollen,Smith 48 NEEDS Prepare Proportional Allocation Formulas Report 100% Oct 13 '95 Oct 31 '95 Milhollen, Hurley,Eaton,Neal,Smith Page 6 FY97 November 30 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 49 Code NEEDS Name_______________________________ Submit Proportional Allocations Formulas Study Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment listing % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Oct 31 '95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Milhollen 5Q NEEDS DISTRICTWIDE FACILITIES STUDY 100% Sep 11 '95 Qct 3t.'95 Smith 51 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Districtwide Facilities Sfudy/Report from 1994-95 Study for purposes of 1995-96 Needs Assessment Report 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Williams,Smith,Cabinet 52 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for the Districtwide Facilities Study/Reporting of findings 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Smith,Eaton 53 NEEDS Prepare findings from the Disfrictwide Facilities Study 100% Sep 16'95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 15'95 Smith,Mayo, Eaton,Vann 54 NEEDS Submit Districtwide Facilities Study Report recommendations to PRE for merge into needs assessment report (recommendations cited in this report are subject to change) 100% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Smith,Mayo,Eaton 5 NEEDS DESEGREGATION MONITORING REPORTS AUDIT FROM PPM 100% Sep 11 '95 Nov 30 '95 Mavo 56 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Williams,Mayo,Cabinet Page 7 FY97 November 30 '95ID 57 Code NEEDS Name Assign responsibility for data colledion of transcripts and Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit- Little Rock School Distrid Program Planning and Budgeting Tool % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15'95 Revised Finish Resource Names Mayo 58 NEEDS Design data collection plan for study of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit 100% Sep 11 95 Sep 15'95 Mayo 59 NEEDS Coiled data 100% Sep 18'95 Od 13'95 Mayo 60 NEEDS Review with Cabinet and Attorneys 100% Od 16 '95 Oct 31 '95 Mayo 61 NEEDS Report findings to PRE 100% Od 31 '95 Nov 18'95 Mayo 62 NEEDS Merge new obligations with Program Budget Document 100% Nov 1 '95 Nov 30 '95 Mayo,Lewis 63 NEEDS COURT ORDERS AUDIT 100% Seo 11 '95 Nov 30 '95 Mavo 64 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Court Orders Audit 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Cabinet,Mayo Page 8 FY97 November 30 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 65 Code NEEDS Name Assign responsibility for data collection of Court Orders Audit % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15'95 Revised Finish Resource Names Mayo 66 NEEDS Collect data 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 13'95 Mayo 67 NEEDS Review with Cabinet and Attorneys 100% Oct 16 '95 Oct 31 '95 Mayo 68 NEEDS Report findings to PRE 100% Nov 1 '95 Nov 18'95 Mayo 69 NEEDS Merge new obligations with Program Budget Document 100% Nov 1 '95 Nov 30 '95 Mayo. Lewis 2fl NEEDS TOWN HALL MEETINGS 100% Sep 11 '95 Nov 21 '95 Williams. Jackson.Modeste 71 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Town Hall Meetings 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Jackson.Modeste.Cabinet 72 NEEDS Review previous years data from Town Hall Report 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Modeste. Jackson,Vann Page 9 FY97 November 30 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 73 Code NEEDS Name Review and data collection plan (matrix)for Town Hall Meetings % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson. Vann.Lewis 74 NEEDS Set locations and schedule for Town Hall Meeting 100% Sep 11 95 Sep 15'95 Vann.Modeste 75 NEEDS Develop advertisement plan and schedule for Town Hall Meetings\nPrepare sample agenda 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Vann.Modeste 76 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting I 100% Sep 10'95 Oct 31 '95 Vann.Modeste 77 NEEDS Conduct Town Hall Meeting I 100% Sep 10 '95 Oct 31 '95 Williams 70 NEEDS Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting I for input into matrix 100% Sep 10 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann.Lewis 79 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting II 100% Sep 10'95 Oct 31 '95 Vann.Modeste 00 NEEDS Conduct Town Hall Meeting II 100% Sep 10 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 9 '95 Williams Page 10 FY97 November 30 '95 JLittle Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 81 Code NEEDS Name Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting II for input into matrix % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 18 '95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Nov 9 '95 Resource Names Vann,Lewis 82 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting III 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 14 '95 Vann.Modeste 83 NEEDS Conduct Town Hall Meeting III 100% Nov 14 '95 Nov 14 '95 Williams 84 NEEDS Finalize and publish Town Hall Meeting Report 100% Nov 1 '95 Nov 15'95 Nov 17'95 Modeste, Lewis 85 NEEDS Merge findings of Town Hall Meeting Report, 1995-96 into needs assessment listing 100% Nov 15'95 Nov 21 '95 Jackson,Lewis 100% Nov 21 '95 Williams. Jackson. Modeste 87 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of District Dialogues 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Williams, Jackson,Modeste,Cabinet 88 NEEDS Review previous years data from District Dialogue Report 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Modeste,Vann Page 11 FY97 November 30 '95Little Rock School Distnct Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 89 Code NEEDS Name Review data collection plan (matrix) for District Dialogues % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15'95 Revised Finish Resource Names_____ Jackson. Vann.Modeste 90 NEEDS Set locations and schedule for District Dialogue Meetings 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Modeste.Vann 91 NEEDS Develop advertisement plan and schedule for District Dialogues\nprepare sample agenda 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Vann.Modeste 92 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue l(Principals) 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann.Modeste 93 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue I 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Williams 94 NEEDS Gather feedback from District Dialogue 1 for input into matrix 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann,Lewis 95 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue ll(Ass't Principals) 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann.Modeste 96 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue II 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Williams Page 12 FY97 Novemtser 30 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 97 Code NEEDS Name Gather feedback data from District Dialogue II for input into matrix % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 18 '95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Vann,Lewis 98 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue lll(Teachers) 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 1 '95 Vann,Modeste 99 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue III 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 1 '95 Williams 100 NEEDS Gather feedback data from District Dialogue III for merge into matrix 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 6 '95 Vann,Lewis 101 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue IV(Admin. and Classified) 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 6 '95 Vann,Modeste 102 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue IV 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 6 '5 Williams 103 NEEDS Gather feedback data from District Dialogue IV for input into matrix 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 6 '95 Vann,Lewis 104 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue V(Transportation) 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 8 '95 Vann.Modeste Page 13 FY97 November 30 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 105 Code NEEDS Name Conduct District Dialogue V % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 18 '95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Nov 8 '95 Resource Names Williams 106 NEEDS Gather feedback data from District Dialogue V for input into matrix 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct SI '95 Nov 8 '95 Vann,Lewis 107 NEEDS Finalize and publish District Dialogue Report 1995-96 100% Nov 1 '95 Nov 15'95 Nov 17'95 Jackson.Lewis 108 NEEDS Merge findings of District Dialogue Report 1995-96 into needs assessment listing 100% Nov 15'95 Nov 21 '95 Jackson,Lewis 109 NEEDS PREPARE NEEDS ASSESSMENT REPORT 100% Nov 1 '95 Nov 30 '95 Jackson 110 NEEDS Conduct Administrative review of available districtwide reports and objective data 100% Nov 1 '95 Nov 15'95 Jackson,Cabinet 111 NEEDS Review of available districtwide reports and objective data by Board 100% Nov 1 '95 Nov 15'95 Williams, Jackson,Board 112 NEEDS Publish Draft of Needs Assessment /Report and disseminate to selected persons 100% Nov 27 '95 Nov 27 '95 Jackson,Cabinet Page 14 FY97 November 30 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 113 Code NEEDS Name________________________________ Publish Needs Assessment Report, 1995-96 % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Nov 30 '95 Scheduled Finish Nov 30 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson 114 Oct 2 '95 Jan 31 '96 Jackson 11\u0026amp; GOALS CABINET PLANNING SESSION 63% Oct 2 '95 Dec 11 '95 Jackson.Cabinet 116 GOALS Review 1994-95 Needs Assessment Report 100%, Oct 2 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 117 GOALS Distribute 1995-96 Needs Assessment Report to Cabinet members 0% Dec 1 '95 Dec 8 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 118 GOALS Distribute District goals to Cabinet 0% Dec 1 '95 Dec 8 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 119 GOALS Cabinet review of goals 0% Dec 11 '95 Dec 11 '95 Jackson,Cabinet Page 15 120 BOARD WORK SESSION 51% Nov 15 '95 Dec 19 '95 Jackson. 'illiams FY97 November 30 '95 Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 121 Code GOALS Name Establish date and site for Work Session % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Nov 15'95 Scheduled Finish Nov 30 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams.Cabinet 122 \\ GOALS J identify materiais for Board Work Session 100y Nov 15'95 Nov 30 '95 Jacks\u0026lt;w,Williams 123 GOALS Prepare materials for Board Work Session 100% Nov 15'95 Nov 30 '95 Jackson 124 GOALS Conduct Board Work Session 0% Dec 12'95 Dec 15 '95 Board,Williams 125 GOALS Distribute background materials to Board members 0% Dec 12'95 Dec 15'95 Jackson 126 GOALS Review/revise mission statement and goals (review Strategic Planning mission statement) 0% Dec 12 '95 Dec 15 '95 BoaN^*. 127 GOALS Review DSeg and NonDSeg Program Inventory 0% Dec 12 '95 Dec 15 '95 Board 128 ^^AL^I^eview id^tified^ropprtiongj aljjcations Dec 12'95 Dec 15 '95 Board Page 16 FY97 November 30 '95 Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 129 Code GOALS Name________________ Establish written priorities % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Dec 12'95 Scheduled Finish Dec 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Board 130 GOALS Identify strategies for funding shortfalls Dec 12'95 Dec 15 '95 Board 131 GOALS Develop timeline for identification and researching of funding shortfall strategies 132 GOALS Develop communication strategy tor mission statement and goals 133 GOALS Distribute mission statement and goals 134 GOALS Distribute list of priorities 135 GOALS BOARD RETREAT 136 GOALS Determine date and site for Board Retreat Page 17 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% Dec 12 '95 Dec 15'95 Board Dec 14 '95 Dec 14 '95 Williams,Vann Dec 19'95 Dec 19'95 Jackson,Vann Dec 19 '95 Dec 19 '95 Jackson,Vann Pec 8 '.95 Dec 8 '95 FY97 Jan 31 '96 Dec 20 '95 Williams Williams,Board November 30 '95ID 137 Code GOALS Name Identify agenda items for Board Retreat 138 GOALS Establish agenda for Board Retreat 139 GOALS Identify materials for Board Retreat 140 GOALS Distribute materials for Board Retreat 141 GOALS Conduct data analysis work session in preparation for Board Retreat 142 GOALS Conduct Board Retreat 143 GOALS Report outcomes of Board Retreat 144 Page 18 Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Dec 8 '95 Scheduled Finish Dec 20 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams,Board 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% Dec 8 '95 Dec 8 '95 Jan 9 '96 Jan 12 '96 Jan 22 '96 Jan 31 '96 Nov 1 '95 FY97 Dec 20 '95 Dec 20 '95 Jan 10'96 Jan 12 '96 Jan 26 '96 Jan 31 '96 Aug 30 '96 Williams,Board Williams,Jackson Williams,Jackson Williams,Cabinet Williams,Board Williams,Board Jackson,Sabinet November 30 '95 Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 145 Name 146 PDEV 147 PDEV 148 PDEV 149 PDEV 150 PDEV 151 PDEV 152 PDEV Page 19 SUBMIT BUSINESS CASE FOR PROGRAM AND/OR MODIFICATIONS TO SUPERINTENDENT Review process for program development Use extended program evaluations to identify program additions, modifications, deletions Notify appropriate staff to prepare Business Cases on results of extended program evaluations Review recommendations from district needs assessment report in order to identify additional programs or programs modifications resulting in business case(s) Business Cases due Review of Business Cases by Cabinet Submit Business Cases for program and/or program modifications to Board of Directors oy 100% 100% 100% 0% 0% 0% 0% Scheduled Start Nov 1 '95 Nov 1 '95 Nov 17'95 Nov 17'95 Dec 5 '95 Jan 8 '96 Jan 15 '96 Feb 8 '96 FY97 Scheduled Finish Feb 22 '96 Nov 10'95 Nov 27 '95 Nov 30 '95 Dec 11 '95 Jan 8 '96 Jan 22 '96 Feb 8 '96 Revised Finish Resource Williams Cabinet.Jackson Cabinet Cabinet Cabinet Primary Leaders Cabinet Jac^on, Williams November 30 '95 Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 153 Code PDEV Name Review of Business Cases by Board % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Feb 8 '96 Scheduled Finish Feb 22 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Board BUDGT BUDGETING Nov 20 95 Auq 30 '96 adberrv.Hurlev.Milhollen 155 BUDGT Develop budget preparation training materials 100% Nov 20 '95 Nov 27 '95 Smith,Milhollen 156 BUDGT Conduct budget preparation training sessions and distribute instructions for budget preparation training at all levels 100% Dec 1 '95 Dec 8 '95 Smith 157 BUDGT Budget managers develop and submit revised 1995-96 expense budget revisions and 1996-97 expense budget requests 0% Dec 11 '95 Jan 6 '96 Milhollen,Smith 158 BUDGT Begin districtwide expense budget consolidation and executive review process 0% Jan 9 '96 Mar 8 '96 Smith 159 BUDGT Year to date revenue expenditure analysis 0% Jan 9 '96 Jan 31 '96 Smith,Milhollen 160 BUDGT Revise financial forecast for coming year 0% Feb 26 '96 Mar 6 '96 Smith Page 20 I FY97 November 30 '95 Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 161 Code BUDGT Name Submit proposed budget to Board % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Mar 14 '96 Scheduled Finish Mar 14 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams 162 BUDGT Conduct Board Work Sessions on proposed budget 0% Mar 18'96 Mar 29 '96 Smith.Board, Wiliiams 163 BUDGT Revise proposed budget, as needed 0% Mar 14'96 Apr 2 '96 Smith,Milhollen 164 BUDGT Prepare tentative budget 0% Apr 3 '96 May 13'96 Smith,Milhollen 165 BUDGT Board review of tentative budget 0% May 23 '96 May 23 '96 Board,Smith 166 BUDGT Conduct Board Work Session on tentative Budget 0% May 24 '96 May 31 '96 Board, Williams 167 BUDGT Account reconciliation and Purchase Order (PO) clean-up 0% Jun 17'96 Jul 12'96 Eaton 168 BUDGT Receipt of state generated revenue numbers (payroll liabilities, adjusted supplemental payroll, last payroll, Carl Perkins, M to M, JTPA, Vocational Ed., Chapters 1 and 2. Compensatory Ed., MFPA, Transportation, ABC) 0% Jun 16 '96 Jun 16 '96 Milhollen,Smith Page 21 FY97 November 30 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 169 Code BUDGT Name Close-out 1995-96 accounts: adjust physical inventory, (fiscal)federal grants, magnet, state grants, accruals % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Jul 1 '96 Scheduled Finish Jul 19 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Smith,Milhollen,Cabinet 170 BUDGT Compute ending fund balance 0% Jul 22 '96 Jul 22 '96 Milhollen,Smith 171 BUDGT Administrative review of final budget 0% Jul 24 '96 Jul 29 '96 Williams.Cabinet 172 BUDGT Submit final budget to Board 0% Aug 1 '96 Aug 1 '96 Williams,Smith 173 BUDGT Board review and adoption of 96-97 final budget 0% Aug 1 '96 Aug 8 '96 Board 174 BUDGT Submit final Budget to Court/Parties 0% Aug 8 '96 Aug 21 '96 Williams,Attorney 175 BUDGT Submit 96-97 final budget to State 0% Aug 21 '96 Aug 30 '96 Williams,Smith 12fi BUDGT Staffing 0% Jan 26 '96 Aug 15 '96 Hurley Page 22 FY97 November 30 '95 7Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 177 Code BUDGT Name_________________________________ First review of changes in course offerings by Board % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Jan 26 '96 Scheduled Finish Feb 8 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Board,Williams 178 BUDGT Meeting with counselors and principals to review courses offerings 1995-96 0% Jan 29 '96 Feb 1596 Elston 179 BUDGT Print secondary course selection sheets 0% Jan 29 *96 Feb 15'96 Williams,Gadberry 180 BUDGT Counselors meet with students and complete course selection sheets 0% Feb 19'96 Mar 8 '96 Principals,Counselors 181 BUDGT Counselors send course selection sheets to receiving schools 0% Mar 8 '96 Mar 11 '96 Principals,Counselors 182 BUDGT Registrars tally course selections 0% Mar 11 '96 Mar 29 '96 Principals,Registrars 183 BUDGT Review course tallies secondary. Note possible staffing changes based on courses requested 0% Apr 1 '96 Apr 19 '96 Gadberry,Hurley,Asst. Supts. 184 BUDGT Identify elementary enrollment (tentative) for 1995-96 0% Apr 1 '96 May 19'96 Mayo,Hurley,Gadberry .Asst Supts Page 23 FY97 November 30 '95ID 185 Code BUDGT Name____________________________ Make determination by subject area (secondary) of possible changes and by projected elementary enrolled Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Apr 1 '96 Scheduled Finish Apr 19'96 Revised Finish Resource Names__________ Gadberry,Hurley,Assf. Supts. 186 BUDGT List known retirements, resignations, and intern positions 0% Apr 3 '96 Apr 24 '96 Gadberry,Hurley 187 BUDGT Identify certified personnel for Reduction in Force (RIF), if needed 0% Apr 17'96 Apr 26 '96 Hurley,Gadberry 188 BUDGT Notify certified personnel of Reduction in Force (RIF), if needed staff reduction 0% Apr 24 '96 Apr 29 '96 Hurley,Gadberry 189 BUDGT Recall certified personnel from RIF, it needed 0% Jun 3 '96 Aug 1 '96 Hurley,Gadberry 190 BUDG Notify classified personnel of staff reduction 0% May 6 '96 Jul 15'96 Hurley,Gadberry 191 BUDGT Recall classified personnel from RIF, if needed 0% Jun 3 '96 Aug 15'96 Hurley 192 BUDGT EBQVIDE BROAD-BASED INTERNAL AND 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste.Vann. Williams Page 24 FY97 November 30 '95 7Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 193 Code BUDGT Name Plan for internal and external feedback. Set locations and dates % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Feb 1 '96 Scheduled Finish Feb 15'96 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams,Modeste,Vann 194 BUDGT Execute advertisement for district feedback. Session I 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste.Vann 195 BUDGT Conduct District Feedback Session I 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 196 BUDGT Execute advertisement plan for district feedback. Session II 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste.Vann 197 BUDGT Conduct District Feedback Session II 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 198 BUDGT Execute advertisement for district feedback. Session III 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 199 BUDGT Conduct district feedback, Session III 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 200 BUDGT Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall feedback. Session I 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste.Vann Page 25 FY97 November 30 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 201 Code BUDGT Name Conduct Town Hall feedback. Session I % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Feb 1 '96 Scheduled Finish Apr 30 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams 202 BUDGT Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall feedback. Session II 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste,Vann 203 BUDGT Conduct Town Hall feedback , Session II 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 204 BUDGT Execute advertisement for Town Hall feedback, Session III 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 205 BUDGT Conduct Town Hall feedback, Session III 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste,Vann 206 MR MONITORING AND REPORTING OF DESEG AND NONDESEG PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS (1ST QUARTER: 2ND QUARTER: 3RD QUARTER: 4TH QUARTER! 36% Aug 1 '95 Aug 31 '96 Jackson 207 MR PRE performs necessary diskette management functions for the summer (i.e. archival filing, achievement erasures, copying, etc.) 100% Aug 1 '95 Aug 17'95 PRE Clerical 208 MR Revise written program budget document instructions, as needed 100% Aug 31 '95 Sep 5 '95 Lewis Page 26 FY97 November 30 '95 JLittle Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 209 Code MR Name PRE forward program budget document diskettes to principals and program managers % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Aug 31 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 5 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names PRE Clerical,Lewis 210 MR Distribute written program budget document instructions to principals and program managers 100% Sep 1 '95 Sep 5 '95 Lewis.PRE Clerical 211 MR Plan maintenance education and orientation regarding the program budget document process 100% Aug 1 '95 Aug 31 '95 Jack son,Lewis 212 MR Conduct maintenance education workshops and orientation sessions regarding the program budget document process for principals, clerical staff, program managers, primary and secondary leaders 100% Sep 4 '95 Sep 30 '95 Jackson,Lewis 213 MR 1ST QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 86% Aug 8 '95 Dec 21 '95 Jackson 214 MR Review program budget document with program managers and principals 100% Aug 8 '95 Oct 14 '95 Asst. Supts,Lewis,PRE Clerical 215 MR Generate diskette management flow information to relative staff School Operations and PRE office 100% Aug 8 '95 Aug 31 '95 Jackson,Lewis 216 MR Carryout training sessions on the Program Budget Document and WordPerfect 100% Sep 2 '95 Sep 15 '95 Lewis,Jackson Page 27 FY97 November 30 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 217 Code MR Name Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 1st Quarter PBD diskettes % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Oct 3 '95 Scheduled Finish Oct 3 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Lewis 218 MR DSeg and NonDSeg diskettes returned to PRE 100% Oct 14 '95 Oct 14 '95 Principais,Program Managers 219 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 100% Oct 16 '95 Nov 8 '95 PRE Ciericai,Lewis 220 MR PRE generate hard copies of diskettes 100% Oct 16 '95 Nov 8 '95 PRE Clerical 221 MR PRE develops narrative and the Controller provides financial info for the PBD reports 100% Oct 16 '95 Oct 31 '95 Lewis,Milhollen 222 MR PRE combines all information for the 1st Quarter Program Budget Report 100% Oct 31 '95 Nov 8 '95 Lewis,PRE Clerical 223 MR Submit report to Attorney for review 100% Nov 8 '95 Nov 13'95 Lewis 224 MR Prepare for publication of 1st Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 100% Nov 13 '95 Nov 13'95 Lewis,Jackson Page 28 FY97 November 30 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 225 Code MR Name Submit 1st Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Nov 21 '95 Scheduled Finish Nov 21 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Attorney 226 MR Return diskettes and hard copies to managers and principals 100% Nov 21 '95 Nov 22 '95 PRE Cierical 227 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to the secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% Nov 21 '95 Dec 21 '95 Primary Leaders 223 MR 2ND QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 0% Nov 21 '95 Mar 22 '96 Jackson 229 MR Advise program managers and principals on Programs Budget Document 0% Nov 21 '95 Jan 13 '96 Asst. Supts,Lewis 230 MR Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 2nd Quarter PBD diskettes 0% Jan 6 '96 Jan 6 '96 Lewis 231 MR Diskettes due back to PRE 0% Jan 13 '96 Jan 13 '96 Program Managers.Principais 232 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 0% Jan 13 '96 Jan 26 '96 PRE Clericai Page 29 FY97 November 30 '95I Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 233 Code MR Name PRE generates hard copies of diskettes % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Jan 15'96 Scheduled Finish Jan 31 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names PRE Clerical 234 MR PRE revises narrative and the controller provides financial info for Program Budget Document Reports (DSeg and NonDSeg) 0% Jan 29 '96 Feb 3 '96 Lewis,Milhollen 235 MR PRE combines all revised information for 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Jan 29 '96 Feb 3 '96 Lewis.PRE Clerical 236 MR Submit report to Attorney for review 0% Feb 14 '96 Feb 19'96 Attorney,Jackson 237 MR Prepare publication of 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Feb 22 '96 Feb 22 '96 Lewis 238 MR Submit 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 0% Feb 23 '96 Feb 23 '96 Jackson ,Attomey 239 MR Return diskettes and paper copies to principals and program managers 0% Feb 23 '96 Feb 24 '96 PRE Clerical 240 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% Feb 23 '96 Mar 22 '96 Primary Leaders Page 30 FY97 November 30 '95 JLittle Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 241 Code MR Name 3RD QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Feb 23 '96 Scheduled Finish Jun 24 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson 242 MR Advise program managers and principals on the Program Budget Document 0% Feb 23 '96 Apr 12'96 Asst. Supts,Lewis 243 MR Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 3rd Quarter PBD diskettes 0% Mar 7 '96 Mar 7 '96 Lewis 244 MR Diskettes due back to PRE 0% Apr 12'96 Apr 12'96 Principals,Program Managers 245 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 0% Apr 15'96 Apr 28 '96 PRE Clerical 246 MR PRE generate hard copies of diskettes 0% Apr 15'96 May 3 '96 PRE Clerical 247 MR PRE revises narrative and the controller provides financial information for 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Apr 29 '96 May 3 '96 Lewis,Milhollen 248 MR PRE combines all revised information for 3rd Quarter PBD Reports 0% May 6 '96 May 10'96 Lewis,PRE Clerical Page 31 FY97 November 30 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 249 Code MR Name Submit report to Attorney for review % Complete 0% Scheduled Start May 13'96 Scheduled Finish May 16 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Lewis 250 MR Prepare publication of 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% May 20 '96 May 23 '96 Lewis 251 MR Submit 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document to Court 0% May 24 '96 May 24 '96 Jackson,Attorney 252 MR Return diskettes and paper copies to principals and program managers 0% May 24 '96 May 27 '96 PRE Clerical 253 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% May 24 '96 Jun 24 '96 Primary Leaders 254 MR 4th QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 0% May 9 '96 Aug 31 '96 Jackson 255 MR Advise program managers and principals on Program Budget Document 0% May 22 '96 Jul 22 '96 Asst. Supts,Lewis,PRE Clerical 256 MR Send reminder notice for completing the PBD to principals and program managers 0% May 9 '96 May 15'96 Lewis Page 32 FY97 November 30 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 257 Code MR Name Principals submit School Operations Diskettes to Asst. Supts. % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Jun 10 '96 Scheduled Finish Jun 16 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Principals 258 MR Diskettes due from Program Managers who are on a less than 12 month contract 0% Jun 10 '96 Jun 16 '96 Program Managers 259 MR All Program diskettes due back to PRE 0% Jul 14 '96 Jul 14 '96 Program Managers 260 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up 0% Jul 15'96 Jul 28 '96 PRE Clerical,Lewis 261 MR PRE develops narrative and the controller provides financial information for 4th quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Jul 29 '96 Aug 4 '96 Lewis,Milhollen 262 MR PRE combines all information for 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Jul 29 '96 Aug 4 '96 Lewis,PRE Clerical 263 MR Submit report to Attorney for review 0% Aug 12 '96 Aug 12'96 Jackson 264 MR Prepare for publications the 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Aug 16 '96 Aug 19 '96 Lewis Page 33 FY97 November 30 '95ID 265 Code MR Name_________________________ Submit 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Aug 22 '96 Scheduled Finish Aug 22 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson ,Attorney 266 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% Aug 1 '96 Aug 31 '96 Primary Leaders 267 MR PRE house diskettes as 1996-97 school year begins 0% Jun 16 '96 Aug 22 '96 Lewis 268 MR SUBMIT MONTHLY MANAGEMENT REPORT IMANAGEMENT lOflU IQ CQUBI 38% Jul 31 '95 Aug 31 '96 Jackson 269 MR Submit July's monthly management report to Court 100% Jul 31 '95 Jul 31 '95 Jackson,Attorney 270 MR Submit August's monthly management report to Court 100% Aug 31 '95 Aug 31 '95 Jackson,Attorney 271 MR Submit September's monthly management report to Court 100% Sep 29 '95 Sep 29 '95 Jackson,Attorney 272 MR Submit October's monthly management report to Court 100% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson,Attorney Page 34 FY97 November 30 '95 7Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 273 Code MR Name Submit November's monthly management report to Court % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Nov 30 '95 Scheduled Finish Nov 30 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson.Attorney 274 MR Submit December's monthly management report to Court 0% Dec 21 '95 Dec 21 '95 Jackson .Attorney 275 MR Submit January's monthly management report to Court 0% Jan 31 '96 Jan 31 '96 Jackson .Attorney 276 MR Submit February's monthly management report to Court 0% Feb 29 '96 Feb 29 '96 Jackson .Attorney 277 MR Submit March's monthly management report to Court 0% Mar 29 '96 Mar 29 '96 Jackson.Attorney 278 MR Submit April's monthly management report to Court 0% Apr 30 '96 Apr 30 '96 Jackson.Attorney 279 MR Submit May's monthly management report to Court 0% May 31 '96 May 31 '96 Jackson.Attorney 280 MR Submit June's monthly management report to Court 0% Jun 28 '96 Jun 28 '96 Jackson.Attorney Page 35 FY97 November 30 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 281 Code MR Name Submit July's monthly management report to Court % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Jul 31 '96 Scheduled Finish Jul 31 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson .Attorney 282 MR Submit August's monthly management report to Court 0% Aug 31 '96 Aug 31 '96 Jackson 283 ORG Jul. 5 '95 Aug 30 '96 Jackson.Attorney 284 ORG Analyze, reassess, and revise planning organization and structure 10% Jul 5 '95 Jul 28 '96 Williams,Jackson 285 ORG Revise, discuss and reach consensus regarding format and tasking of 1996-97 Management Tool 100% Jul 5 '95 Jul 24 '95 Cabinet.Lewis. Jackson  286 ORG Initial circulation of 1996-97 Management Tool 100% Jul 13'95 Jul 31 '95 Lewis.Jackson 287 ORG Evaluate tasking of 1996-97 Management Tool 15% Jul 24 '95 Aug 30 '96 Cabinet.Lewis Page 36 FY97 November 30 '95 7Quarter 1 st Quarter ID 1 Code PINV Name % Complete 100% May I Jun~ Jul | Aug | Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov' Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May 1 Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 2 PINV Identify and revise DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% 3 PINV Review and adjust primary and secondary leaders for DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% 4 PINV Finalize list of DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% I 5 e 7 PINV PEVAL PEVAL Project: FY 96 Date: 11/30/95 Generate a Program Inventory Report for 1995-96 Notify program managers that program evaluation begins in fall\nbegin data collection Critical Noncritical 100% 100% 100% Progress h Milestone |  Summary Rolled Up  Page 1ID 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Code PEVAL PEVAL PEVAL PEVAL PEVAL PEVAL PEVAL PEVAL Project: FY 96 Date: 11/30/95 Name Review/revise process for cabinet review of program evaluations Review/revise program evaluation instrument Distribute program evaluation instruments and instructions to primary and/or secondary leaders: provide additonal information/instruments, if needed Conduct required training sessions describing the process and evaluation criteria for designated staff Program evaluations due from secondary or primary leaders Review program evaluations (DSeg and NonDSeg) for potential target programs for extended evaluations Finalize identification of extended evaluation targets Notify appropriate staff to prepare Extended Program Evaluations Critical Noncritical % Complete 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Quarter May I Jur? 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep H I I 4 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec H I 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up Q Page 2ID 16 17 Ifi 19 20 21 22 Code PEVAL PEVAL NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS Project: FY 96 Date: 11/30/95 Name Extended evaluations due Cabinet review extended evaluations for merge into needs assessment report Review types of data to measure needs of district for FY 96-97 Analyze results of the budgeting and planning priorities revealed from the 94-95 Needs Assessment Report Review strategic planning mission statement and goals of the District (and implement) Board identifies District concerns for input from public at Town Hall/District Dialogues Critical Noncritical % Complete 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Quarter May I Jut? 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep B B B 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov' I I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct Progress m Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 3Quarter ID 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 Code tlEECS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS Project: FY 96 Date: 11/30/95 Name STANFORD 8 TEST DATA STUDY Define purpose and scope for Stanford 8 Test data study Assign responsibilities for study of Stanford 8 Test data Design data collection plan for study of Stanford Collect and analyze data from Stanford 8 Test (Spring 95 administration) Prepare Stanford 8 Test Report Submit Stanford 8 Test Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment Critical Noncritical 1st Quarter % Complete 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% May I Jun~ Jul | Aug | Sep I I I 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter 2n Jul I Aug I Sep Oct Progress m Milestone  Summary Rolled Up Q Page 4 7ID Sfl Code NEEDS Name PRE EDUCATIONAL EQUITY MONITORING REPORTS SURVEY % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov~ Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 31 32 33 34 35 as NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS Project: FY 96 Date: 11/30/95 Define purpose and scope for PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study Assign responsibilities for PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study Analyze data from PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Studies Prepare PRE Educational Equity Monitoring findings Submit PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study to PRE for merge into needs assessment listing SCHOOL CLIMATE/HUMAN RELATIONS SURVEY (SC/HRISTUDY Critical Noncritical 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Progress h Milestone  Page 5 I I B Summary Rolled Up ID 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 Code NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS Project: FY 96 Date: 11/30/95 Name Define purpose and scope of SC/HR Survey Assign responsibilities for SC/HR data collections Design data collection plan for study of SC/HR Collect and analyze data from SC/HR Survey Prepare SC/HR Survey Report Submit SC/HR Survey Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment PQPPQRTIQNALS ALLOCATION FORMULAS STUDY Define purpose and scope of Proportional Allocation Formulas Critical Noncritical Quarter % Complete 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 1st Quarter May I Jun Jul [ Aug | Sep I I I 2nd Quarter Ocd I Nov I Dec I 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter | 1 st Quarter Apr I May | Jun Jul | Aug | Sep 2n Oct Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 6 7 Quarter ID 45 46 47 48 49 SQ 51 52 Code NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS Project: FY 96 Date: 11/30/95 Name 1 st Quarter Assign responsibilities for Proportional Allocation Formulas Design data collections plan for Proportional Allocation Formulas Collect and analyze data for Proportional Allocation Formulas Prepare Proportional Allocation Formulas Report Submit Proportional Allocations Formulas Study Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment listing DISTRICTWIDE FACILITIES STUDY Define purpose and scope of Districtwide Facilities Study/Report from 1994-95 Study for purposes of 1995-96 Needs Assessment Report Assign responsibilities for the Districtwide Facilities Study/Reporting of findings Critical Noncritical % Complete 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% May I Jun~ Jul | Aug | Sep I I I I i 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov' I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 7ID 53 54 5 56 57 58 59 60 Code NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS Project: FY 96 Date: 11/30/95 Name Prepare findings from the Districtwide Facilities Study Submit Districtwide Facilities Study Report recommendations to PRE for merge into needs assessment report (recommendations cited in this report are subject to change) DESEGREGATION MONITORING REPORTS AUDIT FROM PPM Define purpose and scope of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit Assign responsibility for data collection of transcripts and Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit Design data collection plan for study of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit Collect data Review with Cabinet and Attorneys Critical Noncritical % Complete 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul Progress m Milestone | 2nd Quarter I Aug I Se^ Oct | Nov | Dec I I I Summary Rolled Up n 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar ~Apr | May | Jun I I Page 8 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n OctID 61 62 3 64 65 66 67 68 Code NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS Project: FY 96 Date: 11/30/95 Name Report findings to PRE Merge new obligations with Program Budget Document COURT ORDERS AUDIT Define purpose and scope of Court Orders Audit Assign responsibility for data collection of Court Orders Audit Collect data Review with Cabinet and Attorneys Report findings to PRE Critical Noncritical % Complete 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I I 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov\" H I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up Q Page 9ID 69 22 71 72 73 74 75 76 Code NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS Project: FY 96 Date: 11/30/95 Name Merge new obligations with Program Budget Document TOWN HALL MEETINGS Define purpose and scope of Town Hall Meetings Review previous years data from Town Hall Report Review and data collection plan (matrix)forTown Hall Meetings Set locations and schedule for Town Hall Meeting Develop advertisement plan and schedule for Town Hall Meetings\nPrepare sample agenda Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting I Critical Noncritical % Complete 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I I I I I 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov~ Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 1 Progress hi Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page 10 4th Quarter | 1st Quarter Apr I May | Jun | Jul | Aug | Sep 2n OctID 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 Code NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS Project: FY 96 Date: 11/30/95 Name Conduct Town Hall Meeting I Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting I for input into matrix Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting II Conduct Town Hall Meeting II Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting II for input info matrix Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting III Conduct Town Hall Meeting III Finalize and publish Town Hall Meeting Report Critical . Noncritical % Complete 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% i Quarter May I Jut? 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov~ I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct Progress m Milestone | Summary Rolled Up Q Page 11ID 85 87 88 89 90 91 92 Code NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS Project: FY 96 Date: 11/30/95 Name Merge findings of Town Hall Meeting Report, 1995-96 into needs assessment listing % Complete 100% 100% Define purpose and scope of District Dialogues Review previous years data from District Dialogue Report Review data collection plan (matrix) for District Dialogues Set locations and schedule for District Dialogue Meetings Develop advertisement plan and schedule for District Dialogues\nprepare sample agenda Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue l(Principals) Critical Noncritical 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I I I I I 2nd Quarter 3rd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec Jan | Feb | Mar tauH I I i 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct Progress m Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page 12ID 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 Code NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS Project: FY 96 Date: 11/30/95 Name Conduct District Dialogue I Gather feedback from District Dialogue 1 tor input info matrix Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue ll(Ass't Principals) Conduct District Dialogue II Gather feedback data from District Dialogue II for input into matrix Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue lll(Teachers) Conduct District Dialogue III Gather feedback data from District Dialogue III for merge into matrix Critical Noncritical % Complete 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter 2nd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep Oct | Nov I T Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I I 2n Oct Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page 13ID 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 Code NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS Project: FY 96 Date: 11/30/95 Name Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue IV(Admin. and Classified) Conduct District Dialogue IV Gather feedback data from District Dialogue IV for input into matrix Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue V(Transportation) Conduct District Dialogue V Gather feedback data from District Dialogue V for input info matrix Finalize and publish District Dialogue Report 1995-96 Merge findings of District Dialogue Report 1995-96 into needs assessment listing Critical Noncritical % Complete 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter 2nd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep Oct | Nov | Dec H I i 3rd Quarter Jan [ Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun I I 1 st Quarter 2n Jul I Aug I Sep Oct Progress mi Milestone  Summary Rolled Up Q Page 14 7ID 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 Code MEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS NEEDS GOALS GOALS Project: FY 96 Date: 11/30/95 Name EBEEABE NEEDS ASSESSMENT REPORT Conduct Administrative review of available districtwide reports and objective data Review of available districtwide reports and objective data by Board Publish Draft of Needs Assessment /Report and disseminate to selected persons Publish Needs Assessment Report, 1995-96 PLANNING AND BUDGET GOALS CABINET PLANNING SESSION Critical Noncritical % Complete 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 39% Quarter | 1 st Quarter May I Jun 1 Jul | Aug | Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec H H 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb [ Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 1 Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up Q Page 15ID 116 Code GOALS Name Review 1994-95 Needs Assessment Report % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter 2nd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep Oct | Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter 1st Quarter Apr I May | Jun Jul | Aug | Sep 2n Oct 117 GOALS Distribute 1995-96 Needs Assessment Report to Cabinet members 0% 3 118 GOALS Distribute District goals to Cabinet 0% 3 119 120 121 122 123 GOALS GOALS GOALS GOALS GOALS Project: FY 96 Date: 11/30/95 Cabinet review of goals BOARD WORK SESSION Establish date and site for Work Session Identify materials for Board Work Session Prepare materials for Board Work Session Critical Noncritical 0% 51% 100% 100% 100% Progress h Milestone | Page 16 E B I I I Summary Rolled Up  1 IID 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 Code GOALS GOALS GOALS GOALS GOALS GOALS GOALS GOALS Project: FY 96 Date: 11/30/95 Name Conduct Board Work Session Distribute background materials to Board members Review/revise mission statement and goals (review Strategic Planning mission statement) Review DSeg and NonDSeg Program Inventory Review identified proportional allocations Establish written priorities Identify strategies for funding shortfalls Develop timeline for identification and researching of funding shortfall strategies Critical Noncritical % Complete 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% Quarter May I Jun 1 1 st Quarter 2nd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep ~Oct | Nov Dec 0 0 0 B 0 0 0 0 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb [ Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct Progress n Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 17ID 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 Code GOALS GOALS GOALS GOALS GOALS GOALS GOALS GOALS Project: FY 96 Date: 11/30/95 Name Develop communication strategy for mission statement and goals Distribute mission statement and goals Distribute list of priorities BOARD RETREAT Determine date and site for Board Retreat Identify agenda items for Board Retreat Establish agenda for Board Retreat Identity materials for Board Retreat Critical Noncritical % Complete 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% Quarter May I Jun I i 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov Dec I I I 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb [ Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 18ID 140 Code GOALS Name Distribute materials for Board Retreat % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Querter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 141 142 143 144 145 146 GOALS GOALS GOALS PDEV PDEV PDEV Project: FY 96 Date: 11/30/95 Conduct data analysis work session in preparation for Board Retreat Conduct Board Retreat Report outcomes of Board Retreat SUBMIT BUSINESS CASE FOR PROGRAM AND/OR MODIFICATIONS TO SUPERINTENDENT Review process for program development Critical Noncritical 0% 0% 0% 11% 51% 100%  Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up Q Page 19 SID 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 Code PDEV PDEV PDEV PDEV PDEV PDEV PDEV BUDGT Project: FY 96 Date: 11/30/95 Name Use extended program evaluations to identify program additions, modifications, deletions Notify appropriate staff to prepare Business Cases on results of extended program evaluations Review recommendations from district needs assessment report in order to identify additional programs or programs modifications resulting in business case(s) Business Cases due Review of Business Cases by Cabinet Submit Business Cases for program and/or program modifications to Board of Directors Review of Business Cases by Board BUDGETING Critical Noncritical % Complete 100% 100% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 5% Quarter May I Jun i 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov  Dec I I 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar I I 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up Q Page 20ID 155 Code BUDGT Name Develop budget preparation training materials % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov  Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 156 BUDGT Conduct budget preparation training sessions and distribute instructions for budget preparation training at all levels 100% I 157 BUDGT Budget managers develop and submit revised 1995-96 expense budget revisions and 1996-97 expense budget requests 0% 158 BUDGT Begin districtwide expense budget consolidation and executive review process 0% 159 BUDGT Year to date revenue expenditure analysis 0% 160 BUDGT Revise financial forecast for coming year 0% 0 161 BUDGT Submit proposed budget to Board 0% I 162 BUDGT Conduct Board Work Sessions on proposed budget 0%  Project: FY 96 Date: 11/30/95 Critical Noncritical Progress  Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 21ID 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 Code BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT Project: FY 96 Date: 11/30/95 Name Revise proposed budget, as needed Prepare tentative budget Board review of tentative budget Conduct Board Work Session on tentative Budget Account reconciliation and Purchase Order (PO) clean-up Receipt of state generated revenue numbers (payroll liabilities, adjusted supplemental payroll, last payroll, Carl Perkins, M to M, JTPA, Vocational Ed., Chapters 1 and 2, Compensatory Ed., MFPA,_______ Close-out 1995-96 accounts: adjust physical inventory, (fiscal)federal grants, magnet, state grants, accruals Compute ending fund balance Critical Noncritical Quarter 1 st Quarter % Complete 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% May [ Jun~ Jul | Aug | Sep i 2nd Quarter Oct [ Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar Apr | May | Jun I 0 1st Quarter Jul [ Aug I Sep I 2n Oct Progress m Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page 22ID 171 Code BUDGT Name Administrative review of final budget % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jut? 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb 1 Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 172 BUDGT Submit final budget to Board 0% 173 BUDGT Board review and adoption of 96-97 final budget 0% 0 174 BUDGT Submit final Budget to Court/Parties 0% 175 BUDGT Submit 96-97 final budget to State 0% 0 12fi BUDGT Staffing 0% 177 BUDGT First review of changes in course offerings by Board 0% 178 BUDGT Meeting with counselors and principals to review courses offerings 1995-96 0% Project: FY 96 Date: 11/30/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 23ID 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 Code BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT Project: FY 96 Date: 11/30/95 Name Print secondary course selection sheets Counselors meet with students and complete course selection sheets Counselors send course selection sheets to receiving schools Registrars tally course selections Review course tallies secondary. Note possible staffing changes based on courses requested Identify elementary enrollment (tentative) for 1995-96 Make determination by subject area (secondary) of possible changes and by projected elementary enrolled List known retirements, resignations, and intern positions i Critical Noncritical % Complete 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter 2nd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep Oct | Nov | Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 0 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun Progress  Milestone H Summary Rolled Up Q Page 24 1st Quarter | 2n Jul I Aug I Sep OcTID 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 Code BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDG BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT Project: FY 96 Date: 11/30/95 Name Identify certified personnel for Reduction in Force (RIF), if needed Notify certified personnel of Reduction in Force (RIF), if needed staff reduction Recall certified personnel from RIF, if needed Notify classified personnel of staff reduction Recall classified personnel from RIF, if needed PROVIDE BRQAD-BASED INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL FEEDBACK Plan for internal and external feedback. Set locations and dates Execute advertisement for district feedback. Session I Critical % Complete 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov\" Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 0 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct Progress m Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 25ID 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 Code BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT Project: FY 96 Date: 11/30/95 Name Conduct District Feedback Session I Execute advertisement plan for district feedback. Session II Conduct District Feedback Session II Execute advertisement for district feedback. Session III Conduct district feedback. Session III Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall feedback, Session I Conduct Town Hall feedback. Session I Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall feedback, Session II Critical Noncritical % Complete 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% Quarter May I Jur? 1 st Quarter 2nd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep Oct | Nov I PeF 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar ~Apr | May | Jur? J. 1st Quarter 2n Jul I Aug I Sep Oct Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up Q Page 26ID 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 Code BUDGT BUDGT BUDGT MR MR MR MR MR Project: FY 96 Date: 11/30/95 Name Conduct Town Hall feedback , Session II Execute advertisement for Town Hall feedback. Session III Conduct Town Hall feedback. Session III MONITORING AND REPORTING OF DESEG AND NONDESEG PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS (1ST QUARTER: 2ND QUARTER: 3RD QUARTER: 4TH QUARTERI PRE performs necessary diskette management functions for the summer ( i.e. archival filing, achievement erasures, copying, etc.) Revise written program budget document instructions, as needed PRE forward program budget document diskettes to principals and program managers Distribute written program budget document instructions to principals and program managers Critical Noncritical % Complete 0% 0% 0% 36% 100% 100% 100% 100% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I I I 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov J Dec 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar ~Apr | May | Jun 1 st Quarter 2n Jul I Aug I Sep Oct i Progress H Milestone  Summary Rolled Up Q Page 27ID 211 Code MR Name Plan maintenance education and orientation regarding the program budget document process % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter 2nd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep Oct | Nov Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 MR MB MR MR MR MR MR Project: FY 96 Date: 11/30/95 Conduct maintenance education workshops and orientation sessions regarding the program budget document process for principals, clerical staff, program managers, primary and secondary leaders 1ST QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS Review program budget document with program managers and principals Generate diskette management flow information to relative staff School Operations and PRE office Carryout training sessions on the Program Budget Document and WordPerfect Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 1 st Quarter PBD diskettes DSeg and NonDSeg diskettes returned to PRE Critical Noncritical 100% 86% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Progress H Milestone | H I Summary Rolled Up  Page 28 IID 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 Code MR MR MR MR MR MR MR MR Project: FY 96 Date: 11/30/95 Name PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes PRE generate hard copies of diskettes PRE develops narrative and the Controller provides financial info for the PBD reports PRE combines all information for the 1st Quarter Program Budget Report Submit report to Attorney for review Prepare for publication of 1st Quarter Program Budget Document Reports Submit 1st Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court Return diskettes and hard copies to managers and principals Critical Noncritical % Complete 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec ^9 B B I I I I 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun i 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct Progress m Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page 29ID 227 22a 229 230 231 232 233 234 Code MR MB MR MR MR MR MR MR Project: FY 96 Date: 11/30/95 Name Primary leaders provide feedback to the secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 2ND QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS Advise program managers and principals on Programs Budget Document Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 2nd Quarter PBD diskettes Diskettes due back to PRE PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes PRE generates hard copies of diskettes PRE revises narrative and the controller provides financial info for Program Budget Document Reports (DSeg and NonDSeg) Critical Noncritical % Complete 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb [ Mar I I 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page 30ID 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 Code MR MR MR MR MR MR MR MR Project: FY 96 Date: 11/30/95 Name PRE combines all revised infomiation for 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports Submit report to Attorney for review Prepare publication of 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports Submit 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court Return diskettes and paper copies to principals and program managers Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 3RD QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS Advise program managers and principals on the Program Budget Document Critical Noncritical % Complete 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov J Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun a 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep i 2n Oct Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 31ID 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 Code MR MR MR MR MR MR MR MR Project: FY 96 Date: 11/30/95 Name Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 3rd Quarter PBD diskettes Diskettes due back to PRE PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes PRE generate hard copies of diskettes PRE revises narrative and the controller provides financial information for 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports PRE combines all revised information for 3rd Quarter PBD Reports Submit report to Attorney for review Prepare publication of 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports Critical Noncritical % Complete 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep i 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan [ Feb | Mar I 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun I Q Q 0 0 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct Progress M Milestone | Summary Rolled Up Q Page 32ID 251 252 253 \u0026amp; 255 256 257 258 Code MR MR MR MR MR MR MR MR Project: FY 96 Date. 11/30/95 Name Submit 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document to Court Return diskettes and paper copies to principals and program managers Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 4th QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS Advise program managers and principals on Program Budget Document Send reminder notice for completing the PBD to principals and program managers Principals submit School Operations Diskettes to Asst. Supts. Diskettes due from Program Managers who are on a less than 12 month contract Critical Noncritical % Complete 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% Quarter May I Jun 1 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep i 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 0 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 0 0 2n Oct Progress Milestone Summary Rolled Up Q Page 33ID 259 Code MR Name All Program diskettes due back to PRE % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug [ Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 260 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up 0% 261 MR PRE develops narrative and the controller provides financial information for 4th quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% 262 MR PRE combines all information for 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% 0 263 MR Submit report to Attorney for review 0% I 264 MR Prepare for publications the 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% 0 265 MR Submit 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 0% I 266 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% Project: FY 96 Date: 11/30/95 Critical Noncritical Progress - Milestone | Summary Rolled Up Q Page 34ID 267 Code MR Name PRE house diskettes as 1996-97 school year begins % Complete 0% Quarter 1 st Quarter | 2nd Quarter May I Jun Jul | Aug | Sep Oct | Nov 3rd Quarter Dec Jan | Feb | Ma? 4th Quarter [ 1st Quarter [ Apr I May | Jun Jul [ Aug | Sep | 2fifi MR SUBMIT MONTHLY MANAGEMENT BEEQBT (MANAGEMENT TOOLI TO COURT 38% 269 270 271 272 273 274 MR MR MR MR MR MR Project: FY 96 Date: 11/30/95 Submit July's monthly management report to Court Submit August's monthly management report to Court Submit Septembers monthly management report to Court Submit October's monthly management report to Court Submit November's monthly management report to Court Submit December's monthly management report to Court Critical Noncritical 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 0% Progress  Milestone  I I I Summary Rolled Up  Page 35 2n Oct I f I IID 275 Code MR Name Submit January's monthly management report to Court % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov~ Dec 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar ~Apr | May | Jun I 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct 276 MR Submit February's monthly management report to Court 0% I 277 278 279 280 281 282 MR MR MR MR MR MR Project: FY 96 Date: 11/30/95 Submit March's monthly management report to Court Submit April's monthly management report to Court Submit May's monthly management report to Court Submit June's monthly management report to Court Submit July's monthly management report to Court Submit August's monthly management report to Court Critical Noncritical 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% Progress m Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 36 I I I I IQuarter ID 283 284 285 286 287 Code ORG ORG ORG ORG ORG Project: FY 96 Date: 11/30/95 Name REASSESSMENT OF PROCESS AND ORGANIZATION 1996-97 Analyze, reassess, and revise planning organization and structure Revise, discuss and reach consensus regarding format and tasking of 1996-97 Management Tool Initial circulation of 1996-97 Management Tool Evaluate tasking of 1996-97 Management Tool Critical Noncritical 1st Quarter % Complete 17% 10% 100% 100% 15% May I Jun~ Jul | Aug | Sep s 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2n Oct Progress Milestone Summary Rolled Up Q Page 37\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_777","title":"Report: ''Little Rock School District 1995-96 First Quarter Status Report, Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs,'' Volume 1, exhibit 1","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1995-11-21"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System"],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Education--Evaluation","Education--Finance"],"dcterms_title":["Report: ''Little Rock School District 1995-96 First Quarter Status Report, Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs,'' Volume 1, exhibit 1"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/777"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":["Available for use in research, teaching, and private study. Any other use requires permission from the Butler Center."],"dcterms_medium":["planning"],"dcterms_extent":["127 pages"],"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nVOLUME I LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT FILED district ARSaksAS 1995-96 FIRST QUARTER STATUS REPORT NOV 2 'I 1995 JAMiS V/. MCCORMACK, PROGRAM PLANNING AND BUDGET DOCUMENT FOR DESEGREGATION PROGRAMS By: CLERK DcP CtERK PLANNING, RESEARCH, AND EVALUATION DEPARTMENT November 21, 1995 EXHIBIT 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS SEQUENCE tt PAGE# SEQUENCE tt PAGE ft Preface 1 SCHOOL OPERATIONS CLUSTER (BUFF) 09A,l - 18,2 Mission 3 Goals 4 District Financial Summary 5 Definitions 6 Organization of the Report 9 Cluster Budget Documents 11 09A 09B 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 School Operations (Principals) School Operations (Central Off. Adm.) Extracurricular Participation Smdent Hearing Officer In-School Suspension New Futures Academic Incentive Grants/Focused Activities McClellan Community School Unassigned Testing Assistance - Disadvantaged Job Fair 09A,l-82 09B,l-59 10,1-14 11,1-3 12,1-55 13,1-4 14,1-8 15,1-8 17,1-3 18,1-2 CURRICULUM CLUSTER (PINK) 01,1 -08,15 SCHOOL SUPPORT CLUSTER (BLUE) 20,1 - 35,3 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 HIPPY 4 Year Old Program/City Wide Early Childhood Education Program Academic Support Program (PAL) Multicultural Curriculum Special Education Gifted Education Federal Programs Vocational Education 01,1-7 02,1-8 03,1-10 04,1-23 05,1-36 06,1-7 07,1-7 08,1-15 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Unassigned Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Staff Development Library/Media Computerized Transportation Data Processing Unassigned Minority Teacher Recruilment Educational Equity Monitoring Commitment to Desegregation/Leadership Summer School (Interdistrict) Summer Learning Program - JTPA 20,1-15 21,1-12 22,1-7 23,1-4 24,1-31 26,1-6 27,1-3 28,1-3 29,1-8 30,1-9 ISEQUENCE  PAGE# SEQUENCE H PAGE# 31 32 33 34 35 36 Unassigned Unassigned Facilities Guidance/Counseling Program Leadership Employment Practices Unassigned 33,1-4 34,1-9 35,1-3 RECRUITMENT CLUSTER (PURPLE) 37,1 - 39,10 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 37 38 39 40 Parent Involvement - Recruitment VIPS - Recruitment Public Relations Unassigned 37,1-18 38,1-10 39,1-10 INCENTIVE SCHQQLS CLUSTER (YELLQW) 41,1 - 72,13 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 Qffice of Incentive Schools Writing to Read Science Labs Unassigned Foreign Language Program Unassigned Extended Day/Week Field Trips Unassigned Tranportation Unassigned Unassigned Instructional Aides Extended Year Recognition Program 41,1-10 42,1-2 43,1-3 45,1-2 47,1-9 48,1-4 50,1-2 53,1-5 54,1-4 55,1-3 Camp Pfeifer Monitoring Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Staffing Required Staff Development Teacher Stipends/lnservice Qther Incentive Schools Academic Programs  Peer Tutors/Retired Teacher Mentors  Themes  Kindergarten  Reading Across the Curriculum  Qral Expression Across Curriculum  Learning Styles Inventory  Semi-Departmental  Instructional Tech  Study/Test-Taking  Parent Home Study ~ Computer Managed Instruction  Student Education Plans  Specialized Programs  Incentive Programs  Homework  Criterion-Referenced Test  Heterogeneous Grouping  Effective Schools ~ African/American History 56,1-2 57,1-11 61,1-10 62,1-18 63,1-3 64,1-19 iiSEQUENCE H PAGE  SEQUENCE H PAGE# 65 Social Skills  Family Folklore  Positive Imaging  Interpersonal Skills  Rites of Passage  Mentoring Program 65,1-5 71 Counseling/Social Work  Community Services Access  College/Post Graduate Awareness ~ Study Skills  Home/Neighborhood Meet ~ Wellness Program 71,1-15 66 Special Activities  Peer Tutoring Program  Academic Reinforcement Clubs  Special Interest Clubs 66,1-5 72 73 74 School Policies and Procedures - Qther Unassigned Unassigned 72,1-13 67 68 69 Latin Enrichment Program Unassigned Career Skills Development 67,1-6 STUDENT CHQICES/QPTIQNS CLUSTER (GREEN) 75,1 - 82,3 70 69,1-2 Incentive Schools Qperations  Support Services 70,1-5  Community Access/Field Trip  Community Involvement  Special Skills Program  Special Training  Parental Involvement - Learning Time Schedule  Home/School Community  Extracurricular Program - Attendance and Behavior - Subject Related Extracurriculum 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 Student Choices/Qptions Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Qriginal Magnets Unassigned M-to-M Magnet Schools (Central, Dunbar, Washington, Henderson, McClellan) QRGANIZATIQNAL CHART Hi 75,1-2 80,1-7 82,1-3PREFACE The mission statement and goals for the Little Rock School District are the guidelines for all decision making. The Program Budget Document provides additional direction for quality, interim and summative decision-making for the district. The Program Budget Document is a monitoring instrument used by the Little Rock School District to assist with the planning and budgeting process. The PBD provides an overview of all district programs. This reporting method allows the district to monitor the performance and expenditures of each program and take corrective measures throughout the year rather than at the end of the year. The 1995-96 First Quarter Status Report Program Budget Document for Desegregation Plan Programs list achievements and expenditures occurring during the first quarter (July 1, 1995 - September 30, 1995). Several reporting practices should be noted as follows: The first quarters report consist of two volumes for desegregation program reporting: Volume I (Seq fl's 1-18) and Volume II (Seq#s 19-82). 09A is the designated sequence number for reporting achievements by Principals, and 09B is the number relative to achievements of Central Office Administrators. Desegregation Monitoring Audits are conducted annually resulting in the inclusion of additional desegregation obligations in the Program Budget Document. The first desegregation audit was completed during the fourth quarter of the 1993-94 fiscal year. This years audit will be conducted according to schedule. All court orders, hearing transcripts, monitoring reports and stipulations will be reviewed. As a result of the ongoing audits and the refinement process some obligations and/or strategies have been deleted from the following programs: Four Year Old, Multicultural Curriculum, Library/Media, Educational Equity Monitoring, Commitment to Desegregation Leadership, VIPS Recruiting, Public Relations, Office of Incentive Schools, Incentive Schools Staffing, Office of Incentive School Academic Activities, Counseling and Social Work, School Policy and Procedures, Student Choices \u0026amp; Options, Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment, School Operations 9A, Tri-District Summer School, Facilities, Parent Involvement, Original Magnets, HIPPY and M-to-M Magnets. Programs that have been removed because all of their objectives and strategies were dropped from the PBD include: Bidding Practices, Rockefeller Early Childhood, Romine Interdistrict School, Computer Loan Program, Computer Lab Program, King Interdistrict School and Contingencies. ]The First Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs contains the following: (1) The Mission Statement of Little Rock School District\n(2) The Goals of Little Rock School District\n(3) LRSD Quarterly Desegregation Expenses Summary\n(4) Definitions and Data Elements\n(5) Organization of the Report\n(6) Program Budget Documents Grouped by Clusters\nand, (7) The LRSD Organizational Chart. 9 JLITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT MISSION STATEMENT The mission of the Little Rock School District is to provide a quality, integrated educational program which encourages all children to achieve their optimum acadendc sLial, and emotional development. To that end. the students in the Little Rock School D strict will develop an appreciation for ethnic and cultural diversity, develop skills in problem solving and conflict resolution, and demonstrate mastery of the District s cuniculum. This will be achieved through the collaborative efforts of a Board, a dedicated and competent staff, and of parents and citizens committed to fairness. racial equity and adequate support for education. 31. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT GOALS The LRSD will implement integrated educational programs that will ensure all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. The LRSD will develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. The Little Rock Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. The LRSD will solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. The LRSD will provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. The LRSD will ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. 4 Little Rock School District Quarterly Desegregation Expenses Page 1 of 2 Program Code 01 02 05 06 07 08 09 10 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 32 33 34 35 49 51 52 53 54 Program Name HIPPY_________________________________ 4-YEAR OLD PROGRAM________________ STUDENT HEARING OFFICER___________ OFFICE OF DESEGREGATION___________ EXTRA-CURRICULAR PARTICIPATION TEACHER RECRUITER STAFF DEVELOPMENT_________________ ACADEMIC SUPPORT PROGRAMS MULTICULTURAL PROGRAMS__________ ACADEMIC INC GRANTS/FOCUSED ACT ORIGINAL MAGNETS___________________ SPECIAL EDUCATION @ WASHINGTON D/P SYSTEM STUDENT INFORMATION M TO-M MAGNET SCHOOLS___________ KING INTERDISTRICT SCHOOL EDUCATIONAL EQUITY MONITORING COMPUTERIZED TRANSP SYSTEM ROMINE INTERDISTRICT THEME________ McClellan community school IN-SCHOOL SUSPENSION job fair TESTING ASSISTANCE_________________ LIBRARY SERVICES____________________ PARENT RECRUITING___________________ VIPS RECRUITING______________________ COMMITMENT TO DESEGREGATION CONTINGENCY FUND OFFICE OF INCENTIVE SCHOOLS WRITING TO READ_____________________ SCIENCE LABS COMPUTER LABS Budget 95-96 233,228.63 2,082,112.79 94,826.02 500,451.75 82,400.00 53,469.17 448,983.75 1,592,924.90 123,868.60 183,900.00 4,336,650.00 56,846.12 717,087.08 359,648.82 1,510,533.27 478,054.39 6,800.00 67,151.00 40,000.00 773,598.00 _______929.00 4,307.00 409,808.64 34,000.00 36,943.36 5,000.00 _________0.00 _________0.00 _________0.00 _________0.00 0.00 FTEs 20.50 88.00 2.00 13.00 0.00 1.00 7.00 75.60 5.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 5.00 7.40 58.50 6.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 23.10 0.00 0.00 16.00 0.00  2.00 ' 0.00  0.00 ' 0.00  0.00  0.00 ' 0.00 \" YTD Expense 23,352.90 204,721.39 23,067.57 117,897.77 0.00 13,165.13 78,332.41 132,025.63 11,354.76 2,278.62 __________0.00 8,944.07 601,721.26 28,464.69 151,406.29 161,918.28 __________0.00 53,029.12 __________0.00 87,680.06 __________0.00 __________0.00 32,881.28 298,48 2,945.76 0.00 __________0.00 __________0.00 _______aoo_ 0.00 0.00 1st Quarter 23,352.90 204,721.39 23,067.57 117,897.77 0.00 13,165.13 78,332.41 132,025.63 11,354.76 2,278.62 0.00 8,944.07 601,721.26 28,464.69 151,406.29 161,918.28 ________0.00 53,029.12 0.00 87,680.06 ________0.00 _______0.00 32,881.28 298.48 2,945.76 0.00 0.00 _______0_00^ 0.00 0.00 0.00 2nd Quarter 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter % Budget Spent 10.01% 9.83% 24.33% 23.56% 0.00% 24.62% 17.45% 8.29% 9.17% 1.24% 0.00% 15.73% 83.91% 7.91% 10.02% 33.87% 0.00% 78.97% 0.00% 11.33% 0.00% 0.00% 8.02% 0.88% 7.97% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 5Little Rock School District Quarterly Desegregation Expenses Page 2 of 2 Program Code 56 57 59 61 64 65 66 72 73 74 75 Program Name COMPUTER LOAN PROGRAM EXTENDED DAY FIELD TRIPS TRANSPORTATION (ADD'LJ INSTRUCTIONAL AIDES________________ EXTENDED YEAR INCENTIVE/RECOGNITION______________ RECOMMENDED STAFFING REQUIRED STAFF DEVELOPMENT TEACHER STIPENDS/INSERVICE OTHER INCENTIVE SCHOOL ACTIVITIES TOTAL Budget 95-96 0.00 440,719.00 31,500.00 0.00 313,763.93 38,678.00 6,893.00 581,135.13 27,696.00 27,176.00 36,663.00 15,737,746.35 FTEs 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 28.00 0.00 0.00 19.34 0.00 0.00 0.00 378.44 YTD Expense __________0.00 9,751.30 1,305.42 __________0.00 31,176.71 38,942.04 __________0.00 51,226.85 __________0.00 __________0.00 __________0.00 1,867,887.79 Ist Quarter _________0.00 9,751.30 1,305.42 _________0.00 31,176.71 38,942.04 0.00 51,226.85 _________0.00 _________0.00 _________0.00 1,867,887.79 2nd Quarter 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter % Budget Spent 0.00% 2.21% 4.14% 0.00% 9.94% 100.68% 0.00% 8.81% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 11.87% 6DEFINITIONS AND DATA ELEMENTS The following are definitions of terms and data elements used in the Program Budget Documents. Program: A program is an need. established plan of operation, composed of a group or series of related activities which are carried out to serve a specific area of identified Program Description: A program description includes a purpose, scope and content, and participants/beneficianes related to the respective program. Program Goal: A program goal is a broad guiding statement and should describe the overall aim(s), purpose(s), or ambition(s) of the specific program. Objectives: Program objectives present explicitly the desired impact the program should have on a problem. They should provide detail to the goals. Strategies: Strategies are the jobs, tasks, efforts, or actions undertaken in a program which contributes to the accomplishment of the objective. Achievements: Achievements are efforts, tasks, evidence, performance, or actions undertaken in a program which contributes to the accomplishment of the strategy. Achievements are placed in alpha order underneath the relative strategy. Evaluation Criteria: Evaluation criteria are statements which specify the end product of an objective performance of the product. Page: Each Program Budget Document uses one of two formatted pages. or strategy and establish measurable and observable levels of Program Sequence H (Seq. #): The purpose of this sequence number is to establish a reference for placing programs in order within the planning document. Revision Date: This date is the actual date the program document was first documented or last changed. Program Name: To eliminate confusion, an established name for each program has been assigned by the district planner. Program Code: This is a unique accounting code assigned by Financial Services which links budget and expenditure information to the associated program. 7Definitions and Data Elements (cont.) Primary Leader: The Primary Leader is the cabinet-level associate responsible for the management and operation of the respective program. Secondary Leader: The Secondary Leader is the associate who is back-up to the Primary and will function in that capacity in the absence of the Primary (i.e. the Program Manager or the Principal). District Goal Support: Each program directly supports at least one district goal. If more than one district goal is relative, then the appropriate district goals have been listed in descending priority order. Plan Reference: Specific plan and page references will directly cite one of the following desegregation documents: L(LR) = LRSD Desegregation Plan\nI(ID) = Interdistrict Desegregation Plan\nS = Settlement Agreement\nC(CO)= Court Orders\nT (HT) = Hearing Transcripts\nP(CP) = Court Pleadings\nM(MR) Monitoring Reports. The format should be L23 or 113-20, for example. This element has been left blank if the program is not directly cited in one of the desegregation documents. Plan Reference Page Number\nSource references listed for each objective and strategy have been used. If the objective or strategy is desegregation document related, the specific desegregation document and page upon which this objective or strategy has been found should be listed. If the objective or strategy is not related to a desegregation document, then whatever source was used has been listed. This element is contained on page 2 and succeeding pages. Beginning Date: This is the actual date a particular strategy began. For consistency, all dates should be printed in the following manner: MM/DD/YY, (09/30/94). Completion Date. This is the actual date a particular objective or strategy was completed. For consistency, all dates should be entered in the following format: MM/DD/YY, (09/30/94). If an activity toward a strategy has been started but not completed, a percent of completion (for example, 75%) should be entered. Responsibility: This is the name of the individual tasked with ensuring an activity has been accomplished. ORGANIZATION OF THE REPORT This section provides guiding information about the text of the First Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs. Pagination. Pages in the text are numbered using Arabic numerals. Pages are consecutively numbered at the bottom of the page beginning with the \"Preface.\" The \"Table of Contents\" is on page i, page ii, and page iii. Program areas are numbered according to their sequence number followed by the page number within that program (e.g., 02,5 refers to page 5 of the program with a sequence number of 02). Print. The report employs two kinds of print density. Bold Print denotes original language of the desegregation document(s). Lighter print enclosed in parentheses (parenthetical statements) identifies language that is not literal in the desegregation document(s). The parenthetical statements of lighter print have been integrated throughout the program budget documents for clarification of original language in the desegregation document(s) and/or for providing information generalized from the original language of the desegregation document(s). Parenthetical information should not be construed to mean new legal obligations nor expansion of the obligations under the desegregation document(s). Underlined Print. Underlined Print denotes additional desegregation obligations language which was inserted verbatim in the third quarter report of FY 93-94 as a result of the desegregation audit. 12/09/93 MR *. Denotes additional desegregation obligations language which was inserted as a result of the 1994-95 desegregation audit. Clusters. Programs have been sorted into broad categories called clusters. Clusters include programs or schools grouped together because of similar and related operational functions. For convenience and management of the report, similar programs have been grouped into six separating color-coded clusters. To locate a program, determine the relative cluster of the program by using the \"Table of Contents\" and then refer to the program sequence number (Seq #) or page number for facilitating program reference in the report. School Operations Program (09A and 09B). The School Operations program description warrants that both Principals and Central Office Administrators provide quality planning for students. Therefore, the School Operations Program is divided into two sections for reporting achievements by both Principals and Central Office Administrators. The sequence number for reporting by Principals (i.e., schools) is 09A, and the sequence number for reporting by Central Office Administrators is 09B. For the first reporting period, the inclusionary dates cited in the \"Beginning Date\" column and \"Completion Date\" nOrganization of the Report (continued) column are 07/01/95 and 06/30/96, respectively. These inclusionary dates represent the boundaries for the first quarter. The generic dates of 07/01/95 and 06/30/96 are used to uniform and conform reporting in the School Operations' program budget documents. Specific date information relative to the achievements of Central Office Administrators follows each documented achievement. As a final note, the School Operations Program (09A) classifies the area, interdistrict, and magnet schools into three organizational levels: elementary iiinmr hiok anzi cona/At* kink '  junior high, and senior high. Incentive Schools. The Incentive Schools cluster provides program reporting information for the following schools: Franklin, Garland Rockefeller Mitchell and Rightsell.   Non-Monetary Tracking. No entry on page one in the fiscal year program budget field and/or the quarter expenditure field of a Program Budget Document means desegregation money has not been tracked to the respective program. Organizational Chart. An organizational chart is provided. 10 JCLUSTER BUDGET DOCUMENTS 11Curriculum Cluster   * HIPPY A-Year Old Program/City Wide Early Childhood Education Program Academic Support Program Multicultural Curriculum Special Education Gifted Programs Federal Programs Vocational Education af\nILRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq #: 01 Page: 1 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: HIPPY (Home Instruction Program For Preschool Youngsters) Program Code: 01 Primary Leader: Steriing Ingram Secondary Leader: Marian Shead Program Description: HIPPY is a home based developmental program which recognizes the mother as the first significant teacher of the child. HIPPY assists the mother in preparing the child to be successful in kindergarten, therefore assisting in the reduction of the disparity gap between black and white students. HIPPYS major focus is in the shadow areas of major incentive schools and in the Southwest Little Rock area. HIPPY serves primarily economical and educational disadvantaged families. District Goal Support: Program Goal: Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. To prepare economically disadvantaged children to enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be successful\nand to improve the educational outcomes of studenu. particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black and white students. Plan References: Page L-5. L-14, IS. 16 ] FY Program Budget: $233,228.63 1st Qtr Expend: $23,352.90 3rd Qtr Expend: FTE 22.0 YTD Expenditures: $23,352.90 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: Related Function Codes: 01. 1Program Seq f: 01 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code\n01 Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number LI4 L14 LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: Marian Shead November 6, 1995 To prepare economically disadvanugcd children to enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be success: and to Improve the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black aixl white students. Objectives Strategies Beginniirg Dale Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. 2. 3. To promote the HIPPY program To select HIPPY aides Initial (raining of aides and suff 07/01/95 06/30/96 Staff Mailed letters (Documenution of PSA) 1.1 To compose and mail Public Service Announcement for local radio sutions and Channels 14 and 16 \u0026amp; distribute flyers A. Distributed flyers to Watershed Community Development B. Mailed PSA to LRSD Communication Department C. Distributed flyers to day care centers, health department, and local businesses D. Had information booth at University Mall 2.1 Interview and select ten (10) Home Visitors A. Interview and select Home Visitors B. Printed and mailed flyers to area churches C. Ran classified ad in two local newspapers 01, 2 08/01/95 08/21/95 O8\\OI\\95 08/16/95 07/01/95 08/19/95 07/01/95 08/29/95 09/11/95 08/06/95 08/01/95 08/21/95 08/01/95 09/29/95 06/30/96 08/19/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 09/11/95 09/13/95 Suff Staff Staff Suff Suff Suff Suff Coordinators Suff Suff Pay the bill (requisition paid) JPage: 3 Program Seq #: 01 Revision Date\nNovember 6, 1995 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code: 01 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marian Shead Program Goal: To prepare economically disadvantaged children to enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be success\nand to improve the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black and while students. LI4 LI4 L14 LI4 LI4 L14 L14 Pbn Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4. To enroll families into program. 6. To determine service of coordinators 7. To assign families to be serviced by aides. 8. To organize instructional material. 9. To familiarize aides of the HIPPY implementation in LRSD. 10. Obtain material for program 11. To orientate enrolled families to the HIPPY program. 3.1 Arrange logistics with State Regional Office for the initial training 4.1 Conduct home interview and enroll families into program. 5.1 Compose and mail correspondence to community churches to recruit families and instructional aide trainees. 6.1 Identify families to be served by each coordinator 7.1 Identify families to be served by each aide 8.1 Print curriculum material. 9.1 Conduct two (2) day workshop 01, 3 07/01/95 07/01/95 08/28/95 09/11/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 09/13/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 08/29/95 09/11/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 09/14/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 Supervisor Supervisor Coordinators Supervisor Coordinators Supervisor Coordinators Supervisor Coordinators Coordinators Coordinators Supervisor Coordinators Supervisor Coordinators Supervisor Coordinators Pay the bill (Documentation of family enrollment) Assignment of families to aides Families enrolled in program (documentation of parent orientation)Page: 4 Program Seq #: 01 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code\n01 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marian Shead Program Goal: To prepare economically disadvantaged children to enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be success\nand to improve the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black and white students. L15 Plan RefererKe Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Dale Comf^etion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 13. To schedule implementation of HIPPY curriculum. 11.1 Conduct orientation meeting. A. Secured space for orientation (Adult Education Auditorium from Paulette Martin, Adult Education director B. C. D. 09/25/95 09/25/95 09/11/95 09/11/95 Staff Invited LRSD Personnel to Orientation Prepared program agenda for orientation Orientation conducted 12.1 Secure meeting sites for group meeting, (mailed letters Io building principals) 12.2 Mail out notification of meeting sites. 13.1 To schedule aides weekly home visits 13.2 To schedule area group meetings  print flyers 13.3 To schedule weekly Inservice Training for aides 01, 4 09/19/95 09/22/95 09/25/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 09/19/95 09/22/95 09/25/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 Staff Staff Staff Coordinators CooRlinators Supervisor CoordinatorsPage: 5 Program Seq 9\n01 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code: 01 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marian Shead Program Goal: To prepare economically disadvantaged children to enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be success\nand to improve the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black and white students. LI5 Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies 13.4 Schedule aides first teaching (with own child). Beginning Date 07/01/95 Comfdetion Date 06/30/96 Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 14. To provide parents with information that will assist them with their children. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Supervisor Coordinators Received materials 14.1 Schedule workshop for parents and aides, mail out and print materials. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Supervisor Coordinators 14.2 Include enrichments for parents at monthly Group Meetings 07/01/95 06/30/96 L15 16. To determine program success 09/01/94 06/30/96 Completion of survey Evaluation using the Early Prevention of School Failure or a similar model which is comparable in validation scope and developmental grounding, will be corxlucted on the HIPPY participants as they enter and exit the kindergarten. A standardized achievement test will be given to each child at the end of the third grade level. L6 16.1 Conduct survey of parents - print materials 07/01/95 06/30/96 16.2 Telephone survey conducted 07/01/95 06/30/96 Supervisor Coordinators Coordinators 01, 5r Page: 6 Program Seq 9: 01 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code: 01 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marian Shead Program Goal: To prepare econonrieally disadvaniaged children Io enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to he success\nand to improve the educational oulcoines of students, pattioularly black sludenis as it relates to the achievement disparity between black arwl white students. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria LI6 LI6 L16 L16 LI6 L16 19. Provide parents with information to be successful with their children 20. Build the aides children self esteem. 21. Graduation of HIPPY children and aides reception 23. Suff in place. 24. Mainuin regular suff. 25. To assist in traveling expense. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Supervisor Consultant fee paid 19.1 Obuin a site and speaker and schedule a lecture for parents 19.2 Hold Parent Appreciation/Motivational Program 20.1 Activities throughout program year with involvement for children\ni.e. fall carnival, holiday party, black history program, group meetings, graduation \u0026amp; recognition ceremony 21.1 Staff will organize 23.1 To begin implemenution of HIPPY program. 24.1 Secreury 01, 6 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 Supervisor Staff Staff Coordinator Coordinator Supervisor Aides Consultant fee paid Suff began implemenution of program To assist in the implementation of program Pay stipend E IPage: 7 Program Seq *: 01 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code: 01 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marian Shead Program Goal: To prepare economically disadvantaged children to enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be success\nand to improve the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black and while students. L6 L6 Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 25.1 Aides made home visit. 07/01/95 06/30/96 26. The home-based program and the four-year-old school-based program will collaborate in the areas of parental involvement and teacher training. 27. The Little Rock School and Pulaski County School Districts will collaborate and coordinate the on-eoine implementation of the HIPPY Program. 01, 7 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96Program Seq f: 02 Program Name: Program Code: Program Description: District Goal Support: Program Goal: [ Plan ReferciKes: FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Four-Year Old Program/City-Wide Early Childhood Program 02 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Pat Price Page: I RevisioD Date: November 20, 1995 The purpose of the program is to meet the growing needs of disadvantaged students and to improve the racial balance al schools that are difficult to desegregate by incorporating Early Childhood Education programs into the Elementary schools. The program provides eaperiences for young children which meet their needs and stimulate learning in all developmental areas - physical SMial. emononal. a^ inlellecmal^non^ r identification of program sites will be given to areas that have a very high concentration of low income students and in schools that are difficult to desegregate. The Distncl s preschool cumculum rnojelwilljs^ implemented in all incentive schools and other selected schools in the Lillie Kock School Dislrict Efleclive the 1990-91 school year, this model vvill be an integral pan of effort ici improve of minority and economically disadvantaged children and to attract white students to the schools,________________________________ use the four-vear-old program as a means to meet the needs of disadvantaged students and desegregate schools that are difficult to desegregate, L8 A long-range (four-year-old) plan will address demographic, instructional, and structuiil needs. LRSD will conlinuejg Goal *1 - Implement integrated educational programs drat will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in \"  - ......... .wa .a arm ana._ I t..i_ ___ .j_:iww.ai/an cniHantc u/ill rl^mnnciraM dav tni achievement. Goal #2 - Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal #3 - The Little Rock School Board, administration. sUff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each diversity among students, staff and the community as resources that are necessary to fully support our in all phases of school activities and operations. -mincu aiMj iiiuuvaicu. irj  buuw ixwgu uu..uu. -------------------------------------------- - -  . j .i._, he comuiuniry as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. Goal #4 - Solicit and secure financial and other schools, including our desegregation plan. Goal 5 - Provide a safe and orderiy climate that is conducive to learning for all students. Goal #6 - Ensure that equity occurs The District will implement the Four-Year.Old Program by the 1994-95 school year according to the provisions of a long-tinge implemenulion plan developed for additional four-year^ild classes and approved by the Court (720 seats). L7. LIO, L17. 18, 19 $2,082,112.79 $204,721.39 1st Qtr Expend: Ind Qtr Expend: $204,721.39 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: FTE 20.50 [ Related Function Codes: ] 02, 1 JProgram Seq f: 02 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program Program Code: Program Goal\nPlan RefereiKe Page Number LI7 L17 L17 L17 L17 L17 LI7 LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram To implement the Four-Year-Old Program in selective schools. (To meet the needs of disadvantaged students\nto improve racial balance in schools that are difficult to desegregate.) Objectives Strategies 2. Recruit teachers and aides as needed. 3. Obtain curriculum materials, supplies, and furniture as needed. 4. Train teachers and aides in the implementation of E.C.E. curriculum.) 5. Familiarize parents with Four-Year Old Program. 2 1 A. Interview interested teachers and aides as needed. Teachers and aides hired for every classroom. 3.1 A. Page: 2 Revision Date\nNovember 6, 1995 Complete and send orders to vendors. Materials, supplies and equipment available in classrooms. 4.1 Conduct orientation and inservices. A. B. C. Principals training Teachers training Instructional Aides training 02, 2 Secondary Leader: Beginning Date Completion Date Pat Price Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 08/18/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 09/22/95 06/30/96 25% 25% 25% 06/30/96 Supervisors, Human Resources Director, Principals Supervisors. Human Resources Director. Principals (Purchasing Dept. Supervisors) Principals Supervisors Supv/Staff Dev Supv/Staff Dev Classroom teachers 2. (A list of qualified applicants.) 2.1 A list of qualified applicants. (Employment of teachers and aides for new and open positions.) 3. (Confirmation of purchase orders.) 3.1 Materials available 4. (Documentation of inservice evaluations.) 4.1 Agenda (Documentation of inservice evaluations) 5. (Documentation of meetings and evaluations.)Page: 3 Program Seq f: 02 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To implement (he Four-Year-Old Program in selective schools. (To meet the needs of disadvantaged students\nto improve racial balance in schools that are difficult to desegregate.) Plan RefereiKC Page Number L17 L17 L18 L18 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6. Evaluate effectiveness of Four-Year Old Program. 5.1 Conduct parent orientation meeting and parent conference. A. Parent orientation 5.2 IfKlude four-year old children in Master Schedule students receive services of counselors, music teachers, school nurses, librarians, physical education and art teachers. A. Master schedule reflects services children received. 5.3 Ensure key experiences occurring in the classroom. A. Twenty-one classroom visitations 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 08/16/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 09/30/95 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 Classroom teachers Principals Principals Classroom Teachers Supervisors 5.1 Number of parents attending Parent/Teachcr Conferences 5.2 Master schedules 5.3 Curriculum checklist (Principals Classroom Teachers Supervisors Planning. Research, and Evaluation, Assoc. Supt.) 6. (Annual review of assessment data beginning at the end of the kindergarten year of each child participating in the program. EPSF Post Assessments) (Comparisons of the progress of children who did and did not participate in the program.) (Standardize achievement tests will be given to each child at the end of the third grade level. These tests will provide data indicating the success of the Early Childhood Program as an intervention strategy.) 02, 3Program Seq 02 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To implement the Four-Year-Old Program in selective schools. (To meet the needs of disadvantaged students\nto improve racial balance in schools that are difftcult to desegregate.) Page: 4 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Pat Price Plan Reference Page Number Llg LIS LIS Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6.1 Administer appropriate evaluation to four-year- olds. 6.1 (Maintaining portfolio assessments on four-year- olds.) A.' Portfolio began on all children 6.2 Analyze student assessment test data and prepare report for LRSD Board of Directors. A. Began analyzing student assessment data 6.3 Utilize results for program improvement. A. Results of assessment \u0026amp; parent surveys were utilized to make program improvements. 07/01/95 07/01/95 08/21/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 25% Classroom teachers (Classroom teachers) Assoc Supt Supervisor Planning, Evaluation, and Testing (Assoc Supt Supervisor) 6:1 Evaluation results 6.1 (Documentation of portfolios recording the work which children do and what they know.) 6.2 Evaluation report 6.3 (Areas targeted for improvement.) 7. Support the continued work of the LRSD Early Childhood Task Force as a valuable avenue for parent, teacher, and community input. 07/01/95 06/30/96 7,1 Conduct monthly Task Force meetings A. Task Force formed and meetings scheduled 02, 4 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 25%LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 5 Program Seq #: 02 Revision Dale: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To combine the efforts of the LRSD. PC.SSD. NLR.SD, Head Start and other entities to provide quality early childhood experiences to as many disadvantaged students in the city of Little Rock. L19 LI9 L19 Plan Reference Page Number LI9 L19 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2. To develop a plan for planning a city-wide early childhood program. 3. To initiate the planning for the implementation of a city wide early childhood program. 1.4 To receive a letter of support from each agency desiring to participate. 2.1 To establish planning procedures and identify key committees and chairpersons needed for the planning process. 2.2 To identify appropriate additional representatives from each participating agency for each committee. 2.3 To delineate the goals to be addressed and the tasks to be accomplished by each committee, including appropriate timelines to be met. 3.1 To conduct periodic meetings to review progress of each committee. 3.2 To identify resources needed by identified by each committee, including monetary. 02, 5 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 Key representatives from each agency Key representatives from each agency Key represenutives from each agency Key representatives from each agency Key representatives from each agency Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs File record letters Structured plan for planning on file. Record of committee members Record of committee members Minutes of meetings Identification of committee Page: 6 Program Seq f: 02 Revision Dale: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To combine the efforts of the L.R.S.D.. P.C.S.S.D., N.L.R.S.D., Head Stan and other entities to provide quality early childhood experiences to as many disadvantaged students in the city of Little Rock. L19 LI9 Plan RefereiKe Page Number L7 (N) LIO(N) LIO(N) LIO(N) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3.3 To review the first draft of the comprehensive plan and to make recommendations for refinement. 3.4 To submit the final draft for approval to all participant Boards of Directors (where applicable). 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Submission of first draft Draft submitted to Board 1. (To collaborate with HIPPY. P.C.S.S.C.. N.L.R.S.D., Head Start, and other entities in order to fulfill the district's expecutions for a quality Early Childhood Education Program.) (N) I.l (To establish a schedule of regular meetings of representatives of the various entities.) (N) 1.2 (Supervisors meet to discuss individual program needs and to determine if resources can be shared.XN) A. Group met to di.scuss individual program needs and if resources could be shared. 1.3 (To plan joint inservices for administrators, teachers arxl instructional assistants.)(N) 02. 6 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 (LRSD Supervisors and PCSSD/NLRSD and Headstart Supervisors of ECE programs) (LRSD Supervisors and PCSSD/NLRSD and Headstart Supervisors of ECE programs) (LRSD Supervisors and PCSSD/NLRSD and Headstart Supervisors of ECE programs) 1.1 (Schedule and minutes of all meetings) 1.2 (Roster of participants and minutes of meetings) 1.3 (Roster of participants and evaluations of inservices)Page: 7 Program Seq f: 02 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Four-Year OW Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To combine the efforts of the L.R.S.D.. P.C.S.S.D.. N.L.R.S.D.. Head Start and other entities to provide quality early childhood experiences to as many disadvantaged students in the city of Little Rock. Plan Reference Page Number LIO(N) L1O (N) L11 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Planning for joint inservices for administrators, teachers and instructional aides. 1.4 (To plan joint parent involvement activkies-XN) A. Planning for joint parent involvement activities. 1.5 (To use a student referral system allowing parents on a waiting list to know about vacanc i es.)(N) A. Referrals will be made between agenc i es 1.6 A representative from the Little Rock School Oistrict Student Assignment Office will meet each year with parents from both programs to review the kirxlergarten assignment process. The anrxjal sessions on kindergarten registration will also be used to provide information on magnet school opportunities. A. Parent recruiter coordinators from the student assignment office did presentations for various groups. 02, 7 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 25% 06/30/96 25X 06/30/96 25X 06/30/96 07/29/95 (LRSD Supervisors and PCSSD/NLRSD and Headstart St^rvisors of ECE programs) (LRSD Supervisors and PCSSO/KLRSD and Headstart Supervisors of ECE programs) 1.4 (Roster of participants and evaluations of inservices) 1.5 (List of vacancies each entity has.) Page: 8 Program Seq *: 02 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To combine (he efforts of the L.R.S.D., P.C.S.S.D., N.L.R.S.D., Head Start and other entities to provide quality early childhood experiences to as many disadvantaged students in the city of Little Rock. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Comi^etion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L11 1.7 Beginning in the 1990-91 school year, a list will be compiled of all graduates from the three early childhood programs. These students will be identified in the Little Rock School District mainframe computer system according to their respective programs. A. Rock. List received from city of Little 07/01/95 25X 02, 8 1.7 At the end of each year for grades K-3, these students will be monitored on the basis of standardized tests, criter ion-reference tests, EPSF screening, or any other academic measures that ere available and applicable. The entities Mill review these results on an annual basis, prior to the beginning of the fol lowing school year, and make prograwnatic changes, individualIv and collectively, as needed. These students will be compared to a control group in order to isolate the effectiveness and/or deficiencies of the various early childhood programs.Program Seq f: 03 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: 10 Program Description: District Goal Support: Program Goal: Plan References: Program Budget: YTD Expeiwlitures: Related Function Codes: LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Page: 1 Revision Date: Adams/Parker/Glasgow November 6, 1995 except Metropolitan Nam, and Location of Academic Support Programs  The name of all district remediation programs will be Academic Support Programs^ All school Vocational-Technical Education Center. Purpose - Ilie purpose of the Academic Support Program is Io provide support for participating students in grades one through twelve in me areas ol reading, languag vocational Technical Mucmm^C_^^^ certified reading specialists additional classes, and labs. Scope and Content - The Academic Support Program offers a variety of options to the individual schools for providing .cce^^taad annual smdent assessment. Multiple criteria, including student grades, teacher recommendations, and smdent records ate used to select smdents from the eligible population to participate tn the Academic Suppo mathematics. The program classrooms, experiences Program. (1) Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure (2) Develop and maintain a suff that is well-trained and motivated. that all studettls grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. LZCVCIup dllM iiiaiiiwaiaa a jwiii wim* aw  ------------------------------------ , (3) Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. (4) Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. S :ni s=\ndl d=te m their day Io day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view culnital diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community can draw as we prepare for the 21 st Century. (6) Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. The goal of the Academic Support Program is Io provide equilable language arts and mathemalics learning eaperiences for all students in the mainstream sening by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. LP 1-20 $1,592,924.90 $132,025.63 I 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $132,025.63 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: FTE 75.60 03, 1Program Seq f: 03 Program Name:  Academic Support Program Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number March 19, 1993 Revised Academic Support Program P I p4.13 LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Adams/Parker/Glasgow The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistaiKe needed to reduce the learning disparity. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. To identify and serve students who are at-risk in language arts arul mathematics. 1.1 Explain the Academic Support Program options to local school administrators. A. Language Arts Plus and Math Plus and traditional in-class support. 1.2 Provide an overview of how all the Individual Academic Support Progranu will be coordinated for continuity of services to children and efficient use of resources. -All schools will implement the Board-approved uniform curriculum. 03, 2 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/31/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 09/29/95 06/30/96 Local school teams Associate Supt. for Curriculum Associate Supt. for Curriculum, Director of Federal Programs, Curriculum Supervisors 1. (Print-out of eligible students is provided to local school teams. Uniform District criteria are used (Stanford 8 cutoff score and multiple criteria) to identify targeted students.) 1.1 (Schedule of meeting.) 1.2 (Observation reports and staff development activities records are on file.)Page: 3 Program Seq #: 03 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Adams/Parker/Glasgow Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Plan Reference Page Nimber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria p7.10 The established critical attributes of the Academic Support Program will be evident in each school. The revised curriculum (K-I2) has been sequentially developed and the objectives have been correlated to the skills in Arkansas Minimum Performance Test, Stanford Achievement Test-Eighth Edition, and existing computer-assisted instructional software. Tb provide for continuous improvement of teachers, records will be maintained on staff development activities. -New staff members will be targeted for appropriate staff development activities as well as participation in the districts \"New Teacher Initiative.\" A. Principals Meeting 07/17/95 08/04/95 B. Title I Specialists Meeting 08/15/95 08/15/95 p 13 p 11.13 1.3 Select the local schools appropriate Academic Support Program. (Indirect/direct/extended services) 1.4 Identify students selected for participation in each program by school/grade level. A. Students identified and selected. 03, 3 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 75% Local school administrators Local school teams 1.3 (Selection on File at buildinglevel and in office of Director of Federal Programs.) 1.4 (Print-out of eligible students is provided tn local school teams. Uniform District criteria are used (Stanford 8 cutoff score and multiple criteria) to identify targeted students.) JPage: 4 Program Seq \u0026gt;: 03 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Adams/Parker/Glasgow Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Comfrfetion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria P 12.13 p 12,13 p 13 1.5 Select staff (Identify by position) responsible for delivering Academic Support Program. A. Staff selected for 1995'96 school year. 1.6 Schedule the academic teams staff. A. Schedules on file at Office of Federal Programs B. Schedules posted in classroom 1.7 Implement selected school options at local level. A. Program options implemented 03, 4 07/01/95 08/01/95 07/01/95 08/22/95 08/22/95 08/21/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 09/29/95 06/30/96 75% 75% 06/30/96 06/30/96 Principal PriiKipal Principal and staff 1.5 (Staff assignments are determined at the building level and assignments filed at the Office of Federal Programs.) 1.6 (Schedules are developed listing team's contact time, number of students served, and other variables associated with the teams responsibilities.) 1.7 (Schedules of targeted students reflect implementation of the selected school option(s).)Program Seq #: 03 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader\nHenry Williams SecoiMlary Leader: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number P 7.8,20 P 1 p 14 pl4 Page: 5 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Adams/Parker/Glasgow The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Comfrfetion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2. To prescribe a personalized intervention plan for eligible students. 2. (To prescribe a personal education plan for targeted students.) 1.8 Utilize resources invested in PAL remediation approach by reallocating staff positions, computer hardware, software programs, and other equipment and materials toward the new approach to remediation. 2.1 Cluster schools and develop a staff development schedule for curriculum clusters. 2.2 Begin training staff responsible for delivering each Academic Support Program. 03, 5 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 (Principal. Coordinator of Media Services. Director of Federal Programs, and Curriculum Supervisors) Principal and staff Directors of Staff Development and Reading\nSupervisors of Language Arts and Mathematics Directors of Staff Development and Reading: Supervisors of Language Arts, Mathematics and IRC Specialists, Director of Federal Programs 1.8 (Technology Department's inventory and schedules of staffing reflect reallocations of resources.) 2. (Personal education plans of targeted students reflect implementation of the selected school opiion(s).) 2.1 (Staff development schedule on file.) 2.2 (Staff training for participants will include program administration (student selection process, recordkeeping. progress reports) instructional strategies, parental involvement, and others.)Page: 6 Program Seq #\n03 Revision Date: Program Name: November 6, 1995 Program Code: Program Goal\nPlan Reference Page Number Academic Support Program Primary Leader: Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Adams/Parker/Glasgow The goal of Ihe Academic Suppon Program is lo provide eqoilable language arts and madiemalics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed selling by supporting them with the instructional and technical accictunr^ r/\\ re1llAA ikaa lAmmanau ajMOva assistarKC needed to reduce (he learning disparity. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Workshops -Principal's meeting 08/04/95 08/04/95 p 14 -Principals meeting Title I Specialist Inservice Title 1 Specialist Inservice -Preschool Secondary Math Teachers -Math Plus Inservice Math Plus Inservice -Secondary Math Council 2.3 Monitor the implementation of above. A. On site visits made to elementary and secondary schools by staff 2.3 (Monitor the implementation of the Academic Support Program options. These programs may vary from year-to-year.) 2.4 Monitor instruction and learning in Academic Support Program settings on a regular basis and observe to determine: -Teachers involving students in a variety of classroom activities (hat address learning styles and cultural diversity. 03, 6 08/15/95 09/11/95 08/14/95 09/19/95 09/20/95 09/12/95 07/01/95 08/22/95 07/01/95 08/15/95 09/11/95 08/14/95 09/19/95 09/20/95 09/12/95 06/30/96 20% 06/30/96 Principals, districtwide staff development team, and computer specialists Principals 2.3 (School visits/observations are made to provide feedback (oral/wrillen) to trained staff.) Teacher observations and evaluations on record.Page: 7 Program Seq 9: 03 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Adams/Parker/Glasgow Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria p 7.9.10.19 -Teachers selecting methods and strategies that capitalize on students interests and experiences. -Teachers demonstrating creativity and resourcefulness tn delivering instruction. -Teachers utilizing effective classroom strategies, such as tutors, small-group Instruction, and extended day/week programs, to maintain the gains students have made. -Teachers interacting with students in a caring manner. -Teachers recording of students data that shows increased student achievement and social skills (letter and citizenship grades, standardized test scores, attendance). p7,15 2.5 Provide technical assistance and maintenance workshops as needed in the above staff development areas. A. Technical assistance has been provided to elementary arxl secondary schools. B. Title I Specialist Inservice C. Title I Specialist Inservice 03, 7 07/01/95 08/22/95 09/11/95 09/19/95 00/30/96 15% 09/11/95 09/19/95 Principals, districtwide staff development team, and computer specialists, Office of Fed. Programs (Principals, districtwide staff development team, curriculum supervisors, IRC specialists) 2.4 (Requests for technical assistance are documented and evaluated. Feedback related to improvement or change is recorded.)Page: 8 Program Seq #: 03 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Ih-ogram Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Adams/Parker/Glasgow Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathemalics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Plan Reference Page Number p 7,10,1$ p 10,15 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.6 Schedule school based meetings to assess program effectiveness. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Principal 2.5 (Records of dates of meetings and participants, minutes of meetings, and issues related to program effectiveness are maintained.) 3. To reduce or eliminate pull-out academic support programs. 3.1 Collect appropriate data for end of school program evaluation, including pre and post staitdardized test scores, student grades and atlendaiKe, samples of student work, and parent/tcacher/student recommendations. 3.2 Analyze the above data to evaluate program effectiveness in meeting its particular programmatic goals and objectives of remediating student achievement and contributing to the overall reduction of disparity between Mack and white students. 03, 8 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 Principal and staff\nDir. of Federal Programs Associate Supt. for Curriculum, Assistant Supts., Curriculum Supervisors, and Principals, Office of Fed. Programs 3.1 (Individual student folders that include a systematic collection of student work, pre and post standardized lest scores, grades, and recommendations to provide individual/group/school progress are mainuined for continuous student and program progress.) 3.2 Academic Support Programs will be successfully operating in all district schools as evidenced by: -Increased student achievement. Improvement on standardized test scores. Increased numbers of students moving to the next quartile. Increased number of students moving above the 50(h percentile.Page: 9 Program Seq f: 03 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Adams/Parker/Glasgow Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Suppon Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for ail students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. pis P5 Plan Reference Page Nianber P 1.20 P9 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3.3 Identify modification for (be Academic Support Program for 1995-96. A. Math Plus initiated in regular math, pre-algebra, algebra 3.4 Support and extend learning opportunities for students by making available to targeted students before-school, at lunch, after-school, ar*d periodic exteiwled weeks computer lab instruction. 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 75% 06/30/96 4. To provide parents the knowledge and skills needed to promote the education of their children at home and at school. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Associate Supt. for Curriculum, Assistant Supts., Curriculum Supervisors, PritKipals and Office of Federal Programs Director of Federal Programs, Principals (Principal and staff. Director of Federal Programs. Curriculum Supervisors) 3.3 (The 1995-96 school year will reflect modifications.) 3.4 (Schedules will reflect additional instructional services.) 4. Parental involvement will show an increase in the numbers of parents attending parent confereiKes and parent training sessions and visiting schools. 4.1 Assist parents in obtaining the knowledge and skills needed to promote the education of their children at home and at school through: providing timely information regarding students' achievement and behavior. -involving them in informative and effective conferences concerning their childs education, -involving parents as partners in their childs educational process. 07/01/95 06/30/96 (Principal and staff. Director of Federal Programs, Curriculum Supervisors) 4.1 (Records of parental involvement activities on file.) 03, 9Program Seq #: 03 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Page: 10 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Adams/Parker/Glasgow Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Provided parent/teacher support at schools\ncortducted parent meetings B. Parent Involvement meetings with Key Facilitators and/or Executive Council C. Title I Parent Kick-Off (200) 07/05/95 07/12/95 09/16/95 20% 10% 09/16/95 03, 10Program Seq 04 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal I Program Description: 1. The Multiculhiral Curriculum Program is designed to provide equity and excellence in all curricular and program areas in the Little Rock School District. (6) The program is further designed to reduce the disparity that exists between black and white students in academic performances and the low representation of black students in advanced placement courses as well as in special activities and programs. (1.6) 2. In order to achieve the components klentified in the Multicultural Curriculum Program, multicultural curriculum guides will be used in all schools. Teachers will receive extensive and ongoing staff development in the use of the guides as well as training in the implementation of strategies, techniques, and activities to use to ensure that instruction meets the cultural, academic and social needs of all children. (1,3,6) To supplement existing instructional materials focusing on cultural diversity from a multicultural perspective materials will be purchased for use in all schools and programs. 3. The participants in the Multicultural Program consists of all teachers, K-12. in core area subjects in addition to music and art teachers. Students of all social, cultural, and ethnic backgrounds will be affected the greatest by activities outlined in the Multiculniral Curriculum Program. 4. Smdents will be provided oopoitunities to develop better self-esteem, 5. Students will have opportunities to examine the artistic, musical, scientific, literary, social and political accomplishments of many ethnic groups. District Goal Support: Goal No. I. Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Goal No. 6. Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. Goal No. 2. Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal No. 4. Solicit and secure finarKial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. Goal No. 3. The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among studenu. staff and the conununity as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 2Ist Century. Program Goal\nTo ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives 1. 2, 3. 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76. objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) E Plan References: L66 - 80 ] FY Program Budget: $123,868.60 YTD Expenditures: $11,354.76 I 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $11,354.76 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: FTE 5 Related Function Codes: 04, 1 1r LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 2 Program Seq iC: 04 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal\nTo ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3. 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD (o promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1. 2, 3. 4.) L 66 Plan RefereiKe Page Number L66 L66 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. To provide teacher learning opportunities through formal course training 1.1 Contact local colleges and universities to obtain information on proposed course offerings related to ethnic studies for the summer and fall, 1991 1.1 (LRSD will receive announcements from local colleges/universities on proposed multicultural courses) A. Original obligation completed. Learning opportunities disseminated as received. 1.2 Receive and advertise course offerings to all certified staff, including opportunities for tuition reimbursement and/or salary credit A. Original obligation completed. Learning opportunities disseminated as received. 04, 2 (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (Director of Staff Development. Subject Area Supervisors. Principals) Assoc Supt.-Educ. Programs Dean of Grad. Sch. Academic Deans (Director of Staff Development) (Supervisor of Social Studies) Assoc Supt  Educ Programs Office of Human Resources 1. (Multicultural strategies will be implemented in schools as assessed by administration during classroom observations and teacher conferences) l.I List of college offerings 1.1 (The number of teachers who have received multicultural training will increase.) 1.2 Copy of information providedPage: 3 Program Seq f\n04 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elemenury and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives I. 2. 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76. objectives 1. 2. 3. 4.) L66 Plan Reference Page Number L66 L66 L66 L66 L 66 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.3 Identify participants in summer and fall courses (07/01/95) (06/30/96) Employees (Director of Human Resources) 1.3 Copy of academic course completion on tile in Personnel office (Office of Human Resources) 2. To develop a district-wide multicultural audio/visual resource catalogue 2. (To maintain district-wide multicultural audio/visual resource catalogue) 2.1 Review and catalogue present audio/visual materials related to multicultural curriculum 2.2 Purchase additional audio/visual materials from the 1988-89 budget 2.3 Identify and catalogue other resources for multicultural audio/visual maleriab, i.e., AR Dept of Education, LR Public Library, AR Library Commission 2.4 Revise, print and distribute multicultural audio/visual resource catalogue for the LRSD 04, 3 (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (Subject area supervisors) Supv of Media Services (Subject area supervisors) Supv of Media Services (Subject area supervisors, principals) Supv of Media Services Superv of Media Services 2. (Multicultural resources will be used for classroom instruction) 2.1 Current catalogue listing 2.1 (Copies of updated multicultural audio/visual catalogue will be distributed) 2.1 (Multicultural materials will be checked out arxl used by instructional staff in the schools) 2.2 Requisition material 2.2 (Materials ordered, received, and catalogued for distribution/use) 2.3 2.4 2.4 Completed catalogue Distribution of catalogue (Multicultural materials will be checked out by schools)Page: 4 I Program Seq f: 04 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives I, 2. 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76. objectives 1. 2. 3. 4.) L66 Plan RefererKe Page Number L 67 L67 L67 L67 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.5 Place initial supi^emental order for muHicuttural audio/visual materials from the 1989- 90 budget (07/01/95) (06/30/96) Media Specialists 2.5 Requisitions submitted 2.5 (Materials are available for check-out/use) 3. To plan and implement Ihe Instructional Materials Fair (Mullicuilural) 3. (To supply information about multicultural materials for purchase lo teachers, parents atKl the community) 3.1 Involve a team of parents, community resources, and teachers in detailed planning for the Fair-specific dales, time, place and format-to be held as a component of 1988-89 pre-school confereiKe 3.1 (To plan and implement the Instructional Multicultural Materials Fair for current term) A. Tri-District meeting held lo plan Multicultural Materials Fair. Fair date set for October 26. 1995. 3.2 Identify lutional and local vendors of multicultural instructional materials 3.3 Establish pre-school confereiKe dales and extend invitation to vendors 3.3 (Establish date for Fair) A. Date Established - October 26. 1995. 04, 4 (07/01/95) (07/01/95) 07/13/95 07/01/95 (07/01/95) (07/01/95) 07/13/95 07/01/95 (06/30/96) (06/30/96) 07/13/95 09/30/95 (06/30/96) (06/30/96) 07/13/95 09/30/95 (Assoc Supt for Educational Programs) (Supv of Media Services) Assoc Supt for Educational Programs (Supv of Media Services) Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Executive Staff Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 3. (Multicultural materials will he used by instructional staff in all schools) 3. (Evaluate the effectiveness of the Multicultural Fair) 3.1 Implementation Plan 3.1 (Involved input from parents, community, and teachers) 3.2 Completion ol mailing list 3.2 (Major suppliers of multicuftural materials will be invited to exhibit al the Fair) 3.3 Conference scheduled 3.3 (Fair date placed on District master calendar) Program Seq #: 04 Page: 5 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Muiticulniral Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal\nTo ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives I. 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multiculniral activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1.2, 3, 4.) L67 L67 Plan RefereiKe Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L67 L67 L68 L68 L68 L 68 3.4 Confirm Fair participants 3.S Acquaint principals and central office staff with iMans and Fair relationship to desegregation efforts A. Fair date listed on LRSD calendar. 3.6 Conduct media campaign for Fair to staff and parents 3.7 Host tri-district \"Instructional Materials Fair\" 3.7 (Host the Multiculniral Fair rotating the site among the three districts) 4.1 Revise Board policy for textbook adoption 4.2 Identify an ad hoc committee to review criteria presently being used in LRSD and other districts for textbook adoptions (10 members) 4.3 Conduct staff development training on avoiding sex and race bias and stereotyping in textbooks 4.3 (Textbooks on the approved Arkansas State Department of Education's textbook list are free of sex/race bias) 4.4 Submit revised policy and criteria to the Board of Directors for first reading 04, 5 07/01/95 (07/01/95) 07/13/95 (07/01/95) (07-01-95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) 35'' 06/30/96 (06/30/96) 07/28/95 (06/30/96) (6/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) Supv of Media Services Assoc Supt for Deseg and Schoob Supv of Media Services, Dir of Communications Assoc Supt of Educational Programs working with committee Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs (Arkansas State Dept, of Education) Superintendent Assoc Supt for Ed Progs 3.4 3.4 3.S 3.5 ConTirmation (List of participating vendors) Staff agenda (Staff can relate Fair to the District's desegregation efforts) 3.6 Publicity 3.6 (Fair is advertised to the public) 3.7 3.7 4.1 4.2 Validate Fair participation (Materials ordered/purchased) Approved criteria Roster of committee members 4.3 Schedule of meeting and agenda 4.3 (Textbooks selected will be free of sex/race bias) 4.4 Board agenda Page: 6 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives 1. 2, 3. 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) L 68 L68 Plan Reference Page Number L68 L69 L69 L69 L69 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.5 Adopt policy on textbooks 4.6 Utilize a local consultant to train staff on \"Avoiding Sex and Race Stereotyping in Textbooks\" 4.7 Select and recommend Io Board for adoption of textbooks (elementary and secondary) based on criteria for adoption (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) LRSD Board of Directors Assoc Supt for Educational Programs (Curriculum Supervisors) Assoc Supt for Educational Programs (Curriculum Specialists) 4.5 4.6 4.6 Board agenda Monitoring (Textbooks are free of sex/race stereotypes) 4.7 Board approval 4.7 (Criteria checklist was used for textbook selection) 5. To develop and implement a multicultural curriculum for pre-klndergarlen through grade 6 5. (To implement the LRSD curriculum. K-6. which is multicultural) 5.1 Plan and host at least three (3) public meetings to receive suggestions from patrons on areas to be iiKluded in a multicultural curriculum 5.2 Identify and retain the services of a national expert in multicultural curriculum development (lead consultant for two (2) year contract). 5.3 In cooperation with the lead consultant, the Division of Educational Programs will issue a detailed curriculum development timeline for the year, including a checklist for task completion 04, 6 (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (Principals. Teachers, Asst. Supts., Curriculum Supervisors) Assoc Supt for Educ Prog Assoc Supt for Desegregation Assoc Supt for Educatioital Programs Lead Consultant Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 5. (Observation of curriculum implementation during classroom visits/teacher conferences) 5. (Improvement in student performance and assessment of attitude regarding learning) 5.1 5.2 the Transcript of suggestions Contractual commitment for 1988-89 school year (Dr. James A. Banks was used) 5.3 Timeline/checklist (Timeline included in this document 5.5  5.17)Page: 7 Program Seq 04 Revision Dale: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76. objectives 1, 2. 3. 4.) L 69 L69 L69 L 70 L70 Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5.4 Develop expectations for members participating on multicultural curriculum committee 5.5 Identify curriculum committee members and coittract for services: 8 - Hcahh/Science 5 - Musk 14 * Reading/Language Arts 3-Art 4 - Social Studies 4  Libraries 38 5.5 (Ail core curriculum areas were involved in the development of guides) 5.5 (Curriculum areas revised were: Reading. Language Arts. Social Studies. Math, and Science) 5.6 Obtain multicultural curriculum units from models used in other cities 5.7 Develop expectations for use of local resource consultant tn multicultural curriculum development 5.8 Secure the services of six (6) local resource consultants to serve on the district wide curriculum development committee 04, 7 (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) Lead Consultant Assoc Supt for Educ Programs Assoc Supt for Educatioiul Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 5,4 Expectations 5.4 (Contractual agreements with curriculum writers) 5.5 Identification of committee members 5.6 Copies of multicultural materials distributed to committee members 5.7 List of expectations 5.8 Contract services of consultants Jr Page: 8 Program Seq f: 04 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 I Isogram Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1. 2. 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L70 L 70 L 70 L 70 L70 5.9 Conduct inservice session on \"Methods for Developing Multicultural Teaching Strategies\" to include (a) understanding Ihe rationale, trends, and goals multicultural curriculum, (b) developing a conceptual framework for multicultural curriculum, and (c) establishing procedures for developing a multicultural curriculum A. Preschool science inservice included a component about multicultural contributors in science. 5.10 Conduct task completion monitoring as idenlifted in limeline 5.11 Operatiorulize the curriculum development limeline (monthly meetings with specific dates developed in cooperation with committee members) 5.12 Review and edit the comprehensive guides In each content area at each grade level 5.13 Type and print all guides 04, 8 (07/01/95) 08/21/95 (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (06/30/96) 08/22/95 (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) Assoc Supt for Educational Programs (Curriculum Supervisors) Div of Educational Programs (Assoc Supt for Educational Programs) Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educatiorul Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 5.9 Participants written evaluation 5.9 (Original inservice completed\nongoing inservice will be documented and evaluated by participants) 5.10 Implementation of monitoring instrument 5.11 5.12 5.13 5.13 Agenda of each meeting Implementation of guides Guides completed (Guides delivered to schools)Page: 9 Program Seq 04 Revbiion Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader\nMarie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives 1,2.3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multiculniral activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76. objectives I. 2. 3. 4.) L 70 Plan Reference Page Number L70 L70 L70 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5.14 Conduct inservice for all elementary principab and teachers A. Inservice in multicultural science curriculum at principals' institute. B. Inservice in multicultural science curriculum at preschool conference for teachers. 5.15 Involve principals and teachers in ordering multicultural materials from local building budgets\n5.16 Extend Inservice through scheduled district level regular elementary cluster meetings (reading, language arts, social studies, art, and music) 5.17 Host three (3) education meetings for parents of elementary children Io provide an overview of (he comprehensive multicultural curriculum 04, 9 (07/01/95) 07/18/95 08/21/95 (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (06/30/96) 07/18/95 08/22/95 (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) Assoc Supt for Educational Programs (Curriculum Supervisors) Assoc Supt for Educational Prog Elem Teachers I^incipals Principals Assoc Supt for Eklucational Programs Division of Educational Programs 5.14 Agenda 5.14 (Curriculum implementation) 5.14 (Inservice on revised curriculum is ongoing) 5.IS Acquisition of materials 5.15 (Instructionalmalerials representing diverse groups will be present in all schools) 5.16 (Inservice on revised curriculum is being offered through minicourses and building meetings during the 1993-94 school year) 5.17 Program and roster of participants 5.17 (Assessment of multicultural education during parent conferences) Page: 10 Program Seq f: 04 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: Plan RefereiKe Page Number L72 L74 L74 L75 (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1. 2. 3. 4.) 10 ensure euucaiionai cquuy in uic cichkuuii\nri svwiiwai/ , . -0-------------  r. ------ - t -y 1 a \\ To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development, (Applies only to page 76, ob|ecttves I, z, 4. 4.j To ensure educational equity In the elementary and secondary curriculum and program Objectives 6. To develop and implement a multicultural curriculum for grades 7*12 (To implement the revised curriculum 7-12, which is multicultural) areas. Strategies 6.16 Involve principals and teachers in ordering multicultural materials from local building budgets: 6.17 Monitor the use of curriculum guides A. Curriculum Directors. Supervisors. Coordinators, and Specialisu monitor teachers' implementation of the curriculum guide. 6.18 Extend inservice through scheduled district level regular council meetings (reading, English, social studies, scieiKe, art, and music for the secondary level) 04, 10 Beginning Date Completion Dale Responsibility Evaluation Criteria (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) 07/01/95 (07/01/95) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) 25% (06/30/96) (Principals. Teachers, Asst. Supts.. Subject Area Supervisors) Assoc Supt for Educational Programs PrirKipals Area Supervisors Assoc Supt and Staff for Educational Programs 6. (Observation of curriculum implementation during classroom visits/teacher conferences) 6. (Improvement in student academic performance and assessment of attitude regarding learning) 6.16 Materials purchased 6.16 (Instructional materials representing diverse groups will be present in all secondary schools) 6.17 Schedule/Documenlation 6.17 (Observation of curriculum implementation during classroom visits and teacher conferences) 6.17 (Improvement in student achievement and attitude toward self and learning) 6.18 Agenda of meetings, roster of participants 6.18 Additional inservice will occur through minicourses and council meetings during 1993-94)Page 11 Program Seq f: 04 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives I, 2. 3. 4.) . ............................. ..... J_______ /i__:____1.. ____ It. I 1 1 A \\ To ensure tuuLdUUim  mv wiwiii.iii.\n...... ----------------------r-- v--------- ... ' To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2. 3^4.) L75 Plan RefercrKe Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Dale Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L76 1. To provide staff development in the area of multicultural education L 76 6.19 Host three (3) education meetings for parents of secondary children to provide an overview of the comprehensive multicultural curriculum (07/01/95) (06/30/96) Assoc. Supt. for Educational Programs (Content Area Supervisor, Principals) 07/01/95 (06/30/96) (Director of Suff Development, Subject Area Supervisors, PritKipals) 6.19 Program aiHl roster of participants 1. (Multicultural strategies will be implemented in schools as assessed by administration during classroom observations and teacher conferences) 1. (Academic achievement of students will improve as evidenced by report cards and standardized tests) 1.1 Jointly negotiate for consultants to provide inservice for the districts 1.1 (Conduct staff development in the area of multicultural education) (07/01/95) (06/30/96) LRSD Assoc. Supt for Educ Programs (Director of Staff Development) i.l 1.1 11 Contractual agreement (Roster of participants) (Multicultural strategies will be implemented in LRSD classrooms as determined by classroom observations and teacher conferences) 04, 11 iPage: 12 Program Seq 9: 04 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives 1. 2, 3. 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1. 2. 3, 4.) L 76 Plan Reference Page Number L76 L76 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2. To provide access lo and information about multicultural materials to teachers, parents, community 3. To provide information to staff members on the availability of graduate course work in multicultural education (07/01/95) (06/30/96) (PCSSD - Coor for Multicultural Curr Dev Dir of Library Serv LRSD - Assoc Supt for Educ Programs. Supv of Media Serv NLRSD - Coor of Instructional Materials) 2. (Teachers, parents, community will have the opportunity to attend Multicultural Materials Fair) 2.1 Share responsibility for Multicultural Materials Fair to be held annually A. Tri-District meeting held to plan Multicultural Materials Fair. Fair date set for October 26. 1995. 04, 12 (07/01/95) 07/13/95 (07/01/95) (06/30/96) 07/13/95 (06/30/96) PCSSD - Coor for Multicultural Curr Dev Dir of Library Serv LRSD - Assoc Supt for Educ Programs Supv of Media Serv NLRSD - Coor of Instructional Materials (Director of Staff Development. Subject Area Supervisors. PritKipals) 2.1 Schedule of vendors 2.1 (The Multicultural Fair will be jointly planned by LRSD. NLRSD and PCSSD) 3. (Multicultural strategies will be implemented in schools as assessed by administration during classroom observations and teacher conferences) Page: 13 Program Seq 04 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives 1. 2. 3. 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1. 2. 3. 4.) L76 Plan Reference Page Number L76 L 76 Objectives Strategies Beginning Dale Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3.1 Write letters to institutions of higher education in the area concerning (he need for such courses 3.1 Promote such courses to (he staffs of each school district 3.2 (Duplication of number) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) 4. To investigate the possibilities of cooperating on strategies Io acquaint staff and corrununities with muhicullural education (07/01/95) (06/30/96) 04, 13 PCSSD  Coor of Instructional Materials LRSD - Assoc Supt for Educational Programs NLRSD - Coor of Instructional Materials PCSSD Coord of Multicultural NLRSD Coord of Instructional Materials (LRSD Director of Staff Development, Supervisor of Social Studies) (PCSSD Coor of Multicultural LRSD Assoc Supt for Educational Programs NLRSD Coord of Instructional Materials) 3.1 letters on file 3.1 (The number of teachers enrolled in multicultural courses will increase) 3.1 Promotional instruments file 3.2 (Duplication of number) 3.2 (The number of teachers enrolled in multiculniral courses will increase) 4. (Multicultural education strategies will be used in LRSD classrooms as determined by classroom observations and teacher conferences) 4. (Assessment of community discussion/conferences, feedback from debriefing of multicultural education)Page: 14 Program Seq f: 04 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the clemenury and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives 1. 2. 3. 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) L76 Plan Reference Page Number L77 L77 L77 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. To enhance educational equity in instructional methodology and teacher/student Interaction 4.1 Meet to discuss possibilities of seminars, symposiums, or other activities to promote multicultural education among the three districts 4.1 (Plan, schedule, advertise and implement strategies) 1.1 Research and share effective instructioiuil strategies at regularly scheduled council and program area meetings A. Research/effective instructional strategies shared/demonstrated at preschool/cluster/council meetings in all content areas. 1.2 Purchase science supplies for teachers to facilitate the hands-on science approach 04, 14 (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) 07/01/95 (07/01/95) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) 25% (06/30/96) PCSSD Coor of Multicultural LRSD Assoc. Supt for Educational Programs NLRSD Coord of Instructional Materials (Director of Communications, Director of Staff Development) (Curriculum Supervisors. Curriculum Specialists, Principals) Content Area Supervisors Supvs of Specific Content Areas 4,1 Minutes of meeting 4.1 (Three collaborative activities will be held to inform staff and community about multicultural activities) I. (Assessment of instruction/teacher student interaction during classroom/school observation and conference) I. (Increase in student achievement) 1.1 Documentation within the Division of Educational Programs l.I (Assessment of implementation of instructional strategies through classroom observations and teacher conferences) 1.2 Materials purchased 1.2 (Hands-on science activities used in District classrooms)Page: 15 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives 1, 2, 3. 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1. 2, 3, 4.) L77 L77 Plan Reference Page Number L77 L77 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. A box of scierKe equipment and supplies was sent to each elementary school. 1.3 Purchase math manipulative for teachers to facilitate hands-on math instruction A. Math manipulatives and supplies were provided for Math Plus teachers. 1.4 Purchase sets of trade books for teachers to facilitate the emphasis on literature and (he wholeness of language approach A. Tradebooks purchased I.S Provide inservice for using materials identified in 1.2, 1.3, 1.4 A. Provided 18 inservices to assist teachers in use of materials 1.6 Identify needs of teachers for improved delivery of instruction using student data, principal recommendation, school improvement plans, and teacher questionnaires as the basis for decision making. (Resource: LRSD Resource Staff Development Guide) A. Visitation report forms are provided to principals after classroom observations. The comments can be used by principals to identify needs for staff development. 04, 15 09/01/95 (07/01/95) 09/19/95 (07/01/95) 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 (07/01/95) 09/01/95 09/15/95 (06/30/96) 09/20/95 (06/30/96) 25% 06/30/96 25% (06/30/96) 25% Supvs of Specific Content Areas Supvs of Specific Content Areas Supervisors of Specific Areas (Curriculum Specialists, Principals) PrirKipals, Teachers, and Content Area Supervisors 1.3 Materials purchased 1.3 (Manipulative are used in District math classrooms) 1.4 Materials purchased 1.4 (Whole language is used in District classrooms) 1.5 Documentation of participants 1.5 (Desired instructional strategies are being implemented in District classrooms as assessed through classroom observations and teacher confereiKes) 1.6 Observation of instruction 1.6 Disaggregation of data 1.6 (Individual Improvement Plans, HPs, reflect identified needs of teachers) Page: 16 Program Seq f: 04 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Mullicuilural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives I, 2, 3, 4.) L77 L78 Plan Reference Page Number L78 L78 L 78 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2. To incorporate multicultural materials into Ihe instructional programs 1.7 Submit the inservice needs to the Staff Development Department 1.8 Schedule teachers as IdentiRed for the appropriate inservice A. District wide workshops have been planned. B. Eight (8) workshops conducted to improve delivery of instruction. 1.9 Monitor the teachers use of effective instruclioruil and classroom management strategies A. Classroom visitations by curriculum staff are ongoing. 2.1 Review and assess appropriate multicultural materials 04, 16 (07/01/95) (07/01/95) 07/01/95 08/09/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) 25% 25% 06/30/96 25% (06/30/96) (06/30/96) PritKipals Staff Development Department Supervisors of speciRc areas (Principals) (Supervisors of SpeciRc Areas. Curriculum Specialists. Principals) Supervisors of specific areas (Curriculum Specialists. Principals) 1.7 Staff development documentation (Needs identified in school improvement plans) 1.8 Staff development documentation 1.8 (Inservice will be provided that addresses the needs of teachers as identified in Ihe school improvement plan) 1.9 (Assessment of implementation of strategies through classroom observations and teacher conferences) 2. (Observe implementation of materials at teacher conferences and during classroom visits) 2.1 (Multicultural materials used in District classrooms)Page: 17 Program Seq 04 Revision Dale\nNovember 6. 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document eaccE! for page 76. ob^ctives 1.2. 3. 4 ) To ensure ewuva\u0026lt;rai  u.w ...v.......m....------   To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76. objectives 1. 2. 3^.4.) L 78 Plan Reference Page Number L78 L 78 L78 L78 L78 L78 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3. To implement organizational practices that will enharKe educational equity 2.2 Identify and suggest multicultural material to be purchased at local school level by content and grade 2.3 Schedule workshops on use of materials (where appropriate) 2.4 Monitor the use of appropriate multicultural materials 3.1 Provide teachers with training for effective in- class grouping 3.2 Monitor implementation of strategies through classroom visitations and feedback in follow-up workshops 3.3 Review placement criteria for enrichment/ hoimrs and advanced placement classes 04, 17 (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) Supervisors of specific areas (Curriculum Specialists. Principals) Supervisors of specific areas (Curriculum Specialists, Principals) Supervisors of specific areas (Curriculum Specialists. Principals) (Assoc. Supt.. Assist. Supt.. Principals, Teachers) Supervisors of specific areas Supervisors of specific areas Assoc Supt of Educational Programs 2.2 (Titles/descripiion of materials forwarded to schools) 2.3 (Catalogue listings) 2.3 (Multicultural materials used in District classrooms) 2.4 (Classroom observations/ teacher conferences reflect use of multicultural materials) (3. Educational programs in LRSD have equitable participation and success by all students) 3.1 (Grouping practices are equitable in LRSD classrooms) 3.2 (Assessment of classroom observation) ' 3.3 (Placement practices in LRSD classrooms will increase participation of black students in GT/Honors/AP classes)Page: 18 Program Seq f: 04 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives I. 2. 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1.2, 3. 4.) L 78 Plan Reference Page Number L79 L 79 L79 L79 L79 L79 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. AP Committee is reviewing placement criteria. 3.4 Provide support Io principals in monitoring the distribution of students in higher level courses to assess gender and race equity 07/01/95 (07/01/95) 25% (06/30/96) Assoc and Asst Supts 3.4 (Classroom observation of student enrollment and enrollment reports to central office will reflect equitable distribution of gender and race) 4. To ensure increased educational equity throt^h inservice training 5. To ensure equity in the selection and use of textbooks (07/01/95) (06/30/96) 4. (Educational programs in LRSD have equitable participation and success by all students) 1 4.1 Refer to activities outlined in items 1.2 - 1.4 above 4.1 (Purchase science supplies, math manipulative, iradebooks) 5.1 Inventory and assess current textbooks for multicultural presence 5.2 Identify the deficiencies existing in current textbooks 5.3 Select and purchase resource materials to replace or supplement areas of deficiency 04, 18 (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) Supervisor of speciflc areas (Assoc Supt of Curr., Subject Area Supervisors. Teachers. Principals) Supervisor of specific areas (Curriculum supervisors. Teachers) (Curriculum supervisors) (Media specialists) (Principals) 4.1 (Updated multicultural materials in schools) 4.1 (Enrollment/implemen-tation of staff development courses) 5. (Criteria checklist that includes multicultural and sex/race bias-free factors is used to select textbooks) 5.1 (Criteria checklist for textbook selection) 5.2 (Deficiencies are identified) 5.3 (Curriculum resource guides are used to provide updates) Page: 19 Program Seq 04 Revision Dale: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives 1, 2, 3. 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2. 3. 4.) L79 Plan RefererKe Page Number L79 L79 L79 L 79 L 80 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6. To achieve equity in (he implementation of special activities 5.4 Provide training for use of supplemental materials 5.5 Monitor teacher implementation of the use of multicultural texts/materials in the curricula 5.6 Develop a checklist for selection of rKw textbooks during the adoption cycle to facilitate the selection of a text that is free of gender, race, and ethnic stereotypes 6.1 Ensure that student participation in special events is multicultural and that the quality of participation is equitable 6.2 Develop guides for each course area that are multicultural in content and that facilitate equity in methodology 04, 19 (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (Curriculum supervisors) Principals and Content Area Supervisors Content Area Supervisors (Assoc. Supt. for Educational Programs) (Assoc. Supt.. Assist. Supt.. Principals. Teachers. Content Area Supervisors) Principals and Teachers Supervisor of specific area 5.4 (Training is provided during cluster meetings, building meetings, minicourses and/or council meetings) 5.5 Schedule/Documentation 5.5 (Assess implementation through classroom observation) 5.5 (Improvement in snident achievement) 5.6 Textbook checklist 5.6 (Textbook checklist implemented to ensure bias-free textbooks) 6. (Increased representation of black smdents in activities currently under- represented) 6.1 Participation data 6.1 (Increased representation of black students in activities currently under-represented)  6.2 (Implemenution of revised curriculum guides)Page: 20 Program Seq iF: 04 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the cicmenury and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives I, 2. 3. 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives I. 2. 3. 4.) L80 Plan Reference Page Number L80 L 80 L80 L80 L80 L80 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criterto 6.3 Monitor the use of the curriculum guide A. Classroom visitation by curriculum staff are ongoing. (07/01/95) 07/01/95 (06/30/96) 25% (Principals, Subject Area Supervisors) 6.3 (Guide usage is monitored through classroom observations teacher conferences and abacus assessment) 7. To ensure the maintenance of challenging ami relevant course offerings 7.1 Review research and recommended practices for each content/program area A. Research and practices shared by curriculum staff are ongoing. B. Draft Science Standards and State Science Framework were used in revising the science curriculum and providing inservice for teachers. 7.2 Assess (he LRSD course content lo identify needs for changes 7.3 Submit recommendation ami rationale for any new courses to the Assoc Supt for Ed Prog 7.4 Develop curriculum guides for approved courses 7.S Provide inservice for staff on implementation of courses 04, 20 (07/01/95) (07/01/95) 07/01/95 07/01/95 (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) 25% 25% (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (06/30/96) (Assoc. Supt. for Curr., Subject Area Supervisors) (Curriculum supervisors) (Curriculum supervisors) (Curriculum supervisors) (Curriculum supervisors) Content Area Supervisors 7. (Comparison of student achievement with state/ national level) 7.1 (Documentation of research and practices reviewed) 7.2 (Documented comparison with state, national curriculum standards) 7.3 (Documentation of recommendation and rationale submitted) 7.4 (Implementation of guides) 7.S Documentation of inservice Page\n21 Program Seq f: 04 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in (he elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1. 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives I, 2. 3. 4.) Plan Reference Page Number L 80 L 80 Objectives Srategies Begiiuiing Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 7.5 (Conduct staff development on implementation of new courses) 7.6 Conduct workshops (o appropriate staff on new course offerings 7.7 Monitor implementation of the courses, including equity In assignment of students (07/01/95) (07/01/95) (07/01/95) 06/30/96 (06/30/96) (06/30/96) Content Area Supervisors Principals (Curriculum supervisors) 7.6 Documentation of workshop 7.7 (Moniior/implementation through classroom observations and teacher conferences) L80 L80 L64 L64 7.8 Review placement criteria for enriched/ honors and advanced placement courses A. AP Comminee is reviewing placement criteria. 7.9 Monitor enrollment in courses to ensure equity in assigrunent/participation of students 7.10 (Monitor) staffing 7.11 A speaker's bureau will be developed to promote a better undersanding of multicultural education in the schools and throughout the community. A. Original obligation completed. Aniculation through PTA and Parent-Teacher conferences allows the community to develop an ongoing and better understanding of Multiculniral Education. 04, 21 (07/01/95) 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 (06/30/96) 25% 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 25% Assoc Supt for Educational Prog Assoc Supt for Ed Prog \u0026amp; Principals 7.8 Replacement criteria reviewed 7.8 (Participation of black students in GT/Honors/AP courses will increase) 7.9 Data on file 7.9 (Assessment of enrollment in courses currently under-represented by race (blacks) and sex) 7.11 Parents and community will articulate a positive and knowledgeable understanding of multicultural education. Page: 22 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Muhicutniral Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal\nTo ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives I, 2. 3. 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1. 2, 3, 4.) Plan RefererKe Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Dale Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 17 9.0 A committee with at least one represenutive from each party in the desegregation case will be established to review the curriculum requirements and programs for the three Pulaski County school districts. The committee will recommend any curriculum or program changes necessary to facilitate and/or enhance the movement of students among the districts in Pulaski County. 10.0 Develop and submit to the Board of Directors for adoption a definition and policy regarding multicultural education that provides a rationale and clearly defined  goals. 11.0 Initiate a procedure to field-test new curriculum as it is being developed, providing an opportunity to evaluate the program strengths and weaknesses prior to district wide usage. 07/01/95 06/30/96 9.1 (Meetings with parties from all three Pulaski county districts will meet and discuss curriculum/program offerings and make reccomendaiions where applicable.) 9.2 Recommended curriculum changes will be reviewed and submitted to appropriate administrative department level for appropriate action 10.1 Align state and district approved learner outcome goals with all district curriculum guides submitted for Board approval. 11.1 Field testing of new curriculum designed and evaluated by ASDE 04, 22 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 Deputy Supt. Deputy Supt. Curriculum Supervisors Ark. State Dept, of Ed.. Deputy Supt., Curriculum Supervisors 9.1 Implementation of curriculum changes 10.1 District multicultural curriculum reflects learner outcome rationale and goals. 11.1 Implementation and revisions of Held tested curriculum. Page: 23 Program Seq #: 04 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal t Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives I. 2. 3. 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1. 2. 3. 4.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 11.1 (ASDE provides guidelines and structure for the development and piloting of new curriculum. A. Social Studies framework currently being piloted by ADE. 04, 23 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 50%LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq 05 Page: 1 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: 15 Primary Leader: Brady Gadberry Secondary Leader: Dr. Patty Kohler Program Description: PUIPOS. special cducalion is specially designed inslnicion. a.cos. .o parent, lo mee. die unique ,eds of siudenis wilb Xca^X'nM.m aIZhs inslihliions. odier senings: inslnichon m Ac. (IDEA) to. .esuhs in an adverse effec. on educa.ional performance and to A fid, coniinuum of services is provided which toludes mu,iiples oprions f' institutions, and in other settings: and instruction in . --- determined eligible for special education services when a disability is present as defined in ccoorrrreessppoonndoiinnge needu floorr sspueccvikali ceduucvatioun saewrvoiicwess.. r. ----- ------ -- -------------- -- r , .. hme ten idemified as having diaabililies defined by die IDEA. During the 1992 93 school year. 8.13% of the d.stnct s population or 2,026 students received special education services (Dec. 1. 1992 count). District Goal Support: Program Goal: Goa, , - ,mp,emen. iniegramd educa.iona, progmms to, wil, ensure to, a snidenB grow aodemtofiy socMy a-i T^al'^.^'smdeto wd^dT -hey 21s, Cenniiy. Goa, 4  So,ici, and secum financia, and otor resources to, are necessary ,o fidly suppon our schoo,s. mCudmg our desegregahon p,an. Goa, ,ean,ing for a snidenB. Goa, 6  Ensure to, equi^r occurs in a phases of schoo, aciviries and operaiions. snidenu enrobed ,o reficc, to Disfric, racia, composifion and ,o be comparabie ,0 su,c/na,iona, smlisiics in provision of free The goal of the special education program is to reduce the disparate number of minority appropriate public education to studenu with disabilities. Plan References: LI13 - 123 FY Program Budget: $56,846.12 1st Qtr Expend: $8,944.07 3rd Qtr Expend: YTD Expenditures: $8,944.07 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: Related Function Codes: 05, 1 J LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 2 I I Program Seq iti 05 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: 15 Primary Leader: Brady Gadbcrry Secondary Leader: Dr. Patty Kohler Program Goal: To ensure equity in representation of black males in special education through comprehensive staff development. (To reduce the disparate number of minority students cru-oUed in special education to reflect the District racial composition and to be comparable to state/nalional statistics in provision of FAPE to students with disabilities.) I Plan Reference Page Number L 113 - 114 L 114 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Provide Inservice (hat focuses on teacher behavior toward a disproportion of minority students especially black males in special education. (A minimum of 80 percent of the Districts staff will utilize strategies derived from the District's staff development program that will assist black males in improving academic and social skills.) Participate in a tri-district assessment committte with a planned agenda and stated direction, 1.2 Identify teachers with high referral rales of black males to special education. A. Special Education classrolls due B. Enrollment data compiled C. Adjustments made regarding teacher placement 05, 2 07/01/95 07/01/95 09/15/95 09/15/95 09/15/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 09/15/95 09/30/95 09/30/95 Director, Div. of Exceptional Children\nSupv/Coor. of Spec. Ed. Principals 1. ( List of inservice topics, personnel involved, and dates, survey results re: inservice effectiveness will reflect increased implementation of appropriate strategies, data re: learning center effectiveness will reflect increase in successful placement in less restrictive settings. 80% of (he District's staff will utilize strategies derived from the Districts staff development program that will assist black males in improving academic and social skills.) 1.2 (Data compiled yearly, re: over representation will reflect decrease in over representation in targeted schools)Page: 3 Program Seq iV: 05 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: 15 Primary Leader: Brady Gadberry Secondary Leader: Dr. Patty Kohler Program Goal: To ensure equity in representation of black males in special education through comprehensive staff development. (To reduce the disparate number of minority students enrolled in special education to reflect the District racial composition and to be comparable to state/national statistics in provision of FAPE to students with disabilities.) Plan Reference Page Ntanber L 114 L 114 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Dale Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.3 Schedule inservice. A. LRSD cosponsored state conference on Inclusion B. Preschool Inservice for all special education teachers C. D. E 07/01/95 08/10/95 08/15/95 06/30/96 08/11/95 08/15/95 (Supv. Spec. Ed) 1.3 Rates of dismissal out of Spec Ed of black males/other students will be increased (List of inservice topics, personnel involved, and dates, survey results rerinservice effectiveness will reflect increased implementation of appropriate strategies, data re\nlearning center effectiveness will reflect increase in successful placement in less restrictive senings) Panicipation in Race/Culniral Diversity Conference Inservice at King on Modifications Request made to all schools to schedule inservice on modifications F. 0. H. 08/15/95 08/16/95 08/23/95 08/15/95 08/16/95 08/23/95 Presentation to NLRSD examiners on SLD Transition Inservice for Secondary LRSD cosponsored State conference on literacy 1.4 Arrange substitutes for regular teachers. 05, 3 09/20/95 09/28/95 09/29/95 07/01/95 09/20/95 09/28/95 09/29/95 06/30/96 SOS 1.4 (Data re: placement in learning center will reflect increased successful placement in less restrictive senings) Page: 4 Program Seq f: 05 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: 15 Primary Leader: Brady Gadberry Secondary Leader: Dr. Patty Kohler Program Goal: To ensure equity in representation of black males in special education through comprehensive staff development. (To reduce the disparate number of minority students enrolled in special education to reflect the District racial composition and to be comparable to state/national statistics in provision of FAPE to students with disabilities.) i I 1 :i Plan Reference Page Number L 114 L 114 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.5 Provide inservice that focuses on: a. Behavior modification for teacher behavior, b. Provide opportunities for teachers to know, accept and utilize information regarding learning styles, language/ dialect, student ways of reacting/ behaving, and value systems. A. LRSD cosponsored state conference on Inclusion B. Preschool Inservice for all special education teachers C. D. E. 07/01/95 08/10/95 08/15/95 06/30/96 08/11/95 08/15/95 Participation in Race/Cultural Diversity Conference Inservice at King on Modifications Request made to all schools to schedule inservice on modifications F. G. H. 08/15/95 08/16/95 08/23/95 08/15/95 08/16/95 08/23/95 Presentation to NLRSD examiners on SLD Transition Inservice for Secondary LRSD cosponsored Sute conference on literacy 1.6 Apply skills at center with students. A. Learning Center programs serve students in two classes 05, 4 09/20/95 09/28/95 09/29/95 07/01/95 08/21/95 09/20/95 09/28/95 09/29/95 06/30/96 09/30/95 Director, Div of Exceptional Children\nLearning Center Staff Regular teachers 1.5 Decrease in discipline referrals (List of inservice topics, personnel involved, and dates, survey results re\ninservice effectiveness will reHecl increased implementation of appropriate strategies, dau re: learning center effectiveness will reflect increased successful placement in less restrictive settings) 1.6 (Data re\nshident placement will reflect increased success of students returning to schools from center.)Page: 5 Program Seq f: 05 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: 15 Primary Leader: Brady Gadbeny Secondary Leader: Dr. Patty Kohler ih'ogram Goal: equity In representation of black males In special education through comprehensl.e staff development. (To reduce Ihe disparate number of minority students enrolled in special education lo renect Ihe To ensure ~ *' ... ~ ----------------- -- ----------- ---.- -.-.-.-.-.-.-..-.-.-. ..... ........ e_.-_____1-t___r ri m? JSe-AUISdime \\ District racial composition and to be comparable to state/national statistics in provision of FAPE lo students with disabilities.) Plan RefererKe Page Number L 114 L 114 149 149 149 149 149 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.7 Return to school. A. Students in regular classes monitored 1.8 Monitor teacher eflectiveness. A. Students in regular classes monitored 1.9 Determine agenda meeting 1.10 Establish consistency in areas of assessment 1.11 Screening A. Examiner meeting D. Mental Reurdation Identification revised C. Presentation to NLRSD examiners re: SLD 1.12 Evaluation instruments A. Examiner meeting B. Mental Retardation Identificaiion revised C. Presentation to NLRSD examiners re: SLD 1,13 Eligibility criteria 05, 5 07/01/95 08/21/95 07/01/95 08/21/95 08/16/95 08/10/95 09/20/95 08/16/95 08/10/95 09/20/95 06/30/96 09/30/95 06/30/96 09/30/95 08/16/95 08/10/95 09/20/95 08/16/95 08/10/95 09/20/95 Regular teachers Supervisors Principals 1.7 (Data re: student placement will reflec\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_694","title":"Report: ''Little Rock School District 1995-96 First Quarter Status Report, Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs,'' Volume II, exhibit 1","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1995-11-21"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System"],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Education--Evaluation","Education--Finance"],"dcterms_title":["Report: ''Little Rock School District 1995-96 First Quarter Status Report, Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs,'' Volume II, exhibit 1"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/694"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":["Available for use in research, teaching, and private study. Any other use requires permission from the Butler Center."],"dcterms_medium":["planning"],"dcterms_extent":["244 pages"],"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nVOLUME II FILED U.S. DISTRICT COURT EASTERN DISTRICT ARKANSAS LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT NOV 2 i IV \u0026gt;5 1995-96 FIRST QUARTER STATUS REPORT JAMES W. McCORMACK, CLERK By\nDhP CLtRK PROGRAM PLANNING AND BUDGET DOCUMENT FOR DESEGREGATION PROGRAMS PLANNING, RESEARCH, AND EVALUATION DEPARTMENT November 21, 1995 EXHIBIT I School Support Cluster * Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment * Staff Development * Library/Media * Computerized Transportation * Data Processing * Minority Teacher Recruitment * Educational Equity Monitoring * Commitment to Desegregation/Leadership * Summer School (Interdistrict) * Summer Learning Program - JTPA * Facilities * Guidance/Counseling Program Leadership * Employment PracticesProgram Seq f: 20 LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: I Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name\nOffice of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo. Jr. Secondary Leader: Nancy Acre Program Description: The Office of Desegregation is charged with monitoring the implementation of the Desegregation Plan which includes the appropriate assignment of students to schools. The capacities of the elementary area schools are determined in accordartce with Arkansas accreditation standards which have the following limits: Grade: Maximum Number of Snidents Per Class (Average) Maximum Number of Students in Any Class Kirxlerganen 20 25 First-Third n 25 Fourth-Sixth 25 28 The overall racial composition of the elementary area schools and the space available for recruitment at those schools depend upon the number of students who enroll in Incentive and Inteidistrict Schools. The initial racial composition of the Incentive Schools is expected to be predominately black. It is expected that at least 600 black LRSD students will attend Interdistrict Schools, District Goal Support: Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan [ Plan References: L 139 ] [FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: $500,451.75 $117,897.77 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $117,897.77 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: 1 FTE 13.0 I Related Function Codes: I 20, 1 Program Seq *: 20 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number L 139 LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Dr C. Russell Mayo To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Objectives Strategies SecorKlary Leader: Beginning Date Completion Date Page: 2 Revision Date: Nancy Acre Responsibility November 6. 1995 Evaluation Criteria (1.0 To knplement magnet school assignments) (2.0 To implement interdistrict school assignments) 07/01/95 06/30/96 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 1.0 Assignments are consistent with the Desegregation Plan as evidenced by an annual review of assignment data 1.1 Magnet Schools - The assignment process to (original) magnet schools will not change under this Plan. A. Assignments are being made per the plan. 1.2 Monitor Student Assignment and enroihnent at Magnet Schools. A. Magnet school seats are monitored and filled on a daily basis. 6. Waiting lists are monitored daily to fill vacancies. 2.1 Interdistrict Schools - LRSD and PCSSD agree to establish interdistrict schools as described in the Interdistrict Desegregation Plan. A. Six interdistrict schools have been established as of 08/01/94 20. 2 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 25% 25% 06/30/96 06/30/96 Assoc. Supt for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt for Desegregation Assoc. Supt for Desegregation 2.0 Assignments are consistent with the Desegregation Plan as evidenced by an annual review of assignment dataPage: 3 Program Seq *: 20 Revision Date\nNovember 6. 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code\n06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Nancy Acre Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Ot^ectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria (3.0 To implement elementary area school assignments). The total capacitv of the elen\u0026gt;entarv area schools is 9.676. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Assoc Supt. for Desegregation 3.0 Assignments are consistent with the Desegregation Plan as evidenced by an annual review of assignment data 3.1 Students will be assigned to the elementary area schools by attendance zones. A. Students are assigned to the elen^entary area schools by attendance zones. 3.2 The elementary area school attendance zones are drawn to establish a racial balance at each school of 55 percent black and 45 percent white with a variance of 5 percent The recruitment of white students to elementary area schools may increase the percentage of white students at these schools, but no school shall have a racial composition of greater that 60 percent white. A. The racial balances are monitored daily. 3.3 Students presently assigned to elementary area schools will be given the option to remain in these schools (grandfathered). A. Grandfathered students are monitored. 3.4 After grandfathered students have been assigned, students in the attendance zone will be assigned to the elementary area schools. 20, 3 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 98% 06/30/96 98% 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 Assoc Supt for Desegregation Assoc Supt for Desegregation Assoc Supt. for Desegregation Assoc SupI for Desegregation 3.1 Enrollment Data 3.3 Student requests to remain in area schools are granted. 3 4 Attendance zone students are assigned based on available seats. Program Seq : 20 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Paa: 4 Revision Date: Nancy Acre November 6, 1995 Plan Reference Page Number L 139 L 148 Directives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Students have been assigned and notified. 3.5 If there is no space available at a student's zoned school or if assignment of the student to the school would put the school out of compliance with racial balance requirements, the student will be assigned to the closest school with capacity which meets racial balance requirements. A. Students are reassigned. 3.6 The elementary school zones will provide a feeder pattern for elementary students going to lunior high school students going to high school. A. Feeder patterns are established. This strategy completed in 1992 3.7 Students in elementary area school zones will be given the option to select an incentive school. A. Options are available for selection to incentive schools. Completion date of 1992 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 98% 06/30/96 98% 06/30/96 06/30/96 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt- for Desegregation 3.5 Students are reassigned in accordance with Deseg. Plan. 3 6 A feeder pattern is established for the organizational levels. 3.7 Options were granted in accordance to assignment plan. (4.0 To implement incentive school assignments). The capacity of the incentive schools is 2,558. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Assoc. Supt for Desegregation 4.0 Incentive School Assignments are made in accordance with the Desegregation Plan requirements. 4.1 Each incentive school will have an attendance zone that encompasses the neighborhood around the school (primary attendance zone). A. Attendance zones established in 1992 20, 4 07/01/95 06/30/96 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 4 1 School zone mapsPage: s Program Seq *: 20 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Nancy Acre Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria CO 194 CO 194 4.2 Students presently assigned to incentive schools will be given the option to remain in these schools (grandfathered). A. Students are notified of options. 4.3 After grandfathered students have been identified and assigned, students in the primary attendance zone will be assigned to the incentive schools. A. Students are assigned and notified. 4.4 All incentive school students will have the option to be assigned to an elementary area school to be selected by LRSD in accordance with desegregation considerations A. Transfers were allowed as available. 4.5 In order to assist in meeting the desegregation requirements, a certain number of seats for black and white students will be reserved (or each pre-kindergarlen and kindergarten class. The seats reserved for white children shall not remain permanently vacant if unfilled. Sufficient time should be allowed for timely, vigorous, and sustained recruitment efforts before filling these seats. A. Seats were reserved until judge released them 4.6 The incentive schools will have a maximum pupit/teacher ratio of 20 to 1 20, 5 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 98% 06/30/96 98% 06/30/96 50% 06/30/96 09/01/95 06/30/96 Assoc Supt for Desegregation Assoc Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt.fbr Desegregation Assoc Supt for Desegregation 4.3 Enrollment data\nschool zone maps. 4.4 Enrollment data 4.5 Reserved seats are available by race for pre* kindergarten and kindergarten studentsPage: 6 Program Seq #: 20 Revision Date: Novembers. 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Or. C. Russell Mayo SecorKlary Leader: Nancy Acre Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Assignments are monitored closely. 07/01/95 25% 4.7 There may be more than 20 students per classroom, however, there will be an aide in each class and possible a second teacher in those classes. 07/01/95 06/30/96 A. Classrooms are monitored 07/01/95 25% 4.6 Assign students with sensitryity to the relationship between placement stabilitv and academic progress as well as the need to measure the impact of incentive programs or student achievement. 07/01/95 06/30/96 A. Assignments are monitored. 07/01/95 25% 4.9 Student assignment process must be the result of carefuHy coordinated decision-making. The incentive school staffs and the LRSD departments responsible for desegregation, student recruitment and assignment, and planning and evaluation must assess the short-and longterm academic and social impact of any anticipated student reassignments 07/01/95 06/30/96 CO 194 A. Assessments are made and studied carefully 4.10 The district must be able to demonstrate that the investment has paid the expected dividends for children, if not, changes must be made guickiv before children are lost along with the settlement money. A. Studies are being carried out. 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 25% 06/30/96 25% 20, 6 7 Page: Program Seq f: 20 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Nancy Acre Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 140 (5.0 To implement Desegregation Transfers) 4.11 When making student assignments, keep in mind that there Is a relationship between double funding and enrollment figures that represents the greatest return on investment The district is bound to keep its pledge to doubte fund each incentive school for six years or as long as the school maintains an enrollment above 60% black. District must also keep in mind that the incentive schools educate only a small portion of the class that prevailed in the desegregation lawsuit. Ensure that a portion of the incentive school funding fulfills the plan's commitment that \"the children who are in racially-isolated settings are provided meaningful opportunities for desegregated experiences/activities.\" A. The incentive schools are being closely studied and rrtonitored. 5.1 Junior and senior high school students may transfer to another school as long as the reassignment allows both the sending and receiving school to comply with the desegregation requirement and a seat is available. The minimum black percentage is 25 percent below the districtwide percentage of blacks in grades 712. The minimum and maximum black percentages constitute the desegregation requirement (for acceptable range) for a desegregation transfer The desegregation requirements in secondary schools is that all schools will remain within a range of 12 1/2 percent above to 25 percent below the districtwide percentage of black students at each organizational level (i.e., high school and Junior high school). A. Assignments are made according to the plan. 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 25% Assoc Supt for Desegregation 5.1 Racial composition of student enrolhnents are within acceptable ranges. 20, 7Program Seq #\nProgram Name: Program Code: 20 Page: 6 Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number L 140 L 140 Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment 06 To Implement a student Primary Leader\nDr, C. Russell Mayo assignment process that is consfelent with the approved Desegregatfen Plan Secondary Leader: Revision Date: Nancy Acre Objectives Strategies 5.2 Elementary students may transfer to '-------...w ..,aj uaiisiei IO an incenlive school only K such a transfer enhances ----A  wr.. a . desegregation at the incentive school. Desegregation transfers will be granted elementary area schools that are diflicull Io desegregate A. Desegregation transfers guidelines. to meet acceptable 5.3 A student may make Iwo desegregation tranfAr at Ae.\u0026lt;.k _______. ** sown Kansfers at each organizational level intermediate. Junior or (primary, senior high school) The SI JVd*\", \"S'OBSon transfer la to allow a student to return to his school assignment. A. Transfers are monitored. umrted oenad Onr\u0026gt;A Aak a limited period once each Schools only). or her previous year (Secondary A Desegregation transfers were granted as determined to be appropriate 5.5 LRSD will provide transportation desegregation transfer students effective to do so. for where it is cost Novembers. 1995 (60 To implement Sibling Transfers) lieMgregalion transfers using current routes 20, 8 Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 60% 06/30/96 95% Assoc. Supt for Desegregation Assoc, Supt for Desegregation Assoc, Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 5.2 Transfers reflect an Improvement in racial balance. 5.3 Desegregation transfer reports reflect appropriate utilization by students 5.4 Desegregation transfer reports reflect appropriate by students. use 5.5 Maintain records of number of students transported using desegregation transfers.Page: 9 Program Seq #: 20 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader\nNancy Acre Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6.1 Sibling transfers do not apply Io magnet schools. (NOTE\nSiblings are brothers/sisters. or half-brothers/sisters. residing at the same address with brothers/sisters. or half-brothers/sisters. who are enrolled in the LRSD.) A. Magnet assignments follow approved guidelines. 6.2 A student entering the LRSD after fee 1991- 92 school year wiH not be allowed to make a sibling preference transfer to a school outside the student's attendance zone. A. Transfers are monitored. 6.3 Any student who makes a sibling preference transfer before fee 1991-92 school year may remain at the school to which the student transferred until graduation to fee next organizational level. A. Transfers are monitored. 6.4 Sibling preference transfers will be granted if a seat is available and the transfer will allow both the sending and receiving schools to comply with the desegregation requirements. A. Transfers are monitored. 20, 9 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 25% Assoc. Supt for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt for Desegregation Assoc Supt for Desegregation 6.1 Publish/distribute procedures regarding sibling transfers. 6.2 Publish/distribute procedures regarding sibling transfers. 6 3 Student transfers reflect acceptance/ rejection of transfer options 6 4 Documentation of sibling transfers meet desegregation requirements.Program Seq : 20 Page: 10 Program Name: Program Code: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment 06 Revision Date: Novembers. 1995 Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number L 141 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo To KTiplement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Secondary Leader: Nancy Acre Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility (7 To implement Transfer of Children of Employees Assignments) 6.5 Sibling transfer applicants must have a sibling currently enrolled in LRSD. Sibling transfers will be granted only to siblings of grandfathered students. A. All transfers are monitored. 7.1 LRSD employees may enroll their children at the schools where they work. A. Transfers are made as requested by employees. 7.2 This provision is not intended to authorize interdistrict transfers (transfers to NLRSO or PCSSD) other than those authorized by the court- approved desegregation plan. A. Rule is observed. 7.3 The transfer of the children of employees is subject to desegregation requirements and the capacity of the particular school. A. Transfers are monitored. 7.4 LRSD is not obligated to provide transportation. A. Rule is applied. 20, 10 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 06/30/96 90% 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 25% Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Human Resources Director Assoc Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Evaluation Criteria R 6.5 Sibling transfer requirements fl are in accordance with D established requirements fl 5ois requested In M t Evaluation 7 1 Employees enrolled in schools accordance with established requirements. 7.2 All interdistrict transfers are court approved 7.3 Student transfers are consistent with capacities and desegregation requirements. 7.4 Transportation is provided by patrons of employees.Page: 11 Program Seq *: 20 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Or. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Nancy Acre Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number L 141-142 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria (8 To implement the Reassignment Process) 7.5 This provision does not apply to magnet schools. A. Rule is observed. 7.6 The order of preference for assigning the children of employees is listed below: 7.6.1 First preference\nattendance zone students with siblings 7.6.2 Second preference\nattendance zone students without siblings 7.6.3 Third preference: children of employees 7 6 4 Fourth preference: desegregation transfers 7.6.5 Fifth preference: M-to-M transfers 7 6.6 Sixth preference: Act 609, Act 624, and legal transfers. A. Above guidelines are followed. 20, 11 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 25% Assoc. Supt for Desegregation Assoc Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc Supt for Desegregation Assoc Supt for Desegregation Assoc Supt for Desegregation Assoc Supt for Desegregation Asso Supt. for Desegregation Assoc Supt for Desegregation 7.6 Documentation of assignments 8.0 The assignment process is consistent with the desegregation requirements.Program Seq *: 20 Page: 12 Revision Date\nProgram Name\nOffice of Desegregation/Student Assignment November 6. 1995 Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Program Goal: Secondary Leader: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Nancy Acre Plan Reference Page Number Objectives . Strategies 8-1 Every effort will be made to install portable buildings in order to accommodate overflow situations at a particular grade level Only if a building cannot be installed, the student will be reassigned to the nearest school that has a seat available in the student's feeder zone. If the student cannot be assigned to any of the schools in the student's feeder zone, the student will be reassigned to a school in a contiguous feeder zone. The Student Assignment Office will be responsible for aH reassignments Reassigned students will be placed on the waiting list for the appropriate attendance zone school. A. Waiting lists are established. 8.2 The minimum black percentage for each elementary area school is 40 percent black Any assignment that causes a school to fall below the minimum black percentage will not be granted In such cases, the student wiM be reassigned to the nearest school that meets the minimum black percentage requirement and has a seat available. If the student cannot be assigned to any of the schools In the student's feeder zone, the student will be assigned to a school in a contiguous feeder zone. A. Alternate assignments comply with desegregation guidelines 20, 12 Beginning Date 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 Completion Date 06/30/96 95% 06/30/96 95% Responsibility Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc Supt for Desegregation Evaluation Criteria 6.1 Portables are installed in accordance with Deseg. Plan 6 2 Rosters reflect student assignment percentages are within acceptable racial balance. MixPage: 13 Program Sq *: 20 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Nancy Acre Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number L 142 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria (9 To establish effective and efficient student assignment procedures) 07/01/95 06/30/96 Assoc. Supt for Desegregation 9 0 Assignment procedures are effective and consistent with the desegregation requirements. 9.1 The Student Assignment Office will\nmonitor new assignments\nprocess all data entry work for elementary schools (data entry tasks decentralized 1992-93 school year)\nprocess inlerdistrict M-to-M transfers and magnet assignments\nreassign students because of over-crowdedness or desegregation requirements\nconsider appeals\nconduct recruitment efforts (transferred to recruitment program)\nprocess desegregation transfer\nassign all earty childhood and incentive school students\nand process all special transfers (Act 609, Act 624, etc.). A. Assignments are monitored daily. B. Appeals Committee reviews and acts on appeals submitted Io them 9.2 New students to the District who enroll after May 17, 1989 will not have to come to the Student Assignment Office to obtain an assignment. Each school will be authorized to enroll students who live within the attendance zone of that school. A. Schools may enroll students in attendance zone. 20, 13 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 25% 50% 06/30/96 90% Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc Supt. for Desegregation 9.1 The student assignment process will be effective in assigning students and process special transfers to assist with racial balance. A Enrollment Data B Roster of committee members Agendas from meetings 9.2 Each area school will have the ability to assign students within their attendance zone.Program Seq : 20 Page: 14 Program Name\nRevlaton Date\nProgram Code\nProgram Goal: Plan Reference Page Number Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader\nNovember 6, 1995 To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Nancy Acre Objectives Strategies 9 3 The Student Assignment Handbook includes the timeline and procedures used by the schools and the Student Assignment Office to assign students. The Student Assignment Handbook will be revised each year, as necessary, to reflect any changes in the procedures for assigning students Changes will be made as needed to include new deadlines and to Improve the implementation of the court-approved student assignment plan. The handbook will be developed by the Student Assignment Office and dist^uted to the schools and the parties each year. A. Handbook is updated as needed (10 To monitor all aspects of the Desegregation Plan) 10.1 Review Program Budget Documents to identify potential probtems A PBD is reviewed. 10.2 Conduct site visits as necessary. A Site visits are conducted 20, 14 Beginning Date 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 Completion Date 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 25% Responsibility Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt for Desegregation Assoc. Supt for Desegregation. Desegregation Facilitator Assoc. Supt for Desegregation. Desegregation Facilitator Evaluation Criteria 9.3 Revised Student Assignment Handbook is published and distributed. 10.0 Identification of implementation and effoctiveness problems as evidence by the Program Budget Document 10 1 Budget Documents are reviewed and problems are listed. 10.2 Site visits are documented 1 JPaoe*. 15 Program Seq *: 20 Revision Date: November 6,1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader\nDr. C. Russell Mayo Secorxlary Leader: Nancy Acre Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number CO 166 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 10.3 Develop and implement improvement plans as needed. A. Improvenwnt plans are being studied. 10.4 Monitor implementation of improvement plans. A. Simple plans are being monitored. 10.16 Before the court will consider approving the construction project at J. A Fair High School, the LRSD must account for the 1,270 square feet difference between the 3,450 square feel of the old space and the 2,160 of new space and specify the exact number of new classrooms that will result from the construction. A So noted. 20, 15 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 25% Assoc Supt. for Desegregation. Desegregation Facilitator Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation. Desegregation Facilitator 10.3 Improvement Plans are developed and implemented. 10 4 Scheduled observations of Improvement Plans are documented. L J Program Seq 21 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Program Description: District Goal Support: Program Goal: [ Plan References: 1 LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader\nLucy Lyons Page: I Revision Date: November 6. 1995 staff development experiences. Goal No. 1. Implement integrated educational achieventeni. r. Additionally, this department will provide support and resources for site-based programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis Goal No. 2. Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. on bask skills arxl academic ennchment while closing disparities in Goal No. 3. The Little Rock School Board, administration, suff. and students will demonstrate behavior understanding of muliiculniral diversity. and human relations skills that value people as human beings and that are consistent with Goal No. 5. Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all smdenu final Ua  .1...__\n..._____ .... .....  Goal No. 6. Ensure dial equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operalions. The Staff Development Department will provide activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement. In support of the goal of providing onyning staff development and information L 126-128 an appreciation and means: Update skills of all district staff on 3 [ FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: $448,983.75 $78,332.41 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $78,332.41 3rd Qtr Expetsd: 4th Qtr Expend: [ Related FurKlion Codes: 21, 1 JProgram Seq 21 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number L 126 L 126 LI26 LRSD FY 9S-96 PROGRAM BUDGET tXKUMENT Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: To provide staff develo|Mnen( to improve race relations and equity. (To provide suff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved acidemic achievement.) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Page: 2 Revision Dale: Lucy Lyons Responsibility November 6. 1995 Evaluation Criteria 1. To provide staff development inservice to improve race relations and equity 1.1 Continue to articulate vision/mlssion of LRSD to community 1.2 Schedule and implement workshops and activities related (o improving race relations for the following groups: a. Board of Directors b. District Administrators c. Certified Staff d. District Support Staff 21, 2 (07/01/95) Fall 1988 (07/01/95) 1988-89 Schoo) Year (07/01/95) (06/30/96) Ongoing (06/30/96) Ongoing (06/30/96) (Superintendent. Staff Development, Central Office Staff) Superintendent (Central Office. Director of Communications) Deseg. Asst. Center (DAC) and Central Office Staff (Staff Development Department. Principals) 10 1.0 1.0 Lt II 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 (Increased minority staff representation in areas needed) (Increased representation of minority students in programs currently under-represented) (Administration of Human Relations Survey will reflect improvement in race relations and equity) Public participation Dissemination of material (Increase in number of students remming to public school) (School District's required Annual Report to Community will include mission/goals for LRSD) Roster of participants (Increased minority staff representation in areas needed) (Increased representation of minority students in programs currently under-represented) (Administration of Human Relations Survey will reflect improvement in race relations and equity) 1 J Program Seq if: 21 Page: 3 Program Name: Staff Development Revision Dale: November 6. 1995 Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and eouity /Tn ...rr J______ . .... J Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyons (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number L126 LI26 L 126 2. L 126 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.3 1.3 1.4 Provide inservice on cooperative learning strategies in a heterogeneous classroom Plan and implement an evening symposium for the community on \"Community Involvement in a Desegregated School Setting\" (Item completed in April and August. 1988, and is not recurring) Monitor implementation of above strategies 2.1 Inservice teachers and administration on cooperative learning based on Slavin and Johnson and Johnson (or other appropriate cooperative learning models) 21. 3 Fail 1988 Fall 1988 (07/01/95) (07/01/95) July 1991 (07/01/95) Fall 1988 Ongoing (06/30/96) (06/30/96) Ongoing (06/30/96) DAC Consultant Assoc Supt for Educational Prog (Superintendent. District Biracial Committee) (Staff Development Department, Content Area Supervisors) Staff Dev Dept Content Area Supvs 1.3 1.3 1.4 1.4 14 2.0 Roster of participants (Symposium was held in April and August. 1988) Meetings held (Anendance at public meetings) (District-wide Biracial Monitoring Repon will reflect improvement in minority representation in all areas needed) (Increased involvement in group activities in the classroom) 2.0 (Improved classroom climate and social interactions among all students) 2.1 Training model 2.1 (Increased involvement in gniup activities in the classroom) 2.1 (Improved classroom climate and social interactions among all students)Wg*. Program Seq *: 21 Revision Dote\nNovember 6. 1995 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyons Program Goal: To provide staff development to bnprove race relations and equity. (To provide suff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number L126 L 126 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 126 2.2 Monitor teachers' use of cooperative learning strategies (07/01/95) (06/30/96) Principal (Staff Development Department. Content Area Supervisors) 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 Classroom observation and documentation (Random observation of classrooms where teachers have been trained) (Random survey of cooperative learning participants regarding effects of implementation in (heir classrooms) (PriiKipal will observe cooperative learning strategies during routine classroom visitations) 3.0 Provide inservice on additional strategies to improve instruction in desegregated school setting (To improve instruction through the use of effective teaching strategies in (he school setting) 3.1 Provide inservice opportunities on: a. Effective Schools Model PET b. Teachlng/Leaming Styles c. Teacher Expectations and Student Achievement (itSA) d. Classroom Marugement e. (and/or other appropriate inservice opportunities) A. Classroom Management * J.A. Fair 21, 4 (07/01/95) July 1991 (07/01/95) 08/15/95 (06/30/96) Ongoing (06/30/96) 08/15/95 (Staff Development. Content Area Supervisors) Staff Dev Dept (Content Area Supervisors) 3.0 3.1 3.1 (Increase in achievement of students of teachers in tdentified programs) Roster of participants Workshop evaluations (Number of participanls from a cross-section of district staff involved in the identified programs) Program Seq #: 21 P.|e: 5 Program Name: Staff Development Revision Dale: November 6. 1995 Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Program Goal: Sterling Ingram Plan RefereiKe Page Number L 127 L127 To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyons Objectives promote die implememaiioo of die desegregaiion plan resulting In improved academic achievement ) Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.0 Provide inservice on \"EITectlve Impkmentation of the LRSD DiscIpUne Management System\" 3J Send selected staff to professional development sessions in order to increase the number of available trainers and in return for a commitment to assist with collegial staff development. 13 Provide district-wide program of staff development 4.1 Continue to involve counselors, principals, assistant principals, and teachers in discipline management in a desegregated school setting 21, 5 07/01/95 07/01/95 (07/01/95) July 1991 (07/01/95) 06/30/96 06/30/96 (06/30/96) Ongoing (06/30/96) (Director of Pupil Personnel) Director of Pupil Services (Pupil Services Department. Principals. Counselors) 4.0 4.0 4.1 4.1 4.1 (Decrease in the number of students who receive disciplinary sanctions) (Decrease in the dispruportionaie number of minority students who receive disciplinary sanctions) Roster of participants (Building Level Discipline Management Plans established for all schools) (Counseling classes will include orientation to the building level plan and distrkl-wide Rights and Responsibilities Handbook)Pate. 6 Program Seq #: 21 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyons Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations arwl equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan ReferetKe Page Number L127 L 127 L 127 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Dale Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.2 Monitor use of discipline management system Fall 1988 (07/01/95) Ongoing (06/30/96) PriiKipals Counselors School Teams 4.2 4,-2 4.2 4.2 Documentation (Quarterly Behavior Management Reports) (Building level biracial committee reports will be used to monitor and/or adjust discipline plans) (District-wide Biracial Committee) 5.0 Provide PAL (Academic Support) teachers with strategies for planning and delivering more than one type of instructional grouping (To provide academic support teachers with strategies for planning and delivering more (han one type of instructional grouping) (07/01/95) (06/30/96) (Assoc. Superintendent. Academic Support Supervisors, Content Area Supervisors. Staff Development) 5.0 5.0 5.0 (Increase in achievement for all students in Academic Support Programs) (Decrease in achievement gap in representative population) (Decrease in number of students requiring academic support services) 5.1 Continue to investigate and research sources of strategies, models and activities of successful small artd large group instructional practices within heterogeiwus classes 21. 6 Fall 1988 (07/01/95) Ongoing (06/30/96) Assoc Supt for Educational Prog (Staff Deveiopmeni Department. Content Area Supervisors, Academic Support Supervison) S.l 5.1 Identification of sources (Provide staff with information from current research monthly) Program Seq #: 21 Par: 7 Program Name: Staff Development Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Program Goal: Sterling Ingram Plan Reference Page Number L127 L 127 L 127 To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide suff development activities that will Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyons Objectives promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) 6.0 Provide inservice to assist principal and faculties with strategies for promoting student achievement and growth Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5.2 Conduct workshop to address the following: a. grouping theory and strategies b. demonstration of strategies for varied instruction Fall 1988 (07/01/95) (07/01/95) A. fi Principals' Institute Nuts and Bolts 6.1 Continue to provide inservice for priiKipak methods for developing their school improvement plan on 07/17/95 07/21/95 FaU 1988 (07/01/95) 21. 7 Fall 1988 (06/30/96) (06/30/96) 07/18/95 08/04/95 Ongoing (06/30/96) Supervisor of Math and English (Content Area Supervisors. Staff Development Depanrrwnt) (Asst. Superintendent. Planning. Research and Evaluation. Suff Development. Content Area Supervison) Div of Schools Eval and Testing IRC Specialists (Asst. Superintendents) S.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 6.0 6.0 6.1 6.1 6.1 Written evaluation by participants (Increase in achievement for all students in Academic Suppnn Programs) (Decrease in achievement gap in represenutive population) (Decrease in number of students requiring academic support services) (Principal will observe through classroom observations and teacher conferences) (Increase in achievement for ail students) (Decrease in achievement gap in represenutive population) Comprehensive and accurate product (Number of workshops in Integrating the Curriculum. Literature-based Instruction. Authentic Assessment and/or other relevant methodologies) (Better school improvement plans are submitted)PaV: 8 Program Seq f: 21 Revision Date: Novembet 6. 1995 1 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyons Program Goal: To provide staH development to Improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote (he implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number L127 L127 L 128 LI28 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6.2 6.3 6.4 7.0 Form tri-district committee for collaborative procedures Continue to assist principals in revising school improvement |rians through the analysis of disaggregated data Continue to provide special school-based program and content area inservice meetings scheduled on a regular basis with specific sessions on content methodology and interpersonal relations for program implementation in a desegregated setting To provide special assistance for teachers as requested. 7.1 Establish tri-district committee 21, 8 July 1991 (07/01/95) 1991 School Year (07/01/95) 07/01/95 July 1, 1991 (07/01/95) July 1. 1991 Ongoing (06/30/96) Ongoing (06/30/96) 06/30/96 Ongoing (06/30/96) Ongoing Assoc and Asst Su pts Staff Dev Dept Content Area Supervisors Principals (Directors of Staff Development from LRSD. PCSSD. and NLRSD) (Directors of Staff Development from LRSD. PCSSD. and NLRSD) 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.3 6.3 6.3 7.0 7.0 7.1 7.1 Comfdeted plans (Provide written feedback and opportunities for sharing *What Works\" in various building-level plans) (Plans reflect strategies that evolved from disaggregated data) Workshop agendas and evaluations (A computer based compilation of individual employees/school-widc suff development activities will be available) (Student achievement will increase\ndisparity gap in represenutive population will decrease) Ongoing analysis (Tri-districi workshops will be held) Ongoing analysis (Tri-district committee was forTTKd in August. 1991)Program Seq #: 2] Page: 9 Program Name: Staff Development Revision Dale: November 6, 1995 Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Program Goal: Secondary Leader: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equfty. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Lucy Lyons L128 L128 Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date CtHnpletlon Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 128 A. Tri-district-PCSSD B. Tri-district-NLR 7.2 Meet four times per year, Iwo times each semester. The committee functions will be (o identify and implement staff development strategies that will assist the districts in fulfilling expectations of \"maintaining quality\" desegregated school districts. 7.3 Plan any activities appropriate for collaboration, e.g., community meetings, etc. A. Tri-disirici Classroom Management Grant 09/13/95 09/19/95 (07/01/95) 07/01/95 (07/01/95) 09/22/95 09/13/95 09/19/95 (06/30/96) 06/30/96 (06/30/96) 09/22/95 8.0 Provide staff development comporrent for effective staff development in desegregated school setting (07/01/95) (06/30/96) 21. 9 (Directors of Staff Development from LRSD. PCSSD. and NLRSD) (Directors of StaO\" Development from LRSD. PCSSD. and NLRSD) (Board of Directors, Superintendent Director of Staff Development) 7.2 7.3 8.0 (Record of meetings and collaborative nature of areas addressed) (Documentation of number of activities among the three districts) (Gather and analyze data from school district participants on the effectiveness of the staff development activities designed to address their speciftc needs)PCC: 10 Program Seq f: 21 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyons Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number L124 L124 LI 24 LI24 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1 8.1 Establish staff development component a. Staff Development Dept Personnel b. Staff Development Office c. Staff Development Catalogue/Calcndar A. Staff Development Professional Library Catalog issued 8.2 Certified staff members (administrators and teachers) shall be trained to teach and counsel black and educationally-advantaged students. 8.3 The Little Rock School District will hire a five-member staff development team for this purpose. 8.4 The Little Rock School District Staff Development Department will be responsible for implementing the staff development services. 8.5 The staff development goals and programs currently used by the District, such as TESA, PET and others, will be continued, but a far more creative and comprehensive staff development program suitable for the needs of all employees and volunteers will be implemented. 21, 10 July 1991 July 1991 July 1991 (07/01/95) 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 Ongoing Ongoing Ongoing 10/07/94 07/21/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 Board of Directors/Supt Human Resources Dir of Staff Dev 8.1 Implementation of Staff Development Dept Employment of Director, four specialists and one secretary 8.1a (Implementation of Staff Development Department in July. 1991) 8.1b Offke is operational 8.1b (Office was established in July. 1991 8.1c Distribution of catalogue/ calendar 8.1c (Staff Development Catalogue/Calendar distributed annually Program Seq #\n21 Page: It Program Name: Suff Development Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Program Goal: Sterling Ingram To provide staff development to improve race rehtions and equity. Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyons (To provide saff developmenl eciivities Ihal will promole the implemenation of the desegregalion plan retiring in improved academic achievemenl.) Plan Reference Page Number L124 L124 LI24 L124 LI24 L124 LI25 L125 Objectives Strategies A. Classroom Management  J.A. Fair 8,6 The districts will cooperate in designing a fresh and extended approach to suff development. Included in the planning will be community resource persons and all district personnel responsible for delivering training to suff, and to parent, volunteer, or student committees or groups, 8,7 Suff development will based upon certain basic principles of hutrun behavior, learning process and change dynamics. 8.8 The diverse training needs of suff at all employment levels will be met. 8,9 The District will esublish resource hanks which identify the training skills or specialized knowledge of employees and volunteers which can be shared through suff development activities, 8.10 Computer data bases will be used to record each employee's suff development history. 8-11 Carefully planned \"training of trainers' events will be actively used to expand in-house training expertise, 8.12 Interdistrict training activities will be frequently offered for groups of employees and LI 3 The District will deal decisively with the issue of racism and will involve all suff, snidents. and parents in a comprehensive preiudice reduction program 21. 11 Beginning Date Compleibn Dale Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 08/15/95 08/15/95 06/30/96 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96Program Seq f: 21 Program Name: Staff Development Ih*ogram Code: 09 Primary Leader\nSterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Pt*: 12 Revision Date: Lucy Lyons November 6, 1995 1 Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of die desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number LI25 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Dale Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 8,14 Certain areas of training and staff development will be specially emphasized: utilization of volunteer resources, preparation of substitute teachers and aids. and training for parents. 07/01/95 06/30/96 21, 12Program Seq 22 lYogram Name: Library/Media Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Program Description\nDistrict Goal Support: Program Goal: [ Plan References: FY Program Budget: YTD Expendttures: LRSD FY 95-96 PRCXjRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Page: 1 Revision Dale: November 6, 1995 Each child in the Little Rock School District should be given access to his/her full measure of the instructional resources. Library/media services will be designed to provide for extension and enrichment of bask skills and will also accommodate the varied learning styles of students in different instructional groups. Because students will have opportunities to work and Icam in the library/media center under the direction of a trained teacher-librarian, they will be able to approach learning in a variety of ways, thus accommodating their individual styles and also providing for the additional 'time on task' or ennchment that many students need in order to internalize the material initially presented. The District s plan is to offer a library/media program to serve learners with diverse needs, background and abilities through a comprehensive program designed to better support Disirkt goals and student needs with regard to learning styles, relevance of instruction, support of multkultural school curriculum, and the appikation of learning to real-life situations. Library/media servkes will be designed to provide for extension and enrkhment of bask skills and will also accommodate the varied learning styles of students in different instructiortal groups. Students will have opportunilks to work and learn in the library/media center under the direction of a trained teacher-librariatL.The Little Rock School Distrkt's library/media program will fulfill its potential as an essential contributor to the Distrkt's successful desegregation plan. Upon implementation of the elementary program a revkw of the secondary program will commerKe with special attention being given to meeting the interests and needs of the Distrxi's diverse population. Goal #1 - Implement integrated educatiorul programs that will ensure that all students grow academkally, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academk enrkhment while closing disparities in achievement. Goal #2 - Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal #3 - The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to sockty to sockty and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon whkh our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21 st Century. Goal \u0026lt;6 - Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. The district will provide each student with library/media servkes tn accordance with the essential role outlined in the districts Desegregation Plan. L 106. L 107, L 109, L 110 $409,808.64 $32,881.28 1st Qtr Expend\n$32,881.28 3rd Qtr Expend: FTE 16 2nd Qtr Expend: 4(h Qtr Expend: I Related Function Codes: ] 22, 1LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Paie: 1 1 Program Seq #: 22 Revtston Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Library/Media Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams SecoiMlary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal: The district will provide each student with libraryZmedia services in accordance with the essential role outlined in (he district's Desegregation Plan Plan RefereiKe Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria LI09 1. Implement (be districts proposed new elementary Ubrary/medla program. (07/01/95) (06/30/96) (Coordinator of Library Services, Principals. Librarians) 1. Comparison of survey results 1988-1993 will show ItKreased use. L106 1. (To provide equitable access to library resources including multicultural and audiovisual resources for all studenb.) 1. Comparison of data collected monthly will show\nStudent vbib will Increase.  Volume of books checked out will increase.  Independent research by students will be documented to show use. Number of classes/groups scheduled by teachers will be documented to show use. L109 L109 L109 1.4 Order equipment and materiab necessary iiKluding AV software. (Determine/purchase core materials needed for each elementary school.) 1.7 Conduct inservice and curriculum development for classes for librarians, principab, and teachers. Library media specialists will provide Inservice training to buiidint-level staff In the use of materlab and equipment. 1.8 Process new material iiKluding cataloging. 1.10 Schedule nims\\videos as possible. (Schedule videos correlated to LRSD curriculum as requested by teachers. Use of 16mm film u outdated.) 22, 2 (07/01/95) 07/01/95 07/01/95 (07/01/95) (06/30/96) 06/30/96 06/30/96 (06/30/96) Supv of Inst Tech, Coor of Lib Services, (Librarians) Consuhant, Supv of Inst Tech, Coor and Advisory Committee Librarians, Media Staff Supv of Inst Tech (Coor Lib Serv) 1.4 Purchase orders (Materials supporting the curriculum will be used in each elementary school.) 1.7 (Agendas and memos) (Agendas and memos on file in Dept, of Instructional Technology.) 1.8 Completion memo 1.10 Schedule (Videos correlated to curriculum will be used in each school.)P\u0026gt;(e: 3 Program Seq #: 22 Revbion Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Libra ry/Media Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Ih-ogram Goal: The district will provide each student with library/mcdia services in accordance with the essential role outlined in the district's Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number LIIO LIIO LIIO LI09 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Videos are scheduled daily and were current on 09/30/95 1.11 Hire full-time librarians and full-time clerks for each elementary school as needed. A. Full-time librarians and clerks staffed based on Little Rock School District formula. 1.12 Develop a maintenance proposal which assures prompt and efficient repair of all AV equipment irulependent of the time of year. (Maintain procedures for prompt and efficient repair of AV equipment.) A. First quarter repair record\n132 AV machines and 15 computers 1.13 Notify teachers via librarians of the fall schedule (films/videos). (Instructional videos correlated to LRSD curriculum are scheduled. Use of 16mm film is outdated.) 1.14 Supply nims/vtdeos per schedule. A. Videos supplied on weekly basis 22, 3 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 09/01/95 25% 06/30/96 09/30/95 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 06/30/96 25% Dir of Human Serv, Supv of Inst Tech, Coor Lib Serv, PritKipats Supv of Inst Tech (Coor Lib Serv) Supv of Inst Tech (Coor Lib Serv) Supv of Inst Tech (Coor Lib Serv) 1.11 Contracts (Sufficient staff will be in place to meet state and North Central Standards for librarians. Library clerks will be staffed according to LRSD formula, based on enrollment.) 1.12 Copy of proposal Ninety percent of equipment sent in will be repaired within a week. 1.13 File copy (Videos correlated to the curriculum will be used in each school.)- 1.14 Weekly delivery (Videos correlated to curriculum will showProgram Seq f: 22 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Library/Media Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal: The district will provide each student with library/media services in accordance with the essential role outlined in the district's Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number LUO L106 L107 L107 L107 L107 Objectives Strategies Beginning Dale Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2. (To extend and enrich the bask skills in ways that meet students varied learning styles and promote life long learning.) 1.15 Develop a seven to ten year AV equipment purchase jdan based on accepted life spans for equipment and equity considerations. The goal is to devise a plan which will provide the district with consistent line item cost each year to simplify budgetary platming atKl prevent the necessity for torge one*timc expenditures as is now required 1.17 Conduct inservice for librarians and library clerks. A. Inservice conducted for librarians and library clerks 2.5 Library media specialists will plan with classroom teachers for materials needed for classroom units. 2.6 Library media specialists will plan with classroom building staff for at least one school -wide reading motivation activity each year. 2.7. Library media specialists will plan with classroom teachen for library instruction to be correlated to classroom instruction. 2.8 Library media specialists will instruct students in literary skills and reference/study skills. 22, 4 Sept. 5, 1989 (07/01/95) 07/01/95 08/10/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/9\nNov. 1, 1989 (06/30/96) 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 Supv of Inst Tech Coor of Lib Serv Librarians PritKipals, Librarians Principals. Librarians Principals. Librarians Principals. Librarians Principals. Librarians 1.15 Copy of plan (Copy of plan on file in Department of Instructional Technology.) Agertdas (Quarterly data will reflect an increase in library use.) 2. (As a result of increased planning and instruction by LM Specialist, test scores will increase on norm and criterion-referenced lesu.) 2.1 (Improved planning with teachers will irKrease student tests scores.) 2.2 (More books will be checked out in each school.) 2.3 (Improved planning with teachers will result in higher achievement for students.) 2.4 (Abacus assessment will show mastery of reference/study skills.) i Page: 5 Program Seq Ki 22 Revision Dale: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Library/Media Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Program Goal: Lucy Lyon The district will provide each student with library/media services in accordance with the essential role outlined in the district's Desegregation Plan Plan RefererKe Page Ntonber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 133 1. The selection of malerlals/resources to support the curriculum in desegregated school districts is a multi-district goal of the library media programs. 1.1 Continue hosting Muhl-District, Multicultural Resource Sharing Pair. In the future, the fair site will rotate among (he three districts. A. Tri-district meeting held to discuss fair 1.2' Begin hostint Mulii-Distnct Resource Sharing Fair with book arxl AV materials, vendors, rotating the site among the three districts. 133 2. The inservice training library media staff members to desegregated school districts Is a multidistrict goal of the library media programs. 2.1 Plan to host muHi-dlstrict inservice meetings such as the one sponsored by the Pulaski County Educational Service Cooperative in April of 1988 to explain the new national guidelines for school library media program planning. A. Planning meeting held for tri-disirkt inservice Annually 07/13/95 07/01/95 Ongoing 07/13/95 Ongoing 07/13/95 06/30/96 Ongoing 07/13/95 2.2 Plan to host inservice training for muHi-district library media specialists using district employees. 07/01/95 Ongoing 134 134 3. Utilization of television technology in desegregated school districts is a multi-district goal of the library media programs. 3.1 Implement utilization of cable chaimel 19 and/or videotapes produced at Metro to teach basis skills, etc. 07/01/95 Tobe established 4. Recruitment of minority Library Media Specialists in desegregated school districts Is a multidistrict goal of library media programs. 4.1 Contact teachers training inslHutions/recruit teachers for training programs In library media ccrtincation. Ongoing Ongoing 22, 5 Library Media Director or responsible person (including NRLSD) Library Media Directors or responsible person (including NLRSD) Library Media Directors or responsible person Library Media Directors or responsible person (including NLRSD Resources will be selected, purchased, and utilized by teachers and students as they leach the curriculum of the desegregated school districts. Inservice training will develop skills for library medial specialists who work in desegregated school districts Students will gain practical vocational experience in running a television studio\nstudents will benefit from instructional units provided over cable system or recorded for later classroom use Hiring and placenteni of minority media specialists will occur6 Program Seq f: 22 Revbion Date: November 6. 1995 1 Program Name: Libra ry/Media Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams SecoiMlary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal: The district will provide each student with library/media services in accordance with the essential role outlined in the district's Desegregation Plan 134 Plan RefereiKe Page Number L108 L108 L108 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5. Multi-district communication for library media program administrators is a goal for the programs. 7. Library media specialist will annuaUy evaluate the collection for adequacy of multicultural materials and will continually evaluate new materials to be coiKidered for purchase. 8. Recommendations for multkuhural materials will be shared with all principals and Ubrariarts and recommended for core purchase for all schools. 9. The 1992-92 school year will be used to establish baseline data for determining progress. 10. Undertake a comparative study of library resources among the incentive schools as well as other schoob of comparable size to bring about parity of holdings through an equitable purchasing policy. 5.1 Copy memos relating staff development opportunities to other district administrators. 5.2 Meet informally for sharing sessions. A. Tri-districi sharing meeting held 22, 6 Ongoing 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/13/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 Ongoing 06/30/96 06/30/96 07/13/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 Library Media Directors or responsible person (including NLRSD) Better communication will be achievedp\u0026gt;e: 7 Program Seq #: 22 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Library/Media Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal: The district will provide each student with library/media services in accordance with the essential role outlined in the district's Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Nisnber Objectives Strategies Beginning Dale Completion Dale Responsibility Evatualion Criteria 11. Modify building space to Increase bbrarv capacities at Mitchell arid Garland. Puree the shelves of outdated and well-wom materials. At Mitchell, books most frequently used by the four- year old program, kindergarten, and first grades could be permanently placed in the individual classrooms since those grades are all housed tn structures that are detached from the main building. 07/01/95 06/30/96 22, 7Profratn Seq f: 23 LRSP FY 9S-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Computerized Transportation Routing System Program Code: 24 Primary Leader: Fred Smith Secondary Leader: Mary Jane Cheatham Program Description: Transportation system provides the means for students to have access to various school options and educational programs, as well as extracurricular activities. The District will continue to use its automated routing system to make efficient use of district resources in providing transportation to those students eligible for transportation. Students shall be provided transportation in order to attend their assigned schools and its programs and activities. District Goal Support: Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. Program Goal: To provide safe, efficient, and reliable transportation for the students of the Little Rock School District. [ Plan References: L227 I FY Program Budget: $6,800.00 1st Qtr Expend: $0.00 3rd Qtr Expend: FTEO YTD Expenditures: $0.00 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: Related Function Codes: 23, 1 I LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 2 Program Seq *: 23 Revbion Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name\nComputerized Transportation Routing System Program Code: 24 Primary Leader: Fred Smith Secondary Leader\nMary Jane Cheatham Program Goal: To provide safe, efficient, and reliable transportation for the students of the Little Rock School District. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibllfty Evaluation Criteria L227 L227 1.0 The Transportation Department will request additional resources to help provide transportation support for evening arKf extertded day programs. 1.1 In 1990-91 the District reduced its ntenber of runs from three to two. 1.2 LRSD has made progress In the utilization of the ECOTRAN MAPNET System...1988-89 school opening. 1.3 There is extensive work to be done In updating dw geographic files, table with the LRSD database. 1.0 Determine resource requirements necessary to support programs and procure them. Provide transportation support as required. A. Resource requirements identified in 1994-95 and ordered. Buses (26) received in September 1995 for immediate use. B. Contract with Laidlaw Transit identified need for 39 additionai buses for 1995-96 school year. Buses (39) provided by Laidlaw to start the school year. 1.1 Procure resources necessary Io support two run system and implement two run system. A. The number of routes are limited by the number of buses available to insure a two run system. 1.2 Student and geographic data loaded in system, and personnel trained and proficient in computerizing routing. A. Item completed 6/90 and is not recurring. 1.3 A cooperative effort between Transportation Department, LR City Engineers, Student Assignment, and ECOTRANS staff will help to ensure that software reflects accurate geographic information. A. An new streets are added Io the map. As new streets are added the map is updated. 23, 2 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 09/18/95 08/21/96 06/30/96 08/21/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 90% Director of Transportation Director of Transportation Director of Transportation Director of Transportation, Director of Information Services 1.0 Adequate service provided in support of programs. Determined by dividing number requested by number provided. 1.1 All buses assigned only two routes 1.2 Students effectively and efficiently routed to facilitate a smooth school opening 1988-69. 1.3 Significant reduction in street address errors introduced by poor/inadequate data entry.Program Seq : 23 Pbq-. 3 Revision Date*. November 6, 1995 Program Name: Computerized Transportation Routing System Program Code: 24 Primary Leader: Fred Smith Secondary Leader: Mary Jane Cheatham Program Goal: To provide safe, efficient, and reliable transportation for the students of the Little Rock School District. Plan RefererKe Page Number L227 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.4 School attendance areas and updated walk zones need to be er\u0026gt;coded into map files. 1.5 (Transportation Safety Policies need to be reviewed and updated property. Changes will be Incorporated from Applicable Board Policies and Administrative Directives). 1.6 (Assignment promotion population region tables need to be created to ensure proper student assignment). 1.4 School attendance areas not initiated. Walk zones encoded Into map for maximum bus utilization. A. Walk zones are reviewed and updated. 1.5 A comprehensive review of all LRSD policies germane Io transportation must be performed and recommendations/changes reduced to writing and incorporated into applicable documents. A. A review of all school board policies, department practices and procedures is conducted. Changes in any policies will be recommended to to the school board 1.6 Information downloaded from mainframe on media format compatible with HP Vectra. A Initial download from Data Processing completed. 23, 3 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 75% 06/30/96 10% 06/30/96 08/01/95 Director of Transportation Director of Transportation Director of Transportation 14 No student required Io exceed four block/six block walk. 1.5 Published policies on student behavior/safety on LRSD buses. Published policies for drhrers/driver aides to assist in communicating the district's position on transportation safety procedures. Frequent meetings to address safety issues and concerns Attendance verified through sign-in sheets. Review of supervisor's monitoring report. 1.6 Routes generated based upon current assignment information. Page: Program Seq *: 23 Revision Date: 1 Novembers. 1995 Program Name: Computerized Transportation Routing System Program Code: 24 Primary Leader: Fred Smith Secondary Leader: Mary Jane Cheatham Program Goal: To provide safe, efficient, and reliable transportation for the students of the Little Rock School District Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.7 All school attendance areas will be encoded Into the geographic tables. Corresporxling walk zones will be generated for schools, all transportation policies will be reviewed and updated. 1.6 An entire new stop network will be gerterated to improve efficiency and most economically utilize District resources. 1.7 Walk zones established in accordance with district policy and software criteria selection. 1.6 Transportation staff will update and revise all routes based upon census data provided by Information Services. A. Additional census information is included when it is available to the Transportation Department 23, 4 07/01/95 07/01/95 08/21/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 10% Director of Transportation 1.7 Two mile list published and distributed to school staff. Add transportation policies and procedures. 1.6 Written request for student data forwarded. Census incremental initiated by routing supervisor Research system error listing to within 5%. Completion of first day routes prior Io registration.Program Seq *: 24 Program Name: Dau Processing Program Code: 17 Program Description: District Goal Support: Program Goal: [ Plan ReferetKes: FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams To provide the resources (Hardware, Software. Training. Programming, Computer Operations, and Hardware and Software Secondary Leader: David Beason Page: I Revidon Date: November 6. 1995 Support) necessary to collect, store and report information on LRSD smdenu. Information ...ill___J .U . .-----------o. --...r -r------------------ ..M JVHwaic ouppun\nlo ana intoi Services will provide the computer resources necessary to collect, store, and report student information in a timely and accurate manner. School and central office-based suff accurate UD-IO-dare inmmufmn nn eti4nte * up-to-date information on students. parents, and studenu will benefit from To implement integrated educational programs to ensure that all studenu will grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. necessary information required by ouUide inieresu. To provide timely response to all requesu for information. s^den. T0.pn,.e sports retired , sdppcn school ce.l ofl-c h.scd fooclioos. To provide all L129. LI30 ] $717,087.08 1st Qtr Expend: $601,721.29 3rd Qtr Expend: $601,721.26 FTE 5 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: [ Related Function Codes: ] 24, 1LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq 24 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Hervy Williams Secondary Leader: Psge: 2 Revision Date: David Beason November 6, 1995 Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school aixl central office based functions. To provide all necessary Information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for Information. Plan Reference Page Number L 129/130 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Data Processing (Information Services Department) wH) provide the necessary support for all school and central office- based furKtions. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Director of Information Services 1.A (Administration has received all required reports for the school year). 1 C (Quality reports are being delivered on time). L 129 L 129 1.1 Programs will be developed and implemented relative to the following areas: (Collect. Store, and Report) Dropout Statistics (to include the abHity to generate data by race, gender, grade on a school by school as wen as District-wide basis). Set up 96 enroll/drops on Enroll History Screen for Henderson Jr High. Produce report showing Drop Select Absence Reason Codes and Change Records for Assistant Superinter\u0026gt;dent. 24. 2 07/01/95 07/01/95 09/14/95 09/19/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 09/25/95 09/26/95 Director of Information Services 1 D (Complaints are no longer being received about information rK\u0026gt;t being available). 1.1 (Reports are available which accurately report dropout statistics).3 Pegs: Program Seq #: 24 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secorxiary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Obiectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.2 (Score. Collect, Store, and Report) Test Scores (to include capacity to score tests and to generate data by race, gender, grade, school, subject area, and districtwide). 07/01/95 06/30/96 Director of Information Services 1.2 (Ail test results are stored in the computer and are reflected in pertinent reports). Uploaded Stanford 8 scores to the AS/400 for PRE. Produced 13 copies of Hall Summer School Grade Report for Assistant Superinterrdent. Produced report showing SAT scores of 35.5 and below for 7th graders at Southwest. Produced report showing SAT scores less than 35 for Central High. Produced report showing SAT scores less than and equal to 35.8 for McClellan High. Produced report for PRE of non-hippy students with test scores 1987-1994 for PRE. Printed Standford  Forms for PRE. 07/01/95 07/13/95 07/19/95 07/20/95 07/26/95 OB/23/95 08/29/95 07/19/95 07/13/95 07/19/95 07/21/95 07/27/95 06/23/95 09/01/95 Produced Generic Test Scores Report Pulaski Heights Jr High. 24, 3 09/18/95 09/30/95 i1 I Page: Program Saq *: 24 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason 4 Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number L 129 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.3 (Collect, Store, and Report) Student Achievement Data (to Include the capacity to monitor test scores, grade distribution and other Identified achievement data by race, gertder. grade, subject, school and district-wide). Printed Grade Transcript Labels for Cloverdale Jr. Resolved problem with Student Request Verification Report SCH.588 for Parkview. Created diskette showing Dunbar Students FAR status. Produced report of students with math or reading scores of less than 35.8 for Federal Programs. Produced report of AP courses by race/sex counts for Pupil Services. Printed Grade Transcript Labels for Southwest Jr. Printed Grade Transcript Labels for Mann Jr. Produced report of Flat File of all Sth grade students for Henderson Jr High. Provided list of all Students by Grade for Southwest Jr High. 24, 4 07/01/95 07/25/95 08/02/95 08/02/95 08/14/95 08/14/95 08/15/95 08/30/95 09/08/95 09/13/95 06/30/96 08/03/96 08/03/95 08/16/95 08/15/95 08/20/95 08/24/95 08/30/95 09/20/95 09/13/95 Director of Information Services 1.3 (All available student achievement data is stored and reported as requested).Program Seq #: 24 Page: Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason 5 Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect arxJ sltffe all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response lo all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number L 130 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.4 (Collect, Store, and Report) Attendance (shall be kept in such a way as to allow data to be gathered for any period of time, for withdrawals and re-enrollment, for students by grade, school, race, gender, and \u0026lt;8strict-wide). 07/01/95 06/30/96 Director of Information Services 1.4 (Attendance data is accurately stored and reported to the state with minimum manual compilation. Provided list of students at Southwest that reside in a specified area. 07/01/95 07/17/95 Produced PRC Labels for Cloverdale Jr High. Produced mailing labels for Gibbs Magnet. Produced mailing labels for Pulaski Heights Jr. 07/19/95 07/19/95 07/26/95 07/20/95 07/19/95 08/04/95 Produced Summer School Report for Department of Education. 07/27/95 08/11/95 Produced mailing labels for Parkview High. 07/28/95 08/02/95 Produced student mailing labels for Dunbar Jr High. 07/28/95 08/02/95 Produced schedule cards for Hall High. 07/31/95 08/08/95 Produced parent mailing labels for Dunbar Jr High. 08/02/95 08/02/95 Produced parent mailing labels for Fair Park. Produced parent mailing labels for Central High. 24, 5 08/02/95 08/02/95 08/02/95 08/02/95 i 6 Page: Program Seq #\n24 Revision Data: November 6, 1995 I! Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect arxi store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Begirming Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Critaria Produced parent mailirtg labels for Carver Magnet. Produced open house mailing labels for Parkview. Produced schedule cards for Hall High. Produced PRC labels for McClellan High. 08/02/95 08/02/95 08/07/95 08/08/95 08/02/95 08/08/95 08/08/95 08/10/95 Updated records to the Student Attendance Calendar for Student Assignment. 08/10/95 08/10/95 Produced student labels for Hall High. 08/11/95 08/11/95 Produced schedule cards for Cloverdale Jr High. Produced schedule cards for Central High. Produced schedule cards for Parkview High. Produced parent mailing labels for Hall High. Created diskette to update Enrollment for Transportation. Resolved problem with adding new Attendance Codes for Pulaski Heights Jr High. Produced Student ID Labels on Hall and Fair Park for Nurse's Office. Printed Schedule cards for all Secondary Secretaries. 24, 6 08/11/95 08/11/95 08/12/95 08/12/95 08/14/95 08/15/95 08/15/95 08/16/95 08/22/95 08/14/95 08/14/95 08/14/95 08/30/95 09/08/95 08/22/95 08/22/957 Page: Program Seq #: 24 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Produced parent mailing labels for Jefferson. Prodeced parent mailing labels for Hall High. Produced student mailing labels for Hall High. Produced student mailing labels for J A Fair. Produced employee and student labels for IRC. Produced parent mailing labels for Pair Park. Produced parent mailir\u0026gt;g labels for Dunbar Jr. Conducted survey of Attendance Users problems for Information Services. Produced Attendance Report for number of absences on all dates and for all reasons by student and school absences for Assistant Superintendent. Produced parent mailing labels for Hall High. 08/21/95 08/21/95 08/23/95 08/23/95 08/23/95 08/23/95 08/23/95 08/25/95 06/25/95 08/25/95 06/21/95 08/21/95 08/24/95 06/24/95 08/24/95 08/23/95 08/23/95 08/31/95 09/06/95/ 06/25/95 Reprinted attendance scan forms for Cloverdale Jr. 08/25/95 06/25/95 Produced schedules on paper for J A Pair. Produced PRC labels for Parkview High. 08/28/95 08/29/95 08/30/95 08/29/95 Produced name /ID labels for Pulaski Heights Elem. 08/30/95 06/30/95 Produced student mailir\u0026gt;g labels for J A Pair. 09/01/95 09/01/95 24, 7 i8 Page: Program Seq f: 24 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader\nDr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside Interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibiilty Evaluation Criteria Produced Senior High Attendance Office Observation Report for Information Services. 09/01/95 09/07/95 Produced student labels for King Elementary. 09/06/95 09/06/95 Provided memo to schools regarding Attendance Report Updates for Information Services. 09/07/95 09/07/95 Produced scheduled cards for Central High. Produced student mailing labels for Hall High. 09/07/95 09/07/95 09/08/95 09/08/95 Produced PRC labels and parent mailing labels for Southwest Jr High. 09/08/95 09/11/95 Produced PRC labels for Mabelvale Jr High. Produced PRC labels for King Elementary. Produced labels for all students at Mann for PTA. 09/08/95 09/08/95 09/08/95 09/11/95 09/11/95 09/20/95 Produced student mailing labels for Mann Jr High. 09/08/95 09/08/95 Produced schedule cards for Forest Heights Jr. 09/08/95 09/08/95 Produced Attendance Report with Number Input and Date Range absences for Assistant Superintendent. Produced Attendance Report with Number Input and Date Range on all absences for Assistant Superintertdent. 24, 8 09/08/95 09/08/95 09/08/95 09/08/95Pag*: Program Seq #: 24 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason 9 Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Resolved problem with PFC labels to include Student SSN for Central High. Assisted with printing Attendance Letters Report for McDermott Elementary. Format diskettes for Attendance Scsnnir\u0026gt;g and upload programs for Southwest Jr High. Produced Attendance by Race Report for Mabelvale Elementary. Produced list of Junior's and Senior's Name. Address, and Phone for Communications. Produced Zoneblock labels for John A Riggs. Produced PTA mailing labels for Central High. Produced schedule cards lor Dunbar Jr High. Produced schedule cards for Hall High. Produced schedule cards for Forest Heights Jr. Produced schedule cards for J A Fair High. 09/08/95 09/08/95 09/11/95 09/11/95 09/13/95 09/14/95 09/14/95 09/15/95 09/15/95 09/15/95 09/15/95 75% 09/13/95 09/13/95 09/19/95 09/14/95 09/20/95 09/20/95 09/20/95 09/18/95 09/18/95 09/18/95 Produced list of Student information for McDermott. 09/18/95 09/19/95 Produced PRC labels for Dunbar Jr High. Produced student/parent labels for Cloverdale Jr. Produced schedule cards for Cloverdale Jr. 24, 9 09/18/95 09/18/95 09/18/95 09/18/95 09/18/95 09/18/95 i I Page: 10 Program Seq #: 24 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Coda: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secorfdary Leader\nDavid Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 130 Produced student mailing labels for Dunbar Jr. Created mailing labels by attendance zorte for McClellan High. Created diskette with Student Addresses for Communications Department. Produced schedule cards for Forest Heights Jr. Trained new Attendance personnel on Atteridance menus for Assistant Superintendent. Distributed memo regarding new Attendance Information to Attendance Secretaries. Produced Year-to-Date Absence Report for Communications. Produced schedule cards for McClellan High. 1.5 (Collect, Store, and Report) Disciplinary Data (by offense, school, teacher, class, subject, race, gender, district-wide, and over any period of tlmel. 09/18/95 09/19/95 09/20/95 09/20/95 09/20/95 09/21/95 09/21/95 09/22/95 07/01/95 09/18/95 50% 09/25/95 09/20/95 50% 09/27/95 09/25/95 09/22/95 06/30/96 Director of Information Services 1.5 (Discipline data is accurately entered and reported as required). Produced original and final Sanction Report for Student Hearing. 24, 10 07/01/95 07/13/95Pag\n11 Program Seq #: 24 Revision Dete: November 6, 1996 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the progrems end data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student Information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based tunctions. lo provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies 8eginnir\u0026gt;g Data ComiMetion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 130 Produced End-of-Year Discipline Report for Student Hearing. Provided Forest Heights with the ability to run Student Discipline Reports. Researched Truancy Tracking for Judge Watts. Produced Truancy Report for rurmber of absences for Assistant SuperinterKient. Revised Logic data on TRUANT9 for Hall High School. 1.6 (Collect. Store, and Report) Student Assignment Data (by race. age. gender, class, school, grade, level, and district-wide). Provided exchange data on M to M's for PCSSD. Assisted with Master Scheduling for Secondary Schools. Conducted Student End-of-Year Promotion and Cleanup. Crested diskette and labels of M to M students for Transportation. Loaded Pupil Information Forms for Student Assignment. 24, 11 07/11/95 08/01/95 08/18/95 08/25/95 09/21/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/09/95 07/18/95 07/20/96 07/13/95 08/11/95 08/25/95 09/06/95 09/21/95 06/30/96 07/12/95 08/14/95 07/09/95 07/24/95 07/27/95 Director of Information Services 1.6 (Student assignment data is stored and all reporting requirements are met|. i Page: 12 Program Seq 24 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Qod: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Data Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 130 2.Data Processing Department (Information Services Department Staff) will have the capacity to respond to District needs as required by District goals and state and federal laws such as grade distribution and the ability to identify specific students and cohorts of students. Ran mailing labels on Badgett and Fair Park for Student Assignment. Assisted with Master scheduling on all secondary schools. Resolved problem for Student Assignment with Student Number different than Student ID. Rolled over Student Data into ABACUS for Instructional Technology. Restored Student and Family Information from 1994-95 for Student Assignment. Produced Student Address labels for select A/Z for Student Assignment. Produced list of Elementary students assigned to a homeroom teacher for Student Assignment. 24, 12 07/20/95 07/28/95 08/14/95 08/23/95 08/28/95 09/11/95 09/13/95 07/01/95 07/21/95 08/07/95 08/14/95 09/05/95 08/28/95 09/11/95 09/14/95 06/30/96 Director of Information Services 2. (The District requirements for computer resources are beir\u0026gt;g met|.Page: 13 Program Seq #: 24 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Data Processir\u0026gt;g Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all rtecessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.1 (The Information Services Department will maintain adequate computer hardware and support to meet the needs of the district). 07/01/95 06/30/96 Director of Information Services 2.1 (All employees requiring access to student records have access to terminalsl. Installed additional cassette tape drive for AS/400. Setup AS/400 for Job Accounting to track CPU usage. Review new documentation for Student AS/400 update. Resolved problem with diskette drive in PC for Superintendent's Office. Resolved problem with diskette drive in PC for McClellan Hign.. Conducted NS Router File Transfer study for the AS/400. Review computer set-up at Metropolitan to provide additional Attertdance Training. Resolved problem on printer at Pulaski Heights Jr. Resolved problem on printer in Human Resources. Installed new tape drive to the AS/400. Resolved problem on printer at Parkview High. 24, 13 07/01/95 07/05/95 07/21/95 08/02/95 08/02/95 08/18/95 08/22/95 08/25/95 08/30/95 09/05/95 09/06/95 07/21/95 08/24/95 07/31/95 08/08/95 08/07/95 08/31/95 08/24/95 08/25/95 08/30/95 09/11/95 09/07/95 Pag*: 14 Program Seq #: 24 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Hervy Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibilhy Evaluation Criteria Resolved problem on printer at Wakefield Elem.. 09Z06Z95 09Z08Z95 Resolved problem with printer connection for Southwest Jr High. Resolved problem with down Controller at Romine. Resolved problem with Twinaxle Timeout for IRC. Resolved problem with printer at Henderson. Resolved problem with AC that leaked near Computer Equipment at Booker. Resolved problem with voice and data line goirrg down at Booker. 2.2 (The Information Services Department will develop or acquire the software required to support the needs of the districtl. Automate cross check of Teacher Certification for Human Resources. Produced Vendor History Report for Financial Services and Support Services. 24. 14 O9Z13Z95 09Z14Z95 O9Z1SZ9S O9Z18Z95 09Z20Z95 O9Z22Z95 O7ZO1Z95 O7ZO1Z95 O7ZO1Z96 O9Z2OZ95 O9Z2OZ95 09Z19Z95 O9Z29Z95 O9Z22Z95 O9Z29Z95 O6Z3OZ96 O9Z28Z95 O9Z14Z95 Director of Information Services 2.2 (All necessary software is installed arvf functioning properly to collect, store and report information in a timely and accurate manner).Program Seq #: 24 Program Name: Data Processing Page: Revision Date: 16 November 6. 1995 Program Code: 17 Primary Leader\nDr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Created Excel reports of Escrow downloads for Financial Services. Updated Teacher. ADMC12. and ADMCER salaries in the Budget File for Financial Services. Test GUPTA SQL Software for Windows. 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/28/95 07/11/95 09/14/95 Reviewed CIMS Software Updates with Human Resources and Support Services. 07/01/95 09/28/95 Test Powerbuilder Software with Remora EA400. 07/01/95 09/07/95 Provided report Pur,450, PQ's with approval and lookup missir^g approval command for Procurement. Removed all access to FY94/95 for financial users requested by Procurement. Resolved WHS problem on 'Order Quantities on Stock Items Missing' Report for Procurement. Loaded new release of LMS Software for IRC. Resolved problem with entering Teacher ID's st Henderson. Created Bus Driver Termination list and mail merge with letter for Transportation. Removed all non-LRSO employees from financial applications for Financial Services. 24, 15 07/06/95 07/05/95 07/07/95 07/10/95 07/10/95 07/11/95 07/11/95 07/07/96 07/06/95 07/07/95 07/13/96 07/12/95 07/12/95 07/12/95 J Page: 16 Program Saq t: 24 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school arxJ central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date ResponsibHitY Evaluation Criteria Provided Brady Gadberry FOI request on his sick leave. Produced new salary report after salary table changes to the budget for Financial Services. Distributed memo to explain Proposed Master to Master Schedule process. Provided District with copy of Data Processing production calendar for August and September. Created report showing duplicate requisition numbers for Procurement. Resolved problems with Master Scheduling for Forest Heights. Performed Accounts Payable Check Run for Financial Services. Provided Purchase Order Expenditure Report to Procurement. Resolved problems with Master Scheduling for Mann Jr High. Provided 3 copies of Budget Report to Financial Services. Set-up new User 1D for the new Secretary/Bookkeeper for Cloverdale Jr High. 24. 16 07/12/95 07/12/95 07/13/95 07/17/95 07/20/95 07/20/95 07/21/95 07/21/95 07/24/95 07/27/95 07/27/95 07/12/95 07/12/95 07/13/95 07/20/96 07/20/95 07/28/95 07/25/95 08/04/95 07/25/945 07/27/95 07/27/95Program Seq *: 24 Page\nRaviaion Data: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason n Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to ail requests for information. Ran Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria State Department Financial Budget Report for Financial Services. Set-up Science work area to Math Department Secretary. Created July Bank Tape and July Bills Paid List for Financial Services. Created July BC/BS Differences Report for Financial Services. Employment Security Division Report for Financial Services. Automated YTDMNTH download for the Courts. Monitored Master Schedule for Southwest Jr. Produced report showing Purchased Orders $300 and below\n$301 and above for Procurement. Crested tape for Commercial Mailers for Pupil Services. Providing additional IBM training for IS Staff. Produced report with Employee Addresses for BC/BS letters for Human Resources. Produced Fixed Asset Report on EIS for Superintendent. 24, 17 07/25/95 07/28/95 08/01/95 08/01/95 06/01/95 08/01/95 08/02/95 08/02/95 08/02/95 08/04/95 08/07/95 08/07/95 08/04/95 07/28/95 08/0195 08/21/95 08/03/95 09/19/95 08/14/95 08/23/95 08/11/95 09/07/95 08/08/95 08/21/95 Page: 16 Program Sag #: 24 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Date Processing Program Coda: 17 Primary Leader: Or. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school arxl central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Begirwdng Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Produced Vendor labels sorted by zip code for Procurement. Resolved problem with printing and viewing Teacher List for Metropolitan. Assigned new passwords on the AS400 for various departments for school start-up. Created documentation for TEACHERS program. Set-up DFU screen to Update Stock Items for Food Services. Produced 2 sets of Employee by Site labels for Instructional Technology. Produced 1 set of Administration Employee Labels for PRE. F^oduced report of Fund, Function, and Object Codes from Budget file after final close for Financial Services. Created diskette for ODM from Court Submission. Set-up Stipend Report with Stipend Selection on ACS and EIS Systems for Human Resources. Produced Elementary School Secretary Observation Report for Information Services. 24, 18 08/14/95 08/14/95 08/14/95 08/15/95 08/16/95 08/23/95 08/23/95 08/25/95 08/25/95 08/30/95 08/31/95 08/21/95 08/15/95 08/14/95 08/16/95 08/23/95 08/23/95 08/25/95 08/26/95 08/25/95 09/01/95 09/07/95 8 1Psge: 19 Program Seq 24 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Or. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: 1 To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Updated User Assignment Information for Information Services. Resolved security error problem on PC Support for Garland Incentive. Resolved Scanning Report problem for Dunbar Magnet Jr High. Updated Absence Reason Codes as requested by Human Resources. Produced list of Teachers with invalid SSN's for Human Resources. Set-up overview of attaching reports to ACS CIMS menu for Information Services. Produced Budget vs Expenditure report and graph for Information Services. Produced Audit report on Vacation days for Financial Services. Created mailing labels of Vendors with zip codes in specific range for Procurement. Created Excel Spreadsheet on ADMC12 and ADMN12 pay tables for Labor Relations. October 1 State Department Report for State Department of Education. 24, 19 09/05/95 09/07/95 09/12/95 09/13/95 09/13/95 09/14/95 09/14/95 09/14/95 09/14/95 09/14/95 09/15/95 09/07/95 09/08/95 09/13/95 09/13/95 09/14/95 09/18/95 75% 09/27/95 09/14/95 09/15/96 50%Page: 20 Program Seq #: 24 Revision Data: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginrting Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Provided copies of Absence by Reasons Codes Report for Assistant Superintendent. Provided information on UALR MSOFFICE classes to District employees. Researched report card printing dates for monthly Information Services calendar. Tested 'Forest \u0026amp; Trees Software artd GUI Report Solution. Produced Census Data Reports for Financial Services. Performed programming changes to Quiz: ACCTDIST report for Financial Services. Created Excel Spreadsheet formatted for employees on ADMCR and ADMC12. Created September bank tape and bills paid listing for Financial Services. 2.3 (The Information Services Department will identify and maintain appropriate telecommunication services and equipment to support the needs of the District). 24, 20 09/18/95 09/19/95 09/19/95 09/20/95 09/25/95 09/26/95 09/26/95 09/29/95 07/01/95 09/19/95 09/19/95 09/20/95 09/25/95 09/28/95 75% 75% 09/29/95 06/30/96 Director of Information Services 1.3 Appropriate telecommunications systems are functioning to meet the needs of the District.Page: 21 Program Seq *: 24 Reviekon Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Upgrade telephone system for Transportation and Laidlaw Transit. Ordered phone system for Drug Free School Network and Pupil Services. Ordered phone system for Mabelvale Elementary. Assisted with installation of telephones in all Elementary Cafeterias for CARE Program. Ordered phone line for Math Assistance Program at Cloverdale Jr High. Report pay phone out of order at Plant Services. Assisted with Installation of phone lines at Parkview High. Ordered Modem line to be installed for Counselor at Cloverdale Elementary. Ordered phone tine and set-up line for Pick Group for Human Resources. Add new phone line to 2-line phone and install phone for Human Resources. Relocate telephone system from Transportation to Safety and Security. Relocate telephone system from Safety and Security to Alternative Learning Center. 24, 21 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/13/95 07/13/95 08/16/95 08/16/95 06/21/95 08/04/95 08/21/95 08/16/95 07/14/95 07/14/95 07/13/95 07/13/95 J I 4 Page: 22 Program Seq *: 24 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all nbcessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date ResponsibHIty Evaluation Criteria Order fax line to be installed in Media Center at Pulaski Heights Elementary. Relocate telephone system for Truancy Center as per request from Pupil Services. Conducted meeting with Transportation. Safety \u0026amp; Security, Truancy, Southwestern Bell, and Harper. Resolved problem with phone lines at Henderson. 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/05/96 07/06/95 08/03/95 08/18/95 07/11/95 07/13/95 Resolved problem with receiver cord for Human Resources. 07/10/95 07/10/95 Resolved problem with dial torve at Metropolitian. Resolved problem with in-comir\u0026gt;g calls at Bale. Resolved problem with dial tone at Pulaski Heights Elementary. Resolved problem with dial tone in Pupil Services. Installed dedicated line for modem at Carver. Installed phone line for Procurement. Provided information on TOO equipment to Transportation. Installed additional phone line for modem at Otter Creek for Pupil Services. 24, 22 07/10/95 07/13/95 07/13/95 07/13/95 07/13/95 07/17/95 07/18/95 07/18/95 08/02/95 07/31/95 08/02/95 07/21/95 08/21/95 07/24/95 07/25/95 07/25/95Pag: 23 Program Seq #: 24 Revision Dete: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Adjusted programming on phones at J A Fair. Ordered phone lines lor Henderson Jr High. 07/18/95 07/20/95 07/31/95 08/08/95 Relocate Phone Master line at Henderson Jr High. 07/20/95 07/28/95 Relocate phor\u0026gt;es for Labor Relations new office. Relocate lounge phorw at Watson Elementary. Resolved problem with incoming calls at McClellan. Ordered phone for CBI room at Mabelvale Jr High. Resolved problems with phorras Williams Magnet. Resolved problem will all phones going down at Terry Elementary. Repaired receiver and hand set problem for Human Resources. Ordered long distance service for line at Transportation. Ordered Voice Mail for Laidlaw Transit. 07/20/95 07/20/95 07/24/95 07/24/95 07/26/95 07/26/95 07/26/95 07/27/95 07/28/95 08/10/95 07/31/95 07/26/95 08/31/95 07/27/95 07/27/95 07/28/95 07/31/95 08/24/95 Programmirig changes made to Voice Mail for Information Services. 24, 23 08/01/95 08/08/95 Program Seq #: 24 Page: 24 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide ail necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plart Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Programming changes made to Student Assignment's phone system. 08/02/95 08/18/95 Repaired damaged phone line at Bale Elementary. Resolved problem with dial tone/static at Booker. Resolved problem with dialing out at Dunbar. Resolved problem with second line at Baseline. Resolved problem with dial tone at Quigley. Resolved problem with fieldhouse line st McClellan. Relocated Registrar's phone line at Cloverdale Jr. Resolved problem with in-coming calls at Garland. Installed fax line for Fair Park Elementary. Resolved problem with no dial tone for IS. Installed fax line for Bale Elementary. 08/02/95 08/02/95 08/02/95 08/02/95 08/02/95 08/02/95 08/02/95 08/02/95 08/02/95 08/03/95 08/03/95 08/07/95 08/11/95 08/08/95 08/04/95 08/04/95 08/04/95 08/21/95 08/04/95 08/18/95 08/07/95 08/18/95 Extended fax line with T connector to media center for PC modem at Carver Magnet. 08/03/95 08/18/95 Resolved various phone problems at Parkview. 08/04/95 08/08/95 Install phone for Resource Officer at Pulaski Heights Jr High. 24, 24 08/04/95 08/29/95Page: 25 Program Seq #: 24 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Or. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goat: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Resolved problem with line short out in phone system at Dunbar. 08/04/95 08/07/96 Upgrading phones on current system at Brady. Repair phorte set for Baseline Elementary. Resolved problem with phone system going down at Wakefield. Resolved problem with phone system going down at Garlarid Incentive. Resolved problem with dial tone at Williams. Resolved problem with incoming calls at Badgett. 08/04/95 08/04/95 08/08/95 08/08/95 08/08/95 08/08/95 75% 08/08/95 08/08/95 08/10/95 08/10/95 08/10/95 Researching possibility of upgrading data circuits to 19.2 line speed. 08/10/95 08/11/95 Install fax line for Wilson Elementary. 08/10/95 08/18/95 Relocate phone line for Adult Education. Repair phone line supplying data link for Wilson. 08/10/95 08/10/95 09/11/95 08/10/95 Programming changes made to Network lines and Voice Mail box in IS. 08/11/95 08/13/95 Resolved problems with phone lines at Badgett. Order phone line for modem at Williams Magnet. Relocate 4 phone lines for Network Specialists. 24, 25 08/11/95 08/11/95 08/11/95 08/14/95 08/22/95 08/24/95 i Psge: 26 Program Seq #: 24 Revision Date: November 6. 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date ResponsibUity Evaluation Criteria Resolve problem with transfer calls for Garlarxj. 08/12/95 08/15/95 Resolved problems with in-coming calls for Food Services. 08/13/95 08/17/95 Resolved problems with phone lines at Rightsell. Resolved problem with dial tone at Romine. 08/13/95 08/16/95 08/15/95 08/18/95 Programming changes for phone In IS/Applications Developer Manager.. 08/16/95 08/24/95 Repaired phone receiver for Cloverdale Jr High. Programmed long distance block for Southwest. Automate the itemization of LRSD main telephone bill. Relocated Homework Hotline from Channel 7 to Metropolitian. Resolved problem with dial tone at Food Services. Programming changes to phone systems at Gibbs. Remove temporary phone line at Safety \u0026amp; Security. Ordered phone line for Energy Management modem for Plant Services. 24, 26 08/16/95 08/16/95 08/17/95 08/18/95 08/21/95 08/21/95 08/21/95 08/21/95 08/24/95 08/17/95 09/18/95 08/24/95 08/22/95 09/11/95 08/25/95 08/28/95Page: 27 Program Seq #: 24 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Begirming Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Ordered phone line and phone for CBI room at Mabelvale Jr High. 08/21/95 09/11/95 Relocate phone line for counselor at Bale. Relocate phone line for counselor at Rightsell. Resolved problem with 2 phones at J A Fair. Resolved problem with Data Circuit at J A Fair. Relocate and repair phone at Henderson. Programming changes made to phone at Dunbar. Programming char\u0026gt;ges made to phone at King. Track and report long distance billing for LRSD. Programming changes to Voice Mail for IS. 06/21/95 08/21/95 08/21/95 08/21/95 08/21/95 08/21/95 08/21/95 08/21/95 08/21/95 08/28/95 08/28/95 08/24/95 08/21/95 76% 08/25/95 08/23/95 09/01/95 09/29/95 Repaired broken phone in Superintendent's Office. 08/23/95 08/23/95 Repair console and relocate line at Rockefeller. Install phone and relocate stations at Henderson. Ordered fax line for Baseline. Repaired dial tone and made programming changes for Booker Magnet. Install phone line for Energy Management at Mann. 24, 27 08/23/95 08/23/95 08/23/95 08/24/95 06/24/95 09/01/96 75% 08/24/95 09/29/95 06/28/95 1 Page\n26 Program Seq #: 24 Revision Data\nNovember 6, 1995 Program Name\nData Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Ordered fax line for McDermott. 08/24/95 08/28/95 Install phone line in Music Department at Parkview. 08/24/95 09/15/95 Repaired line 2 on phone at Baseline. 08/25/95 06/28/95 Telephone Support Report for week of August 28-September 1, 1995. 08/28/95 09/01/95 Repair various phone problems at Franklin. Resolved problem hearing on phone for Fulbright. Resolved problem with dial tone at Fair Park. 08/28/95 08/29/95 08/30/95 06/31/95 08/29/95 08/31/95 Programmirrg changes to intercom for Henderson. 08/30/95 09/05/95 Relocate and changes to phone system at IRC. Resolved problems with outside calls at Mann. Programmed phone changes for at Mabelvale Jr. Relocated phone line for McClellan Annex. 08/30/95 08/30/95 08/30/95 08/30/95 09/11/95 09/11/95 09/11/95 09/11/95 Resolved problem with in-coming call at Woodruff. 08/30/95 08/31/95 Repair static on phone line at Booker. 09/01/95 09/05/95 Repair bad receiver for phone at Williams. 09/01/95 09/06/95 24, 28Page: 29 Program Seq #: 24 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Or. Henry Williams Secondary Leader\nDavid Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Telephone Support Report for week of September 5-8, 1995. Programmed changes and relocated phone at King. Programmed changes made for phone in Assistant Superintendent's office. Programming changes made to phone for IS. Reconrrected 2 phone lines at J A Pair. 09/05/95 09/08/95 09/06/95 09/06/95 09/06/95 09/07/95 09/07/95 09/08/95 09/08/95 09/08/95 Repaired static on phone line in SuperinterxJent's Office. 09/07/95 09/08/95 Developed two memos for 'Phone Request' form. 09/08/95 75% Resolved problem with out going calls on phone line at Williams. 09/08/95 09/08/95 Ordered fax line for Rightsell. 09/06/95 09/13/95 Telephone Support Report for week of September 11-15, 1995. Resolved problem with phone system down at Forest Park. Resolved disconnecting problem on phone at Alternative Learning Center. Resolved problem with static on phone at Central. 24, 29 09/11/95 09/15/95 0913/95 09/13/95 09/13/95 09/13/95 09/14/95 09/14/95 i Page: 30 Program Seq 24 Reviilon Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader\nDavid Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. - ------------------ ---r - - functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategiea Beginrting Date Conrpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Programming changes made for Mitchell. 09/14/95 09/20/95 Resolved problem with disconrwctirtg phone at IRC. 09/18/95 09/20/95 Connect intercom for Mabelvale Elementary. Resolved problem with static for Food Services. Resolved problem with 3 phone lines at Mabelvale Elementary. Repaired key pad on phone for PRE. Installed Phone Master System at McClellan. Telephone Support Report for week of September 18-22, 1995. Resolved various phone problems at IRC. installed fax line for Student Hearing. Installed answering machine in Network Center. Resolved phone problems st HerxJerson. Telephone Support Report for week of September 25-29, 1995. 24, 30 09/18/95 09/18/95 09/18/95 09/18/95 09/18/95 09/18/95 09/19/95 09/20/95 09/20/95 09/20/95 09/25/95 09/29/95 09/19/95 09/18/95 09/18/95 09/18/95 09/22/96 09/20/95 50% 75% 09/21/95 09/29/95Page: 31 Program Seq 24 Revision Date: November 6, 1995 Program Name\nData Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginnirtg Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.4 Computerized Data Access- Computerized date access will be a reality in all incentive schools so that student data is easily accessible and access can be immediate for reports which might be rteeded relative to all school program aspects. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Provided Mitchell Incentive with PRC Labels. 08/21/95 08/21/95 Produced Payroll Rooster of Incentive Schools for Financial Services. 09/14/95 09/20/95 24. 31 LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq f: 26 Page: I Revision Date: June 30. 1995 Program Name: Minority Teacher Recniitment Program Code: 08 Primary Leader: RkhanJ Hurley Secondary Leader: Robert Robinson Program Description: Primary function is to recruit high quality professional and support personnel to meet the district's goals arid objectives in a wide range of positions in school and the central administration offices. To support linkages between the school district and higher education institutions\nassume responsibility for delegated programs related to staff recruitment to meet EEO and Affirmative Action and Personnel Services hiring standards\nresponsible for assigned tasks artd projects that will enhance the productivity and efficiency of the human resources division. District Goal Support: Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Program Goal: Developing equity in employees composition that reflects racial and ethnic diversity. Plan ReferetKes: 1 FY Program Budget: $53,469.17 1st Qtr Expend: $13,165.13 3rd Qtr Expend: YTD Expenditures: $13,165.13 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: [ Related Function Codes: 1 26, 1Program Seq #: 26 Program Name: Teacher Recruitment Program Code: 08 Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number L43 L43 144 LRSD FY 95 96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Richard Hurley Secondary Leader: (To organize recruitment and retention programs for the purpose of developing equity in the employee composition that reflects racial and ethnic diversity.) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Pate. 1 Revtekm Date July 14. 1995 Robert Robinson Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Update review of recruiting needs by age. race, sex and seniority in positions in the Districi to ascertain projected needs. 1.1 Review of all current staffing with identification of staff by sex, race and subject area who wilt be retiring to project needs. (Reserve at least 25 percent of the positions for Black applicants.) A. Automated sufTin\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_702","title":"Report: ''Little Rock School District 1995-96 First Quarter Status Report, Program Planning and Budget Document for Non-Desegregation Programs,'' Exhibit 2","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1995-11-21"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System"],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Education--Evaluation","Education--Finance"],"dcterms_title":["Report: ''Little Rock School District 1995-96 First Quarter Status Report, Program Planning and Budget Document for Non-Desegregation Programs,'' Exhibit 2"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/702"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":["Available for use in research, teaching, and private study. Any other use requires permission from the Butler Center."],"dcterms_medium":["planning"],"dcterms_extent":["121 pages"],"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nI LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT FILED 1995-96 FIRST QUARTER STATUS REPORT U.S. DISTRICT COURT EASTERN DISTRICT ARKANSAS NOV 2 I JAMES W. McGORMACK, CLERK PROGRAM PLANNING AND BUDGET DOCUMENT FOR NON-DESEGREGATION PROGRAMS By. DiP CLtRK PLANNING, RESEARCH, AND EVALUATION DEPARTMENT NOVEMBER 21, 1995 EXHIBIT 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS SEQUENCE # PAGE# SEQUENCE # PAGE # Preface 1 SCHOOL OPERATIONS CLUSTER (BUFF) 209,1 - 212,5 Mission Statement 2 Goals 3 District Financial Summary 4 209 210 211 212 Elementary Junior High School High School Athletics 209,1-2 210,1-2 211,1-2 212,1-5 Definitions 5 SCHOOL SUPPORT CLUSTER (BLUE) 213,1 - 233,2 Organization of the Report 7 Cluster Budget Documents 8 CURRICULUM CLUSTER (PINK) 201,1 - 208,13 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 4 Year Old Program/City Wide Early Childhood Education Program Kindergarten Special Education Vocational Educational Adult Education Compensatory Education Gifted and Talented Curriculum Services 201,1-6 202,1-3 203,1-5 204,1-4 205,1-4 206,1-5 207,1-3 208,1-13 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 Guidance Services Drug Abuse Prevention Health Services VIPS Educational Media Services Board of Education Services Executive Administrative Services Support Service Management Fiscal Services Plant Services Pupil Transport Services Purchasing Services Safety \u0026amp; Security Services Planning \u0026amp; Evaluation Services Communication Services Human Resource Services Labor Relations Data Processing Services Unassigned Indebtedness 213,1-9 214,1-7 215,1-12 216,1-6 217,1-3 218,1-3 219,1-3 220,1-3 221,1-2 222,1-2 223,1-8 224,1-5 225,1-5 226,1-6 227,1-8 228,1-4 229,1-4 230,1-28 232,1-2 ISEQUENCE  PAGE  233 234 235 236 237 238 Contingencies Alternative Education Arkansas Crusades Unassigned Newcomer Center Reading Recovery 233,1-2 234,1-3 235,1-3 237,1-2 238,1-3 ORGANIZATIONAL CHART iiPREFACE The mission statement and goals of the Little Rock School District serve as guides for all decision-making. The information gained from the First Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for Non-Desegregation Programs will provide direction for quality, interim decision-making as well as summative decision-making. The report enhances the districts ability to monitor and report achievements and expenditures relative to programs which are not a part of the district's Court-Approved Desegregation Plan obligations. Among other things, specific quarterly expenditure information will be provided in addition to the YTD (Year-to- Date) Expenditure information. The First Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for Non-Desegregation Programs contains the following: (1) The Mission Statement of the Little Rock School District\n(2) The Goals of Little Rock School District\n(3) LRSD YTD (Year-to-Date) Non-Desegregation Expenses Summary\n(4) Definitions and Data Elements\n(5) Organization of the Report\n(6) Non-Desegregation Program Budget Documents, Grouped by Clusters\nand, (7) The LRSD Organizational Chart. 1 NilH fljLITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT MISSION STATEMENT The mission of the Little Rock School District is to provide a quality, integrated educational program which encourages all children to achieve their etnotional development. To that end, the students in the Little Rock School District will develop an appreciation for ethnic and cultural diversity, develop skills in problem solving and conflict resolution, and demonstrate mastery of the Districts curriculum This will be achieved through the collaborative efforts of a Board, a dedicated and competent staff, and of parents and citizens committed to fairness Olinv snfl anpniiatp cnnnnrf fnr * racial equity and adequate support for education. 21. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT GOALS The LRSD will implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. The LRSD will develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. The Little Rock School Board, administration, sUff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. The LRSD will solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. The LRSD will provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. The LRSD will ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. 3Little Rock School District Program Seq. No. Quarterly Non-Desegregalion Expenses Page 1 of 1 201 I 202 I 203 r 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 215 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 \"232 233 ~234 ~235 236 537 238 -------------------Program Name POUR YEAR OLD/HIPPY __kindergarten ------------------ __Special education ___VOCATIONAL EDUCATION __adult education---------------  COMPENSATUHY EPUCATifiN----- __01P I ED AND TALENTED __curriculum SERVICF.q---------------* elementary-------------- JUNIOR HIGH _ high schooT----------------------- aihletics------------- _ guidance services\"-------------- _ health services ----------------  educational media SPRmrpc!  g^ElD OP education RPRWirpQ _ executive admin SPRVICFg-------- _ SUPPURI service MGXrr-------------- _ PISCAL services-------------- plant services --------------- - PUP1E transport SER'Vif^--------- _ purchasing services------------- - ^lZASECyRiT?SERViCES _ planning \u0026amp; EVAL ^RVir^g _ COMMUNICATIONS SERVIOfr------ - human RESOURCES SFRVifTg------ _ LAeOR RELATIONS ------------------------  PATA PROCESSING SERV'ifTs--------- FAMILY LIFE/NEW PUTIIRFS----------- -------------------------------------------------------- UjNriNGENCiES------------------------------ ALTERNATIVE EDUCATION-------------- ARKANSAS CRUSADFS-------------------- BEACONS SCHOOL-------------------------- NEWCOMER CENTERS----------------------- Ireading RECOVErV------------------, total -------------------- Budget 95-96 22,923.00 3.177,132?49' 6.757,328.73 4,491,71T75' 811,660.85 427,679?^ 1.254,136?79~| 2,493,143?76| 21,613,320.75 | 9,456,340.34 | 9,256,518'?3rf 176,448.80 1 ~ 2,665,216:597 745,061.47 1 2.060,532.797 1,186,480.00 I 406,053.59 | \" 1.223,833:89 ^ 1.573,232.67 | 9,458,282.84 I ~5,272,S41.767~ 1,638,725.40 |' 1.794,422.42 | 326,652.697\" 150,390.95 I 2,774,369.36 | 103,544.64 I ' T285,582.88^ ~3b3,4OO.do7~ ^342,355.6ol~ ____________0.00 34,965.00 30,000.00 18,500.00 12,117:00' 10,614.00 103.409,223.00 I PTE's 0.00 91.00 142.64 103.10 23.00 13.00 31.00 I 40.40 I ~ 712.30 I \"277.37 I \"247.70 I 0.00 I 64.00 I 25.30 I 64.50 I ~ 0.00 I 7 00 I 3.00 I \" 12.00 I 242.88 I ' 88.00 I 16.00 I 43.50 I 6.00 I 4.00 I 9.00 I 2.00 I 9.00 I ' 0.00 [ \"o.oo I \"o.oo I 0.00 I \"o.oo I ~0.00 I  ~0.00 I - 0.00 __YTD Expense 2.5707 260,554.67 49O,76T3r 786,365.57 81,28S7r7~ 27,66X5?' 104,03X61\"! 596 860.46 | 2,629,565:551 ~ 1,016,710':^ 1,394.7817T9| 84,943:597 348,626.73 | 67,051.84 ! 3O1,314.'237 421,951:957~ 88,644.19! S5]704.28 I 557,708.66 | 1,614,381.79 I \"7646,253'887\" 543,406.09 | 656,363.30 | 86,221.89 I ' 47,690.94 I ~~162,896.5'07\" ~ 27,068.3?7~ ~261,167.927~ 3,684,09 I ~ T4O1,788.2'5'I~ 2,267.69 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 __________6.00 I 16,970,275 1st Quarter 2,574:67 260,554.67 49O,76'X35~ 786,385.57 81,26SJ7~ 27,883:^ 104,035.61 598,860.46 2,629,565:55' \" 1,016,710:68' 1,394,781719' 84,94'5:^ 348,628773' 67,05 i784~ 301,31472? ' 421,951795\"  86,644.19 ' 55,704.28  557,70X66' ' 1,814,381??\" 2,646,2S3.'88' ~ 543,406.09 \" 656,36X30\" \" 86,221:59\" \" 47,690.94 162,698.5'0\" ~ 27,068.32 \" \"\"261,167 9? ~ 3,684:09' \"\" T,401,788.^ ~ O.O'O\" \"\" 0.00 ________0.00 0.00 ________0.00 O.O'O 2nd Quarter 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter 16.970,2/5.88 ------ 4 % Budget Spent I 11.23%' 8.20% I 7.26^ 17.51%'] I 10.01 y7 I 6.52%| 1 8.30%) r 24.02%! r 12?r7'^ r 10.75% r IS.07%1 47.6O'\u0026gt;TI 13.08%! 9OO%| 14.62%! 35.50%! 2183%! 4.55%| 35.45jJ 19.1'8^ 3199%! ~ 33.16%! 36.58%! 26.40%! ~~31.71%| 5.87%! 26.14%! ~ 20 32%! 1.04%! 19.09%! \" 0.00%! 0.00%! ~0.00%! ~0.00%! 0.00%! ~ 0.00%! 16.41%!DEFINITIONS AND DATA ELEMENTS The following are definitions of terms and data elements used in the First Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for Non-Desegregation Programs. Program\nA program is an established plan of operation, composed of a group or series of related activities which are carried out to serve a specific area of identified need. Program Description: A program description includes a purpose, scope and content, and participants/beneficiaries related to the respective program. Program Goal\nA program goal is a broad guiding statement and should describe the overall aim(s), purpose(s), or ambition(s) of the specific program. Objectives: Program objectives present explicitly the desired impact the program should have on a problem. They should provide detail to the goals. Strategies: Strategies are the jobs, tasks, efforts, or actions undertaken in a program which contributes to the accomplishment of the objective. Achievements: Achievements are efforts, tasks, evidence, performance, or actions undertaken in a program which contributes to the accomplishment of the strategy. Achievements are placed in alpha order underneath the relative strategy. Evaluation Criteria: Evaluation criteria are statements which specify the end product of an objective or strategy, and evaluation criteria establish measurable and observable levels of performance of the product. Page\nEach Program Budget Document uses one or two formatted pages. Program Sequence H (Seq.#): The purpose of this sequence number is to establish a reference for placing programs in order within the planning document. Revision Date: This date is the actual date the program document was first documented or last changed. Program Name: To eliminate confusion, an established name for each program has been assigned by the district planner. 5DEFINITIONS AND DATA ELEMENTS Page 2 Primary Leader: The Primary Leader is the cabinet-level associate responsible for the management and operation of the respective program. Secondary Leader: The Secondary Leader is the associate who is back-up to the Primary and will function in that capacity in the absence of the Primary (i.e., the Program Manager, the Principal, and/or the Assistant Superintendent). District Goal Support: Each program directly supports at least one district goal. If more than one district goal is relative, then the appropriate district goals have been listed in descending priority order. Beginning Date: This is the actual date a particular strategy began. For consistency, all dates should be printed in the following format: MM/DD/YY, (03/31/04). Completion Date: This is the actual date a particular objective or strategy was completed. For consistency, all dates should be entered in the following format: MM/DD/YY, (09/12/95). If an activity toward a strategy has been started but not completed, a percent of completion (for example, 50%) should be entered in the Completion Date column. Responsibility: This is the name of the individual tasked with ensuring an activity has been accomplished. 6ORGANIZATION OF THE REPORT This section provides guiding information about the text of the First Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for NonDesegregation Programs. Pagination: Pages in the text are numbered using Arabic numerals. Pages are consecutively numbered at the bottom of the page beginning with the \"Preface.\" The \"Table of Contents\" is on page i. Program areas are numbered according to their sequence number followed by the page number within that program (e.g., 02,5 refers to page 5 of the program with a sequence number of 02). Clusters. Programs have been sorted into broad categories called clusters. Clusters include programs or schools grouped together because of similar and related operational functions. For convenience and management of this report, similar programs have been grouped into three color-coded clusters: Curriculum, School Operations, School Support. To locate a program, determine the relative cluster of the program by using the \"Table of Contents\" and then refer to the program sequence number (Seq K) or page number for facilitating program reference in the report. Organizational Level. The School Operations Cluster employs only four programs. In addition to Athletics, the School Operations Cluster classifies the fifty schools according to three school organizational leveled programs: Elementary, Junior High, and Senior High. Organizational Chart. An organizational chart has been included to provide reference information matching designated responsible persons with desegregation and non-desegregation programs. 7CLUSTER BUDGET DOCUMENTS 8Curriculum Cluster * * * * * * * 4 Year Old Program/City Wide Early Childhood Education Program Kindergarten Special Education Vocational Education Adult Education Compensatory Education Gifted and Talented Curriculum ServicesLRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT I Program Seq 201 Revistoa Date: November 10. 1995 Program Name: Four-Year-Old Program/HIPPY Program Code: Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Description: The purpose of the program is to meet the growing needs of disadvantaged students and to improve the racial balance al schools that are diflicult (o desegregale by iiKorporating Early Childhood Education programs into the EleriKntary schools. The program provides experiences for young children which meet their needs and stimulate learning in all developmental areas - physical, social, emotional, and intellectual. Priority for identification of program sites will be given (o areas that have a very high concentration of low income students artd in schools (hat are difHcuh to desegregate. District Goal Support: Goal fl  Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Goal \u0026lt;2 - Develop and mainuin a stalTthat Is well-trained and motivated. Goal \u0026lt;3 - The Little Rock School Board, administration, stalT, and students will demonstrate in their day Io day behavior that (hey accept each diversity among students, slafT and (he community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. Coal f4 - Solicit and secure finarKial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools. iiKluding our desegregation plan. Goal f5  Provide a safe and orderly climate (hat is conducive to learning for all students. Coal f6 - Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities arul operations. Program Goal: To establish and maintain developmentally appropriate Early Childhood programi for pre-school children. Plan References: ] FY Program Budget: $22,923.00 1st Qtr Expend: $2,574.67 3rd Qtr Expend: YTD Expenditures: $2,574.67 2od Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: FTEO Related Function Codes: 1 201, 1UK^M 1 \u0026gt; yj-vu rnvuKAM buuuLi uutUMbM Program Seq f: Paje: 2 201 Reriskm Dale: Program Name: November 10, 1995 Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number Four-Year-Old Program Primary Ixader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Pal Prke To establish and maintain developmentally appropriate Early Childhood programs for pre-school children. Objectives Strategies Beginning Dale Compietioii Dale Respon.sibilily Evahiation Criteria I. Implement early childhood education programs that provide experiences for young children which meet their needs and stimulate learning in all developmental levels. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Deputy Supl., Asst. Supl., Supervisor, Principals. Teachers, Instructional Aides 1. (Annual review of assessment data beginning al the end of the kindergarten year of each child participating in the program. EPSF Post Assessments) *(Comparisons of the progress of children who did artd did not participate in the program.)  (Slarxlardizc achievement tests will be given to each child al the end of the third grade level. These tests will provide data indicating the success of the Early Childhood Program as an intervention strategy.) I. I Identify sites for program implementations. 1.2 Assisted in recruiting teachers and aides as needed. 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 Deputy Supt., Asst. Supl.. Supervisor, Plant Services, Principals 1.1 Sites established for program implemenlatioru. Human Resource Dept., Principals, Asst. Supl., Supervisor 1.2 Err^iloymenl of leachen and aides for new and open positions. 1.3 Obuin materials, supplies and equipment for all new programs. 1.4 Provide inservice and technical assistance for pritKipals, teachers, and instrucliorul auistants. 201, 2 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 Supervisor, Purchasing Dept. Supervisor, Staff Development 1.3 Materials, supplies, artd equipment will be in place to rrteel LRSD curriculum artd licensing requirements. 1.4 Agendas and documentation of inservice evsluations.Page: 3 Program Seq *: 201 Revisioa Dale: November iO, 1995 Program Name: Four-Year-Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Pal Price Program Goal: To establish and maintain developmentally appropriate Early Childhood programs for pre-school children. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Dale Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2. Al the end of each year tn HIPPY. 80% of the children served will exhibit readitKss skills for kindergarten. I. To promolc the HIPPY program (To compose and mail public service announcements lo local radio and television stations channel 14 St 16 and flyers) A. Distribute flyers to Watershed Community Development B. Mailed PSA to LRSD Communications Department C. Distribute flyers to day care, health department, and local businesses D. Had information booth al University Mall 2. To select HIPPY aides (Interview and select aides: initial training of aides arxt staff\nto enroll families into the program) 2.1 Interview and select ten (10) Home Visilors3. Arrange logistics with state for the initial training Comment: This is done through HIPPY Slate Regiorul Office (Initial training of aides and staff) A. Interview and select Home Visitors B. Printed and mailed flyers to area churches 201, 3 07/01/95 08/21/95 08/01/95 08/16/95 08/19/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 08/29/95 09/11/95 06/30/96 08/21/95 08/01/95 09/25/95 08/19/95 06/30/96 06/30(96 25% 09/11/95 Supervisor Staff Staff The Early Prevention of School Failure Kreening instrument will be used for pre St post assessment fot the children upon entering kindergarten to provide data that shows readiness. If students are not proficient in two or more areas, they are identified as *not ready*. Teacher surveys will be conducted annually to provide information relating to readiness skills. A standardized achievement lest will be given lo each child at the end of the third grade at a comparison between the HIPPY students atul a control group.Page: Program Seq #: 201 Rertrioa Date: Program Name: November 10, 1995 Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Refermce Page Number Four-Year-Old Program Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary l.ader: Pal Price To establish and maintain developmentally appropriate Early Childhood programs for pre-achool children. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completim Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria C. Ran classified as in two local newspapers 3. Arrange logistics with stale for the initial training Cotnmenl: This is done through HIPPY Stale Regional Oflice ^Initial training of aides and slafl) 4. Conduct home interview and enroll families into program (To enroll families into the program) 4.1 Conduct home interview artd enroll families into program 5. To recruit families (Compose and mail corre^tondence to recruit families \u0026amp; instructional aide trainees) 6. Identify families Io be served by each coordinator (To determine service of coordinators) 7. Identify families to be served by each aide (To auign families Io be served by each aide) 8. To organize instructional material 9. Conduct three (3) day workshop (To familiarize aides of the HIPPY impleriKnuiion of LRSD) 10. Obtain material for program (Order material) 06/06/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 09/13/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 11. To orienuie enrolled families to the HIPPY program (CortducI orientation meeting) 07/01/95 06/30/96 11.I CortducI orientalion meelng. 07/01/95 06/30/96 201, 4 Supervisor and Coordiruior SlalT SUIT Supervisor Coordinator Secretary Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor Coordinator Asaigrunent of families to CoordinatorsPage: 5 Program Seq f: 201 RevtsMM Date: November 10, 199$ Program Name: Four-Year-Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To establish and maintain developmentally appropriate Early Childhood programs for pre-school children. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Secured space for orientation (Adult Education Auditorium) from Paulette Martin, Adult Educatin Director B. Invited LRSD personnel to Orientation C. Orientation conducted 12. Identify meeting sites of group meetings (Secure meeting sites for group meetings\nmail out rKMiBcation of meeting sites) 13. To schedule implementation of HIPPY curriculum (Schedule aides weekly home visits\nschedule area group meetings, print Byers, schedule weekly service for aides\nschedule aides Bret teaching with own child. 14. To provide parents with information that will assist them with their own children (Schedule workshop for parents \u0026amp; aides, mail out A print materials) 15. To evaluate aide trainees mid-point 15th week. (To evaluate each aide trainee) 16. Conduct survey of parents-prini materials (To determine program succeu) 17. Implement second part of HIPPY curriculum. 18. Evaluation of sides 19. Obtain a site and speaker and schedule a lecture for parents (provide pareius with information to be successful with their children) 201, 5 09/25/95 09/11/95 09/19/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 09/25/95 09/11/95 09/19/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 Supervisor/Coordina lor Superviaor/Coordi- nalor Staff Supervisor/Coordina lor Coordinators Supervisor Superviaor/Coordi- rulor Coordinator SupervisorPage: 6 Program Seq f: 201 Rensioa Date: November 10, 1995 Program Name: Four-Year-Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Sleriing Ingram Secondaiy Leader: Pat Prke Program Goal: To establish and maintain developmentally appropriate Early Childhood programs for pre-school children. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completioa Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 20. Build the aides and children's self esteem (Activities) 21. Graduation of HIPPY children and aides reception (Staff will organize) 22. Evaluate aides (Schedule fitul evaluation of trainees in program) 23. To begin implementation of HIPPY program (Staff in place) 24. Maintain regular staff (Secretary) 25. Aides made home visit (To assist in traveling expense) 201, 6 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 Stair Staff Coordinator Supervisor Supervisor StaffProgram 8q *: 202 Pao: 1 Revision Date\nNovember 10. 1995 Program Name: Kindergarten Program Program Coda: Primary Leader: Sterling Ingram Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Deacription: In accordance with state star\u0026gt;dards the Little Rock School District maintains a full day kindergarten program that renders an envirorvnent which provides a variety of experiences appropriate to the cNId's developmental stage. Services are provided to these students by certified teachers. District Goel Support: Goal *1 - Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially arxJ emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Goal *2  Develop arxl maintain a staff that is well-trained arxJ motivated. Goal f3 - The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrete in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society arxl view cultural diversity among students, staff aruj the community as a valued resource upon which our community arxl nation can draw as we prepare for the 21 st Century. Goal $4 - Solicit arxJ secure financial arvj other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. Goal \u0026lt;5 - Provide a safe and orderly climate that is corKfucive to learning for all students. Goal *6 - Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities arvl operations. Program Goal: To provide appropriate instructional services to all kirxJergarten students. I Plan Relerences: ] FY Program Budget: $3,177,132.49 let Qtr Expend\n$260,554.67 3rd Qtr Expand: FTE 91 YTD Expenditurea: $260,554.67 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: Related Function Codea: ] 202, 1Program Sag P: 202 Program Nama: KirKiergartan Program Program Coda: Program Goal: Plan Reference Pege Number LKbU hV ab-^b KHUUHAM bUUbh I DOCUMbNI Primary Laadar: Starling Ingram Sacondary Laadar: Pa0\n1 Ravhlon Data: Pat Prica Novambar 10, 1995 To provide appropriate instructional services to all kindergarten students. Objactivea Stratagiea Beginning Data Completion Data Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Implement kindergarten programs in accordance with state standards and district guidelines. 1.1 Assist in recruiting certified teachers as needed. A. Assisted in recruiting certified teachers as needed. 1.2 Obtain materials, supplies, artd equipment for all new programs. A. Obtained materials, supplies artd equipment for all new programs. 1.3 Provide inservice artd technical assistance for teachers. A. Provided inservice end technical assistance for teachers. 1.4 Ensure proper documentation artd evaluation of student progress. A. Pre-EPSP completed 1.5 Provide inservice arvl technical assistance for principals, teachers, artd instructional assistants. 202, 2 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 0Bn4f9S 07/01/95 08/21/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 09/30/95 06/30/96 09/30/95 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 09/01/95 06/30/96 Asst. Supt., Supervisors, Prirwipals, Teachers Human Resource Dept., Principals, Asst. Supt., Supervisor Supervisor, Purchasing Dept. Supervisors, Staff Development, Principals Asst. Supt., Supervisor, Principals Supervisor, Staff Development 1. Programs will be in place to meet state standards artd district guidelines. 1.1 Employment of teachers for new arxJ open positions. 1.2 Materials, supplies, artd equipment will be in piece to meet L.R.S.D. curriculum artd state startdards. 1.3 Agendas artd documentation of inservice evaluations. Annual reviews of data pre and post EPSF assessments. 1.5 Agertdas artd documentation of inservice evaluationsP0: 3 Program Sag f: 202 Revision Data: November 10, 1995 Program Name: Kirtdergarten Program Program Coda: Primary Leader: Sterling lr\u0026gt;gram Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To provide appropriate instructional services to ell kirxlergarten students. Plan Reference Page Number Obiectivas Strategies Beginning Data Completion Date Raaponaibility Evaluation Criteria A. Provided inservice and technical assistance for principals, teachers and instructional aides. 07/01/95 25% 202, 3LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq 9: 203 Page: 1 Rerbloa Dale: November 7. 1993 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Brady Gadberry Secondary Leader: Patty Kohler Program Description: District Goal Support: Program Goal: '*\"'1\" P\u0026gt; \u0026lt;'n is specially designed insttuction. al no cost to parents, to meet the unique needs of students with disabilities. This includes instniction conducted in the classroom, in the home, io hospitals and institutions, and in other senings\nand instruction in physical education. Scope and Content Special education services are provided in accordance with each child's Individual Education Program (lEP). A student is determined eligible for special education services when a disability is present as defined in the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) that results in an adverse effect on educational performance and the corresponding need for special education services. A full continuum of services is provided which includes multiple options for placement. Panjcipanls/benericiaries Students served through special education services have been identified as having disabilities defined by the IDEA. During die 1992-93 school year, 8.13% of the district's population or 2,026 students received special education services (Dec, I, 1992 count). Goal #1 - Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Goal #2 - Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal #3  The Little Rock school Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued conlribulor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. Goal 4  Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully suppon our schools, including our desegregation plan. Goal 5 - Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. Goal #6 - Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. The goal of the special education program is to provide all eligible smdents with disabilities appropriate special education and related services in each childs least restrictive environment. Plan References: FY Program Budget: $6,757,328.73 YTD Expenditures: $490,766.35 f 1st Qtr Expend: Ind Qtr Expend: Related Function Codes\n1210, 1220, 1230, 1240, 1290. 1292, 2142 $490,766.35 3rd Qtr Expend: 4tb Qtr Expend: FTE 142.64 203, 1Program Seq f\n203 Program Name: * Special Education Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number NA LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Brady Gadberry Secondary Leader: Pace: 2 Revision Date: Patty Kohler November 7. 1995 The goal of the special education program is to provide all eligible students with disabilities appropriate special education and related services in each childs least restrictive environment. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria I. Provide itinerant instruction lo eligible students in accordance with each childs lEP. to be reviewed on an annual basis through federally rrundated review process. 2. Provide Resource instruction to eligible students in accordance with each child's lEP, to be reviewed on an annual basis through federally mandated review process l.I Identify and employ certified, qualified teachers to deliver services to students A.. All consulting teachers hired 1.2 Identify equipment, material and supplies needed in order to deliver services to students A. Materials needs identified 1.3 Ensure completion of appropriate evaluations arxl documentation for each shjdent in accordance with State and Federal Mandates A. Test materials ordered 1.4 Provide inservice training for teachers as needed to ensure that students are served appropriately A. Preschool inservice 2.1 Identify and employ certified, qualified teachers to deliver services to students A. Resource teachers hired 203, 2 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 09/01/95 07/01/95 09/01/95 07/01/95 08/15/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 09/15/95 06/30/96 09/30/95 06/30/96 09/30/95 06/30/96 08/15/95 06/30/96 09/15/95 Director. Human Resources. Supervisors Director. Teachers. Supervisors Supervisors, Examiners. Principals. Teachers Director. Supervisors Director. Human Resources, Supervisors 1.1 A list of certified teachers will be provided 1.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed. Pilot projects where new materials are used win be identified 1.3 Monitoring reports will indicate increased levels of compliance with applicable law and mandates 1.4 Inservice participants, dates, and topics will be provided 2.1 A list of certified teachers will be provided Page: 3 Revision Dale: November 7. 1995 Program Seq 9: 203 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Brady Gadberry Secondary Leader: Patty Kohler Program Goal: n. go.,  d,e spec, educioo prog., is .o provid. eligible smdenls wid. dis.bi,ies .ppn,p,i.,e spec, ed.K..io .nd .,..ed se.iees in e.cb ebiM's ,e.s. .sbicive enviro^nen,. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.2 Identify equipment, material and supplies needed in order to deliver services to students A. Materials needs identified 2.3' Ensure completion of appropriate evaluations and documentation for each student in accordance with State and Federal Mandates A. Test materials ordered 2.4 Provide inservice training for teachers as needed to ensure that studenu are served appropriately A. Preschool inservice 07/01/95 09/01/95 07/01/95 09/01/95 07/01/95 08/15/95 06/30/96 09/30/95 06/30/96 09/30/95 06/30/96 08/15/95 Director, Teachers, Supervisors Supervisors. Examiners. Principals, Teachers Director, Supervisors 2.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed. Pilot projects where new materials are used will be identified 2.3 Monitoring reports will indicate increased levels of compliance with applicable law and mandates 2.4 Inservice participants, dales, and topics will be provided 3. Provide special class instruction to eligible students in accordance with each child's lEP, to be reviewed on an annual basis through federally mandated review process 07/01/95 06/30/96 3.1 Identify and employ certified, qualified teachers to deliver services to students 07/01/95 06/30/96 Director. Human Resources. Supervisors 3.1 A list of certified tcachen will be provided A. Special class leachen hired 3.2 Idendly equipment, material and supplies needed in order to deliver services to students 07/01/95 07/01/95 09/15/95 06/30/96 Director. Teachers. Supervisors 3.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed. Pilot projects where new materials are used will be tdentified A. Materials needs identified 09/01/95 09/30/95 203, 3 Pa|e: 4 Program Seq f: 203 Revision Date: November 7, 1995 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Brady Gadberry Secondary Leader: Patty Kohler Program Goal: The goal of (he special education program is to provide all eligible students with disabilities appropriate special education and related services in each child's least restrictive environment. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3.3 Ensure completion of appropriate evaluations and documentation for each student in accordance with State and Federal Mandates 07/01/95 06/30Z96 Supervisors, Examiners, Principals. Teachers 3.3 Monitoring reports will indicate increased levels of compliance with applicable law and mandates A. Test materials ordered 09/01/95 09/30/95 3.4 Provide inservice training for teachers as needed to ensure that students are served appropriately 07/01/95 06/30/96 Director, Supervisors 3.4 Inservice participants, dates, and topics will be provided A. Preschool inservice 08/15/95 08/15/95 4. Provide hnmebound and hospital instruction to eligible students in accordance with each childs lEP, to be reviewed on an annual basis through federally mandated review process 4.1 Identify and employ certified, qualified teachers to deliver services to students 07/01/95 06/30/96 Director, Human Resources, Supervisors 4.1 A list of certified teachers will be provided A. Homebound teachers employed 07/01/95 09/15/95 4.2 Identify equipment, material and supplies needed tn order to deliver services to students 07/01/95 06/30/96 Director. Teachers, Supervisors 4.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed. Pilot projects where new rruierials are used will be identified A. Materials needs identified 09/01/95 09/30/95 4.3 Ensure completion of appropriate evaluations and documentation for each student in accordance with State and Federal Mandates 07/01/95 06/30/96 Supervisors. Examiners, Principals. Teachers 4.3 Monitoring reports will indicate increased levels of compliance with applicable law and mandates A. Test materials ordered 09/01/95 09/30/95 4.4 Provide inservice training for teachen as needed to ensure that students are served appropriately 07/01/95 06/30/96 Director, Supervisors 4.4 Inservice participants, dates, and topics will be provided A. Preschool inservice 203, 4 08/15/95 08/15/95 IProgram Seq 9: 203 Page\n5 Program Name: RevisloD Date: Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number Special Education Primary Leader: Brady Gadberry Secondary Leader: Patty Kohler The goal of Ihe special educalion program is 10 provide all eligible snidenis wiih disabililies appropriaie special educaiion and related services in each child's least restrictive Objectives Strategics Beginning Date Completion Date November 7. 1995 environment. Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5. Provide extended year services to eligible students in accordance with State and Federal Mandates 5.1 Identify and employ certified, qualified teachers to deliver services to students 5.2 Identify equipment, material and supplies needed in order to deliver services to students 5.3 Ensure completion of appropriate evaluations and documentation for each student in accordance with State and Federal Mandates 5.4 Provide inservice training for teachers as needed to ensure that students are served appropriately 203, 5 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 Director. Human Resources. Supervisors Director. Teachers. Supervisors Supervisors. Examiners. Principals. Teachers Directors. Supervisors 5.1 A list of certified teachers will be provided 5.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed. Pilot projects where new materials are used will be identified 5.3 Monitoring reports will indicate increased levels of compliance with applicable law and mandates 5.4 Inservice panicipants, dates, and topics will be providedLRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT ^ogram Seq f: 204 Page: I Revision Dale: November 7. 1995 Program Name : Vocational Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Dr. Vic Anderson Secondary Leader: Carol Green Program Description: Vocational education is designed to provide a program of learning experiences to develop skilled and adaptable workers who are prepared to pursue additional learning opportunities that will result in more productivity. Vocational education also develops abilities, anitudes, and appreciations that contribute to a satisfying life enhancing family, civic, arxl personal responsibilities. Education is vocational when it provides instruction in the \"why' and 'how* to students, rather than instruction \"about' things. It is cotKcmed with the development of the individual student in five areas: (1) personal skills and anitudes. (2) communication. (3) employability skills, (4) broad arxl specific occupational skills and knowledge, and (5) a foundation for career planning and lifelong learning. The content of the vocational curriculum includes any and every source which will add specifically to the students proficiency in a chosen occupation. Such a course of study may include related physics. English (applied communications), applied math, applied biology and chemistry, or other subject matter or inforrrution needed to make the learner a more efficient worker. Course offerings in vocational education aie available in all secondary schools and include the following programs\n(I) Business and Marketing. (2) Home Economks. and (3) Trade and Industrial Technology. On the junior high level, vocational courses include: Career Orientation. Keyboarding. Computer Technology and Exploring Industrial Technology Education 1 and 11. Specialized courses are offered at Metropolitan Area Vocational Center. Vocational education instruction is offered to all students who need, desire and can profit from it. All youth, regardless of race, gender, economk or social background, or handicapping conditions are included within the scope of vocational education. District Goal Support: (1) Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionalty with emphasis on bask skills and academic enrichment white closing disparities in achievement. (2) Develop and maintain a staff that is well trained and motivated. (3) The Little Rock School Board administration staff and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contribution to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21 st century. (4) Solkit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan (5) Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operation. Isogram Goal: To provide the opportunity for all students to develop workplace skills, problem solving abilities and interpersonal skills necessary for success in an everchanging society and technological workplace. I Plan References: ] [ FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: $4,491,714.75 $786,385.57 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $786,385.57 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: [FTE 103.10 H [ Related Function Codes: 1321, 1331. 1332, 1333, 1341, 1351, 1352, 1353, 1354. 1362, 1371. 1392. 1360. 1362. 2410 1 204, 1Program Seq 9: 204 Program Name: Vocational Education Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Dr. Vic Anderson Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Dale: Carol Green November 7, 1995 To provide the opportunity for all students to develop workplace skills, problem solving abilities and interpersonal skills necessary for success in an everchanging society and technological workplace. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1 1. Provide quality instruction to all students enrolled in vocational courses. 1.1 Identify and employed certiHed teachers to deliver quality learning experiences and skilled training to students. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Director. Assistant Director. Principals. Human Resources Director and Teacher Recruiter 1.1 A list of certified teachers or applicants will be provided. A. Interviews held 07/01/95 09/22/95 B. List of applicants solicited 1.2 Identify equipment, materials and supplies needed. A. Vocational teachers submitted requisitions. 1.3 Provide inservice training for teachers as needed to deliver quality instruction to students. A. Vocational Teacher Pre-school B. Individual Program Pre-school inservice held C. Vocational Director/teacher and an Assistant Principal from Fair High School attended \"High Schools That Work inservice 1.4 Provide an opportunity for teachers to keep abreast of changing technological needs artd training in the workplace. A. Arkansas Association Vocational Teachers conference attended by LRSD teachers 204, 2 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 08/09/95 08/14/95 09/18/95 07/01/95 08/07/95 40% 06/30/96 50% 06/30/96 08/09/95 08/14/95 09/18/95 06/30/96 08/08/95 Director, Assistant Director, Teachers Director. Assisunt Director. Staff Development Director Director. Assistant Director 1.2 Equipment, nuterials and supplies will be listed and prioritized 1.3 A listing of inservice dates, topics, and participants will be provided. 1.4 A list of professional meetings and conferences teachers have attended will be provided.Par: 3 Program Seq 9: 204 Revtston Dale: November 7. 1995 Program Name: Vocational Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Dr. Vic Arxlerson Secondary Leader: Carol Green Program Goal: To provide the opportunity for all students to develop workplace skills, problem solving abilities and interpersonal skills necessary for success in an everchanging society and technological workplace. Plan ReferetKC Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2. Review, update, or revise course offerings to reflect the needs and trends of the 21st century. 3. Maintain all equipment used in skilled training labs. 4. Awareness activities to promote vocational education will be made available to all students. 2.1 A vocational task force will be organized to address issues of the course offerings. 3.1 Identify equipment in need of repair or replacement in the vocational skilled training labs. A. Repair requesu and new equipment requisitions submined. 4.1 Recniitment activities through advenisement, flyers, videos, and student presentation will be made available to all students. A. Advisory comminee meetings scheduled by all vocational teachers 4.2 Tech Prep corruninee awareness campaign to inform parents about Tech Prep and its benefits. A. Tech Prep video made available for PTA-Open House at Forest Heights. B. Tech Prep Declaration forms distributed. 204, 3 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 08/02/95 07/01/95 09/01/95 08/28/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 50% 06/30/96 80% 06/30/96 09/06/95 09/06/95 Director, Assistant Director Director, Assisunt Director, Principals, vocational teachers. Vocational teachers. Director. Task Force, and Advisory Comminees. Director. Assistant Director. Tech Prep Coordinator 2.1 Recommendations made by the task force will be identified and completed. 3.1 All skilled lab equipment will be identified for needed repair and maintenance. 4.1 a) Surveys will be conducted to determine how students became aware of vocational education (b) Monitoring of student enrollment will deiermirw the success of the awareness sessions. 4.2 List of all awareness sessions and Public Relations Activities will be compiled.P.,e: Program Seq #: 204 Revision Date: November 7, 1995 Program Name: Vocational Educaiion Program Code: Primary Leader\nDr. Vic Anderson Secondary Leader: Carol Green Program Goal: To provide the opportunity for all students to develop workplace skills, problem solving abilities and interpersonal skills necessary for success in an everchanging society and technological workplace. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria C. Tech Prep Brochures distributed to schools requesting them 08/28/95 09/29/95 204, 4Program Seq f: 205 Program Name: Adult Education Program Code\nPrimary Leader: Program Description: District Goal Support: Program Goal: [ Plan References: FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: Related Function Codes:1430 LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Paulene H. Manin Pace: I Revision Date: November 14, 1995 Adult Education is specially designed instruction at no cost to students to upgrade their educational level and or to help them obtain a high school equivalency (GED) diploma. This includes instruction at the Adult Education Center and its satellite programs in businesses, industries, various community and state agencies and churches. Scope and content Adult Education services are provided in accordance with each student's needs and goals. A student is eligible for Adult Education services if he/she is al least sixteen years of age or older and has been released from regular public school by the superintendent or his/her designee or is eighteen years of age and has withdrawn or dropped out of public school. Participanu/beneficiaries Students served in Adult Education are identified as having withdrawn or dropped out of public school, During the 1992-93 school year. 3078 students received Adult Education services. Goal 41 - Implement integrated educational programs that wllll ensure that all students grow academically, socially, and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment whillc closing disparties in achievement. Goal 42 - Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goa! 43 - The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. Goal 44 - Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to full support our schools. Goal 4 5 - Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. Goal 4 6 - Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. The goal of the Adult Education Program is lo upgrade the basic literacy skills of adults, to assist adults in obtaining their high school equivalency (GED) diploma, and to provide computer literacy training. ] $811,660.85 $81,285.17 1410, 1420, 1445, 1490 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $81,285.17 3rd Qtr Expeiwl: 4th Qtr Expend: FTE 23.0 205, 1 Program Seq f: 205 Program Name: AduK Education Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number NA LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: Paulette H. Martin The goal of the Adult Education program is to upgrade the basic literacy skills of adult and/or to assist adults In obtaining their high school equivalency (GED) diploma Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility November 14. 1995 Evaluation Criterta 1. Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. 1.1 Identify and employ qualified teachers to deliver services to students 07/01/95 06/30/96 Director, Human Resources\nDirector. Adult Education 1.1 A list of certified teachers wHI be provided A. All teachers hired 08/01/95 08/21/95 1.2 Identify equipnient, materials, and supplies needed in order to deliver services to students A. Material and supplies disseminated. 1.3 Provide Inservice training for teachers as needed to ensure that students are served appropriately A. Preschool inservice 07/01/95 08/15/95 07/01/95 08/14/95 06/30/96 08/21/95 06/30/96 08/16/95 2. Inform the Community of the services offered by the Adult Education Program 2.1 Promote the Adult Education Program A. Assistant Director was on 30 minutes information show. 205, 2 07/01/95 08/03/95 06/30/96 08/03/95 Director, Ass't Director. Teachers, examiners Director Director. Ass't Director. Recruiter, teacher 1.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed 1.3 Inservice participants, dates and topics will be provided 2 1 Copies of tapes, brochures, and posters will be provided as well as a schedule of places visited by the recruiter.Page: 3 Program Seq *: 205 Revision Date\nNovember 14, 1995 Program Name: Adult Education Program Code: Primary Leader\nDr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Paulette H. Martin Program Goal: The goal of the Adult Education program is to upgrade the basic literacy skills of adult and/or to assist adults in obtaining their high school equivalency (GED) diploma. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3. Solicit funding to fully support the AduN Education Center 4. Provide AduK Basic Education and General Adult Education to agencies which have a minimum of ten (10) students when reguested. B. Director did a PSA to be run on TV stations. C. PSA distributed to local radio stations and TV Community Calendar. D. News release to Arkansas Democrat/Gazette. 3.1 Submit Proposals and secure financial resources for operation of the Adult Education Program 4 1 Set up AduK Education satelKe classes upon request A. AGC Math Class B. Community Punishment Center C. Lion's World Services for the Blind 0. Metropolotan Vo-Tech E. Pulaski County Detention Center F. Pinnacle House G. Forensic Unit. State Hospital H. Unit 4, State Hospital I. United Serebral Palsey Skill Center 205, 3 06/22/95 08/22/95 06/04/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 08/31/95 08/21/95 08/21/95 08/21/95 08/21/95 08/21/95 08/21/95 08/21/95 08/21/95 25% 25% 25% 06/30/96 06/30/96 75% 25% 25% 25% 25% 25% 25% 25% 25% Director Director 3.1 Copies of proposal will be provided 4.1 List of satellite classes will be providedPage: 4 Program Seq #: 205 Revision Date: November 14. 1995 Program Name: Adult Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Paulette H. Marlin Program Goal: The goal of the Adutt Education program is to upgrade the basic literacy skills of adult and/or to assist adults In obtaining their high school equivalency (GED) diploma. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Crtteria 5. Evaluate the cost Effectiveness of using local Community Resources, such as the Parent Learning Center, as a means for providing education opportunities for parents. 6. Provide Computer Literacy courses to students and to agencies, businesses, and industries which have a minimum of ten (10) students, when requested. 7. Provide a Computerized English As a Second Language (ESL) course for foreign-bom student and Computer-Assisted Instruction (CAI) for all students. 5.1 Compare the cost of setting up an Adult Education Center and the cost of using local Community Resources of provide education servicess to parents. 6.1 Set up Computer Literacy courses at businesses and industries on request A. Adutt Education Center 7.1 Set up Computerized ESL courses for foreign- bom students and CAI for all students 205, 4 07/01/95 07/01/95 09/05/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 Director Director Director 5.1 Copy of the cost comparison will be available for review. 6 1 A list of Computer Literacy Classes will be provided. 7.1 A schedule of courses will be provided. JLRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq f: 206 Page: I Revision Dale: November 8. 1995 Program Name: Compensatory Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader\nAdams/GlasgowZParker Program Description: District Goal Support: Compensatory Education funded programs are designed to improve the quality of LRSDs academic programs. Activities include supplemental instruction for students, resource materials, inservice education for teachers, and support for parental involvement. (1) Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. (2) Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Program Goal: Disparity reduction  to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning for all snidents in the mainstream setting. Plan References: ] FY Program Budget: T $427,679.29 1st Qtr Expend: $27,883.52 3rd Qtr Expend: FTE 13.00 YTD Expenditures: $27,883.52 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: [ Related Function Codes: 1560. 1570. 1595 1 206, 1Program Seq #: 206 Program Name: Compensatory Education Program Code: Program Goal: Plan RefereiKe Page Number LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: To assist low achieving students to make accelerated progress and catch up. Objectives Strategies Page: 2 Revision Date: Novembers, 1995 Secondary Leader: Beginning Date Completion Date Adams/Glasgow/Parfcer Responsibllily Evaluation Criteria 1. To use an integrated shared reading/writing approach of instruction to promote student independence as readers, writers, and learners, (fourteen schools, K*3) 2. To improve students' abilities to analyze, explain, and summarize materials from books and tapes utilizing the reading styles approach, (two schools) 07/01/95 06/30/96 Principals and Teachers 1. Student profiles on LRSD Language Ans Curriculum will be used to assess student achievement. 1.1 Purchase and distribute materials and supplies to schools. 1.2 Provide additional time for instruction using the Shared Reading/Writing Approach through thematic units utilizing these materials. 1.3 Provide whole group instruction for all K-l students and additional small group and individual instruction as needed. 1.4 Provide second and third grade students with instruction using the Shared Reading/Writing Approach. 1.5 Provide panicipating teachers and administrators with a minimum of nine hours staff development. 1.6 Provide summer scholarships to train die trainen. 206, 2 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 Director of Reading and IRC Reading Specialists Principals, First Grade Teachers, and Reading Specialists Principals arxl Classroom Teachers Principals. Classroom Teachers, and Reading Specialists Director of Reading and Rigby Consulunts Director of Reading and Rigby Consulunis 1.1 Documentation of purchase orders. 1.2 The number of developed thematic units will comprise the evaluation. 1.3 Record of classroom observation and schedules. 1.4 Schedules and list of students. 1.5 List of participants with evaluations. 1.6 List of trainers. 2. The evaluation criteria includes the recognition of the sound of letters in isolation and in words, and in how to blend sounds together.Page: 3 Program Seq f: 206 RevlstoD Dale: November 8, 1995 Program Name: Compensatory Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Secoitdary Leader: Adams/Giasgow/Parker Program Goal: To assist low achieving students to make accelerated progress and catch up. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completton Date ResponslbUity Evaluation Criteria 2.1 Diagnose students' reading styles in four areas: tactic, visual, kinesthetic, auditory. 2.2 Structure students work around identified reading styles. 2.3 Actively involve students in learning activities. 2.4 Send home appropriate books and corresponding tape recordings for the reading styles of targeted students. 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/03/95 06/30/96 Principals and Classroom Teachers Principals and Classroom Teachers Principals and Classroom Teachers Principals and Classroom Teachers 2.1 The number of Reading Styles Inventories completed. 2.2 Students' Individual Learning Plan. 2.3 Students' Individual Learning Plan. 2.4 The number of purchases and record of usage. 3. To improve students' vocabulary and comprehension skills through phonics related reading, (one school) 3. The criteria consists of: a) referetKe data in reading\nb) amount of peer tutoring\nc) number of discipline problems\nd) parental communication\ne) number of identified reading styles. 4. To promote communications between home and school. 3.1 Use the Direct Instruction Program in phonics to leach students. 3.2 Provide target students with presentation books, story books, homework, and materials. 4.1 Inform parents regarding instructional approaches. 4.2 Conduct conferences with parents on student progress. 206, 3 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 Principals and Classroom Teachers Principals and Classroom Teachers Principals and Teachen Principals and Teachers 3.1 Activities contained in the daily lesson plan will comprise the evaluation. 3.2 Record of books students read annually. 4. Record of take-home materials. 4.1 Documentation of communications. 4.2 Documentation of conferetKes.Program Seq #: 206 Page: 4 Program Name: Compensatory Education Revbfon Date: Novembers. 1995 Program Code: Program Goal: Primary Leader: To assist low achieving students to make accelerated Secondary Leader: progress and catch up. Adams/Gtasfow/Parker Plan RefereiKe Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Dale Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.3 Provide uke-home books and materials for parents. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Principals and Math Teachers 4.3 Record of send-home materials. 5. To reduce education deficit in mathematics of Urgei smdents in grades seven through twelve by reinforcing the regular education program with Math Plus. 5.1 Reduce math plus class size and add enrichment class lo the schedule. an 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 A. Student Class schedules refined. 07/01/95 90% B. Math Plus classes - regular. Pre-Algebra. Algebra at 6 junior high schools 07/01/95 08/22/95 5.2 Provide wtorial and remedial learning experience in the enrichment class. A. Classroom instruction. 5.3 Employ a variety of instructional strategies which permit teachers to clarify, enhance or remediate in the academic setting. A. Classroom instruction 07/01/95 08/21/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 20% 06/30/96 6. To prevent schirol failure and dropout with additional assistance from niton in mathematics. 08/21/95 07/01/95 20% 06/30/96 206, 4 Math Supervisors/Tille 1 Instructional Spec. Principal Principal/ Mathematic Teachers Principals and Mathematic Teachers 5. Criteria consists of Pre and Post Norm Referenced data in math for participating students. 5.1 Class size at each school site and schedules wilt comprise the evaluation. 5.2 The number of students, njtor and schedule of session will comprise the evaluation. 5.3 Daily lesson plans will comprise the evaluation.Pace: 5 Program Seq #: 206 Revision Dale: November 8. 1995 Program Name: Compensatory Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Adams/GlasgowZParfcer Program Goal: To assist low achieving students to make accelerated progress and catch up. Plan Rererence Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Dale Completion Dale Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Inservice Pre-School Secondary Math Plus 08/14/95 08/14/95 -Record Keeping-Secorxlary Academic Support 09/01/95 09/01/95 -Math Teachers Math Plus 09/27/95 09/29/95 6.1 The Little Rock School District will purchase the following tutoring services from the ComerSlone Project: A) Ten certified tutors who have special training in working with remedial snidents\nB) Tutors will work with students through one-on-one situation or in groups not to exceed four students: C) Snidents will receive one hour of instruction in reading and one hour in mathematics\nD) Review individual student performance with parents\nE) ComerStone Project's Parent Action Committee will provide a forum for communication among parents, tutors and staff\nF) Parent education seminars will be offered for parents awareness\nG) The service will be Monday through Thursday for nine months or 180 days. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Director of Federal Programs 6.1 Snidents* progress will be monitored by receiving school repon, quarterly grade reports, contact with school counselors, and progress with tutoring materials. 206, 5Ihograin Seq 207 Program Name: Gifted Programs Program Code: Primary Leader: LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Dr. Patty Kohler Secondary Leader: Mable Donaldson Page: 1 Revision Dale: November ?, 1995 i I I Program Description: District Goal Support: The Little Rock School Districts Gifted Program offers to its students through a design that consists of observation and enrichment for all students in grades K-2. Resource rooms and indirect services arc provided for grades 3-6 and special classes for studenu in grades 7-12 . The program operates in compliance with the Arkansas Depan of Educations Gifted and Talented Approval Sundards. The Standards provide the framework for csublishing equitable criteria for the identification of gifted and ulented students. Services are provided to these students by teachers (specialists and facilitators) who have completed or who are pursuing graduate credit in gifted education. Goal #1 - Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Goal * 2 - Develop and maintain a suff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal # 3  The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21sl Cenmiy. Goal * 4 - Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. Goal \u0026gt; 5 - Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conductive to teaming for all students. Goal # 6 - Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. Program Goal: To provide appropriate instructional services to all identified students. [ Plan References\n] FY Program Budget: $1,254,136.79 1st Qtr Expend: $104,035.61 3rd Qtr Expend: YTD Expenditures: $104,035.61 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: J FTE 31.110 I [ Related Function Codes: ] 207, 1Program Seq 207 Program Name: . Gifted Programs Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: To provide appropriate instructional services to aH Identified gifted students. Objectives Strategies Page: 2 Revision Date: November 7. 1995 Secondary Leader\nMable Donaldson Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Provide resource room and indirect instructional services to identified students according to district and state curriculum guidelines 07/01/95 06/30/96 G/T Supervisor. Coordinator. Teachers 1.1 Identify certified teacherfs) (specialists) to provide needed services at each school. A. Specialist positions filled at aU schools. 1.2 Aid schools in providing materials, supplies, external laboratory experiences and participation in local, state and national activities. A. Invoices and requests received from schools. 1.3 Ensure proper documentation and evaluation of student records (placement) according to district and state guidelines. A. Monitoring of school records scheduled. 1.4 Provide insenrIce training for teachers (specialists) to ensure that students are receiving appropriate instructional services. A. Pre-School Inservice held for facilitators and specialists. 207, 2 07/01/95 08/14/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 08/22/95 07/01/95 08/14/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 20% 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 08/15/95 Supervisor, Coordinator. Human Resources Dept. Supervisor. Coordinator, Principais Supervisor, Coordinator, Principals, Specialists Supervisor. Coordinator. Staff Development. Curriculum Supervisors List of certified teachers serving each school. Invoices, copies of requests and memberships and/or participation in various activities. Copies of monitoring report and school visitation logs Agendas, partic^atlon roster, inservice evaluationsr Page: 3 Program Seq *: 207 Revision Date: November 7. 1995 Program Name: Grfled Programs Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Mable Donaldson Program Goal: To provide appropriate instructional services to all identified gifted students. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Social Studies inservice - Thinking Required in the Social Studies\" C. G/T Classroom Management for selected teachers D. TrI-District Curriculum Inservice held for G/T Specialists E. Monthly G/T Council Meeting held 08/14/95 08/25/95 09/22/95 09/26/95 08/14/95 08/25/95 09/22/95 09/26/95 207, 3LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq *: 206 Page: 1 Revision Date: November 7, 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Description: The Little Rock School District's Division of Curriculum Services seeks to Improve curriculum design and delivery K-12 that is consistent with state guidelines and national recommendations. This division works to ensure alignment between the written, taught, and tested curriculum as determined by student assessment. Finally, efforts are made to ensure that Instructional delivery is based on sound teaching principles and grounded in educational research. To accomplish these ends, this division strives Io Identify, develop, and provide educational resources staff development and technical assistance to the schools. District Goal Support: Program Goal: Goal #1 - Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Goal #2 - Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal #3 - The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate In their day to day behavior that they accept each Individual as a valued contrtoutor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the corrwnunity as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21 st Century. Goal #4 - Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fuHy support our schools, including our desegregation plan. Goal #5 - Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to loaming for all students. Goal #6  Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulalion and coordination K-12 Plan References: ] FY Program Budget: $2,523,760.76 1st Qtr Expend: $598.860 46 3rd Qtr Expend: YTD Expenditures: $598,860.46 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: FTE 40.40 Related Function Codes: 1190, 1193, 2211, 2212. 2490, 3600, 4900, 2219 I 208, 1Program Seq *: 208 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader\nOr. Henry Williams SecorKtary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: Lucy Lyon November 7. 1995 The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate Improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Objectives Strategies Beginning Dale Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Develop a coordinated and articulated ojrriculum that is comprehensive and demonstrates congruence between what is written, taught, and tested. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Principals 1.0 Revised curriculum is in place that responds to the recommendations of the curriculum audit. Comprehensive review process is In place 1.1 Development of curriculum guides through the assistance of district-wide committees A Curriculum guides distributed as requested B. Began implementation of revised science curriculum guides with 1995-96 term 1.2 Provide inservice baining for teachers to assist in effective delivery of the curriculum A. Inservice training held as follows: Gifted and Talented - 5 Inservices\nScience - All elementary and secondary teachers\nSocial Studies - 4 Inservices 1.3 Provide technical assistance as needed for individuai school sites and/or individual teachers 208, 2 07/01/95 08/04/95 08/21/95 07/01/95 07/10/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 25% 25% 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators. Certified Teachers, Principals Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Principals Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators. Staff Development 1.1 Curriculum guides are in place and are aligned with District objectives 1.2 Documentation of inservice activities are available 1.2 Test scores will demonstrate improvement 1.3 Weekly visitation logs reflect visits for technical assistance 1.3 Test scores will demonstrate ImprovementProgram Seq : 206 Program Name: Curriculum Services Page: 3 Revision Date: November 7, 1995 Program Code\nPrimary Leader: Or. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Technical assistance provided by aH curriculum departments 1.4 Assist schools in the selection of appropriate materials and resources for delivering the curriculum effectively to students 08/14/95 07/01/95 25% 06/30/96 Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators. Staff Development 1.4 Materials and resources are n place 1 4 Requisitions for materials are on file 2.0 Identify and secure resources, both material and human, to support the program of studies offered by the District 07/01/95 06/30/96 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators. Director of Procurement. Principals 2.0 The courses in the program of studies have resources available for fuH implementation A. Assisted teachers in K-4 Math and Science Crusade in ordering equipment and supplies B. Assisted teachers with new materials needed to implement the revised science curriculum C. Catalogs, brochures with selected resource materials dostributed to all schools 2.1 Identify and order equipment and supplies needed by schools to implement their instructional program A. Science equipment/supplies were ordered and sent to each elementary school B Social Studies instructional materials ordered for checkout use by 11 schools 208, 3 08/14/95 08/14/95 08/14/95 07/01/95 08/21/95 07/01/95 25% 25% 25% 06/30/96 09/30/95 10% Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators. Teachers. Principals, Director of Procurement 2.1 Reguisitions/purchase orders reflect the equipment and supplies ordered by/for the schools Io implement their instructional programProgram Seq *: 208 Page: 4 Revision Dato\nProgram Name: Curriculum Services November 7. 1995 Program Code\nPrimary Leader\nDr. Henry Williams SecorKlary Leader\nProgram Goal: Lucy Lyon The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as Io ensure curricular articulallon and coordination K-12 Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies 2.2 Provide direct services to schools through the deployment of curriculum and technical specialists to he^ implement the schools' instructional program A. Direct services provided to schools by curriculum services staff 2.3 Maintain a library of audio-visual materials, staff development materials, and other specialized materials for loan to schools A. Audio-visual library, staff development library, and library of other materials maintained for loan to schools 2.4 interview prospective candidates for teaching positions as well as other certified and noncertified positions to assure the best qualified applicants are selected for employment A. Prospective candidates were interviewed and referred to principals for recommendations to hire 208, 4 Beginning  Date 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 Completion Dato 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 09/30/95 Responsibility Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Curriculum and Technical Specialists, Principals Director of Staff Development. Coordinator of Library Services, Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators, Director of Human Resources. Principals Evaluation Criteria 2.2 Weekly visitation logs document the direct services to schools provided by curriculum and technical specialists 2.3 An audio-visual catalog and staff development library catalog will document the materials available for loan to schools\ncheck-out logs will document the loan of other specialized materials Io the schools 2.4 Appointment books and feedback information will record the applicants who were Interviewed by the curriculum supervisorsProgram Seq *: 208 Page: 5 Revision Date: November 7, 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Or. Henry WiKams Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goat: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate knproved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.5 Print District documents for dissemination to teachers, princtoals, students, and/or parents A. Parent Home Study Guides were printed for parents of Incentive School students 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 09/30/95 2.6 Prepare instructional activities and materials for teachers and explain/demonstrate their use 07/01/95 06/30/96 3.0 Provide technical assistance to principals, teachers, and other personnel to facilitate the effective implementation of District programs 07/01/95 06/30/96 A. IRC monthly open house showcases materials and activities that have been prepared for teachers by aR curriculum departments 3.1 Assist the schools through the services of roving computer technicians to keep computer labs and equipment up and running 208, 5 09/01/95 07/01/95 25% 06/09/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators. Administrative Assistant to the Manager of Support Services. Printer at printshop Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, and Specialists at IRC Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators Coordinator of Technology. Computer Technicians, Principals 2.5 Teachers and principals have copies of applicable curriculum guides\nsign-off lists document the distribution of parent home study guides to parents\nstudent/parent records document that students and parents received \"Rights and Responsibilities Handbook\" 2.6 Monthly IRC Thursday Night Workshops are held to share instructional activities and materials with teachers\ncopies of other activities and materials prepared for teachers are on file al the IRC 3.0 District programs in the area of curriculum operate smoothly, without undue breakdown of equipment, lack of training of personnel, or lack of information by district personnel 3.1 Computer labs provide good service and have little \"down\" timePage: 6 Program Seq *: 208 Revision Date: November 7, 1995 Program Name: Curricuium Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Or. Henry Williams SecoTKlary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as weH as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3.2 Assist teachers with self-identified or princ^ak identified needs to knprove the teaching/learning process through content specific training as well as training in using various instructional strategies 07/01/95 06/30/96 Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators, Director of Staff Devetopment, Prin opals 3.2 Weekly visitation togs and visitation reports document technical assistance provided to teachers A. Curriculum Services staff assisted teachers in self identified needs as weH as needs identified by principal 07/14/95 25% 3.3 Help schools identify staff development needs and plan inservice lo address those needs 07/01/95 06/30/96 Director of Staff Development. Principals, Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators 3 3 The Staff Development Catalog contains training that meets the needs identified in the schools' School Improvement Plan A. COE schools assisted in staff development needs B. Planning for Disirict-wide early release days is underway 3.4 Monitor program implementation through classroom visitations A. Classroom observations of social studies instruction done in 13 schools B. Visitations made in all schools lo check special education needs 208, 6 08/15/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 08/24/95 08/14/95 25% 25% 06/30/96 24% 09/30/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisor and Coordinators 3.4 Weekly visitation togs document program monitoring Pag*: 7 Program Seq f: 206 Revision Data: November 7. 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secorxlary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Ot^^ctlves Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Resportslbility Evaluation Criteria 4. Provide staff development experiences for the effective implementation of the curriculum 3.5 Provide information to appropriate school personnel concerning academic events, training opportunities, fundhg sources, content-related questions, and special programs to enhance the instructional program A. Information regarding academic events, training opportunities, special programs and etc. provided B. Notices of funding opportunities were provided to selected principals and teachers in science C. Information given to schools re: transition, inclusion and literacy training for students with disabilities 3.6 Assist schools with special needs students to address the identified needs to improve the learning process A. Assistance provided to schools regarding special needs and programming B. Provided ESL tutors in 7 schools 208, 7 07/01/95 08/15/95 07/21/95 08/01/95 07/01/95 084)1/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 25% 25% 09/30/95 06/30/96 25% 25% 06/30/96 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Princ^als Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators. Staff Development 3.5 Memos, council agendas, and other written correspondence containing pertinent information is on file in each curriculum area 3.6 Programs to address special needs students are In place 4.0 Inservice programs offered are in response Io identified needs district-wide as well as local school sitesPafle: 6 Program Seq *: 208 Revision Date\nNovember 7, 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4 1 Provide inservice training through district-wide minicourses, training courses as weH as schoolbased workshops to maximize the delivery of the curriculum A. Staff development survey sent to all employee groups B. Inservice training provided by all departments in curriculum services 4.2 Maintain professional materials and supplies that can be accessed by local school sites for identified needs and/or professional development A. Professional materials and supplies maintained by Gifted and Talented. IMC. Staff develpoment. Science B. Professional catalog distributed 4.3 Provide technical assistance to individual schoolsAeachers through demonstration lessons, team-teaching as well as individual/group planning at the local school A. Eisenhower math and science specialists provided demo lessons and individual help to teadiers at approximately 15 schools B. Assistance provided in social studies to 13 schools 208, 8 07/01/95 08/28/95 08/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/21/95 07/01/95 08/21/95 07/27/95 06/30/96 09/15/95 25% 06/30/96 25% 07/21/95 06/30/96 25% 25% Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators. Staff Development Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Staff Development Specialists Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators, Staff Development Specialists 4.1 Catalogue reflects inservice opportunities 4.1 Computer generated record reflects all inservice topics, dates, participants 4 1 Evaluations are on file 4.2 Record of available materials is on file as well as documentation of materials that have been checked out for local schools 4.3 Copies of weekly visitation logs as well as staff development plans are availablePage: 9 Program Seq : 208 Revision Date: November 7, 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code\nPrimary Leader: Or. Henry Willtams Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as wen as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Resporrsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.4 Provide opportunities for teachers to work at the IRC to design and create their own activities 07/01/95 06/30/96 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators. Staff Development 4.4 List of available dates and participants is available A. Open house at IRC B. IRC resources available until 5:00 p. m each day 4.5 Provide specialists and technicians to assist local schools in the implementation of the Abacus Instructional Management Program 09/07/95 08/14/95 07/01/95 09/07/95 25% 06/30/96 Staff Development. Computer Central 4.5 Weekly visitation logs document direct services to the schools 4.5 Increased use of the Abacus system 5.0 Develop and evaluate programs to meet needs established by the district in the curriculum area 07/01/95 06/30/96 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Director of Planning Research and Evaluation 5.0 Programs are developed Io meet needs established by the District\nthe program budgeting process and Tast-track\" evaluations are used to evaluate new and existing programs A. Specialists provided assistance: Gibbs. Washington. Carver, Otter Creek, and for elementary principals B. Technicians made regular visits to elementary schools to provide Abacus assistance 208, 9 07/21/95 08/15/95 08/18/95 25%Program Seq *: 208 Page: 10 Revision Date\nNovember 7, 1995 Program Name\nCurriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader\nDr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal\nThe purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5.1 Plan programs for magnet, rnterdistrict. incentive, and other schools established by the District to incorporate selected themes 5.2 Develop District-wide programs to meet the special needs of identified populations of students A Grfled and Talented programs available in all schools to address needs of identified populations B. Inservices were held for Title 1 and Math Plus teachers 5.3 Assess the effectiveness of District programs in the curriculum area 208, 10 07/01/95 07/01/95 08/15/95 08/21/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 25% 25% 06/30/96 Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators, Assistant Superintendents. Principals. Associate Superintendent for Desegregation Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Principals, Director of Federal Programs Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators. Director of Planning Research and Evaluation 5.1 Schools with special themes have programs in place that infuse the theme throughout the curriculum 5 2 Student populations with special needs identified by the District in the curriculum area have programs in place to address their needs 5 3 Utilization of manpower and resources in the curricuium area will reflect the use of program assessment resultsProgram Seq *: 208 Page: 11 Revision Date\nNovember 7, 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Or. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning  Date Completion Date Ret ports Ibility Evaluation Criteria 5.4 Seek funding for District programs that qualify for grants from external funding sources A. Submitted 1 ESL grant extension AOE 5.5 Plan programs of study for students that meet local, stale, and national standards A. Newly revised science curriculum was developed using local, state, and national standards 5.6 Identify or develop alterative means of assessing student achievement of curricular objectives A. Portfolios used in grades 3-5 in Gifted and Talented program 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 08/15/95 07/01/95 08/15/95 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 09/30/95 06/30/96 25% 6.0 Develop and expand a cooperative relationship between home and school that will encourage positive home learning 07/01/95 06/30/96 208, 11 Director of Federal Programs. Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators. Assistant Superintendents. Princ^als Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators. Assistant Superintendents. Principals Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators. Principals, Teachers 5.4 Grant applications are on file in the Office of Federal Programs 5.5 Curriculum and program of studies reflect state curriculum frameworks, and program of studies meets local and state requirements and reflects national recommendations and trends 5.6 Criterion referenced test items will be cleaned-up/revised in Abacus test item bank for use by pilot schools\nkindergarten and elementary report cards will be revised: portfolio assessment workshops will be held for groups of teachers 6.0 Home and school cooperation and parental involvement will increase as reported on survey of parenb and VIPs recordsPage: 12 Program Seq *: 208 Revision Date: November 7. 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is Io plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as Io ensure curricular articulalion and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. New Abacus test items and teacher observable items were developed for revised science curriculum 6.1 Develop and print parent home study guides for distribution that can be used throughout Ihe year to reinforce positive learning A. Parent Home Study Guides were printed for Incentive School parents 6.2 Prepare information for dissemination to public regarding curricuium and parent home study guides 6.3 Provide inservice training for local school personnel and identified parents in the appropriate use of the study guide 6.4 Participate in recruitment activities for parents and students, particularly for newly developed programs 208, 12 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 09/30/95 06/30/96 09/30/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators. Staff Development, Principals. Teachers. Parents Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators 6.1 Guides are available 6.2 Results of surveys from parents reflect their use 6.3 Record of inservices and attendees is available 6.4 Record of activities 6.4 Increase in number of students recruited for new programs 1Page: 13 Program Seq #: 208 Revision Date: Program Name\nNovember 7. 1995 Program Code\nProgram Goal\nPlan Reference Page Number Curriculum Services Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader\nLucy Lyon The purpose o( curriculum services is Io plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as we# as Io ensure curricular articulalion and coordination K-12. Objectives Strategies Beglnnlr\u0026gt;g Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6.5 Share information with parents about trends in the area of curriculum and about features of LRSD Instructional programs 07/01/95 06/30/96 Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators. Principals, PTA Council 6.5 Agendas or records of information that is shared with parents A. Parent meetings held to inform parents of Gifted and Talented programming in the district 08/15/95 25% J 208. 13School Operations Cluster  * * Elementary Junior High School High School AthleticsProgram Seq : 209 Program Name: Elementary Schools Program Code: Primary Leader: Program Description: District Goal Support: Program Goal: [ Plan References: FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Sadie Mitchell, Margaret GremMlion Secondary Leader\nPage: 1 Revision Date: November 7, 1995 Elementary School Principals The elemenlary school program seeks Io provide Integrated learning experiences which meet the academic, social, and developmental needs o all LRSD students In a desegregated setting Central OfBco stall and principals collaborate Io ensure quality educational planning lor an students with the support ol local school stall, parents, and patrons To provide a quality integrated education for elementary school students. I $21,613,320.75 $2,629,565.55 I 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expertd: $2,629.565 55 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: I FTE 712.30 I Related Function Codes: 1120,2410,2590.1120 ] 209, 1Program Sag *: 209 Program Name: Elementary Schools Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Sadie Mitchell. Margaret GremilKon Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: November 7. 1995 Elementary School Principals To provide a quality integrated educaiion for elementary school students. Objectives Strategies Beginnirvg Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.0 Provide sufficient support to achieve a quality integrated educaiion for all students. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Principals, Assistant Superintendents 1.1 Develop annual school budgets 07/01/95 06/30/96 Princ^als. Assistant Superintendents 1.1 Completed and approved budget document detailing how funds will be expended. A. 1995-96 budgets provided to all administrators during principals' institute. 07/01/95 09/30/95 12 Recommend appropriate personnel Io deliver the educational program. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Principals. Assistant Superintendents 1.2 Annual staff report A. Assistant Superintendents approved new hires for school opening. 07/01/95 09/30/95 1.3 Requisition materials, supplies, and equipment necessary to deliver the educational program. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Principals. Assistant Superintendents 1.3 Educational Equity Monitoring reports, regular site visits by the Assistant Superintendents A All requisitions over $300 is submitted to the assistant superintendent's office for approval. 07/01/95 09/30/95 209, 2PrograiD Seq f: 210 Page: I Rerisioo Date: Novembers, 1995 Program Name: Junior High School* Program Code: Primary Leader: Dr. Victor Andenon Secondary Leaden Junior High School Principal* Program Description: The junior high *chool program *eek* lo provide inlegrated learning experience* which meet the academic, aocial. and developmenul need* of all LRSD atudent* in a deaegregaied aetiing. DKlrkl Goal Support: Central Oflice stafT and principal* collaborate lo ensure quality educational planning for all student* with the *upport of local achool staff, parents, and patrons. Program Goal: To provide a quality integrated education for junior high school student*. [ Plan References: FY Program Budget: $9,491,305.34 1st Qtr ELxpend: $1,016,710.68 3rd Qtr Expend: YTD Expenditures: $1,016,710.68 2iid Qtr Expend: 4lb Qtr Expend: [ Related Functioa Codes: 1130,1132,2410,2590 210, 1LKCaU r-1 rXUMKAM DUUUbl UUtUMtM P9: 1 Program Seq *: 210 Revleion Date: November 8, 1995 Program Name\nJunior High Schools Program Code: Primary Leader: Or. Victor Artderson Secondary Leader: Jr. High School Principals Program Goal: To provide a quality integrated education for junior high school students. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.0 Provide sufficient support to achieve a quality integrated education for all students. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Principals. Assistant SuperinterKfent 1.1 Develop annual school budgets A. Consult with principals on budget construction/msnegement 1.2 Recommend appropriate personnel to deliver the educational program. A. Consult with principals on construction of master schedules. B. Consult with principals on certification issues relating to personnel C. Approve hiring of personnel 1.3 Requisition materials, supplies, arwf equipment necessary to deliver the educational program. A. Consult with principals about supply/equipment requisitions B. Approve appropriate requisitions 210, 2 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 85% 75% 75% 06/30/96 25% 25% Principals. Assistant Superinterxlent Principals, Assistant Superintertdent Principals. Assistant SuperinterMfent 1.1 1.2 1.3 Completed sr\u0026gt;d approved budget document detailing how funds will be expanded. Anrtual staff report Educational Equity Morwtoring reports, regular site visits by the Assistant Superinter\u0026gt;dentProgram Seq f: 211 Pn^ram Name: Senior High School! Program Code: Primary Leader: Program Description: District Goal Support: Program Goal: [ Plan References: FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: Dr. Vidor Andenon Secondary Leader: Page: I Rertsioa Date: November 8, 1995 Senior High School Principele The senior high school program seeks to provide integrated learning experiences which meet the academic, social, and developmenul needs of all LRSD Mudents in a desegregated aetting. Central OfTice sufT and principals collaborate to ensure quality educational planning for all students with the support of local school stafT, parents, and patrons. To provide a quality integrated education for senior high Khool students. 1 $9,256,518.31 $1,394,781.19 I 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $1,394,781.19 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend\nI FTE 247.70 U I Related Functioo Codes: 1140, 2410, 2590. 1140 211, IPreoram Seq 8: 211 Program Name: Senior High Schools Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number Primary Leader: Dr. Victor Anderson Secondary Leader: Pao*: 2 Revlelon Date: November 8, 1995 Senior High School Principals To provide a quality integrated education for senior high school students. Obiectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.0 Provide sufficient support to achieve a quality integrated education for all students. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Principals, Assistant SuperinterKfent 1.1 Develop snrHiel school budgets A. Consult with principals on budget construction/management 1.2 Recornrrtervl appropriate personnel to deliver the educational program. A. Consult with principals on construction of master schedules B. Consult with principals on certification issues related to personnel C. Approve hiring of personnel 1.3 Requisition materials, supplies, arvl equipment necessary to deliver the educational program. A. Consult with principals about supply/equipment requisitions. B. Approve appropriate requisitions 211, 2 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 25% 06/30/96 85% 75% 75% 06/30/96 25% 25% Principals. Assistant SuperinterKlent Principals. Assistant Superintendent Principals. Assistant Superintertdent 1.1 Completed and approved budget document detailing how funds will be expended. 1.2 Annual staff report 1.3 Educational Equity Morvtoring reports, regular site visits by the Assistant SuperintertdentProgram Seq 212 Program Name: Athletics Program Code: Primary Leader: Program Description: District Goal Support: Program Goal\n[ Plan References: FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditiires: LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Or. Vic Anderson Secondary Leader: The Athletics program provides the opportunity for students to develop skills in competitive team and individual sports activities. To ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operation. To provide a quality athletics program. $178,448.80 1st Qtr Expend: $84,943.59 3rd Qtr Expend: $84,943.59 2nd Qtr Expend: 4lh Qtr Expend: Page: 1 Revision Date: November 20. 1995 Assistant Superintendent-Secondary Schools, Ouida Carter J FTE 0.00 [ Related Function Codes: 1151, 1152. 1154, 1155. 1156, 1157, 1158 212, 1Program Seq *: 212 Program Name: Athletics Program Code: Program Goal: To provide a quality athletics program. LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Dr. Vic Anderson Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: November 20, 1995 Assistant Superintendent-Secondary Schools, Ouida Carter Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.0 To conduct junior high athletics program for boys and girts. (Football, basketball, track, soccer, golf volleyball, and tennis) 07/01/95 06/30/96 Assistant Supt.. Secondary. Carter O. 1.0 An athletics program for junior high girts and boys b implemented as designed and approved by the LRSD Board of Directors 1.1 Conduct general office tasks. 07/01/95 06/30/96 Assistant Supt., Secondary, O. Carter 1.1 Office duties are conducted within specified time frames. 12 Order uniforms and supplies 07/01/95 04/30/96 Assistant Supt.. Secondary. O. Carter 1.2 Uniformsand supplies are available for use for each designated sports activity. 1.3 Conduct game operations tasks. 07/01/95 05/2Q/96 Assistant Supt., Secondary. O. Carter 1.3 All game operations (officials, security, ticket takers and sellers, and ambulance service) are conducted in specified time frame. 212, 2Program Seq *: 212 Page: 3 Revision Date: November 20, 1995 Program Name: Athletics Program Code: Primary Leader: Dr. Vic Anderson Secondary Leader: Assistant Superintendent-Secondary Schools, Ouida Carter Program Goal: To provide a quality athletics program. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.0 To conduct senior high athletics program for boys and girls (Football, basketball, track, soccer, tennis, golf, swimming, volleyball, and basebaH) 2.1 A. Arrange for medical personnel for junior high football games 6 Arrange for delivery of Volleyball game payrolls for junior high schools Conduct general office duties A. Adjust atheKic budget for all sports B. Order tickers, passes and forms for the school year. C. Distribute parent consent and health forms to all athletes D. Prepare and distribute gam schedules E. Assign and contract game officials F. Payment of membership fees to AAA for all secondary schools 212. 3 07/01/95 08/31/95 09/05/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 08/01/95 09/05/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 25% 08/01/95 50% 50% 08/30/95 Assistant Supt., Secondary, Carter O. Assistant Supt., Secondary O. Carter 20 An athletics program for senior high girls and boys is implemented as designed and approved by the LRSD Board of Directors 2.1 Office duties are conducted within specified time frames.Page: Program Seq *: 212 Revision Date: November 20, 1995 Program Name\nAthletics Program Code: Primary Leader: Dr. Vic Anderson Secondary Leader: Assistant Superintendent-Secondary Schools, Ouida Carter Program Goal: To provide a quality attiletics program. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.2 2.3 G. Requisition and prepare game payrolls for all secondary schools Order uniforms and supplies. A. Order uniforms for football teams B Order football supplies for all schools C. Receive and distribute uniforms and supplies for all sports as received D. Order basketball uniforms for schools, if needed E. Order Votteybalt uniforms and supplies for all schools Conduct game operations tasks. A. Prepare game payroll for Football and Volleyball for delivery to schools 212, 4 08/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 08/30/95 06/30/96 09/30/95 09/30/95 50% 09/30/95 09/30/95 06/30/96 50% Assistant Supt., Secondary O. Carter Assistant Supl.. Secorxtary O. Carter 2.2 Uniforms and supplies are available for use for each designated sports activity. 2.3 All game operations (ofRcials, security, ticket takers and sellers, and ambulance service) are conducted in specified time frame.Page: 5 Program Seq #: 212 Revision Date: November 20, 1995 Program Name: Athletics Program Code: Primary Leader: Dr. Vic Anderson Secondary Leader: Assistant Superintendent-Secondary Schools. Ouida Carter Program Goal: To provide a quality athletics program. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 24 B. Arrange for ambulance service al football games C. Check game reports and make deposits Arrange for transportation with outside vendors for all sports. A. Prepare requistion for out of county trips for alt sports programs B. Prepare requistion for coaches requesting funds for food on out of county trips 212, 5 06/01/95 09/06/95 07/01/95 06/01/95 06/01/95 50% 25% 06/30/96 25% 25% Assistant Supt., Secondary O. Carter 2.4 Transportation for events occurring outside the 50 mile radius of Little Rock is completed as scheduledSchool Support Cluster * * Guidance Services Drug Abuse Prevention  Health Services * * * *  *  * *  * * Curriculum Services/VIPS Educational Media Services Board of Education Services Executive Administration Services Support Service Management Fiscal Services Plant Services Pupil Transport Services Purchasing Services Safety \u0026amp; Security Services Planning \u0026amp; Evaluation Services Communication Services * Human Resource Services * * * Labor Relations Data Processing Services Family Life/New Futures Indebtedness * Contingencies JLRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq 9: 213 Pege: 1 Revision Date\nNovember 9. 1995 Program Name: Guidance Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Brady Gadberry Secondary Leader: Jo Evelyn Elston Program Description: The Guidance arxJ Counseling Program provides services Io support academic, social arxJ emotional success for students In the Little Rock School District. District Goal Support: 1. Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and amotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. 2. Develop arxl maintain a staff that is well-trained ar\u0026gt;d motivated. 3. The LRSD Board, administration, staff, erxi students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each irxlividual as a valued contributor to society arxl view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and notion can draw as we prepare for the 21 st Century. 4. Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, irwiudirtg our desegregation plan. 5. Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities arxJ operations. Program Goel: To promote the personal/social, academic and career development needs of all LRSD students. [ Plan References: I FY Program Budget: $2,665,216.59 let Qtr Expend: $348,628.73 3rd Qtr Expend: FTE 64.00 YTD Expenditures: $348,628.73 2nd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: Related Function Codes: 2111, 2114, 2120, 2121, 2129 213, 1Program Seq *: 213 Program Name: Guidance Services Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number N/A LKOU t-I ao-ao rnUUMMIVl DUUUt I UUbUMbNI Primary Leader: Brady Gadberry To maintain a well-qualified and racially diverse guidance staff in the Little Rock School District. Objectives Strategies Pag*: 2 Revision Date: November 9, 1995 Secondary Leader: Jo Evelyn Elston Beginning Date Completion Date Reaportaibility Evaluation Criteria 1. To assist in the recruitment and selection of a qualified end racially diverse pool of counselor applicants for each school. 1.1 Aggressive recruitment of minority counselor applicants for employment pool. A. No Counselor vacancies in 95-96. 1.2 Conduct interviews to screen counselor applicants prior to referral Io building principals. A. Process institutionalized in the recruitment and screervng of counselor applicants. 1.3 Corxfuct annual minority recruitment seminar for identifying qualified minority/non mirrority counselor applicants. 213, 2 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 25% 6/30/95 Director of Pupil Services, Director of Human Resources Minority Recruiter, Building Principals Tri-Oistrict Guidance Directors Minority Recruiter, Building administrators Director of Pupil Services, Minority Recruiter, Building Prirtcipals Tri-District Guidance Directors, Director. Pupil Services, Associate Supt. Desegregation, Minority Recruiter 1. The number of minority counselors in the District will increase as evidenced by a racially balanced staff at each building. 1.1 Comparison of ratio of nonminority to minority counselors In each building. 1.2 Comparison of number of minority counselors to nonminority counselors prior to 1993-94 school year. 1.3 Participation rosters, seminar agertda, record of counselor recruits identified from attendance roster.Program Seq itz 213 Pao*: 3 Progrem Name\nGuidance Services Ravbion Data: November 9, 1995 Program Code\nPrimary Leader\nBrady Gadberry Program Goal: Secondary Leader\nTo maintain a well-qualified and racially diverse guidance staff in the Little Rock School District. Jo Evelyn Elston Plen Reference Page Number Objectives 2. Develop, implement arxi maintain an effective staff development inservice program for District Counselors. Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/95 06/30/96 Deputy Supt., Director Pupil Services, District Guidance Counselors, Building Principals 2. District Counselors will receive inservice training annually to enharKe professional knowledge and uruferstanding to meet the guidance needs of all LRSD students. 2.1 Organize and maintain staff development planning committee to identify counselor training needs arxi assist in developing inservice calerxlar. 07/01/95 06/30/96 A. Elementary and secondary staff development planning committees formed. Two meetings were hold on 09/15/95 and 10/10/95. 2.2 Conduct monthly inservice workshops. A. Monthly inservice workshops held for secondary 08/24/95 and 9/25/95\nfor elementary 09/08/95 and 10/03/95. 213, 3 09/15/95 07/01/95 08/24/95 25% 25% 25% Deputy Supt., Pupil Services Director, Staff Development Trairwng Committee Deputy Supt., Pupil Services Director. Steff Development Training Corrwnittee 2.1 Roster of plannir\u0026gt;g committee members and copy of ennual inservice schedules. 2.2 Monthly training calenders. Meeting agendas, participant post workshop evaluations. PaO: 4 Program Saq #: 213 Ravbion Data: Novambar 9, 1995 Program Nama\nGuidanca Sarvicas Program Coda: Primary Laadar: Brady Gadbarry Sacondary Laadar: Jo Evalyn Elston Program Goal: To maintain a well-qualified artd racially diverse guidance staff in the Little Rock School District. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.3 Assess effectiveness of staff development training. A. 95% of counselors rated workshops good to excellent. 07/01/95 08/24/95 06/30/96 25% Director-Pupil Services, Staff Development Training Committee IRSC 2.3 Written post workshop evaluations. 3. Annually review written school-based guidance program plans to ensure that they address the personal/social, academic and career development needs of students. 3.1 Develop and implement school visitation schedule to review building guidance plans and to provide technical assistance and support as needed. 3.2 Provide assistance to counseling staff in refining all guidance program components. 3.3 Develop/refine program monitoring and evaluation instruments. A. Program monitoring and evaluation instruments prepared for distribution. 3.4 Develop and distribute program monitoring and evaluation timelines to program deliverers. 213, 4 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 09/25/3S 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 09/29/95 06/30/96 Assistant Superinterxlent. Director-Pupil Services. Building Principals, schoolbased guidance staff Deputy Supt.. Director-Pupil Services. Building Principals Deputy Supt., Director-Pupil Services. Building Principals Deputy Supt., Director-Pupil Services, Building Principals Deputy Supt.,Director- Pupil Services. Building Principals 3. A districiwide comprehensive guidance arvl counseling program that meets the social, personal, academic and career development needs of all students will be implemented in grades K through 12. 3.1 Copy of approved school visitation schedule, copy of school-based guidance plans. 3.2 Copy of school visitation follow-up reports. 3.3 Completed program evaluation instruments. 3.4 Copy of monitoring and evaluation timelines. Program Saq *: 213 P.O.: 5 Program Name: Guidance Services Revision Data: November 9, 1995 Program Code: Primary Leader: Program Goat: Brady Gadberry To maintain a well qualified and racially diverse guidance stall In the Little Rock School District. Seeondery Leader: Jo Evelyn Elston Plan Reference Page Number Objectivea Strategies 3.5 Conduct ar\u0026gt;d analyse program evaluation data. Beginning Date 07/01/95 Completion Date 06/30/96 Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4. Inform students of all opportunities available to them and encourage them to take advantage of these opportunities. 5. Make parents partners in education of their children by making information accessible to them and keeping them informed. 07/01/95 06/30/96 4.1 Publish a document annually which lists financial aid, vocational arxJ higher education opportunities for all students. A. First issue of Guidance clipsheets distribution to parents and students. 4.2 Encourage students to take advantage of opportunities open to them. 4.3 (Follow up to ensure that referral was appropriate intervention to enhance student success and expectations!. 213, 5 07/01/95 06/30/96 10/06/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 25% 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 Deputy Supt., Director-Pupil Services, Building Principals Counselors. Principals. (Pupil Services Teachers, parents. Teachers) PrirKsipals. Counselors, Vocational Director, Teachers. Parents Principals, Teachers, Parents, Students Prirwipals, Teachers, Parents Principals. Teachers, Parents 3.5 Written program evaluation reports. 4. Guidance services. Annual Report, and Report Comparison Reports will show all students needing services will receive them 4.1 Publications of document Disseminate document to students artd parents 4.2 Statistical increase in rujmber of students, particularly minority students, receiving financial aid and proceeding into post secondary education. 4.3 Documentation will show referrals were appropriate. 5. (Reports will reflect an increase in the number of parents involved as partners in the education of their children).Page 6 Program Seq *: 213 Revlaion Date: November 9, 1995 Program Name: Guidance Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Brady Gadberry Secondary Leader\nJo Evelyn Elston Program Goal: To maintain a well-qualified arxl racially diverse guidance staff in the Little Rock School District. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6.0 To make students aware of educational arxl post educational opportunities. 5.1 Hold community educational meetings each year during the spring to inform parents of curriculum arxl student opportunities Ito include co-curricular activities!. 5.2 Provide written information to parents regarding curriculum arxJ student skills. 6.1 Annually Review research ar\u0026gt;d develop rewards program so that recognition and incentives will be irxJividual to the school. A. Recognition and Awards programs ongoing and systematic. 213, 6 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 10/02/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 25% Principals, Counselors. Director of Guidance. Associate arxl Assistant Superinterxlents Educational Programs, Building Prirwipals, Convnunications Department Counselors, Principals, Teachers, Vocational Director. Parents Principals/Staff, Assistant Supts., VIPS. Patrons 5.1 Roster of meetings. 5.1 Number of students who graduate and elect advanced training/education by race arxl gerxlerl. 5.1 Report will show the targeted number os student who will enroll in upper-level classes and elect to attend post secorxfary education 5.2 Brochures arxt Parent Home Study Guide will ba given to targeted parents. Videos will be available for check-out. 6.0 Disseminate documents to students arxl parents. 6.1 Statistical data lo support validity of plan arxl improvement in discipline arxl behavior.Program Seq *\n213 Pao\n7 Program Name: Guidance Services Revision Date: November 9. 1995 Program Code\nPrimary Leader\nBrady Gadberry Program Goal: To maintain a well-qualified end racially diverse guidance staff in the Little Rock School District. Secondary Leader: Jo Evelyn Elston Plan Reference Page Number Objectives 7.0 Provide minicourses for students in study hails, testing skills, and pre-career skills in a sequenced program beginning in grade four and through high school. Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/95 6/30/95 Principals, Counselors, Teachers, Staff Development 7.0 Data gathered from Pupil Services Team. 7.1 Offer test taking study skills arid pre-career skills through the elementary and secorMfary instructional and guidance programs. 07/01/95 06/30/96 A. Test taking arvi study skills modules, delivered to prepare for Stanford 8 Testing. 09/04/95 25% 7.2 Minicourses to be developed in sequence beginning with grade (our. 07/01/95 06/30/95 Principals, classroom Teachers, VIPS, Guidance Counselors, Staff Development 7.2 Development of minicourses A. Test taking skills, study skills and pre-career skills systematically delivered through Guidance Program. 09/04/95 25% 7.3 Provide teacher staff development in the use of curriculum in these areas. 07/01/95 06/30/95 7.3 Staff participation in these (comparative rHjmbers). 213, 7P0: 8 Program Seq P: 213 Revision Dato: Novombor 9, 1995 Program Name: Guidance Services Program Code\nPrimary Leader\nBrady Gadberry Secondary Leader: Jo Evelyn Elston Program Goal: To maintain a well-qualified and racially diverse guidance staff in the Little Rock School District. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Rasporaibility Evaluation Criteria 8.0 Raise awareness of students of (aboutl future career options. 9.0 Provide counseling intervention for students with chronic disciplinary and/or attendance problems. 7.4 Offer appropriate staff development to teachers to support teaching of the curriculum. 8.1 Use of resource volunteers in classes arvJ assemblies beginning in elementary schools to address careed options. 9.1 Activate discipline/atterKJance intervention teams at school. Marxlate the Pupil Services Team to do monitoring arnf involve the counselor with students who have discipline/attertdance problems. 213, 8 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 07/01/95 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 06/30/96 Curriculum Staff. Staff Development Director, Pupil Services Curriculum Staff, Staff Development Director, Pupil Sarvicas Teachers grades 4-12 VIPS, Partners in Education. Pupil Services. Counselors Pupil Services Team, Counselors. Parents Principals. Guidance Departments. Building Staffs. School Health Services Coordinator 8.0 Decreased drop-out rate, number of students who elect post high school cereer/educational opportunities will increase. 9.0 Review of discipline arxl attendance records will show a decrease in chronic disciplinary arvj/or atterKfance problems. 9.1 Records of counseling intervention.Program Saq W\n213 Page: 9 Program Name: Guidance Services Raviaien Data: November 9, 1995 Program Coda: Primary Leader: Brady Gadberry Program Goal: Secondary Leader: To maintain a well-qualified and racially diverse guidance staff in the Little Rock School District. Jo Evelyn Elston Plan Reference Pege Number Objectives Strategies 9.2 Involve parents in the team process regarding their children through meetings/conferences to address attendance and/or disciplinary problems. 213, 9 Beginning Data Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/95 06/30/96 Principals. Parents. PT A Officers. PTA Council, Counselors. Pupil Services Teams. School Health Services 9.2 Records of parents/team involvement.LRSD FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq f: 214 Pa(e: 1 Revision Dale: November 7. 1995 Program Name: Drug Abuse Prevention Program Code: Primary Leader: Brady Gadberry Secondary Leader: Jo Evelyn Elston Program Description: A comprehensive drug prevention program that provides school and community based prevention and intervention initiatives desigrted to develop leadership and life skills that empower youth to lead productive and drug- free Ilves. Dlstricl Goal Support: I. Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills artd academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. 2. Develop artd maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. 3. The LRSD Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, suff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21 st Century. 4. Solicit and secure finarKial and other resources that are necessary to fully suppon our schools, including our desegregation plan. 5. Ensure that equity occun in all phases of school activities and operations. Program Goal: To develop and systematically implement a comprehensive drug abuse prevention program in the LRSD that reduces alcohol and other drug use among youth and increases comnwnity and family involvement in drug prevention efforts. I Plan References: FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: I 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: 3rd Qtr Expend: 4(h Qtr Expend: [ Related Function Codes: ] 214, 1Program Seq 214 Program Name: Drug Abuse Prevention Program Code: Program Goal\nPlan Reference Page Number N/A FY 95-96 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader\nBrady Gadberry To develop and systematically implement a comprehensive drug abuse prevention program in the LRSD. Objectives 1. To plan and systematically provide staff development program to support drug education curricula and prevention and intervention initiatives. Page: 2 RevisioD Date: November?, 1995 Strategies I.l Organize and coordinate staff development committee to plan and implement inservice training schedule. A. Staff development committees for elementary and secondary levels formed. 1.2 Conduct inservice training for program deliverers. A. Inservice workshops for elementary and secondary counselors held as follows: 09/25/95 - 10/03/95 1.3 Provide supplementary drug education and au\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_561","title":"Program planning and budget tool, FY 1997","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1995-10-31"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System"],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Education--Evaluation","School improvement programs"],"dcterms_title":["Program planning and budget tool, FY 1997"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/561"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":["Available for use in research, teaching, and private study. Any other use requires permission from the Butler Center."],"dcterms_medium":["planning"],"dcterms_extent":["478 pages"],"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nA Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 1 Code PINV Name % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Jul 3 '95 Scheduled Finish Aug 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson 2 PINV Identify and revise DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% Jul 3 '95 Aug 11 '95 Jackson,Lewis,Smith 3 PINV Review and adjust primary and secondary leaders for DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% Jul 17'95 Aug 14 '95 Lewis,Mayo 4 PINV Finalize list of DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% Aug 15'95 Aug 18'95 Jackson,Lewis 5 PINV Generate a Program Inventory Report for 1995-96 100% Aug 18 '95 Aug 31 '95 Jackson,Lewis  PEVAL 95% Jul 3 '95 Nov 22 '95 Jackson RECEIV.^\"' OCT 3 1 1995 7 PEVAL Notify program managers that program evaluation begins in fall\nbegin data collection 100% Jul 3 '95 Jul 28 '95 Jackson OJfice Of Desegregation Monitenng 8 PEVAL Review/revise process for cabinet review of program evaluations 100% Aug 1 '95 Aug 15'95 Jackson,Cabinet Page 1 FY97 Ocober 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 9 Code PEVAL Name_______________________ Review/revise program evaluation instrument % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Aug 1 '95 Scheduled Finish Aug 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Cabinet,Jackson 10 PEVAL Distribute program evaluation instruments and instructions to primary and/or secondary leaders: provide additonal information/instruments, if needed 100% Aug 25 '95 Aug 25 '95 Jackson 11 PEVAL Conduct required training sessions describing the process and evaluation criteria for designated staff 100% Aug 4 '95 Aug 31 '95 Jackson 12 PEVAL Program evaluations due from secondary or primary leaders 100% Sep 15'95 Sep 15'95 Cabinet 13 PEVAL Review program evaluations (DSeg and NonDSeg) for potential target programs for extended evaluations 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 2 '95 Cabinet 14 PEVAL Finalize identification of extended evaluation targets 100% Oct 2 '95 Oct 13'95 Cabinet 15 PEVAL Notify appropriate staff to prepare Extended Program Evaluations 100% Oct 16'95 Oct 20 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 16 PEVAL Extended evaluations due 0% Nov 13'95 Nov 13'95 Program Managers Page 2 FY 97 Ocober 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 17 Code PEVAL Name_____________________________ Cabinet review extended evaluations for merge into needs assessment report % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Nov 17'95 Scheduled Finish Nov 22 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson NEEDS 73% Seo 1 '95 Nov 30 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 19 NEEDS Review types of data to measure needs of district for FY 96-97 100% Sep 1 '95 Sep 8 '95 Cabinet.Jackson 20 NEEDS Analyze results of the budgeting and planning priorities revealed from the 94-95 Needs Assessment Report 100% Sep 1 '95 Sep 8 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 21 NEEDS Review strategic planning mission statement and goals of the District (and implement) 100% Sep 1 '95 Sep 8 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 22 NEEDS Board identifies District concerns for input from public at Town Hall/District Dialogues 100% Sep 14 '95 Sep 14 '95 Williams,Board 23 NEEDS STANFORD 8 TEST DATA SIUPY 100% Sep 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson 24 NEEDS Define purpose and scope for Stanford 8 Test data study 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Jackson,Cabinet Page 3 FY 97 Ocober31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 25 Code NEEDS Name________________________ Assign responsibilities for study of Stanford 8 Test data % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson 26 NEEDS Design data collection plan for study of Stanford 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Lacey 27 NEEDS Collect and analyze data from Stanford 8 Test (Spring 95 administration) 100% Sep 15 '95 Oct 13'95 Jackson,Lacey,Savage 28 NEEDS Prepare Stanford 8 Test Report 100% Oct 13'95 Oct 31 '95 Lacey 29 NEEDS Submit Stanford 8 Test Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment 100% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson,Lacey 32 NEEDS PRE EDUCATIONAL EQUITY MONITORING REPORTS SURVEY 100% Sep 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson 31 NEEDS Define purpose and scope for PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Jackson,Cabinet 32 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Jackson Page 4 FY 97 Ocober 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 33 Code NEEDS Name_______________________________ Analyze data from PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Studies % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 18 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 30 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Smith 34 NEEDS Prepare PRE Educational Equity Monitoring findings 100% Oct 2 '95 Oct 13'95 Smith 35 NEEDS Submit PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study to PRE for merge into needs assessment listing 100% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson,Smith ae NEEDS SCHOOL CLIMATE/HUMAN RELATIONS SURVEY ISC/HRISTUDY 100% Sep 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson 37 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of SC/HR Survey 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 38 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for SC/HR data collections 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson 39 NEEDS Design data collection plan for study of SC/HR 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Hobby 40 NEEDS Collect and analyze data from SC/HR Survey 100% Sep 15 '95 Oct 13'95 Jackson,Hobby Page 5 FY 97 Ocober 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 41 Code NEEDS Name Prepare SC/HR Survey Report % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Oct 13'95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Hobby 42 NEEDS Submit SC/HR Survey Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment 100% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson,Hobby I 43 NEEDS PORPORTIONALS ALLOCATION FORMULAS STUDY 100% Sep 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Smith.Milhollen 44 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Smith.Milhollen,Cabinet 45 NEEDS Assign responsibilities lor Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Smith 46 NEEDS Design data collections plan for Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Smith 47 NEEDS Collect and analyze data for Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% Sep 15 '95 Oct 13'95 Hurley,Eaton,Gadberry,Neal, Milhollen,Smith 48 NEEDS Prepare Proportional Allocation Formulas Report 100% Oct 13'95 Oct 31 '95 Milhollen,Hurley,Eaton, Neal,Smith Page 6 FY97 Ocober 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 49 Code NEEDS Name Submit Proportional Allocations Formulas Study Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment listing % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Oct 31 '95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Milhollen I 5Q NEEDS DISTRICTWIDE FACILITIES STUDY 85% Seo 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Smith I I 51 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Districtwide Facilities Study/Report from 1994-95 Study for purposes of 1995-96 Needs Assessment Report 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Williams,Smith,Cabinet 52 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for the Districtwide Facilities Study/Reporting of findings 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Smith,Eaton I I 53 NEEDS Prepare Findings from the Districtwide Facilities Study 80% Sep 16 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 15'95 Smith,Mayo,Eaton,\\/ann I 54 NEEDS Submit Districtwide Facilities Study Report recommendations to PRE for merge into needs assessment report (recommendations cited in this report are subject to change) 100% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Smith, Mayo,Eaton 55 NEEDS DESEGREGATION MONITORING REPORTS AUDIT FROM PPM 57% Seo 11 '95 Nov 30 '95 Mavo 56 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Williams,Mayo,Cabinet Page 7 FY 97 Ocober 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 57 Code NEEDS Name Assign responsibility for data collection of transcripts and Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15'95 Revised Finish Resource Names Mayo I I 58 NEEDS Design data collection plan for study of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Mayo I I 59 NEEDS Collect data 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 13'95 Mayo 60 NEEDS Review with Cabinet and Attorneys 100% Oct 16'95 Oct 31 '95 Mayo I 61 NEEDS Report findings to PRE 0% Oct 31 '95 Nov 18'95 Mayo I I I 62 NEEDS Merge new obligations with Program Budget Document 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 30 '95 Mayo,Lewis 63 NEEDS COURT ORDERS AUDIT 55% Sep 11 '95 Nov 30 '95 Mavo 64 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Court Orders Audit 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Cabinet,Mayo Page 8 FY 97 Ocober 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 65 Code NEEDS Name Assign responsibility for data collection of Court Orders Audit % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Mayo 66 NEEDS Collect data 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 13'95 Mayo 67 NEEDS Review with Cabinet and Attorneys 100% Oct 16'95 Oct 31 '95 Mayo 68 NEEDS Report findings to PRE 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 18'95 Mayo 69 NEEDS Merge new obligations with Program Budget Document 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 30 '95 Mayo,Lewis IS. NEEDS TOWN HALL MEETINGS 67% Seo 11 '95 Nov 21 '95 Williams. Jackson.Modeste 71 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Town Hall Meetings 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Modeste,Cabinet 72 NEEDS Review previous years data from Town Hall Report 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Modeste, Jackson,Vann Page 9 FY 97 Ocober 31 '95F Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 73 Code NEEDS Name Review and data collection plan (matrix)forTown Hall Meetings % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Vann,Lewis 74 NEEDS Set locations and schedule for Town Hall Meeting 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Vann.Modeste 75 NEEDS Develop advertisement plan and schedule for Town Hall Meetings\nPrepare sample agenda 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Vann.Modeste 76 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting I 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann.Modeste 77 NEEDS Conduct Town Hall Meeting I 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Williams 78 NEEDS Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting I for input into matrix 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann,Lewis 79 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan tor Town Hall Meeting 11 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann.Modeste 80 NEEDS Conduct Town Hall Meeting II 0% Sep 18'95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 9 '95 Williams I I I Page 10 FY97 Ocober 31 '95 .1Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 81 Code NEEDS Name Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting II for input into matrix % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Sep 18 '95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Nov 9 '95 Resource Names Vann,Lewis 82 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting III 80% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 14 '95 Vann.Modeste 83 NEEDS Conduct Town Hall Meeting III 0% Nov 14 '95 Nov 14 '95 Williams 84 NEEDS Finalize and publish Town Hall Meeting Report 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 15'95 Nov 17 '95 Modeste, Lewis 85 NEEDS Merge findings of Town Hall Meeting Report, 1995-96 into needs assessment listing 0% Nov 15'95 Nov 21 '95 Jackson,Lewis as NEEDS DISTRICT DIALOGUES 55% Seo 11 '95 Nov 21 '95 Williams. Jackson.Modeste 87 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of District Dialogues 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Williams, Jackson,Modeste,Cabinet 88 NEEDS Review previous years data from District Dialogue Report 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Modeste,Vann Page 11 FY 97 Ocober 31 '95ID 89 Code NEEDS Name___________________________ Review data collection plan (matrix) for District Dialogues Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson.Vann.Modeste 90 NEEDS Set locations and schedule for District Dialogue Meetings 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Modeste.Vann 91 NEEDS Develop advertisement plan and schedule for District Dialogues: prepare sample agenda 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Vann.Modeste 92 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue l(Principals) 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann.Modeste 93 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue I 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Williams 94 NEEDS Gather feedback from District Dialogue 1 for input into matrix 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann,Lewis 95 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue IlfAss't Principals) 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann.Modeste 96 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue II 100% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Williams Page 12 FY 97 Ocober 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 97 Code NEEDS Name Gather feedback data from District Dialogue II for input into matrix % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 18 '95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Vann,Lewis 98 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue lll(Teachers) 75% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 1 '95 Vann.Modeste 99 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue III 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 1 '95 Williams 100 NEEDS Gather feedback data from District Dialogue III for merge into matrix 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 6 '95 Vann,Lewis 101 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue IV(Admin. and Classified) 75% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 6 '95 Vann.Modeste 102 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue IV 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 6 '5 Williams 103 NEEDS Gather feedback data from District Dialogue IV for input into matrix 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 6 '95 Vann,Lewis 104 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue V(Transportation) 75% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 8 '95 Vann.Modeste Page 13 FY 97 Ocober 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 105 Code NEEDS Name Conduct District Dialogue V % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Sep 18 '95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Nov 8 '95 Resource Names Williams 106 NEEDS Gather feedback data from District Dialogue V tor input into matrix 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Nov 8 '95 Vann,Lewis 107 NEEDS Finalize and publish District Dialogue Report 1995-96 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 15'95 Nov 17 '95 Jackson,Lewis 108 NEEDS Merge findings of District Dialogue Report 1995-96 into needs assessment listing 0% Nov 15'95 Nov 21 '95 Jackson,Lewis 109 NEEDS PREPARE NEEDS ASSESSMENT REPORT 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 30 '95 Jackson 110 NEEDS Conduct Administrative review of available districtwide reports and objective data 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 15'95 Jackson,Cabinet 111 NEEDS Conduct Board Work Session for review of available districtwide reports and objective data 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 15'95 Williams, Jackson,Board 112 NEEDS Publish Draft of Needs Assessment /Report and disseminate to selected persons 0% Nov 27 '95 Nov 27 '95 Jackson,Cabinet Page 14 FY 97 Ocobe.r 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 113 Code NEEDS Name_________________________ Publish Needs Assessment Report, 1995-96 % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Nov 30 '95 Scheduled Finish Nov 30 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson I I 114 GOALS PLANNING AND BUDGET GOALS 28% Jan 31 '96 Jackson 115 GOALS CABINET PLANNING SESSION 63% Oct 2 '95 Dec 11 '95 Jackson.Cabinet 116 GOALS Review 1994-95 Needs Assessment Report 100% Oct 2 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 117 GOALS Distribute 1995-96 Needs Assessment Report to Cabinet members 0% Dec 1 '95 Dec 8 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 118 GOALS Distribute District goals to Cabinet 0% Dec 1 '95 Dec 8 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 119 GOALS Cabinet review of goals 0% Dec 11 '95 Dec 11 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 120 GOALS BOARD WORK SESSION 0% Nov 15 '95 Pec 19 '95 Jackson.Williams Page 15 FY 97 Ocober 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 121 Code GOALS Name Establish date and site for Work Session % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Nov 15'95 Scheduled Finish Nov 30 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams,Cabinet J I 122 GOALS Identify materials for Board Work Session 0% Nov 1595 Nov 30 '95 Jackson,Williams 123 GOALS Prepare materials for Board Work Session 0% Nov 15'95 Nov 30 '95 Jackson I 124 GOALS Conduct Board Work Session 0% Dec 12'95 Dec 15 '95 Board,Williams 125 GOALS Distribute background materials to Board members 0% Dec 12'95 Dec 15 '95 Jackson 126 GOALS Review/revise mission statement and goals (review Strategic Planning mission statement) 0% Dec 12'95 Dec 15 '95 Board 127 GOALS Review DSeg and NonDSeg Program Inventory 0% Dec 12'95 Dec 15 '95 Board 128 GOALS Review identified proportional allocations 0% Dec 12'95 Dec 15 '95 Board Page 16 FY 97 Ocober 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 129 Code GOALS Name________________ Establish written priorities % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Dec 12'95 Scheduled Finish Dec 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Board 130 GOALS Identify strategies for funding shortfalls 0% Dec 12 '95 Dec 15 '95 Board 131 GOALS Develop timeline for identification and researching of funding shortfall strategies 0% Dec 12'95 Dec 15 '95 Board 132 GOALS Develop communication strategy for mission statement and goals 0% Dec 14 '95 Dec 14 '95 Williams,Vann 133 GOALS Distribute mission statement and goals 0% Dec 19 '95 Dec 19 '95 Jackson,Vann 134 GOALS Distribute list of priorities 0% Dec 19 '95 Dec 19'95 Jackson,Vann 135 GOALS BOARD RETREAT 0% Pec 8 .'95 Jan 31 '96 Williams 136 GOALS Determine date and site for Board Retreat 0% Dec 8 '95 Dec 20 '95 Williams,Board Page 17 FY97 Ocober 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 137 Code GOALS Name____________________________ Identify agenda items for Board Retreat % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Dec 8 '95 Scheduled Finish Dec 20 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams,Boa rd 138 GOALS Establish agenda for Board Retreat 0% Dec 8 '95 Dec 20 '95 Williams,Board 139 GOALS Identify materials for Board Retreat 0% Dec 8 '95 Dec 20 '95 Williams.Jackson 140 GOALS Distribute materials for Board Retreat 0% Jan 9 '96 Jan 10 '96 Williams.Jackson 141 GOALS Conduct data analysis work session in preparation for Board Retreat 0% Jan 12 '96 Jan 12 '96 Williams,Cabinet 142 GOALS Conduct Board Retreat 0% Jan 22 '96 Jan 26 '96 Williams,Boa rd 143 GOALS Report outcomes of Board Retreat 0% Jan 31 '96 Jan 31 '96 Williams,Boa rd 144 PDEV PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT 0% Nov 1 '95 Aug 30 '96 Jackson.Cabinet Page 18 FY 97 Ocober 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 145 Code PDEV Name SUBMIT BUSINESS CASE FOR PROGRAM AND/OR MODIFICATIONS TO SUPERINTENDENT % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Nov 1 '95 Scheduled Finish Feb 22 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams.Jackson 146 PDEV Review process for program development 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 10'95 Cabinet 147 PDEV Use extended program evaluations to identify program additions, modifications, deletions 0% Nov 17'95 Nov 27 '95 Cabinet 148 PDEV Notify appropriate staff to prepare Business Cases on results of extended program evaluations 0% Nov 17'95 Nov 30 '95 Cabinet 149 PDEV Review recommendations from district needs assessment report in order to identify additional programs or programs modifications resulting in business case(s) 0% Dec 5 '95 Dec 11 '95 Cabinet 150 PDEV Business Cases due 0% Jan 8 '96 Jan 8 '96 Primary Leaders 151 PDEV Review of Business Cases by Cabinet 0% Jan 15 '96 Jan 22 '96 Cabinet 152 PDEV Submit Business Cases for program and/or program modifications to Board of Directors 0% Feb 8 '96 Feb 8 '96 Jackson,Williams Page 19 FY 97 Ocober 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 153 Code PDEV Name_________________________ Review of Business Cases by Board % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Feb 8 '96 Scheduled Finish Feb 22 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Board 154 BUDGT BUDGETING 0% Nov 20 '95 Aug 30 '96 Smith. Gadberrv.Hurlev.Milhollen 155 BUDGT Develop budget preparation training materials 0% Nov 20 '95 Nov 27 '95 Smith,Milhollen 156 BUDGT Issue instructions for budget preparation at all levels 0% Nov 28 '95 Nov 30 '95 Smith 157 BUDGT Conduct budget preparation training sessions 0% Dec 1 '95 Dec 8 '95 Smith 158 BUDGT Budget managers develop and submit revised 1995-96 expense budget revisions and 1996-97 expense budget requests 0% Dec 11 '95 Jan 6 '96 Milhollen,Smith 159 BUDGT Begin districtwide expense budget consolidation and executive review process 0% Jan 9 '96 Mar 8 '96 Smith 160 BUDGT Year to date revenue expenditure analysis 0% Jan 9 '96 Jan 31 '96 Smith,Milhollen Page 20 FY 97 Ocober 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 161 Code BUDGT Name_____________________________ Revise financial forecast for coming year % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Feb 26 '96 Scheduled Finish Mar 6 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Smith 162 BUDGT Submit proposed budget to Board 0% Mar 14 '96 Mar 14 '96 Williams 163 BUDGT Conduct Board Work Sessions on proposed budget 0% Mar 18 '96 Mar 29 '96 Smith .Board .Williams 164 BUDGT Revise proposed budget, as needed 0% Mar 14 '96 Apr 2 '96 Smith.Milhollen 165 BUDGT Prepare tentative budget 0% Apr 3 '96 May 13'96 Smith.Milhollen 166 BUDGT Board review of tentative budget 0% May 23 '96 May 23 '96 Boa rd.Smith 167 BUDGT Conduct Board Work Session on tentative Budget 0% May 24 '96 May 31 '96 Board. Williams 168 BUDGT Account reconciliation and Purchase Order (PO) clean-up 0% Jun 17'96 Jul 12'96 Eaton Page 21 FY 97 Ocober 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 169 Code BUDGT 170 BUDGT Name_____________________________ Receipt of state generated revenue numbers (payroll liabilities, adjusted supplemental payroll, last payroll, Carl Perkins, M to M, JTPA, Vocational Ed., Chapters 1 and 2, Compensatory Ed., MFPA, Transportation, ABC) Close-out 1995-96 accounts: adjust physical inventory, (fiscal)federal grants, magnet, state grants, accruals % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Jun 16 '96 Scheduled Finish Jun 16 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Milhollen,Smith 171 BUDGT Compute ending fund balance 0% 0% 172 BUDGT Administrative review of final budget 0% 173 BUDGT Submit final budget to Board 0% 174 BUDGT Board review and adoption of 96-97 final budget 0% 175 BUDGT Submit final Budget to Court/Parties 0% 176 BUDGT Submit 96-97 final budget to State 0% Jul 1 '96 Jul 19 '96 Smith.Milhollen,Cabinet Jul 22 '96 Jul 22 '96 Milhollen,Smith Jul 24 '96 Jul 29 '96 Williams,Cabinet Page 22 Aug 1 '96 Aug 1 '96 Williams,Smith Aug 1 '96 Aug 8 '96 Aug 21 '96 FY 97 Aug 8 '96 Aug 21 '96 Aug 30 '96 Board Williams,Attorney Williams,Smith Ocober 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool i ID 122 Code BUDGT Name Staffing % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Jan 26 '96 Scheduled Finish Aug 15 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Hurley 1 178 BUDGT First review of changes in course offerings by Board 0% Jan 26 '96 Feb 8 '96 Board, Williams 179 BUDGT Meeting with counselors and principals to review courses offerings 1995-96 0% Jan 29 '96 Feb 15'96 Elston 180 BUDGT Print secondary course selection sheets 0% Jan 29 '96 Feb 15'96 Williams,Gadberry 181 BUDGT Counselors meet with students and complete course selection sheets 0% Feb 19'96 Mar 8 '96 Principals,Counselors 182 BUDGT Counselors send course selection sheets to receiving schools 0% Mar 8 '96 Mar 11 '96 Principals,Counselors 183 BUDGT Registrars tally course selections 0% Mar 11 '96 Mar 29 '96 Principals, Registrars 184 BUDGT Review course tallies secondary. Note possible staffing changes based on courses requested 0% Apr 1 '96 Apr 19'96 Gadberry,Hurley,Asst. Supts. Page 23 FY 97 Ocober 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 185 Code BUDGT Name Identify elementary enrollment (tentative) for 1995-96 % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Apr 1 '96 Scheduled Finish May 19'96 Revised Finish Resource Names______________ Mayo,Hurley,Gadberry,Asst Supts 186 BUDGT Make determination by subject area (secondary) of possible changes and by projected elementary enrolled 0% Apr 1 '96 Apr 19'96 Gadberry,Hurley,Asst. Supts. 187 BUDGT List known retirements, resignations, and intern positions 0% Apr 3 '96 Apr 24 '96 Gadberry,Hurley 188 BUDGT Identify certified personnel for Reduction in Force (RIF), if needed 0% Apr 17'96 Apr 26 '96 Hurley,Gadberry 189 BUDGT Notify certified personnel of Reduction in Force (RIF), if needed staff reduction 0% Apr 24 '96 Apr 29 '96 Hurley,Gadberry 190 BUDGT Recall certified personnel from RIF, if needed 0% Jun 3 '96 Aug 1 '96 Hurley,Gadberry 191 BUDG Notify classified personnel of staff reduction 0% May 6 '96 Jul 15'96 Hurley,Gadberry 192 BUDGT Recall classified personnel from RIF, if needed 0% Jun 3 '96 Aug 15'96 Hurley Page 24 FY 97 Ocober 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 193 Code BUDGT Name PROVIDE BROAD-BASED INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL FEEDBACK % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Feb 1 '96 Scheduled Finish Apr 30 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Modeste. Vann. Williams 194 BUDGT Plan for internal and external feedback. Set locations and dates 0% Feb 1 '96 Feb 15'96 Williams.Modeste.Vann 195 BUDGT Execute advertisement for district feedback. Session I 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste,Vann 196 BUDGT Conduct District Feedback Session I 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 197 BUDGT Execute advertisement plan for district feedback. Session II 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste,Vann 198 BUDGT Conduct District Feedback Session II 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 199 BUDGT Execute advertisement for district feedback. Session III 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 200 BUDGT Conduct district feedback. Session III 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams Page 25 FY 97 Ocober 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 201 Code BUDGT Name Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall feedback. Session I % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Feb 1 '96 Scheduled Finish Apr 30 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Modeste,Vann 202 BUDGT Conduct Town Hall feedback, Session I 0% Feb 1 96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 203 BUDGT Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall feedback. Session II 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste.Vann 204 BUDGT Conduct Town Hall feedback , Session II 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 205 BUDGT Execute advertisement for Town Hall feedback. Session III 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 206 BUDGT Conduct Town Hall feedback, Session III 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste,Vann 207 MR MONITORING AND REPORTING OF DESEG AND NONDESEG PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 11ST QUARTER: 2ND QUARTER: 3RD QUARTER: 4TH QUARTER! 31% Aug 1 '95 Aug 31 '96 Jackson 208 MR PRE performs necessary diskette management functions for the summer ( i.e. archival filing, achievement erasures, copying, etc.) 100% Aug 1 '95 Aug 17'95 PRE Clerical Page 26 FY 97 Ocober 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 209 Code MR Name Revise written program budget document instructions, as needed % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Aug 31 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 5 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Lewis 210 MR PRE forward program budget document diskettes to principals and program managers 100% Aug 31 '95 Sep 5 '95 PRE Clerical,Lewis 211 MR Distribute written program budget document instructions to principals and program managers 100% Sep 1 '95 Sep 5 '95 Lewis,PRE Clerical 212 MR Plan maintenance education and orientation regarding the program budget document process 100% Aug 1 '95 Aug 31 '95 Jackson, Lewis 213 MR 214 MR Conduct maintenance education workshops and orientation sessions regarding the program budget document process for principals, clerical staff, program managers, primary and secondary leaders 1ST QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 100% 66% 215 MR Review program budget document with program managers and principals 100% 216 MR Generate diskette management flow information to relative staff School Operations and PRE office 100% Sep 4 '95 Aug 8 '95 Aug 8 '95 Aug 8 '95 Sep 30 '95 Dec 21 '95 Oct 14'95 Aug 31 '95 Jackson,Lewis Jackson Asst. Supts,Lewis,PRE Clerical Jackson,Lewis Page 27 FY 97 Ocober 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 217 Code MR Name Carryout training sessions on the Program Budget Document and WordPerfect % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 2 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Lewis,Jackson 218 MR Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 1st Quarter PBD diskettes 100% Oct 3 95 Oct 3 '95 Lewis 219 MR DSeg and NonDSeg diskettes returned to PRE 100% Oct 14'95 Oct 14 '95 Principals,Program Managers 220 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 50% Oct 16 '95 Nov 8 '95 PRE Clerical,Lewis 221 MR PRE generate hard copies of diskettes 50% Oct 16 '95 Nov 8 '95 PRE Clerical 222 MR PRE develops narrative and the Controller provides financial info for the PBD reports 100% Oct 16 '95 Oct 31 '95 Lewls,Milhollen 223 MR PRE combines all information for the 1st Quarter Program Budget Report 0% Oct 31 '95 Nov 8 '95 Lewis,PRE Clerical 224 MR Submit report to Attorney for review 0% Nov 8 '95 Nov 13'95 Lewis Page 28 FY97 Ocober 31Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 225 Code MR Name Prepare for publication of 1st Quarter Program Budget Document Reports % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Nov 13'95 Scheduled Finish Nov 13'95 Revised Finish Resource Names Lewis,Jackson i 226 MR Submit 1st Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 0% Nov 21 '95 Nov 21 '95 Jackson,Attorney I I 227 MR Return diskettes and hard copies to managers and principals 0% Nov 21 '95 Nov 22 '95 PRE Clerical 228 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to the secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% Nov 21 '95 Dec 21 '95 Primary Leaders i 229 MR 2ND QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 0% Nov 21 '95 Mar 22 '96 Jackson 230 MR Advise program managers and principals on Programs Budget Document 0% Nov 21 '95 Jan 13 '96 Asst. Supts,Lewis I 231 MR Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 2nd Quarter PBD diskettes 0% Jan 6 '96 Jan 6 '96 Lewis 232 MR Diskettes due back to PRE 0% Jan 13 '96 Jan 13 '96 Program Managers,Principals Page 29 FY 97 Ocober 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ! ID 233 Code MR Name PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Jan 13 '96 Scheduled Finish Jan 26 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names PRE Clerical 234 MR PRE generates hard copies of diskettes 0% Jan 15 '96 Jan 31 '96 PRE Clerical t 1 235 MR PRE revises narrative and the controller provides financial info for Program Budget Document Reports (DSeg and NonDSeg) 0% Jan 29 '96 Feb 3 '96 Lewis,Milhollen 236 MR PRE combines all revised information for 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Jan 29 '96 Feb 3 '96 Lewis,PRE Clerical 237 MR Submit report to Attorney for review 0% Feb 14'96 Feb 19'96 Atforney,Jackson 238 MR Prepare publication of 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Feb 22 '96 Feb 22 '96 Lewis 239 MR Submit 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 0% Feb 23 '96 Feb 23 '96 Jackson,Attorney 240 MR Return diskettes and paper copies to principals and program managers 0% Feb 23 '96 Feb 24 '96 PRE Clerical Page 30 FY97 Ocober 31 '95 Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 241 Code MR Name Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Feb 23 '96 Scheduled Finish Mar 22 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Primary Leaders i4: MR 3RD QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 0% F-eb 23 '96 Jun 24 '96 Jackson 243 MR Advise program managers and principals on the Program Budget Document 0% Feb 23 '96 Apr 12'96 Asst. Supts,Lewis 244 MR Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 3rd Quarter PBD diskettes 0% Mar 7 '96 Mar 7 '96 Lewis 245 MR Diskettes due back to PRE 0% Apr 12 '96 Apr 12'96 Principals,Program Managers 246 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 0% Apr 15'96 Apr 28 '96 PRE Clerical 247 MR PRE generate hard copies of diskettes 0% Apr 15'96 May 3 '96 PRE Clerical 248 MR PRE revises narrative and the controller provides financial information for 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Apr 29 '96 May 3 '96 Lewis,Milhollen Page 31 FY 97 Ocober 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 249 Code MR Name PRE combines all revised information for 3rd Quarter PBD Reports % Complete 0% Scheduled Start May 6 '96 Scheduled Finish May 10 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Lewis,PRE Clerical 250 MR Submit report to Attorney tor review 0% May 13'96 May 16'96 Lewis 251 MR Prepare publication of 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% May 20 '96 May 23 '96 Lewis 252 MR Submit 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document to Court 0% May 24 '96 May 24 '96 Jackson,Attorney 253 MR Return diskettes and paper copies to principals and program managers 0% May 24 '96 May 27 '96 PRE Clerical 254 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% May 24 '96 Jun 24 '96 Primary Leaders 255 MR 4th QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 0% May 9 '96 Aug 31 '96 Jackson 256 MR Advise program managers and principals on Program Budget Document 0% May 22 '96 Jul 22 '96 Asst. Supts,Lewis,PRE Clerical Page 32 FY97 Ocober 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 257 Code MR Name Send reminder notice for completing the PBD to principals and program managers % Complete 0% Scheduled Start May 9 '96 Scheduled Finish May 15'96 Revised Finish Resource Names Lewis 258 MR Principals submit School Operations Diskettes to Asst. Supts. 0% Jun 10 '96 Jun 16 '96 Principals 259 MR Diskettes due from Program Managers who are on a less than 12 month contract 0% Jun 10 '96 Jun 16 '96 Program Managers 260 MR All Program diskettes due back to PRE 0% Jul 14 '96 Jul 14 '96 Program Managers 261 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up 0% Jul 15'96 Jul 28 '96 PRE Clerical,Lewis 262 MR PRE develops narrative and the controller provides financial information for 4th quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Jul 29 '96 Aug 4 '96 Lewis,Milhollen 263 MR PRE combines all information for 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Jul 29 '96 Aug 4 '96 Lewis,PRE Clerical 264 MR Submit report to Attorney for review 0% Aug 12 '96 Aug 12'96 Jackson Page 33 FY 97 Ocober 31 '95ID 265 Code MR Name Prepare for publications the 4fh Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 266 MR Submit 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 267 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 268 MR PRE house diskettes as 1996-97 school year begins 269 MR SUBMIT MONTHLY MANAGEMENT REPORT (MANAGEMENT TOOLI TO COURT 270 MR Submit July's monthly management report to Court 271 MR Submit August's monthly management report to Court 272 MR Submit September's monthly management report to Court Page 34 Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Aug 16 '96 Scheduled Finish Aug 19'96 Revised Finish Resource Names Lewis I 0% 0% 0% 31% 100% 100% 100% Aug 22 '96 Aug 22 '96 Jackson,Attorney Aug 1 '96 Jun 16'96 Jul 31 '95 Jul 31 '95 Aug 31 '95 Sep 29 '95 FY 97 Aug 31 '96 Aug 22 '96 Aug 31 '96 Jul 31 '95 Aug 31 '95 Sep 29 '95 Primary Leaders Lewis Jackson Jackson,Attorney Jackson ,Attorney Jackson,Attorney Ocober 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 273 Code MR Name Submit October's monthly management report to Court % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Oct 31 '95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson .Attorney 274 MR Submit November's monthly management report to Court 0% Nov 30 '95 Nov 30 '95 Jackson,Attorney 275 MR Submit December's monthly management report to Court 0% Dec 21 '95 Dec 21 '95 Jackson.Attorney 276 MR Submit January's monthly management report to Court 0% Jan 31 '96 Jan 31 '96 Jackson.Attorney 277 MR Submit February's monthly management report to Court 0% Feb 29 '96 Feb 29 '96 Jackson.Attorney 278 MR Submit March's monthly management report to Court 0% Mar 29 '96 Mar 29 '96 Jackson.Attorney 279 MR Submit April's monthly management report to Court 0% Apr 30 '96 Apr 30 '96 Jackson.Attorney 280 MR Submit May's monthly management report to Court 0% May 31 '96 May 31 '96 Jackson.Attorney Page 35 FY 97 Ocober 31 '95nra ID 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 Page 36 Code MR MR MR ORG ORG ORG ORG ORG Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool Name Submit June's monthly management report to Court Submit July's monthly management report to Court Submit August's monthly management report to Court REASSESSMENT OF PROCESS AND ORGANIZATION 1996-97 Analyze, reassess, and revise planning organization and structure Revise, discuss and reach consensus regarding format and tasking of 1996-97 Management Tool Initial circulation of 1996-97 Management Tool Evaluate tasking of 1996-97 Management Tool % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Jun 28 '96 Scheduled Finish Jun 28 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Attorney 0% 0% 17% 10% 100% 100% 15% Jul 31 '96 Jul 31 '96 Jackson,Attorney Aug 31 '96 Aug 31 '96 Jackson Jul 5 '95 Jul 5 '95 Jul 5 '95 Jul 13'95 Jul 24 '95 FY 97 Aug 30 '96 Jul 28 '96 Jul 24 '95 Jul 31 '95 Aug 30 '96 Jackson.Attorney Williams.Jackson Cabinet,Lewis, Jackson Lewis,Jackson Cabinet,Lewis Ocober 31 '95Quarter 1 st Quarter ID 1 Name % Complete 100% May I Jun~ Jul | Aug | Sep 2nd Quarter Oct Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 2 Identify and revise DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% 3 Review and adjust primary and secondary leaders for DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% 4 Finalize list of DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% I 5 Generate a Program Inventory Report for 1995-96 100% S 95% 7 Notify program managers that program evaluation begins in fall\nbegin data collection 100% Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress M Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  PagelID 8 Name Review/revise process for cabinet review of program evaluations % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar ~Apr | May | Jun Jul | Aug | Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 9 Review/revise program evaluation instrument 100% 10 Distribute program evaluation instruments and instructions to primary and/or secondary leaders: provide additonal information/instruments, if needed 100% I 11 Conduct required training sessions describing the process and evaluation criteria for designated staff 100% 12 Program evaluations due from secondary or primary leaders 100% 13 Review program evaluations (DSeg and NonDSeg) for potential target programs for extended evaluations 100%  I 14 Finalize identification of extended evaluation targets 100% H 1 Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page2ID 15 Name__________________________ Notify appropriate staff to prepare Extended Program Evaluations % Complete 100% Quarter May I Juri 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I 16 Extended evaluations due 0% 17 Cabinet review extended evaluations for merge into needs assessment report 0% 73% 19 Review types of data to measure needs of district for FY 96-97 100% 20 Analyze results of the budgeting and planning priorities revealed from the 94-95 Needs Assessment Report 100% I 21 Review strategic planning mission statement and goals of the District (and implement) 100%  Nov I Dec Q Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical Noncrltical ^/////////^^^^^^ Progress - Milestone | Page3 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec Summary Rolled Up Quarter 1st Quarter ID 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Name Board identifies District concerns for input from public at Town Hall/District Dialogues STANFORD 8 TEST DATA STUDY Define purpose and scope for Stanford 8 Test data study Assign responsibilities for study of Stanford 8 Test data Design data collection plan for study of Stanford Collect and analyze data from Stanford 8 Test (Spring 95 administration) Prepare Stanford 8 Test Report Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical Noncritical % Complete 100% May I Jun Jul [ Aug | Sep Oct 2nd Quarter Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar Apr | May [ Jun 1st Quarter 2nd Quarter Jul [ Aug I Sep Oct | Nov | Dec 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Progress  Milestone | I I I Summary Rolled Up  Page4Quarter 1 st Quarter 2nd Quarter 3rd Quarter ID 29 Name Submit Stanford 8 Test Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment % Complete 100% May I Jun~ Jul | Aug | Sep Oct Nov I Dec~ Jan | Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec PRE EDUCATIONAL EQUITY MONITORING REPORTS SUBVIY 100% 31 Define purpose and scope for PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study 100% I 32 Assign responsibilities for PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study 100% I 33 Analyze data from PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Studies 100% 34 Prepare PRE Educational Equity Monitoring findings 100% H 35 Submit PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study to PRE for merge into needs assessment listing 100% i Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  PagesID ae Name SCHOOL CLIMATE/HUMAN RELATIONS SURVEY (SC/HRISTUDY % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 37 Define purpose and scope of SC/HR Survey 100% I 38 Assign responsibilities for SC/HR data collections 100% I 39 Design data collection plan for study of SC/HR 100% I 40 Collect and analyze data from SC/HR Survey 100% 41 Prepare SC/HR Survey Report 100% B 42 Submit SC/HR Survey Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment 100% Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  PagesID 43 Name PORPORTIONALS ALLOCATION FORMULAS STUDY % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul [ Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 44 Define purpose and scope of Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% I 45 Assign responsibilities for Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% I 46 Design data collections plan for Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% I 47 Collect and analyze data for Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% 48 Prepare Proportional Allocation Formulas Report 100%  49 Submit Proportional Allocations Formulas Study Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment listing 100% Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical Noncrltical Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page?r ID 5Q Name % Complete 85% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 51 Define purpose and scope of Districtwide Facilities Study/Report from 1994-95 Study for purposes of 1995-96 Needs Assessment Report 100% I 52 Assign responsibilities tor the Districtwide Facilities Study/Reporting of findings 100% I 53 Prepare findings from the Districtwide Facilities Study 80% 54 Submit Districtwide Facilities Study Report recommendations to PRE for merge into needs assessment report (recommendations cited in this report are subject to change) 100% 5 DESEGREGATION MONITORING REPORTS AUDIT FROM PPM 57% 56 Define purpose and scope of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit 100% I Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress - Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  PagesID 57 Name Assign responsibility for data collection of transcripts and Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I 58 Design data collection plan for study of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit 100% I 59 Collect data 100% 60 Review with Cabinet and Attorneys 100% 61 Report findings to PRE 0% 62 Merge new obligations with Program Budget Document 0% 2nd Quarter Oct Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec ea COURT ORDERS AUDIT 55% Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page9ID 64 Name Define purpose and scope of Court Orders Audit % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I 2nd Quarter Oct Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 65 Assign responsibility for data collection of Court Orders Audit 100% I 66 Collect data 100% 67 Review with Cabinet and Attorneys 100% 68 Report findings to PRE 0% 69 2fl Merge new obligations with Program Budget Document TOWN HALL MEETINGS Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical Noncritical 0% 67% Progress  Milestone  Pagel0 Summary Rolled Up ID 71 Name Define purpose and scope of Town Hall Meetings % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I 72 Review previous years data from Town Hall Report 100% I 2nd Quarter Oct Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 73 Review and data collection plan (matrix)forTown Hall Meetings 100% I 74 Set locations and schedule for Town Hall Meeting 100% I 75 Develop advertisement plan and schedule for Town Hall Meetings\nPrepare sample agenda 100% I 76 Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting I 100% 77 Conduct Town Hall Meeting I 100% Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical Noncrltical Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Pagel1ID 78 Name Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting I for input into matrix % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter 2nd Quarter Jul I Aug [ Sep ~Oct | Nov | Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 79 Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting II 100% 80 Conduct Town Hall Meeting II 0% 81 Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting II for input into matrix 0% 82 Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting III 80% 83 Conduct Town Hall Meeting III 0% 1 84 Finalize and publish Town Hall Meeting Report 0% .. Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical ^6^7777777/7/77^^ Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Pagel2ID 85 as 87 88 89 90 91 Name Merge findings of Town Hall Meeting Report, 1995-96 info needs assessment listing DISTRICT DIALOGUES Define purpose and scope of District Dialogues Review previous years data from District Dialogue Report Review data collection plan (matrix) for District Dialogues Set locations and schedule for District Dialogue Meetings Develop advertisement plan and schedule for District Dialogues: prepare sample agenda Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical % Complete 0% 55% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Noncritical Quarter May I Jut? 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I I I I I 2nd Quarter Oct Nov I Dec s 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec Progress B Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page13ID 92 Name Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue l(Principals) % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter 2nd Quarter Jul [ Aug I Sep Oct | Nov | Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 93 Conduct District Dialogue I 100% 94 Gather feedback from District Dialogue 1 for input into matrix 100% 95 Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue ll\u0026lt;Ass't Principals) 100% 96 Conduct District Dialogue II 100% 97 Gather feedback data from District Dialogue II for input into matrix 100% 98 Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue lll(Teachers) 75% Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page14ID 99 Name Conduct District Dialogue III % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jut? 1st Quarter 2nd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep Oct I Nov | Dec too Gather feedback data from District Dialogue III for merge info matrix 0% 101 Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue IVfAdmin. and Classified) 75% 102 Conduct District Dialogue IV 0% 103 Gather feedback data from District Dialogue IV for input into matrix 0% W/M. 104 Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue VfTransportation) 75% 105 Conduct District Dialogue V 0% i i Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical Noncrltical Progress h Milestone  Pagel 5 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb [ Mar 4th Quarter Apr [ May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul [ Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec Summary Rolled Up ID 106 Name Gather feedback data from District Dialogue V for input into matrix % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter 2nd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep Oct | Nov | Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb [ Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 107 Finalize and publish District Dialogue Report 1995-96 0% 108 Merge Tindings of District Dialogue Report 1995-96 into needs assessment listing 0% 109 EBEFARE NEEDS ASSESSMENT REPORT 0% 110 Conduct Administrative review of available districtwide reports and objective data 0% 111 Conduct Board Work Session for review of available districtwide reports and objective data 0% 112 Publish Draft of Needs Assessment /Report and disseminate to selected persons 0% I 1 Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress H Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Pageie ID 113 Name Publish Needs Assessment Report. 1995-96 % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 PLANNING AND BUDGET GOALS 28% CABINET PLANNING SESSION 63% 116 Review 1994-95 Needs Assessment Report 100% 117 Distribute 1995-96 Needs Assessment Report to Cabinet members 0% 0 118 Distribute District goals to Cabinet 0% 0 119 Cabinet review of goals 0% I Project: Dale: 10/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress - Milestone  Summary Rolled Up Q Pagel?ID 120 Name BOARD WORK SESSION % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct 3rd Quarter Nov I Dec~ Jan | Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul [ Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 121 Establish date and site for Work Session 0% 122 Identify materials for Board Work Session 0% 123 Prepare materials for Board Work Session 0% 124 Conduct Board Work Session 0% a 125 Distribute background materials to Board members 0% B 126 Review/revise mission statement and goals (review Strategic Planning mission statement) 0% 0 Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up Q Pagel8IO 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 Name Review DSeg and NonDSeg Program Inventory Review identified proportional allocations Establish written priorities Identify strategies for funding shortfalls Develop timeline for identification and researching of funding shortfall strategies Develop communication strategy for mission statement and goals Distribute mission statement and goals Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical Noncrltical % Complete 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% Quarter May I Juri 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct Nov I DeZ B 0 0 0 0 I I 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar Apr | May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec Progress m Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page19Quarter 1st Quarter ID 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 Name Distribute list of priorities BOARD RETREAT Determine date and site for Board Retreat Identify agenda items for Board Retreat Establish agenda for Board Retreat Identify materials for Board Retreat Distribute materials for Board Retreat Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical Noncritical % Complete 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% May I Jun~ Jul | Aug | Sep Progress m Milestone  2nd Quarter Oct Page20 3rd Quarter Nov I Dec Jan | Feb | Mar I Summary Rolled Up Q 4th Quarter 1st Quarter 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun ~Jul | Aug | Sep Oct | Nov | DecID 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 Name Conduct data analysis work session in preparation for Board Retreat Conduct Board Retreat Report outcomes of Board Retreat SUBMIT BUSINESS CASE FOR PROGRAM AND/OR MODIFICATIONS Review process for program development Use extended program evaluations to identify program additions, modifications, deletions Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical Noncritical % Complete 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct Nov I Dec 3 0 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar ~^r | May [ Jun~ Jul | Aug | Sep Q 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up Q Page21ID 148 Name Notify appropriate staff to prepare Business Cases on results of extended program evaluations % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 149 Review recommendations from district needs assessment report in order to identify additional programs or programs modifications resulting in business case(s) 0% 0 150 Business Cases due 0% I 151 Review of Business Cases by Cabinet 0% 0 152 Submit Business Cases for program and/or program modifications to Board of Directors 0% I 153 Review of Business Cases by Board 0% 154 BUDGETING 0% Project\nDate: 10/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Rolled Up  Page22ID 155 Name Develop budget preparation training materials % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct Nov I Dec a 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 156 Issue instructions for budget preparation at all levels 0% 0 157 Conduct budget preparation training sessions 0% 0 158 Budget managers develop and submit revised 1995-96 expense budget revisions and 1996-97 expense budget requests 0% 159 Begin districtwide expense budget consolidation and executive review process 0% V/////////A 160 Year to date revenue expenditure analysis 0% 161 Revise financial forecast for coming year 0% 0 Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress m Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page23ID 162 Name Submit proposed budget to Board % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar I 4th Quarter Apr [ May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 163 Conduct Board Work Sessions on proposed budget 0% 0 164 Revise proposed budget, as needed 0% 165 Prepare tentative budget 0% 166 Board review of tentative budget 0% I 167 Conduct Board Work Session on tentative Budget 0% 0 168 Account reconciliation and Purchase Order (PO) clean-up 0% Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical Noncrltical Progress  Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page24ID 169 Name 170 Receipt of state generated revenue numbers (payroll liabilities, adjusted supplemental payroll, last payroll, Carl Perkins, M to M, JTPA, Vocational Ed., Chapters 1 and 2, Compensatory Ed., MFPA,_______ Close-out 1995-96 accounts: adjust physical inventory, (fiscal)federal grants, magnet, state grants, accruals % Complete 0% 0% 171 Compute ending fund balance 0% 172 Administrative review of final budget 0% 173 Submit final budget to Board 0% 174 Board review and adoption of 96-97 final budget 0% 175 Submit final Budget to CourVParties 0% Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical Noncritical Quarter May I Jur? 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I Q I 0 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec Progress Ml Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page25Quarter 1 st Quarter ID 176 122 178 179 180 181 182 Name Submit 96-97 final budget to State Staffing First review of changes in course offerings by Board Meeting with counselors and principals to review courses offerings 1995-96 Print secondary course selection sheets Counselors meet with students and complete course selection sheets Counselors send course selection sheets to receiving schools Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical Noncritical % Complete 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% May I JurT Jul | Aug | Sep Progress h Milestone | 2nd Quarter Oct Page26 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter T^ov I Dec\" Jan | Feb | Mar Apr | May | Jun 0 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 0 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec Summary Rolled Up ID 183 Name Registrars tally course selections % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jur? 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 184 Review course tallies secondary. Note possible staffing changes based on courses requested 0% 185 Identify elementary enrollment (tentative) for 1995-96 0% 186 Make determination by subject area (secondary) of possible changes and by projected elementary enrolled 0% 187 List known retirements, resignations, and intern positions 0% 188 Identify certified personnel for Reduction in Force (RIF), if needed 0% 0 189 Notify certified personnel of Reduction in Force (RIF), if needed staff reduction 0% Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical Noncrltical Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page27ID 190 Name Recall certified personnel from RIF, if needed % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct 3rd Quarter Nov I Dec Jan | Feb [ Mar 4th Quarter 1st Quarter 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun ~Jul | Aug | Sep Oct | Nov | Dec 191 Notify classified personnel of staff reduction 0% 192 Recall classified personnel from RIF, if needed 0% 193 PROVIDE BROAD-BASED INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL FEEDBACK 0% 194 Plan for internal and external feedback. Set locations and dates 0% 195 Execute advertisement for district feedback, Session I 0% 196 Conduct District Feedback Session I 0% Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress m Milestone  Summary Rolled Up Q Page28ID 197 Name Execute advertisement plan for district feedback. Session II % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jur? 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar ~Apr | May | Jun 198 Conduct District Feedback Session II 0% 199 Execute advertisement for district feedback. Session III 0% 200 Conduct district feedback, Session III 0% 201 Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall feedback, Session I 0% 202 Conduct Town Hall feedback. Session I 0% 203 Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall feedback, Session II 0% Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page29 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I DecID 204 Name Conduct Town Hall feedback , Session II % Complete 0% Quarter [ 1st Quarter 2nd Quarter May I Jun Jul [ Aug | Sep Oct 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter 1 st Quarter 2nd Quarter Nov I Dec ~jan | Feb | Mar | Apr | May | Jun Jul | Aug | Sep 'Oct | Nov | Dec 205 Execute advertisement for Town Hall feedback, Session III 0% 206 Conduct Town Hall feedback. Session III 0% 207 MQMITPRING AND REPORTING OF DESEG AND NONDESEG PROGRAM BUDGET BQCUMENT BEEQBIS fl ST QUARTER: 2ND QUARTER: 3RD QUARTER: 4TH QUARTERI 31% 208 PRE performs necessary diskette management functions for the summer ( i.e archival filing, achievement erasures, copying, etc.) 100%  209 Revise written program budget document instructions, as needed 100% I 210 PRE forward program budget document diskettes to principals and program managers 100% I Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress M Milestone | Summary Rolled Up Q Page30ID 211 Name Distribute written program budget document instructions to principals and program managers % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jut? 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I 2nd Quarter Oct Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 212 Plan maintenance education and orientation regarding the program budget document process 100% 213 214 Conduct maintenance education workshops and orientation sessions regarding the program budget document process for principals, clerical staff, program managers, primary and secondary leaders__________________ 1ST QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 100% 66% 215 Review program budget document with program managers and principals 100% 216 Generate diskette management flow information to relative staff School Operations and PRE office 100% 217 Carryout training sessions on the Program Budget Document and WordPerfect 100% B Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical Noncrltical Progress - Milestone | Summary Rolled Up Q Page31ID 218 Name Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 1st Quarter PBD diskettes % Complete 100% Quarter May I Juri 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I 219 DSeg and NonDSeg diskettes returned to PRE 100% 220 PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 50% 221 PRE generate hard copies of diskettes 50% 222 PRE develops narrative and the Controller provides financial info for the PBD reports 100% 223 PRE combines all information for the 1 st Quarter Program Budget Report 0% 224 Submit report to Attorney for review 0% Nov I Dec  a a Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone H Page32 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec Summary Rolled Up QID 225 Name Prepare for publication of 1st Quarter Program Budget Document Reports % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct Nov I Dec I 226 Submit 1st Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 0% I 227 Return diskettes and hard copies to managers and principals 0% 228 Primary leaders provide feedback to the secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% 223 2ND QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 0% 230 Advise program managers and principals on Programs Budget Document 0% 231 Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 2nd Quarter PBD diskettes 0% Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress M Milestone  Page33 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar Summary Rolled Up Q 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I DecID 232 Name Diskettes due back to PRE % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 233 PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 0% 234 PRE generates hard copies of diskettes 0% 235 PRE revises narrative and the controller provides financial info for Program Budget Document Reports (DSeg and NonDSeg) 0% 236 PRE combines all revised information for 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% 237 Submit report to Attorney for review 0% 238 Prepare publication of 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress Milestone Summary Rolled Up Q Page34ID 239 Name Submit 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jur? 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 240 Return diskettes and paper copies to principals and program managers 0% 241 Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% 242 3RD QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 0% 243 Advise program managers and principals on the Program Budget Document 0% 244 Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 3rd Quarter PBD diskettes 0% I 245 Diskettes due back to PRE 0% I I Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical Noncrltical Progress - Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page35ID 246 Name PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jut? 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct Nov I PeF 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 247 PRE generate hard copies of diskettes 0% 248 PRE revises narrative and the controller provides financial information for 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Q 249 PRE combines all revised information for 3rd Quarter PBD Reports 0% 250 Submit report to Attorney for review 0% 0 251 Prepare publication of 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% B 252 Submit 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document to Court 0% Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone H Summary Rolled Up Q Page36ID 253 Name Return diskettes and paper copies to principals and program managers % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2ncl Quarter Oct Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 0 254 Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% 255 4th QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 0% 256 Advise program managers and principals on Program Budget Document 0% 257 Send reminder notice for completing the PBD to principals and program managers 0% 258 Principals submit School Operations Diskettes to Asst. Supts. 0% 259 Diskettes due from Program Managers who are on a less than 12 month contract 0% Project: Date\n10/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress H Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page37 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 0 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec B Quarter 1 st Quarter ID 260 Name All Program diskettes due back to PRE % Complete 0% May I Jun\" Jul | Aug | Sep 2nd Quarter Oct Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter 1 st Quarter Apr I May | Jun ~Jul | Aug | Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 261 PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up 0% 262 PRE develops narrative and the controller provides financial information for 4th quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% 263 PRE combines all information for 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% 264 Submit report to Attorney for review 0% I 265 Prepare for publications the 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% B 266 Submit 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 0% I Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress m Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page38r ID 267 Name Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD % Complete 0% Quarter May [ Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 268 PRE house diskettes as 1996-97 school year begins 0% W//////////A 269 SUBMIT MONTHLY MANAGEMENT REPORT (MANAGEMENT TOOL! TO COURT 31% 270 Submit July's monthly management report to Court 100% I 271 Submit August's monthly management report to Court 100% I 272 Submit September's monthly management report to Court 100% 273 Submit October's monthly management report to Court 100% Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical Noncrltical Progress  Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page39I ID 274 Name_______________________ Submit November's monthly management report to Court % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct Nov I Dec I 275 Submit December's monthly management report to Court 0% I 276 Submit January's monthly management report to Court 0% 277 Submit February's monthly management report to Court 0% 278 Submit March's monthly management report to Court 0% 279 Submit April's monthly management report to Court 0% 280 Submit May's monthly management report to Court 0% Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress  Milestone | Page40 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar I I I 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun I I 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec Summary Rolled Up IO 281 Name Submit June's monthly management report to Court % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct Nov I PeF 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun I 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 282 Submit July's monthly management report to Court 0% I 283 Submit August's monthly management report to Court 0% 284 17% ORGANIZATION 1996-97 285 Analyze, reassess, and revise planning organization and structure 10% 286 Revise, discuss and reach consensus regarding format and tasking of 1996-97 Management Tool 100% 287 Initial circulation of 1996-97 Management Tool 100% Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical I%gi88%!888a88!^ Noncritical Progress H Milestone H Summary Rolled Up  Page41ID 288 Name______________________ Evaluate tasking of 1996-97 Management Tool % Complete 15% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter 2nd Quarter 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep Oct | Nov | Dec Jan | Feb | Mar Apr | May | JurT Jul | Aug | Sep Project: Date: 10/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress H Milestone B Summary Rolled Up Q 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_596","title":"Program planning and budget tool, FY 1997","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1995-09-28"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System"],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Education--Evaluation","School improvement programs"],"dcterms_title":["Program planning and budget tool, FY 1997"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/596"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":["Available for use in research, teaching, and private study. Any other use requires permission from the Butler Center."],"dcterms_medium":["planning"],"dcterms_extent":["80 pages"],"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nLittle Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 1 Code PINV Name PROGRAM INVENTORY % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Jul 3 '95 Scheduled Finish Aug 31 '35 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson 2 PINV Identify and revise DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% Jul 3 '95 Aug 11 '95 Jackson,Lewis,Smith 3 PINV Review and adjust primary and secondary leaders for DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% Jul 17'95 Aug 14 '95 Lewis,Mayo 4 PINV Finalize list of DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% Aug 15 '95 Aug 18 '95 Jackson,Lewis 5 PINV Generate a Program Inventory Report for 1995-96 100% Aug 18 '95 Aug 31 '95 Jackson,Lewis 6 PEVAL PROGRAM EVALUATION 70% Jul 3 '95 Nov 22 '95 Jackson 7 PEVAL Notify program managers that program evaluation begins in fall\nbegin data collection 100% Jul 3 '95 Jul 28 '95 Jackson C3 \u0026lt; \u0026gt; IT. 8 PEVAL Review/revise process for cabinet review of program evaluations 100% Aug 1 '95 Aug 15 '95 Jackson,Cabinet S o o o Co re tr: mC C'/l. O' o o o o: 1 - 1 Z-i w \u0026gt; tn Page 1 FY 97 Sept 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 9 Code PEVAL Name_________________________ Review/revise program evaluation instrument % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Aug 1 '95 Scheduled Finish Aug 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Cabinet,Jackson 10 PEVAL Distribute program evaluation instruments and instructions to primary and/or secondary leaders\nprovide additonal information/instruments, if needed 100% Aug 25 '95 Aug 25 '95 Jackson 11 PEVAL Conduct required training sessions describing the process and evaluation criteria for designated staff 100% Aug 4 '95 Aug 31 '95 Jackson 12 PEVAL Program evaluations due from secondary or primary leaders 100% Sep 15 '95 Sep 15'95 Cabinet 13 PEVAL Review program evaluations (DSeg and NonDSeg) for potential target programs for extended evaluations 25% Sep 18 '95 Oct 2 '95 Cabinet 14 PEVAL Finalize identification of extended evaluation targets 0% Oct 2 '95 Oct 13'95 Cabinet 15 PEVAL Notify appropriate staff to prepare Extended Program Evaluations 0% Oct 16 '95 Oct 20 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 16 PEVAL Extended evaluations due 0% Nov 13'95 Nov 13'95 Program Managers Page 2 FY 97 Sept 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 17 Code PEVAL Name______________________________ Cabinet review extended evaluations for merge into needs assessment report % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Nov 17 '95 Scheduled Finish Nov 22 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson IS NEEDS NEEDS ASSESSMENT 45% Sen 1 '95 Nov 30 '95 Jackson.Cabinet 19 NEEDS Review types of data to measure needs of district for FY 96-97 100% Sep 1 '95 Sep 8 '95 Cabinet,Jackson 20 NEEDS Analyze results of the budgeting and planning priorities revealed from the 94-95 Needs Assessment Report 100% Sep 1 '95 Sep 8 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 21 NEEDS Review strategic planning mission statement and goals of the District (and implement) 100% Sep 1 '95 Sep 8 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 22 NEEDS Board identifies District concerns for input from public at Town Hall/District Dialogues 100% Sep 14 '95 Sep 14'95 Williams,Board 23 NEEDS STANFORD 8 TEST PAIA SIDDX 51% Seo 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson 24 NEEDS Define purpose and scope for Stanford 8 Test data study 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Jackson,Cabinet Page 3 FY 97 Sept 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 25 Code NEEDS Name_________________________ Assign responsibilities for study of Stanford 8 Test data % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15'95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson 26 NEEDS Design data collection plan for study of Stanford 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Lacey 27 NEEDS Collect and analyze data from Stanford 8 Test (Spring 95 administration) 50% Sep 15 '95 Oct 13'95 Jackson,Lacey,Savage 28 NEEDS Prepare Stanford 8 Test Report 0% Oct 13'95 Oct 31 '95 Lacey 29 NEEDS Submit Stanford 8 Test Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment 0% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson,Lacey 3Q NEEDS PRE EDUCATIONAL EQDIIX MONITORING REPQBIS SUBVEY 67% Sep 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson 31 NEEDS Define purpose and scope tor PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Jackson,Cabinet 32 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Jackson Page 4 FY 97 Sept 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 33 Code NEEDS Name_________________________________ Analyze data from PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Studies % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 18'95 Scheduled Finish Sep 30 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Smith 34 NEEDS Prepare PRE Educational Equity Monitoring findings 0% Oct 2 '95 Oct 13'95 Smith 35 NEEDS Submit PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study to PRE for merge into needs assessment listing 0% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson,Smith 36 NEEDS SCHOOL CLIMATE/HUMAN RELATIONS SURVEY ISC/HRISTUDY 100% Seo 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson 37 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of SC/HR Survey 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Jackson,Cabinet 38 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for SC/HR data collections 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson 39 NEEDS Design data collection plan for study of SC/HR 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Hobby 40 NEEDS Collect and analyze data from SC/HR Survey 100% Sep 15 '95 Oct 13'95 Jackson,Hobby Page 5 FY97 Sept 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 41 Code NEEDS Name______________________ Prepare SC/HR Survey Report % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Oct 13'95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Hobby 42 NEEDS Submit SC/HR Survey Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment 0% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson,Hobby 43 NEEDS PORPORTIONALS ALLOCATION FORMULAS STUDY 51% Sep 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Smith.Milhollen 44 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Smith.Milhollen,Cabinet 45 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Smith 46 NEEDS Design data collections plan for Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Smith 47 NEEDS Collect and analyze data for Proportional Allocation Formulas 50% Sep 15 '95 Oct 13'95 Hurley,Eaton,Gadberry,Neal,Milhollen,Smith 48 NEEDS Prepare Proportional Allocation Formulas Report 0% Oct 13'95 Oct 31 '95 Milhollen,Hurley,Eaton,Neal,Smith Page 6 FY 97 Sept 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 49 Code NEEDS Name_________________________________ Submit Proportional Allocations Formulas Study Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment listing % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Oct 31 '95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Milhollen 2 NEEDS DISTRICTWIDE FACILITIES STUDY 62% Seo 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Smith 51 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Districtwide Facilities Study/Report from 1994-95 Study for purposes of 1995-96 Needs Assessment Report 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Williams,Smith,Cabinet 52 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for the Districtwide Facilities Study/Reporting of findings 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Smith,Eaton 53 NEEDS Prepare findings from the Districtwide Facilities Study 50% Sep 16 '95 Oct 31 '95 Smith,Mayo,Eaton,Vann 54 NEEDS Submit Districtwide Facilities Study Report recommendations to PRE for merge into needs assessment report 0% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Smith,Mayo,Eaton 55 NEEDS DESEGREGATION MONITORING REPORTS AUDIT FROM PPM 42% Seo 11 '95 Nov 30 '95 Mavo 56 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Williams,Mayo,Cabinet Page 7 FY 97 Sept 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 57 Code NEEDS Name________________________________ Assign responsibility for data collection of transcripts and Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15'95 Revised Finish Resource Names Mayo 58 NEEDS Design data collection plan for study of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Mayo 59 NEEDS Collect data 100% Sep 18'95 Oct 13'95 Mayo 60 NEEDS Review with Cabinet and Attorneys 0% Oct 16'95 Oct 31 '95 Mayo 61 NEEDS Report findings to PRE 0% Oct 31 '95 Nov 18'95 Mayo 62 NEEDS Merge new obligations with Program Budget Document 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 30 '95 Mayo,Lewis 2 NEEDS COURT ORDERS AUDIT 39% Sep 11 '95 Nov 30 '95 Mavo 64 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Court Orders Audit 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Cabinet,Mayo Page 8 FY 97 Sept 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 65 Code NEEDS Name_______________________________ Assign responsibility for data collection of Court Orders Audit % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Mayo 66 NEEDS Collect data 100% Sep 18'95 Oct 13'95 Mayo 67 NEEDS Review with Cabinet and Attorneys 0% Oct 16'95 Oct 31 '95 Mayo 68 NEEDS Report findings to PRE 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 18'95 Mayo 69 NEEDS Merge new obligations with Program Budget Document 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 30 '95 Mayo,Lewis 2Q HEEDS TOWN HALL MEETINGS 19% Sep 11'95 Nov 21 '95 Williams. Jackson. Modeste 71 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Town Hall Meetings 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Jackson,Modeste,Cabinet 72 NEEDS Review previous years data from Town Hall Report 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Modeste, Jackson,Vann Page 9 FY 97 Sept 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 73 Code NEEDS Name_______________________ Review and data collection plan (matrix)forTown Hall Meetings % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson. Vann.Lewis 74 NEEDS Set locations and schedule for Town Hall Meeting 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Vann.Modeste 75 NEEDS Develop advertisement plan and schedule for Town Hall Meetings\nPrepare sample agenda 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Vann.Modeste 76 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting I 80% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann.Modeste 77 NEEDS Conduct Town Hall Meeting I 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Williams 78 NEEDS Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting I for input into matrix 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann.Lewis 79 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting II 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann.Modeste 80 NEEDS Conduct Town Hall Meeting II 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Williams Page 10 FY 97 Sept 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 81 Code NEEDS Name___________________________ Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting II for input into matrix % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Sep 18'95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Vann,Lewis 82 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting III 0% Sep 18'95 Oct 31 '95 Vann.Modeste 83 NEEDS Finalize and publish Town Hall Meeting Report 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 15 '95 Modeste, Lewis 84 NEEDS Merge findings of Town Hall Meeting Report, 1995-96 into needs assessment listing 0% Nov 15'95 Nov 21 '95 Jackson,Lewis as NEEUS DISTRICT DIALOGUES 5% Seo 11 '95 Nov 21 '95 Williams. Jackson. Modeste 86 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of District Dialogues 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Williams, Jackson,Modeste,Cabinet 87 NEEDS Review previous years data from District Dialogue Report 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Modeste,Vann 88 NEEDS Review data collection plan (matrix) for District Dialogues 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Jackson, Vann,Modeste Page 11 FY 97 Sept 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 89 Code NEEDS Name Set locations and schedule for District Dialogue Meetings % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Modeste.Vann 90 NEEDS Develop advertisement plan and schedule for District Dialogues\nprepare sample agenda 100% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Vann.Modeste 91 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue I 0% Sep 18'95 Oct 31 '95 Vann.Modeste 92 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue I 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Williams 93 NEEDS Gather feedback from District Dialogue 1 for input into matrix 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann,Lewis 94 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue II 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann.Modeste 95 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue II 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Williams 96 NEEDS Gather feedback data from District Dialogue II for input into matrix 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann.Lewis Page 12 FY 97 Sept 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 97 Code NEEDS Name____________________________ Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue III % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Sep 18'95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Vann,Modeste 98 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue III 0% Sep 1895 Oct 31 '95 Williams 99 NEEDS Gather feedback data from District Dialogue III for merge into matrix 0% Sep 18'95 Oct 31 '95 Vann,Lewis 100 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue IV 0% Sep 18'95 Oct 31 '95 Vann,Modeste 101 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue IV 0% Sep 18'95 Oct 31 '95 Williams 102 NEEDS Gather feedback data from District Dialogue IV for input into matrix 0% Sep 18'95 Oct 31 '95 Vann,Lewis 103 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue V 0% Sep 18'95 Oct 31 '95 Vann,Modeste 104 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue V 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Williams Page 13 FY 97 Sept 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 105 Code NEEDS Name Gather feedback data from District Dialogue V for input into matrix % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Sep 18 '95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Vann,Lewis 106 NEEDS Finalize and publish District Dialogue Report 1995-96 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 1595 Jackson,Lewis 107 NEEDS Merge findings of District Dialogue Report 1995-96 into needs assessment listing 0% Nov 15'95 Nov 21 '95 Jackson.Lewis 108 NEEDS PREPARE NEEDS ASSESSMENT REPORT 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 30 '95 Jackson 109 NEEDS Conduct Administrative review of available districtwide reports and objective data 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 15'95 Jackson.Cabinet 110 NEEDS Conduct Board Work Session for review of available districtwide reports and objective data 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 15'95 Williams. Jackson. Board 111 NEEDS Publish Draft of Needs Assessment /Report and disseminate to selected persons 0% Nov 27 '95 Nov 27 '95 Jackson.Cabinet 112 NEEDS Publish Needs Assessment Report, 1995-96 0% Nov 30 '95 Nov 30 '95 Jackson Page 14 FY 97 Sept 28 '95 [Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 11: Code GOALS Name__________________________ PLANNING AND BODOEI GOALS % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Oct 2 '95 Scheduled Finish Jan 31 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson 114 GOALS CABINET PLANNING SESSION 0% Qct 2 '95 Dec 11 '95 Jackson.Cabinet 115 GOALS Review 1994-95 Needs Assessment Report 0% Oct 2 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson.Cabinet 116 GOALS Distribute 1995-96 Needs Assessment Report to Cabinet members 0% Dec 1 '95 Dec 8 '95 Jackson.Cabinet 117 GOALS Distribute District goals to Cabinet 0% Dec 1 '95 Dec 8 '95 Jackson.Cabinet 118 GOALS Cabinet review of goals 0% Dec 11 '95 Dec 11 '95 Jackson.Cabinet 119 GOALS BOARD WORK SESSION 0% Nov 15 '95 Dec 19 '95 Jackson.Williams 120 GOALS Establish date and site for Work Session 0% Nov 15 '95 Nov 30 '95 Williams.Cabinet Page 15 FY97 Sept 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 121 Code GOALS Name________________________________ Identify materials for Board Work Session % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Nov 15'95 Scheduled Finish Nov 30 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Williams 122 GOALS Prepare materials for Board Work Session 0% Nov 15 '95 Nov 30 '95 Jackson 123 GOALS Conduct Board Work Session 0% Dec 12'95 Dec 15'95 Board,Williams 124 GOALS Distribute background materials to Board members 0% Dec 12 '95 Dec 15 '95 Jackson 125 GOALS Review/revise mission statement and goals 0% Dec 12'95 Dec 15'95 Board 126 GOALS Review DSeg and NonDSeg Program Inventory 0% Dec 12'95 Dec 15 '95 Board 127 GOALS Review identified proportional allocations 0% Dec 12'95 Dec 15 '95 Board 128 GOALS Establish written priorities 0% Dec 12 '95 Dec 15 '95 Board Page 16 FY 97 Sept 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 129 Code GOALS Name_____________________________ Identity strategies for funding shortfalls % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Dec 12 '95 Scheduled Finish Dec 15'95 Revised Finish Resource Names Board 130 GOALS Develop timeline for identification and researching of funding shortfall strategies 0% Dec 12 '95 Dec 15 '95 Board 131 GOALS Develop communication strategy for mission statement and goals 0% Dec 14 '95 Dec 14 '95 Williams,Vann 132 GOALS Distribute mission statement and goals 0% Dec 19'95 Dec 19 '95 Jackson,Vann 133 GOALS Distribute list of priorities 0% Dec 19'95 Dec 19'95 Jackson,Vann 134 GOALS BOARD RETREAT 0% Dec 8 '95 Jan 31 '96 Williams 135 GOALS Determine date and site for Board Retreat 0% Dec 8 '95 Dec 20 '95 Williams, Board 136 GOALS Identity agenda items for Board Retreat 0% Dec 8 '95 Dec 20 '95 Williams,Board Page 17 FY 97 Sept 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 137 Code GOALS Name__________________________ Establish agenda for Board Retreat % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Dec 8 '95 Scheduled Finish Dec 20 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams.Board 138 GOALS Identify materials for Board Retreat 0% Dec 8 '95 Dec 20 '95 Williams,Jackson 139 GOALS Distribute materials for Board Retreat 0% Jan 9 '96 Jan 10 '96 Williams,Jackson 140 GOALS Conduct data analysis work session in preparation for Board Retreat 0% Jan 12 '96 Jan 12'96 Williams,Cabinet 141 GOALS Conduct Board Retreat 0% Jan 22 '96 Jan 26 '96 Williams,Board 142 GOALS Report outcomes of Board Retreat 0% Jan 31 '96 Jan 31 '96 Williams, Board 143 PDEV 0% May 22 '95 Aug 30 '96 Jackson.Cabinet 144 PDEV SUBMIT BUSINESS CASE FOR PROGRAM AND/OR MODIFICATIONS TO SUPERINTENDENT 0% Nov 1 '95 Williams.Jackson Page 18 FY 97 Sept 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 145 Code PDEV Name________________________________ Review process for program development % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Nov 1 '95 Scheduled Finish Nov 10'95 Revised Finish Resource Names Cabinet 146 PDEV Use extended program evaluations to identify program additions, modifications, deletions 0% Nov 17'95 Nov 27 '95 Cabinet 147 PDEV Notify appropriate staff to prepare Business Cases on results of extended program evaluations 0% Nov 17 '95 Nov 30 '95 Cabinet 148 PDEV Review recommendations from district needs assessment report in order to identify additional programs or programs modifications resulting in business case(s) 0% Dec 5 '95 Dec 11 '95 Cabinet 149 PDEV Business Cases due 0% Jan 8 '96 Jan 8 '96 Primary Leaders 150 PDEV Review of Business Cases by Cabinet 0% Jan 15 '96 Jan 22 '96 Cabinet 151 PDEV Submit Business Cases for program and/or program modifications to Board of Directors 0% Feb 8 '96 Feb 8 '96 Jackson,Williams 152 PDEV Review of Business Cases by Board 0% Feb 8 '96 Feb 22 '96 Board Page 19 FY 97 Sept 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 153 Code BUDGT Name______ BUDGETING % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Nov 20 '95 Scheduled Finish Aug 30 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Smith.Gadberrv.Hurley.Milhollen 154 BUDGT Develop budget preparation training materials 0% Nov 20 '95 Nov 27 '95 Smith,Milhollen 155 BUDGT Issue instructions for budget preparation at all levels 0% Nov 28 '95 Nov 30 '95 Smith 156 BUDGT Conduct budget preparation training sessions 0% Dec 1 '95 Dec 8 '95 Smith 157 BUDGT Budget managers develop and submit revised 1995-96 expense budget revisions and 1996-97 expense budget requests 0% Dec 11 '95 Jan 6 '96 Milhollen,Smith 158 BUDGT Begin districtwide expense budget consolidation and executive review process 0% Jan 9 '96 Mar 8 '96 Smith 159 BUDGT Year to date revenue expenditure analysis 0% Jan 9 '96 Jan 31 '96 Smith,Milhollen 160 BUDGT Revise financial forecast for coming year 0% Feb 26 '96 Mar 6 '96 Smith Page 20 FY97 Sept 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 161 Code BUDGT Name_________________________ Submit proposed budget to Board % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Mar 14 '96 Scheduled Finish Mar 14 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams 162 BUDGT Conduct Board Work Sessions on proposed budget 0% Mar 18'96 Mar 29 '96 Smith,Board,Williams 163 BUDGT Revise proposed budget, as needed 0% Mar 14'96 Apr 2 '96 Smith,Milhollen 164 BUDGT Prepare tentative budget 0% Apr 3 '96 May 13'96 Smith,Milhollen 165 BUDGT Board review of tentative budget 0% May 23 '96 May 23 '96 Board,Smith 166 BUDGT Conduct Board Work Session on tentative Budget 0% May 24 '96 May 31 '96 Board,Williams 167 BUDGT Account reconciliation and Purchase Order (PO) clean-up 0% Jun 17'96 Jul 12 '96 Eaton 168 BUDGT Receipt of state generated revenue numbers (payroll liabilities, adjusted supplemental payroll, last payroll, Carl Perkins, M to M, JTPA, Vocational Ed., Chapters 1 and 2, Compensatory Ed., MFPA, Transportation, ABC) 0% Jun 16 '96 Jun 16 '96 Milhollen,Smith Page 21 FY 97 Sept 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 169 Code BUDGT Name Close-out 1995-96 accounts: adjust physical inventory, (fiscal)federal grants, magnet, state grants, accruals % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Jul 1 '96 Scheduled Finish Jul 19'96 Revised Finish Resource Names Smith, Milhollen,Cabinet 170 BUDGT Compute ending fund balance 0% Jul 22 '96 Jul 22 '96 Milhollen, Smith 171 BUDGT Administrative review of final budget 0% Jul 24 '96 Jul 29 '96 Williams,Cabinet 172 BUDGT Submit final budget to Board 0% Aug 1 '96 Aug 1 '96 Williams,Smith 173 BUDGT Board review and adoption of 96-97 final budget 0% Aug 1 '96 Aug 8 '96 Board 174 BUDGT Submit final Budget to Court/Parties 0% Aug 8 '96 Aug 21 '96 Williams,Attorney 175 BUDGT Submit 96-97 final budget to State 0% Aug 21 '96 Aug 30 '96 Williams,Smith lie BUDGT Staffing 0% Jan 26 '96 Aug 15 '96 Hurley Page 22 FY97 Sept 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 177 Code BUDGT Name________________________________ First review of changes in course offerings by Board % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Jan 26 '96 Scheduled Finish Feb 8 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Board, Williams 178 BUDGT Meeting with counselors and principals to review courses offerings 1995-96 0% Jan 29 '96 Feb 15'96 Elston 179 BUDGT Print secondary course selection sheets 0% Jan 29 '96 Feb 15'96 Williams,Gadberry 180 BUDGT Counselors meet with students and complete course selection sheets 0% Feb 19'96 Mar 8 '96 Principals,Counselors 181 BUDGT Counselors send course selection sheets to receiving schools 0% Mar 8 '96 Mar 11 '96 Principals,Counselors 182 BUDGT Registrars tally course selections 0% Mar 11 '96 Mar 29 '96 Principals,Registrars 183 BUDGT Review course tallies secondary. Note possible staffing changes based on courses requested 0% Apr 1 '96 Apr 19'96 Gadberry,Hurley,Asst. Supts. 184 BUDGT Identify elementary enrollment (tentative) for 1995-96 0% Apr 1 '96 May 19'96 Mayo,Hurley,Gadberry,Asst Supts Page 23 FY 97 Sept 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 185 Code BUDGT Name______________________________ Make determination by subject area (secondary) of possible changes and by projected elementary enrolled % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Apr 1 '96 Scheduled Finish Apr 19 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Gadberry,Hurley,Asst. Supts. 186 BUDGT List known retirements, resignations, and intern positions 0% Apr 3 '96 Apr 24 '96 Gadberry, Hurley 187 BUDGT Identify certified personnel for Reduction in Force (RIF), if needed 0% Apr 17'96 Apr 26 '96 Hurley,Gadberry 188 BUDGT Notify certified personnel of Reduction in Force (RIF), if needed staff reduction 0% Apr 24 '96 Apr 29 '96 Hurley,Gadberry 189 BUDGT Recall certified personnel from RIF, if needed 0% Jun 3 '96 Aug 1 '96 Hurley,Gadberry 190 BUDG Notify classified personnel of staff reduction 0% May 6 '96 Jul 15'96 Hurley,Gadberry 191 BUDGT Recall classified personnel from RIF, if needed 0% Jun 3 '96 Aug 15 '96 Hurley 192 BUDGT PROVIDE BROAD-BASED INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL FEEDBACK 0% May 22 '95 Apr 30 '96 Modeste.Vann. Williams Page 24 FY 97 Sept 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 193 Code BUDGT Name______________________________ Plan for infernal and external feedback. Set locations and dates % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Feb 1 '96 Scheduled Finish Feb 15'96 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams,Modeste,Vann 194 BUDGT Execute advertisement for district feedback. Session I 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste,Vann 195 BUDGT Conduct District Feedback Session I 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 196 BUDGT Execute advertisement plan for district feedback. Session II 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste,Vann 197 BUDGT Conduct District Feedback Session II 0% May 22 '95 Aug 17 '95 Williams 198 BUDGT Execute advertisement for district feedback. Session III 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 199 BUDGT Conduct district feedback. Session III 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 200 BUDGT Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall feedback. Session I 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste,Vann Page 25 FY 97 Sept 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 201 Code BUDGT Name_____________________________ Conduct Town Hall feedback. Session I % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Feb 1 '96 Scheduled Finish Apr 30 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams 202 BUDGT Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall feedback. Session II 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste.Vann 203 BUDGT Conduct Town Hall feedback , Session II 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 204 BUDGT Execute advertisement tor Town Hall feedback, Session III 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 205 BUDGT Conduct Town Hall feedback, Session III 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste.Vann 206 MR MONITORING AND REPQRTINfi QE DESEG AND NONDESEG PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 1151 QUARTER: 2ND QUARTER: 3BD QUARTER: 4TH QUARTERl 21% Aug 1 '9.5 Aug 31 '9S Jackson 207 MR PRE performs necessary diskette management functions for the summer ( i e. archival filing, achievement erasures, copying, etc.) 100% Aug 1 '95 Aug 17 '95 PRE Clerical 208 MR Revise written program budget document instructions, as needed 68% Aug 31 '95 Sep 5 '95 Lewis Page 26 FY97 Sept 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 209 Code MR Name____________________________ PRE fonward program budget document diskettes to principals and program managers % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Aug 31 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 5 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names PRE Clerical,Lewis 210 MR Distribute written program budget document instructions to principals and program managers 100% Sep 1 '95 Sep 5 '95 Lewis,PRE Clerical 211 MR Plan maintenance education and orientation regarding the program budget document process 100% Aug 1 '95 Aug 31 '95 Jackson,Lewis 212 MR 213 MR Conduct maintenance education workshops and orientation sessions regarding the program budget document process for principals, clerical staff, program managers, primary and secondary leaders 1ST QUARTER PROGRAM BUDSEI DOCUMENT REPORTS 100% 25% 214 MR Review program budget document with program managers and principals 25% 215 MR Generate diskette management flow information to relative staff School Operations and PRE office 100% 216 MR Carryout training sessions on the Program Budget Document and WordPerfect 100% Page 27 Sep 4 '95 Aug 8 '95 Aug 8 '95 Aug 8 '95 Sep 2 '95 FY 97 Sep 30 '95 Dec 21 '95 Oct 14 '95 Aug 31 '95 Sep 15'95 Jackson,Lewis Jackson Asst. Supts,Lewis,PRE Clerical Jackson,Lewis Lewis,Jackson Sept 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 217 Code MR Name _________________________ Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 1 st Quarter PBD diskettes % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Oct 3 '95 Scheduled Finish Oct 3 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Lewis 218 MR DSeg and NonDSeg diskettes returned to PRE 0% Oct 14 '95 Oct 14 '95 Principals,Program Managers 219 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 0% Oct 16 '95 Nov 8 '95 PRE Clerical,Lewis 220 MR PRE generate hard copies of diskettes 0% Oct 16'95 Nov 8 '95 PRE Clerical 221 MR PRE develops narrative and the Controller provides financial info for the PBD reports 0% Oct 16 '95 Oct 31 '95 Lewis,Milhollen 222 MR PRE combines all information for the 1st Quarter Program Budget Report 0% Oct 31 '95 Nov 8 '95 Lewis,PRE Clerical 223 MR Submit report to Attorney tor review 0% Nov 8 '95 Nov 13 '95 Lewis 224 MR Prepare for publication of 1st Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Nov 13 '95 Nov 13'95 Lewis,Jackson Page 28 FY97 Sept 28 '95 JLittle Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 225 Code MR Name______________________ Submit 1st Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Nov 21 '95 Scheduled Finish Nov 21 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Attorney 226 MR Return diskettes and hard copies to managers and principals 0% Nov 21 '95 Nov 22 '95 PRE Clerical 227 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to the secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% Nov 21 '95 Dec 21 '95 Primary Leaders 22a MR 2ND QUARTER PROGRAM BUPGEI DOCUMENT REPORTS 0% Nov 21 '95 Mar 22 '96 Jackson 229 MR Advise program managers and principals on Programs Budget Document 0% Nov 21 '95 Jan 13'96 Asst. Supts,Lewis 230 MR Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 2nd Quarter PBD diskettes 0% Jan 6 '96 Jan 6 '96 Lewis 231 MR Diskettes due back to PRE 0% Jan 13'96 Jan 13'96 Program Managers,Principals 232 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 0% Jan 13 '96 Jan 26 '96 PRE Clerical Page 29 FY97 Sept 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 233 Code MR Name______________________________ PRE generates hard copies of diskettes % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Jan 15 '96 Scheduled Finish Jan 31 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names PRE Clerical 234 MR PRE revises narrative and the controller provides financial info for Program Budget Document Reports (DSeg and NonDSeg) 0% Jan 29 '96 Feb 3 '96 Lewis,Milhollen 235 MR PRE combines all revised information for 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Jan 29 '96 Feb 3 '96 Lewis,PRE Clerical 236 MR Submit report to Attorney for review 0% Feb 14 '96 Feb 19'96 Attorney,Jackson 237 MR Prepare publication of 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Feb 22 '96 Feb 22 '96 Lewis 238 MR Submit 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 0% Feb 23 '96 Feb 23 '96 Jackson, Attorney 239 MR Return diskettes and paper copies to principals and program managers 0% Feb 23 '96 Feb 24 '96 PRE Clerical 240 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% Feb 23 '96 Mar 22 '96 Primary Leaders Page 30 FY97 Sept 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 241 Code MR Name_________________________ 3RD quarter program BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Feb 23 '96 Scheduled Finish Jun 24 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson 242 MR Advise program managers and principals on the Program Budget Document 0% Feb 23 '96 Apr 12'96 Asst. Supts,Lewis 243 MR Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 3rd Quarter PBD diskettes 0% Mar 7 '96 Mar 7 '96 Lewis 244 MR Diskettes due back to PRE 0% Apr 12 '96 Apr 12 '96 Principals,Program Managers 245 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 0% Apr 15 '96 Apr 28 '96 PRE Clerical 246 MR PRE generate hard copies of diskettes 0% Apr 15 '96 May 3 '96 PRE Clerical 247 MR PRE revises narrative and the controller provides financial information for 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Apr 29 '96 May 3 '96 Lewis,Milhollen 248 MR PRE combines all revised information for 3rd Quarter PBD Reports 0% May 6 '96 May 10'96 Lewis,PRE Clerical Page 31 FY 97 Sept 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 249 Code MR Name___________________________ Submit report to Attorney for review % Complete 0% Scheduled Start May 13'96 Scheduled Finish May 16'96 Revised Finish Resource Names Lewis 250 MR Prepare publication of 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% May 20 '96 May 23 '96 Lewis 251 MR Submit 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document to Court 0% May 24 '96 May 24 '96 Jackson,Attorney 252 MR Return diskettes and paper copies to principals and program managers 0% May 24 '96 May 27 '96 PRE Clerical 253 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% May 24 '96 Jun 24 '96 Primary Leaders 254 MR 4th QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPQBIS 0% May 9 '96 Aug 31 '96 Jackson 255 MR Advise program managers and principals on Program Budget Document 0% May 22 '96 Jul 22 '96 Asst. Supts,Lewis,PRE Clerical 256 MR Send reminder notice for completing the PBD to principals and program managers 0% May 9 '96 May 15'96 Lewis Page 32 FY 97 Sept 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 257 Code MR Name___________________________ Principals submit School Operations Diskettes to Asst. Supts. % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Jun 10 '96 Scheduled Finish Jun 16 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Principals 258 MR Diskettes due from Program Managers who are on a less than 12 month contract 0% Jun 10 '96 Jun 16 '96 Program Managers 259 MR All Program diskettes due back to PRE 0% Jul 14'96 Jul 14 '96 Program Managers 260 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up 0% Jul 15'96 Jul 28 '96 PRE Clerical,Lewis 261 MR PRE develops narrative and the controller provides financial information for 4th quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Jul 29 '96 Aug 4 '96 Lewis,Milhollen 262 MR PRE combines all information for 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Jul 29 '96 Aug 4 '96 Lewis,PRE Clerical 263 MR Submit report to Attorney for review 0% Aug 12'96 Aug 12'96 Jackson 264 MR Prepare for publications the 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Aug 16 '96 Aug 19 '96 Lewis Page 33 FY97 Sept 28 '95 JLittle Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 265 Code MR Name___________________________ Submit 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Aug 22 '96 Scheduled Finish Aug 22 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Attorney 266 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% Aug 1 '96 Aug 31 '96 Primary Leaders 267 MR PRE house diskettes as 1996-97 school year begins 0% Jun 16 '96 Aug 22 '96 Lewis 268 MR SUBMIT MONTHLY MANAGEMENT REPORT IMANAGEMENT TOOL) IQ CQURI 23% Jul 31 '95 Aug 31 '96 Jackson 269 MR Submit July's monthly management report to Court 100% Jul 31 '95 Jul 31 '95 Jackson,Attorney 270 MR Submit August's monthly management report to Court 100% Aug 31 '95 Aug 31 '95 Jackson,Attorney 271 MR Submit September's monthly management report to Court 100% Sep 29 '95 Sep 29 '95 Jackson,Attorney 272 MR Submit October's monthly management report to Court 0% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson,Attorney Page 34 FY 97 Sept 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 273 Code MR Name________________________________ Submit November's monthly management report to Court % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Nov 30 '95 Scheduled Finish Nov 30 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Attorney 274 MR Submit December's monthly management report to Court 0% Dec 21 '95 Dec 21 '95 Jackson,Attorney 275 MR Submit January's monthly management report to Court 0% Jan 31 '96 Jan 31 '96 Jackson,Attorney 276 MR Submit February's monthly management report to Court 0% Feb 29 '96 Feb 29 '96 Jackson,Attorney 277 MR Submit March's monthly management report to Court 0% Mar 29 '96 Mar 29 '96 Jackson,Attorney 278 MR Submit April's monthly management report to Court 0% Apr 30 '96 Apr 30 '96 Jackson,Attorney 279 MR Submit May's monthly management report to Court 0% May 31 '96 May 31 '96 Jackson, Attorney 280 MR Submit June's monthly management report to Court 0% Jun 28 '96 Jun 28 '96 Jackson ,Attorney Page 35 FY97 Sept 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 281 Code MR Name________________________________ Submit July's monthly management report to Court % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Jul 31 '96 Scheduled Finish Jul 31 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Attorney 282 MR Submit August's monthly management report to Court 0% Aug 31 '96 Aug 31 '96 Jackson 283 ORG REASSESSMENT OF PROCESS AND ORGANIZATION 1996-9.Z 12% Jul 5 '95 Aug 30 '96 Jackson.Attorney 284 ORG Analyze, reassess, and revise planning organization and structure 10% Jul 5 '95 Jul 28 '96 Williams,Jackson 285 ORG Revise, discuss and reach consensus regarding format and tasking of 1996-97 Management Tool 100% Jul 5 '95 Jul 24 '95 Cabinet,Lewis, Jackson 286 ORG Initial circulation of 1996-97 Management Tool 100% Jul 13'95 Jul 31 '95 Lewis,Jackson 287 ORG Evaluate tasking of 1996-97 Management Tool 5% Jul 24 '95 Aug 30 '96 Cabinet,Lewis Page 36 FY 97 Sept 28 '95Quarter 1 st Quarter ID 1 Name_________________ PROGRAM INVENTORY % Complete 90% May 1 Jun~ Jul | Aug | Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 2 Identify and revise DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% 3 Review and adjust primary and secondary leaders for DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 69% 4 Finalize list of DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% I 5 Generate a Program Inventory Report for 1995-96 100%  PROGRAM EVALUATION 70% 7 Notify program managers that program evaluation begins In fall: begin data collection 100% 1 i i Project: Date: 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical Progress M Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  PagelID 8 Name___________________________________ Review/revise process for cabinet review of program evaluations % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec g Review/revise program evaluation instrument 100% 10 Distribute program evaluation instruments and instructions to primary and/or secondary leaders\nprovide additonal information/instruments, if needed 100% I 11 Conduct required training sessions describing the process and evaluation criteria for designated staff 100% 12 Program evaluations due from secondary or primary leaders 100% I 13 Review program evaluations (DSeg and NonDSeg) for potential target programs for extended evaluations 25% 14 Finalize identification of extended evaluation targets 0% Project: Date: 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page2ID 15 Name_____________________________ Notify appropriate staff to prepare Extended Program Evaluations % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec Q 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 16 Extended evaluations due 0% I 17 Cabinet review extended evaluations for merge into needs assessment report 0% 3 la 45% 19 Review types of data to measure needs of district for FY 96-97 100% I 20 Analyze results of the budgeting and planning priorities revealed from the 94-95 Needs Assessment Report 100%  21 Review strategic planning mission statement and goals of the District (and implement) 100% 1 Project: Date: 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical  i Progress h Milestone H Summary Rolled Up Q PagesID 22 Name_______________________________ Board identifies District concerns for input from public at Town Hall/District Dialogues % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov 1 Dec 23 STANFORD 8 TEST DATA STUDY 512S1 24 Define purpose and scope for Stanford 8 Test data study 100% I 25 Assign responsibilities for study of Stanford 8 Test data 100% I 26 Design data collection plan for study of Stanford 100% I 27 Collect and analyze data from Stanford 8 Test (Spring 95 administration) 50% 28 Prepare Stanford 8 Test Report 0% Project: Date: 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page4ID 29 Name Submit Stanford 8 Test Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec I SQ PRE EDUCATIONAL LQUIIY MONITORING REEQBIS SUBVEY 67% 31 Define purpose and scope for PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study 100% I 32 Assign responsibilities for PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study 100% I 33 Analyze data from PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Studies 100% 34 Prepare PRE Educational Equity Monitoring findings 0% 35 Submit PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study to PRE for merge into needs assessment listing 0% Project: Date: 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical Progress Milestone Pages 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar Summary Rolled Up Q 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I DecD ID ae Name SCHOOL CLIMATE/HUMAN RELATIONS SURVEY (SC/HR)STU.DY % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 37 Define purpose and scope of SC/HR Survey 100% I 38 Assign responsibilities for SC/HR data collections 100% I 39 Design data collection plan for study of SC/HR 100% I 40 Collect and analyze data from SC/HR Survey 100% 41 Prepare SC/HR Survey Report 100% 42 Submit SC/HR Survey Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment 0% 1 Project: Date: 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Pages 1 ID 42 Name____________________________ PORPORTIONALS ALLOCATION FORMULAS STUDY % Complete 51% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 44 Define purpose and scope of Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% I 45 Assign responsibilities for Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% I 46 Design data collections plan for Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% I 47 Collect and analyze data for Proportional Allocation Formulas 50% 48 Prepare Proportional Allocation Formulas Report 0% 49 Submit Proportional Allocations Formulas Study Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment listing 0% I Project: Date: 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page?r ID 5Q Name_______________________________ DISTRICTWIDE FACILITIES STUDY % Complete fi22Si Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 51 Define purpose and scope of Districtwide Facilities Study/Report from 1994-95 Study for purposes of 1995-96 Needs Assessment Report 100% I 52 Assign responsibilities for the Districtwide Facilities Study/Reporting of findings 100% I 53 Prepare findings from the Districtwide Facilities Study 50% 54 Submit Districtwide Facilities Study Report recommendations to PRE for merge into needs assessment report 0% DESEGREGATION MONITORING REPORTS AUDIT FROM QDM 42% 56 Define purpose and scope of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit 100% I Project: Date: 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical Progress Milestone Summary Rolled Up  PagesID 57 Name Assign responsibility for data collection of transcripts and Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I 58 Design data collection plan for study of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit 100% I 59 Collect data 100% 60 Review with Cabinet and Attorneys 0% 61 Report findings to PRE 0% 62 ea Merge new obligations with Program Budget Document COURT ORDERS AUDIT Project: Date: 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical 0% 39% Progress  Milestone fl 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep i Page9 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec Summary Rolled Up QID 64 Name Define purpose and scope of Court Orders Audit % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I 65 Assign responsibility for data collection of Court Orders Audit 100% I 66 Collect data 100% 67 Review with Cabinet and Attorneys 0% 68 Report findings to PRE 0% 69 Merge new obligations with Program Budget Document 0% ZQ TOWN HALL MEETINGS 19% i Project: Date: 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical Progress  Milestone | 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun i Pagel0 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec Summary Rolled Up Q ID 71 Name Define purpose and scope of Town Hall Meetings % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I 72 Review previous years data from Town Hall Report 100% I 73 Review and data collection plan (matrix)forTown Hall Meetings 100% I 74 Set locations and schedule for Town Hall Meeting 100% I 75 Develop advertisement plan and schedule for Town Hall Meetings\nPrepare sample agenda 100% I 76 Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting I 80% 77 Conduct Town Hall Meeting I 0% Project: Date: 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone I 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec E S HSESB^ Summary Rolled Up  Pagel1ID 78 Name Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting I for input into matrix % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter 2nd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep Oct | Nov | 79 Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting II 0% 80 Conduct Town Hall Meeting II 0% 81 Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting II for input into matrix 0% 82 Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting III 0% 83 Finalize and publish Town Hall Meeting Report 0% 84 Merge findings of Town Hall Meeting Report, 1995-96 into needs assessment listing 0% 0 Project: Date: 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical Progress Milestone Pagel2 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec .. Summary Rolled Up QID as Name DISTRICT DIALOGUES % Complete 5% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 86 Define purpose and scope of District Dialogues 100% I 87 Review previous years data from District Dialogue Report 100% I 88 Review data collection plan (matrix) for District Dialogues 100% I 89 Set locations and schedule for District Dialogue Meetings 100% I 90 Develop advertisement plan and schedule for District Dialogues: prepare sample agenda 100% I 91 Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue I 0% Project: Date. 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up Q Pagel 3ID 92 Name Conduct District Dialogue I % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 93 Gather feedback from District Dialogue 1 for input into matrix 0% 94 Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue II 0% 95 Conduct District Dialogue II 0% 96 Gather feedback data from District Dialogue II for input into matrix 0% 97 Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue III 0% 98 Conduct District Dialogue III 0% Project. Date\n9/27/95 Critical Noncritical Progress m Milestone  Page14 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar Summary Rolled Up  4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I DecID 99 Name Gather feedback data from District Dialogue III for merge into matrix % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter 2nd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep Oct | Nov | Dec 100 Execute advertisement plan tor District Dialogue IV 0% 101 Conduct District Dialogue IV 0% 102 Gather feedback data from District Dialogue IV for input into matrix 0% 103 Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue V 0% 104 Conduct District Dialogue V 0% 105 Gather feedback data from District Dialogue V for input into matrix 0% Project: Date: 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical Progress m Milestone B Pagels 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar i Summary Rolled Up  4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec ID 106 Name Finalize and publish District Dialogue Report 1995-96 % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 107 Merge findings of District Dialogue Report 1995-96 into needs assessment listing 0% 108 PREPARE NEEDS ASSESSMENT REPORT 0% 109 Conduct Administrative review of available districtwide reports and objective data 0% 110 Conduct Board Work Session for review of available districtwide reports and objective data 0% 111 Publish Draft of Needs Assessment /Report and disseminate to selected persons 0% I 112 Publish Needs Assessment Report, 1995-96 0% Project: Date: 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical Progress H Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Pagel6ID US Name__________________________ PLANNING AND BUDGET GOALS % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter 2nd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep ~Oct | Nov | Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 114 CABINET PLANNING SESSION 0% 115 Review 1994-95 Needs Assessment Report 0% 1^^ 116 Distribute 1995-96 Needs Assessment Report to Cabinet members 0% 0 117 Distribute District goals to Cabinet 0% 0 118 Cabinet review of goals 0% I US BOARD WORK SESSION 0% Project: Date: 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Pagel? ID 120 Name Establish date and site for Work Session % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 121 Identify materials tor Board Work Session 0% 122 Prepare materials for Board Work Session 0% 123 Conduct Board Work Session 0% 0 124 Distribute background materials to Board members 0% 0 125 Review/revise mission statement and goals 0% 0 126 Review DSeg and NonDSeg Program Inventory 0% a Project: Date: 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical Progress m Milestone | Summary Rolled Up Q Pagel8ID 127 Name Review identified proportional allocations % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 0 128 Establish written priorities 0% 0 129 Identify strategies for funding shortfalls 0% 0 130 Develop timeline for identification and researching of funding shortfall strategies 0% 0 131 Develop communication strategy tor mission statement and goals 0% I 132 Distribute mission statement and goals 0% 133 Distribute list of priorities 0% I Project: Date: 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical Progress  Milestone B Page19 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar Summary Rolled Up Q 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I DecID 134 Name BOARD RETREAT % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 135 Determine date and site for Board Retreat 0% 136 Identify agenda items for Board Retreat 0% 137 Establish agenda for Board Retreat 0% 138 Identify materials for Board Retreat 0% 139 Distribute materials for Board Retreat 0% 140 Conduct data analysis work session in preparation for Board Retreat 0% Project\nDate: 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical Progress H Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page20ID 141 Name Conduct Board Retreat % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 0 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 142 1 144 145 146 147 Report outcomes of Board Retreat SUBMIT BUSINESS CASE FOR PROGRAM AND/OR MODIFICATIONS TO SUPERINTENDENT Review process for program development Use extended program evaluations to identify program additions, modifications, deletions Notify appropriate staff to prepare Business Cases on results of extended program evaluations 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0 0 Project: Date: 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up Q Page21ID 148 Name Review recommendations from district needs assessment report in order to identify additional programs or programs modifications resulting in business case(s) % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 149 Business Cases due 0% 150 Review of Business Cases by Cabinet 0% 151 Submit Business Cases for program and/or program modifications to Board of Directors 0% 152 Review of Business Cases by Board 0% 153 BUDGETING 0% 154 Develop budget preparation training materials 0% 0 Project: Date: 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Page22 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar I I Summary Rolled Up  4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I DecID 155 Name Issue instructions for budget preparation at all levels % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 0 156 Conduct budget preparation training sessions 0% 0 157 Budget managers develop and submit revised 1995-96 expense budget revisions and 1996-97 expense budget requests 0% 158 Begin districtwide expense budget consolidation and executive review process 0% 159 Year to date revenue expenditure analysis 0% 160 Revise financial forecast for coming year 0% 161 Submit proposed budget to Board 0% Project: Date: 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical Progress M Milestone  Page23 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 0 I 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec Summary Rolled Up QID 162 Name Conduct Board Work Sessions on proposed budget % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 163 Revise proposed budget, as needed 0% 164 Prepare tentative budget 0% 165 Board review of tentative budget 0% I 166 Conduct Board Work Session on tentative Budget 0% 0 167 Account reconciliation and Purchase Order (PO) clean-up 0% 168 Receipt of state generated revenue numbers (payroll liabilities, adjusted supplemental payroll, last payroll, Carl Perkins, M to M, JTPA, Vocational Ed., Chapters 1 and 2, Compensatory Ed., MFPA,________ 0% Project: Date: 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical Progress H Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page24ID 169 Name Close-out 1995-96 accounts: adjust physical inventory, (fiscal)federal grants, magnet, state grants, accruals % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter | 3rd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec Jan | Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 170 Compute ending fund balance 0% I 171 Administrative review of final budget 0% 172 Submit final budget to Board 0% I 173 Board review and adoption of 96-97 final budget 0% 0 174 Submit final Budget to Court/Parties 0% 175 Submit 96-97 final budget to State 0% 0 Project: Date: 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical Progress Milestone Summary Rolled Up  Page25ID IZfi Name Staffing % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 177 First review of changes in course offerings by Board 0% 178 Meeting with counselors and principals to review courses offerings 1995-96 0% 179 Print secondary course selection sheets 0% 180 Counselors meet with students and complete course selection sheets 0% 181 Counselors send course selection sheets to receiving schools 0% 0 182 Registrars tally course selections 0% Project: Date: 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page26ID 183 Name Review course tallies secondary. Note possible staffing changes based on courses requested % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr 1 May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul 1 Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 184 Identify elementary enrollment (tentative) for 1995-96 0% 185 Make determination by subject area (secondary) of possible changes and by projected elementary enrolled 0% 186 List known retirements, resignations, and intern positions 0% 187 Identify certified personnel for Reduction in Force (RIF), if needed 0% 0 188 Notify certified personnel of Reduction in Force (RIF), if needed staff reduction 0% 189 Recall certified personnel from RIF, if needed 0% Project: Date: 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone  I Summary Rolled Up Q Page27ID 190 Name Notify classified personnel of staff reduction % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter 1 st Quarter Apr I May | Jun Jul | Aug | Sep 191 Recall classified personnel from RIF, if needed 0% 192 PROVIDE BROAD-BASED INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL FEEDBACK 0% 193 Plan for internal and external feedback. Set locations and dates 0% 194 Execute advertisement for district feedback, Session I 0% 195 Conduct District Feedback Session I 0% 196 Execute advertisement plan for district feedback, Session II 0% .. Project: Date: 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up Q Page28 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I DecQuarter 1 st Quarter ID 197 Name Conduct District Feedback Session II % Complete 0% Mar Jun Jul Aui Sei 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan Feb I Mar 4th Quarter Apr I Ma\nJun 1st Quarter Jul Aui 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 198 Execute advertisement for district feedback, Session III 0% 199 Conduct district feedback. Session III 0% \\'7777777777/^^ 200 Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall feedback, Session I 0% \\77777777777^^ 201 Conduct Town Hall feedback. Session 1 0% \\777777777//^^ 202 Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall feedback, Session II 0% Kf77777j777^^ 203 Conduct Town Hall feedback , Session II 0% K\u0026lt;777777i77^^ Project: Date: 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical ^777777777777777^ Progress M Milestone  Summary Rolled Up Q Page29ID 204 Name Execute advertisement for Town Hall feedback. Session III % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar Apr | May | Jun 205 Conduct Town Hall feedback, Session III 0% 206 MONITORING AND REPORTING OF DESEG AND NONDESEG PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS tlSI QUARTEBl 2ND QUARTER: 3RD QUARTER: 4IH QUARTERl 21% 207 PRE performs necessary diskette management functions for the summer ( i e archival filing, achievement erasures, copying, etc.) 100% 208 Revise written program budget document instructions, as needed 68% B 209 PRE fonrvard program budget document diskettes to principals and program managers 100% I 210 Distribute written program budget document instructions to principals and program managers 100% I Project: Date: 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical Progress  Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page30 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I DecID 211 Name___________________________________ Plan maintenance education and orientation regarding the program budget document process % Complete 100% Quarter May 1 Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 212 213 Conduct maintenance education workshops and orientation sessions regarding the program budget document process for principals, clerical staff, program managers, primary and secondary leaders___________________ 1ST QUARTER PROGRAM BUDSEI DOCUMENT REPORTS 100% 2S3ii 214 Review program budget document with program managers and principals 25% 215 Generate diskette management flow information to relative staff School Operations and PRE office 100% 216 Carryout training sessions on the Program Budget Document and WordPerfect 100% 217 Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 1st Quarter PBD diskettes 0% I Project\nDate: 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical Progress H Milestone | Summary Rolled Up Q Pages1ID 218 Name DSeg and NonDSeg diskettes returned to PRE % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 219 PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 0% 220 PRE generate hard copies of diskettes 0% 221 PRE develops narrative and the Controller provides financial info for the PBD reports 0% 222 PRE combines all information for the 1st Quarter Program Budget Report 0% 0 223 Submit report to Attorney for review 0% 224 Prepare for publication of 1st Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% I Project: Date: 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up Q Page32ID 225 Name Submit 1st Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec I 226 Return diskettes and hard copies to managers and principals 0% 227 Primary leaders provide feedback to the secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% 22a 2ND QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGEI DOCUMENT REPORTS Q2Si 229 Advise program managers and principals on Programs Budget Document 0% 230 Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 2nd Quarter PBD diskettes 0% 231 Diskettes due back to PRE 0% I Project\nDate: 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical Progress  Milestone  Page33 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar Summary Rolled Up Q 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul 1 Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I DecID 232 Name PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 233 PRE generates hard copies of diskettes 0% 234 PRE revises narrative and the controller provides financial info for Program Budget Document Reports (DSeg and NonDSeg) 0% 235 PRE combines all revised information for 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% 0 236 Submit report to Attorney for review 0% 0 237 Prepare publication of 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% 238 Submit 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 0% 1 Project: Date: 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical Progress M Milestone | Summary Rolled Up Q Page34ID 239 Name Return diskettes and paper copies to principals and program managers % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 240 Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% 241 3RD QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 0% 242 Advise program managers and principals on the Program Budget Document 0% 243 Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 3rd Quarter PBD diskettes 0% I 244 Diskettes due back to PRE 0% I 245 PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 0% Project: Date: 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page35ID 246 Name PRE generate hard copies of diskettes % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 247 PRE revises narrative and the controller provides financial information for 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% 0 248 PRE combines all revised information for 3rd Quarter PBD Reports 0% 0 249 Submit report to Attorney for review 0% a 250 Prepare publication of 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% a 251 Submit 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document to Court 0% 252 Return diskettes and paper copies to principals and program managers 0% 0 i Project: Date: 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical Progress m Milestone B Summary Rolled Up  Page36ID 253 Name Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May 1 Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 254 4th QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGLI DOCUMENT REPORTS 0% 256 Advise program managers and principals on Program Budget Document 0% 256 Send reminder notice for completing the PBD to principals and program managers 0% 0 257 Principals submit School Operations Diskettes to Asst. Supts. 0% 0 258 Diskettes due from Program Managers who are on a less than 12 month contract 0% 0 259 All Program diskettes due back to PRE 0% i Project: Date: 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical Progress m Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page37ID 260 Name PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 261 PRE develops narrative and the controller provides financial information for 4th quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% 262 PRE combines all information for 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% 0 263 Submit report to Attorney for review 0% I 264 Prepare for publications the 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% 0 265 Submit 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 0% I 266 Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% 1 i Project: Date\n9/27/95 Critical Noncritical Progress H Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page38ID 267 Name PRE house diskettes as 1996-97 school year begins % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter 1st Quarter Apr I May | Jun ~Jul | Aug | Sep 268 SUBMIT MONTHLY MANAGEMENT REPORT (MANAGEMENT TOOL) IQ CQUBl 23% 269 Submit July's monthly management report to Court 100% 270 Submit August's monthly management report to Court 100% 271 Submit September's monthly management report to Court 100% 272 Submit October's monthly management report to Court 0% I 273 Submit November's monthly management report to Court 0% I Project: Date: 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical Progress m Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page39 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I DecID 274 Name________________________ Submit December's monthly management report to Court % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec I 275 Submit January's monthly management report to Court 0% 276 Submit February's monthly management report to Court 0% 277 Submit March's monthly management report to Court 0% 278 Submit April's monthly management report to Court 0% 279 Submit May's monthly management report to Court 0% 280 Submit June's monthly management report to Court 0% Project: Date: 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Page40 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar I I Summary Rolled Up Q 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun I I 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec ..ID 281 Name_______________________________ Submit July's monthly management report to Court % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 3rd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun 1 st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I 282 Submit August's monthly management report to Court 0% 283 REASSESSMENT OF PROCESS AMD ORGANIZATION 1996132 123S1 284 Analyze, reassess, and revise planning organization and structure 10% 285 Revise, discuss and reach consensus regarding format and tasking of 1996-97 Management Tool 100% 286 Initial circulation of 1996-97 Management Tool 100% 287 Evaluate tasking of 1996-97 Management Tool 5% Project: Date: 9/27/95 Critical Noncritical Progress Milestone Summary Rolled Up Q Page41 2nd Quarter Oct I Nov I Deccr A ' FRIDAY. ELDREDGE \u0026amp; CLARK HERSCHEL H. FRI0 A y'm 1 9 2 2 * 1 9 9 4 I ROBERT V. LIGHT. P.A. WILLIAM H. SUTTON, P.A. JAMES W. MOORE BYRON M. EISEMAN. JR., P.A. JOE 0. BELL. P.A. JOHN C, ECHOLS. P.A. JAMES A. BUTTRY. P.A. FREDERICK S. URSERY, P.A. H.T. LARZELERE. P.A. OSCAR E. DAVIS. JR., P.A. JAMES C. CLARK, JR., P.A. THOMAS P. LEGGETT. P.A, JOHN DEWEY WATSON. P.A. PAUL 8. BENHAM III. P.A. LARRY W. BURKS. P.A. A. WYCKLIFF NISBET. JR.. P.A. JAMES EDWARD HARRIS. P.A. J. PHILLIP MALCOM. P.A. JAMES M. SIMPSON. P.A. MEREDITH P. CATLETT. P.A. JAMES M. SAXTON. P.A. J. SHEPHERD RUSSELL III. P.A. DONALD H. BACON. P.A. WILLIAM THOMAS BAXTER. P.A. WALTER A. PAULSON II, P.A. BARRY E. COPLIN, P.A. RICHARD 0. TAYLOR. P.A. JOSEPH a. HURST. JR.. P.A. ELIZABETH ROBBEN MURRAY, P.A. CHRISTOPHER HELLER. P.A. LAURA HENSLEY SMITH. P.A. ROBERT S. SHAFER. P.A. WILLIAM M. GRIFFIN III, P.A. THOMAS N. ROSE. P.A. MICHAEL S. MOORE. P.A. OIANE S. MACKEY. P.A. WALTER M. EBEL 111. P.A. A PARTNERSHIP OF INDIVIDUALS AND PROFESSIONAL ASSOCIATIONS ATTORNEYS AT LAW 2000 FIRST COMMERCIAL BUILDING 400 WEST CAPITOL LITTLE ROCK. ARKANSAS 72201-3493 TELEPHONE 501-376-2011 FAX NO. 501-376-2147 September 28, 1995 SEP 2 d J995 3 Office of Oesegregawn KEVIN A. CRASS. P.A. WILLIAM A. WADDELL. JR., P.A. CLYDE TAB* TURNER. P.A. CALVIN J. HALL. P.A. SCOTT J. LANCASTER. P.A. JERRY L. MALONE. P.A. M. GAYLE CORLEY. P.A. ROBERT 9, BEACH. JR,. P.A. J. LEE BROWN. P.A. JAMES C. BAKER. JR.. P.A. H. CHARLES GSCHWENO. JR.. P.A. HARRY A. LIGHT. P.A. SCOTT H. TUCKER. P.A. JOHN CLAYTON RANDOLPH. P.A. GUY ALTON WAOE. P.A. PRICE C. GARDNER. P.A. J. MICHAEL PICKENS TONIA P. JONES DAVID 0. WILSON JEFFREY H. MOORE ANDREW T. TURNER DAVID M.GRAF CARLA G. SPAINHOUR JOHN C. FENDLEY. JR. ALLISON GRAVES JONANN C. ROOSEVELT R. CHRISTOPHER LAWSON GREGORY 0. TAYLOR TONY L. WILCOX FRAN C. HICKMAN BETTY J. OEMORY BARBARA J. RAND JAMES W. SMITH CLIFFORD W. PLUNKETT WILL BONO DANIEL L. HERRINGTON COUNSEL WILLIAM J. SMITH WILLIAM A. ELDREDGE. JR.. P.A. B.S. CLARK WILLIAM L. TERRY. P.A. WILLIAM L. PATTON. JR.. P.A. WRITIR'S DIRECT NO. (5011 370-1553 Mr. John W. Walker JOHN W. WALKER, P.A. Attorneys at Law 1723 Broadway Little Rock, Arkansas Mrs. Ann Brown, Federal Monitor Office of Desegregation Heritage West Building, Suite 520 201 East Markham Street 72206 Little Rock, Arkansas 72201 Mr. Sam Jones WRIGHT, LINDSEY \u0026amp; JENNINGS Attorneys at Law 2200 Worthen Bank Building 200 West Capitol Avenue Little Rock, Arkansas 72201 Mr. Richard Roachell ROACHELL \u0026amp; STREETT Attorneys at Law First Federal Plaza, Suite 504 401 West Capitol Avenue Little Rock, Arkansas 72201 Mr. Stephen W. Jones JACK, LYON i JONES, P.A. 3400 Capitol Towers Capitol i Broadway Streets Little Rock, Arkansas 72201 Re: LRSD V. PCSSD/Project Management Tool Gentlemen and Mrs. Brown: Enclosed please find the LRSD's 1996-97 Budget/September Project Management Tool filed pursuant to the Order of the Court. By agreement, three copies are being delivered to Mrs. Brown and two copies are being delivered to Mr. Walker. ijiin\\pcid\\tool-iep.lir  Gentlemen and Mrs. Brown September 28, 1995 Page 2 Thank you for your attention to this matter. Sincerely, / s.- Jerry L. Malone LRSD Attorney JLM/dtw Enclosures cc (w/enc): Dr. Dr. Dr. Henry P. Williams Russell Mayo Ed Jackson din\\pcud\\ux)l-iep. Itr IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT EASTERN DISTRICT OF ARKANSAS WESTERN DIVISION LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT PLAINTIFF VS. NO. LR-C-82-866 PULASKI COUNTY SPECIAL SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 1, ET AL MRS. LORENE JOSHUA, ET AL KATHERINE KNIGHT, ET AL DEFENDANTS SEP d d 1995 INTERVENORS n/PA X INTERVENORS wjce Of Desegregation Moniionng LRSDs 1996-97 BUDGET/SEPTEMBER PROJECT MANAGEMENT TOOL The Plaintiff, Little Rock School District (\"LRSD\"), for its 1996-97 Budget/Septemher Project Management Tool, states: 1. Pursuant to the Order of this Court, the LRSD does hereby submit its Project Management Tool for the month ending September 30, 1995, relating to its 1996-97 budget. WHEREFORE, the Little Rock School District submits its Project Management Tool for the month ending September 30, 1995, relating to its 1996-97 budget. Respectfully submitted. FRIDAY, ELDREDGE \u0026amp; CLARK Attorneys at Law 2000 First Commercial Building 400 West Capitol Little Rock, Arkansas (501) 72201-3493 dtam\\pcud\\biidget-2.*u( 376-2011 ATTORNEYS FOR PLAINTIFF LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT Jerry L. Malone Bar No. I. D. 85096 -1-CERTIFICATE OF SERVICK I, Jerry L. Malone, do hereby certify that a copy of the foregoing LRSD's 1996-97 Budget/September Project Management Tool has been served by U. S. Mail, postage prepaid, except as otherwise indicated, on September 28, 1995, upon the following: diana\\pcud\\budg-2.aug Mr. John W. Walker JOHN W. WALKER, P.A. Attorneys at Law 1723 Broadway Little Rock, AR 72206 (Hand-Delivered) Mr. Samuel M. Jones, III WRIGHT, LINDSEY \u0026amp; JENNINGS Attorneys at Law 2200 Worthen Bank Building 200 West Capitol Little Rock, AR 72201 Mr. Stephen W. Jones JACK, LYON Sc JONES, P.A. Attorneys at Law 3400 Capitol Towers Capitol fit Broadway Streets Little Rock, AR 72201 Mr. Richard W. Roachell ROACHELL \u0026amp; STREETT Attorneys at Law First Federal Plaza, Suite 504 401 West Capitol Avenue Little Rock, AR 72201 Mrs. Ann Brown (Hand-delivered as per Order by the Court) Federal Monitor, Office of Desegregation Heritage West Building, Suite 520 201 East Markham Street Little Rock, AR 72201 Jerry L. Malone -2-\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_679","title":"Program planning and budget tool, FY 1996","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1995-08-31"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System"],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Education--Evaluation","School improvement programs"],"dcterms_title":["Program planning and budget tool, FY 1996"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/679"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":["Available for use in research, teaching, and private study. Any other use requires permission from the Butler Center."],"dcterms_medium":["planning"],"dcterms_extent":["424 pages"],"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nLittle Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 1 Code PINV Name % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Jul 3 '9-5 Scheduled Finish Aug 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson 2 PINV Identify and revise DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% Jul 3 '95 Aug 11 '95 Jackson,Lewis,Smith 3 PINV Review and adjust primary and secondary leaders for DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% Jul 17'95 Aug 14 '95 Lewis,Mayo 4 PINV Finalize list of DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% Aug 15 '95 Aug 18 '95 Jackson, Lewis 5 PINV Generate a Program Inventory Report for 1995-96 100% Aug 18 '95 Aug 31 '95 Jackson,Lewis  PEVAL 66% Jul 3 '95 Nov 22 '95 Jackson RECEIVED MIR 3 1 1995 7 PEVAL Notify program managers that program evaluation begins in fall\nbegin data collection 100% Jul 3 '95 Jul 28 '95 Jackson Office Of Desegregation Monitoring 8 PEVAL Review/revise process for cabinet review of program evaluations 100% Aug 1 '95 Aug 15 '95 Jackson,Cabinet Page 1 FY 97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 9 Code PEVAL Name Review/revise program evaluation instrument % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Aug 1 '95 Scheduled Finish Aug 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Cabinet,Jackson 10 PEVAL Distribute program evaluation instruments and instructions to primary and/or secondary leaders\nprovide additonal information/instruments, if needed 100% Aug 25 '95 Aug 25 '95 Jackson 11 PEVAL Conduct required training sessions describing the process and evaluation criteria for designated staff 100% Aug 4 '95 Aug 31 '95 Jackson 12 PEVAL Program evaluations due from secondary or primary leaders 0% Sep 15 '95 Sep 15 '95 Cabinet 13 PEVAL Review program evaluations (DSeg and NonDSeg) for potential target programs for extended evaluations 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 2 '95 Cabinet 14 PEVAL Finalize identification of extended evaluation targets 0% Oct 2 '95 Oct 13'95 Cabinet 15 PEVAL Notify appropriate staff to prepare Extended Program Evaluations 0% Oct 16 '95 Oct 20 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 16 PEVAL Extended evaluations due 0% Nov 13'95 Nov 13'95 Program Managers Page 2 FY 97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 17 Code PEVAL Name______________________________ Cabinet review extended evaluations for merge into needs assessment report % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Nov 17'95 Scheduled Finish Nov 22 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson 18 NEEDS 0% Sep 1 '95 Nov 30 '95 Jackson.Cabinet 19 NEEDS Review types of data to measure needs of district for FY 96-97 0% Sep 1 '95 Sep 8 '95 Cabinet,Jackson 20 NEEDS Analyze results of the budgeting and planning priorities revealed from the 94-95 Needs Assessment Report 0% Sep 1 '95 Sep 8 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 21 NEEDS Review current mission statement and goals of the District 0% Sep 1 '95 Sep 8 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 22 NEEDS Board identifies District concerns for input from public at Town Hall/District Dialogues 0% Sep 14 '95 Sep 14 '95 Williams,Board 28 NEEDS STANFORD 8 TEST DATA STUDY 0% Sep 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson 24 NEEDS Define purpose and scope for Stanford 8 Test data study 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Jackson,Cabinet Page 3 FY 97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 25 Code NEEDS Name Assign responsibilities for study of Stanford 8 Test data % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson 26 NEEDS Design data collection plan for study of Stanford 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Dunbar 27 NEEDS Collect and analyze data from Stanford 8 Test 0% Sep 15'95 Oct 13'95 Jackson, Dunbar,Savage 28 NEEDS Prepare Stanford 8 Test Report 0% Oct 13 '95 Oct 31 '95 Dunbar 29 NEEDS Submit Stanford 8 Test Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment 0% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson,Dunbar 3Q NEEDS PRE EDUCATIONAL EQUITY MONITORING REPORTS SURVEY 0% Sep 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson 31 NEEDS Define purpose and scope for PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 32 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson Page 4 FY 97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 33 Code NEEDS Name Analyze data from PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Studies % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Sep 18 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 30 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Smith 34 NEEDS Prepare PRE Educational Equity Monitoring findings 0% Oct 2 '95 Oct 13'95 Smith 35 NEEDS Submit PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study to PRE for merge into needs assessment listing 0% Oct 31 '95 I Oct 31 '95 Jackson,Smith as NEEDS SCHOOL CLIMATE/HUMAN RELATIONS SURVEY (SC/HRISTUDY 0% Sep 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson 37 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of SC/HR Survey 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 38 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for SC/HR data collections 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson 39 NEEDS Design data collection plan for study of SC/HR 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Jackson,Hobby 40 NEEDS Collect and analyze data from SC/HR Survey 0% Sep 15 '95 Oct 13'95 Jackson,Hobby Page 5 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 41 Code NEEDS Name Prepare SC/HR Survey Report % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Oct 13'95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Hobby 42 NEEDS Submit SC/HR Survey Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment 0% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson,Hobby I 42 NEEDS PORPQRTIONALS ALLOCATION FORMULAS STUDY 0% Sep 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Smith.Milhollen 44 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Proportional Allocation Formulas 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Smith.Milhollen,Cabinet 45 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for Proportional Allocation Formulas 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Smith 46 NEEDS Design data collections plan for Proportional Allocation Formulas 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Smith 47 NEEDS Collect and analyze data for Proportional Allocation Formulas 0% Sep 15 '95 Oct 13'95 Hurley,Eaton,Gadberry,Neal,Milhollen,Smith 48 NEEDS Prepare Proportional Allocation Fomiulas Report 0% Oct 13'95 Oct 31 '95 Milhollen,Hurley,Eaton,Neal,Smith Page 6 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 49 Code NEEDS Name Submit Proportional Allocations Formulas Study Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment listing % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Oct 31 '95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Milhollen 5Q NEEDS DISTRICTWIDE FACILITIES STUDY 0% Seo 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Smith 51 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Districtwide Facilities Study/Report from 1994-95 Study for purposes of 1995-96 Needs Assessment Report 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Williams,Smith,Cabinet 52 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for the Districtwide Facilities Study/Reporting of findings 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Smith,Eaton 53 NEEDS Prepare findings from the Districtwide Facilities Study 0% Sep 16 '95 Oct 31 '95 Smith,Mayo,Eaton 54 NEEDS Submit Districtwide Facilities Study Report recommendations to PRE for merge into needs assessment report 0% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Smith,Mayo,Eaton 55 NEEDS DESEGREGATION MONITORING REPORTS AUDIT FROM PPM 0% Seo 11 '95 Nov 30 '95 Mavo 56 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Williams,Mayo, Cabinet Page 7 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 57 Code NEEDS Name_______________________________ Assign responsibility for data collection of transcripts and Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Mayo 58 NEEDS Design data collection plan for study of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Mayo 59 NEEDS Collect data 0% Sep 18'95 Oct 13'95 Mayo 60 NEEDS Review with Cabinet and Attorneys 0% Oct 16'95 Oct 31 '95 Mayo 61 NEEDS Report findings to PRE 0% Oct 31 '95 Nov 18'95 Mayo 62 NEEDS Merge new obligations with Program Budget Document 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 30 '95 Mayo,Lewis 2 NEEDS COURT ORDERS AUDIT 0% Seo 11 '95 Nov 30 '95 Mavo 64 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Court Orders Audit 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Cabinet,Mayo Page 8 FY97 August 31 '95ID 65 Code NEEDS Name Assign responsibility for data collection of Court Orders Audit Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15'95 Revised Finish Resource Names Mayo 66 NEEDS Collect data 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 13'95 Mayo 67 NEEDS Review with Cabinet and Attorneys 0% Oct 16 '95 Oct 31 '95 Mayo 68 NEEDS Report findings to PRE 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 18 '95 Mayo 69 NEEDS Merge new obligations with Program Budget Document 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 30 '95 Mayo, Lewis 22 NEEDS TOWN HALL MEETINGS 0% Seo 11 '95 Nov 21 '95 Williams, Jackson.Modeste 71 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Town Hall Meetings 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Jackson,Modeste,Cabinet 72 NEEDS Review previous years data from Town Hall Report 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Modeste, Jackson, Vann Page 9 FY 97 August 31 '95 ILittle Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 73 Code NEEDS Name ___________________________ Design data collection plan for Town Hall Meetings % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15'95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Vann,Lewis 74 NEEDS Set locations and schedule for Town Hall Meeting 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Vann.Modeste 75 NEEDS Develop advertisement plan and schedule for Town Hall Meetings\nPrepare sample agenda 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Vann.Modeste 76 NEEDS Review and revise data collection tool (matrix) for Town Hall Meetings 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Modeste,Lewis 77 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting I 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann.Modeste 78 NEEDS Conduct Town Hall Meeting I 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Williams 79 NEEDS Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting I for input into matrix 0% Sep 18'95 Oct 31 '95 Vann,Lewis 80 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting II 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann,Modeste Page 10 FY 97 August 31 '95I Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 81 Code NEEDS Name_____________________ Conduct Town Hall Meeting II % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Sep 18'95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams 82 NEEDS Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting II for input into matrix 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann,Lewis 83 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting III 0% Sep 18'95 Oct 31 '95 Vann.Modeste 84 NEEDS Finalize and publish Town Hall Meeting Report 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 15'95 Modeste,Lewis 85 NEEDS Merge findings of Town Hall Meeting Report, 1995-96 into needs assessment listing 0% Nov 15'95 Nov 21 '95 Jackson,Lewis as NEEDS DISTRICT DIALOGUES 0% Sep 11 '95 Nov 21 '95 Williams. Jackson.Modeste 87 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of District Dialogues 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Williams, Jackson,Modeste,Cabinet 88 NEEDS Review previous years data from District Dialogue Report 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Modeste,Vann Page 11 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 89 Code NEEDS Name_____________________________ Design data collection plan for District Dialogues % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Vann,Modeste 90 NEEDS Set locations and schedule for District Dialogue Meetings 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Modeste.Vann 91 NEEDS Develop advertisement plan and schedule for District Dialogues\nprepare sample agenda 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Vann,Modeste 92 NEEDS Design data collection tool (matrix) for District Dialogue 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Modeste,Jackson 93 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue I 0% Sep 18'95 Oct 31 '95 Vann,Modeste 94 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue I 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Williams 95 NEEDS Gather feedback from District Dialogue 1 for input into matrix 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann,Lewis 96 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue 11 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann,Modeste Page 12 FY97 August 31 '95ID 97 Code NEEDS Name Conduct District Dialogue II 98 NEEDS Gather feedback data from District Dialogue II for input into matrix 99 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue III 100 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue III 101 NEEDS Gather feedback data from District Dialogue III for merge into matrix 102 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue IV 103 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue IV 104 NEEDS Gather feedback data from District Dialogue IV for input into matrix Page 13 Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Sep 18 '95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% Sep 18 '95 Sep 18'95 Sep 18 '95 Sep 18 '95 Sep 18 '95 Sep 18 '95 Sep 18 '95 FY97 Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann,Lewis Vann,Modeste Williams Vann,Lewis Vann,Modeste Williams Vann,Lewis August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 105 Code NEEDS Name Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue V % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Sep 18 '95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Vann,Modeste 106 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue V 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Williams 107 NEEDS Gather feedback data from District Dialogue V for input into matrix 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann,Lewis 108 NEEDS Finalize and publish District Dialogue Report 1995-96 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 15'95 Jackson,Lewis 109 NEEDS Merge findings of District Dialogue Report 1995-96 into needs assessment listing 0% Nov 15'95 Nov 21 '95 Jackson, Lewis Ufl NEEDS PREPARE NEEDS ASSESSMENT REPORT 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 30 '95 Jackson 111 NEEDS Conduct Administrative review of available districtwide reports and objective data 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 15'95 Jackson,Cabinet 112 NEEDS Conduct Board Work Session for review of available districtwide reports and objective data 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 15'95 Williams, Jackson, Board Page 14 FY97 August 31 '95ID 113 Code NEEDS Name Publish Draft of Needs Assessment /Report and disseminate to selected persons Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Nov 27 '95 Scheduled Finish Nov 27 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Cabinet 114 NEEDS Publish Needs Assessment Report, 1995-96 0% Nov 30 '95 Nov 30 '95 Jackson 115 GOAL PLANNING AND BUDGET GOALS 0% Oct 2 '95 Jan 31 '96 Jackson US GOALS CABINET PLANNING SESSION Oct 2 '95 Dec 11 '95 Jackson.Cabinet 117 GOALS Review 1994-95 Needs Assessment Report 0% Oct 2 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 118 GOALS Distribute 1995-96 Needs Assessment Report to Cabinet members 0% Dec 1 '95 Dec 8 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 119 GOALS Distribute District goals to Cabinet 0% Dec 1 '95 Dec 8 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 120 GOALS Cabinet review of goals 0% Dec 11 '95 Dec 11 '95 Jackson,Cabinet Page 15 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 121 Code GOALS Name BOARD WORK SESSION % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Nov 15 '95 Scheduled Finish Dec 19 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson.Williams 122 GOALS Establish date and site for Work Session 0% Nov 1595 Nov 30 '95 Williams,Cabinet 123 GOALS Identify materials for Board Work Session 0% Nov 15'95 124 GOALS Prepare materials for Board Work Session 0% Nov 15'95 125 GOALS Conduct Board Work Session 0% Dec 12'95 126 GOALS Distribute background materials to Board members 0% Dec 12'95 127 GOALS Review/revise mission statement and goals 0% Dec 12 '95 128 GOALS Review DSeg and NonDSeg Program Inventory 0% Dec 12'95 Page 16 FY97 I Nov 30 '95 Nov 30 '95 Dec 15 '95 Dec 15 '95 Dec 15 '95 Dec 15 '95 Jackson,Williams Jackson Board,Williams Jackson Board Board August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 129 Code GOALS Name Review identified proportional allocations % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Dec 12 '95 Scheduled Finish Dec 15'95 Revised Finish Resource Names Board 130 GOALS Establish written priorities 0% Dec 12 '95 Dec 15 '95 Board 131 GOALS Identify strategies for funding shortfalls D'ye Dec 12 '95 Dec 15'95 Board 132 GOALS Develop timeline for identification and researching of funding shortfall strategies 0% Dec 12'95 Dec 15'95 Board 133 GOALS Develop communication strategy for mission statement and goals 0% Dec 14'95 Dec 14 '95 Williams,Vann 134 GOALS Distribute mission statement and goals 0% Dec 19'95 Dec 19'95 Jackson,Vann 135 GOALS Distribute list of priorities 0% Dec 19 '95 Dec 19 '95 Jackson,Vann 136 GOALS BOARD RETREAT 0% Dec 8 '95 Jan 31 '96 Williams Page 17 FY 97 August 31 '95 JLittle Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 137 Code GOALS Name Determine date and site for Board Retreat % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Dec 8 '95 Scheduled Finish Dec 20 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams,Board 138 GOALS Identify agenda items for Board Retreat 0% Dec 8 '95 Dec 20 '95 Williams,Board 139 GOALS Establish agenda for Board Retreat 0% Dec 8 '95 Dec 20 '95 Williams,Boa rd 140 GOALS Identify materials for Board Retreat 0% Dec 8 '95 Dec 20 '95 Williams,Jackson 141 GOALS Distribute materials for Board Retreat 0% Jan 9 '96 Jan 10 '96 Williams,Jackson 142 GOALS Conduct data analysis work session in preparation for Board Retreat 0% Jan 12'96 Jan 12'96 Williams,Cabinet 143 GOALS Conduct Board Retreat 0% Jan 22 '96 Jan 26 '96 Williams,Board 144 GOALS Report outcomes of Board Retreat 0% Jan 31 '96 Jan 31 '96 Williams,Board Page 18 FY97 August 31 '95ID 145 Code PDEV Name PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool % Complete 0% Scheduled Start May 22 '95 Scheduled Finish Aug 30 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson.Cabinet 146 PDEV SUBMIT BUSINESS CASE FOR ERQGRAM AND/OR MODIFICATIONS TO SUPERINTENDENT 0% Nov 1 '95 Feb 22 '96 Williams.Jackson 147 PDEV Review process for program development 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 10'95 Cabinet 148 PDEV Use extended program evaluations to identify program additions, modifications, deletions 0% Nov 17'95 Nov 27 '95 Cabinet 149 PDEV Notify appropriate staff to prepare Business Cases on results of extended program evaluations 0% Nov 17'95 Nov 30 '95 Cabinet 150 PDEV Review recommendations from district needs assessment report in order to identify additional programs or programs modifications resulting in business case(s) 0% Dec 5 '95 Dec 11 '95 Cabinet 151 PDEV Business Cases due 0% Jan 8 '96 Jan 8 '96 Primary Leaders 152 PDEV Review of Business Cases by Cabinet 0% Jan 15 '96 Jan 22 '96 Cabinet Page 19 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 153 Code PDEV Name Submit Business Cases for program and/or program modifications to Board of Directors % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Feb 8 '96 Scheduled Finish Feb 8 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Williams 154 PDEV Review of Business Cases by Board 0% Feb 8 '96 Feb 22 '96 Board 155 BUDGT BUDGETING 0% Nov 20 '95 Aug 30 '96 Smith.Gadberrv.Hurlev.Milhollen 156 BUDGT Develop budget preparation training materials 0% Nov 20 '95 Nov 27 '95 Smith.Milhollen 157 BUDGT Issue instructions for budget preparation at all levels 0% Nov 28 '95 Nov 30 '95 Smith 158 BUDGT Conduct budget preparation training sessions 0% Dec 1 '95 Dec 8 '95 Smith 159 BUDGT Budget managers develop and submit revised 1995-96 expense budget revisions and 1996-97 expense budget requests 0% Dec 11 '95 Jan 6 '96 Milhollen, Smith 160 BUDGT Begin districtwide expense budget consolidation and executive review process 0% Jan 9 '96 Mar 8 '96 Smith Page 20 FY97 August 31 '95ID 161 Code BUDGT Name________________________________ Year to date revenue expenditure analysis Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Jan 9 '96 Scheduled Finish Jan 31 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Smith,Milhollen 162 BUDGT Revise financial forecast for coming year 0% Feb 26 '96 Mar 6 '96 Smith 163 BUDGT Submit proposed budget to Board 0% Mar 14 '96 Mar 14 '96 Williams 164 BUDGT Conduct Board Work Sessions on proposed budget 0% Mar 18'96 Mar 29 '96 Smith, Board,Williams 165 BUDGT Revise proposed budget, as needed 0% Mar 14 '96 Apr 2 '96 Smith, Milhollen 166 BUDGT Prepare tentative budget 0% Apr 3 '96 May 13 '96 Smith,Milhollen 167 BUDGT Board review of tentative budget 0% May 23 '96 May 23 '96 Board,Smith 168 BUDGT Conduct Board Work Session on tentative Budget 0% May 24 '96 May 31 '96 Board,Williams Page 21 FY 97 August 31 '95 |Little RocR School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 169 Code BUDGT Name Account reconciliation and Purchase Order (PO) clean-up % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Jun 17 '96 Scheduled Finish Jul 12'96 Revised Finish Resource Names Eaton 170 BUDGT 171 BUDGT Receipt of state generated revenue numbers (payroll liabilities, adjusted supplemental payroll, last payroll, Carl Perkins, M to M, JTPA, Vocational Ed., Chapters 1 and 2, Compensatory Ed., MFPA, Transportation, ABC) Close-out 1995-96 accounts\nadjust physical inventory, (fiscal)federal grants, magnet, state grants, accruals 0% 0% 172 BUDGT Compute ending fund balance 0% 173 BUDGT Administrative review of final budget 0% 174 BUDGT Submit final budget to Board 0% 175 BUDGT Board review and adoption of 96-97 final budget 0% 176 BUDGT Submit final Budget to Court/Parties 0% Jun 16 '96 Jun 16 '96 Milhollen, Smith Jul 1 '96 Jul 19'96 Smith,Milhollen,Cabinet Jul 22 '96 Jul 22 '96 Milhollen,Smith Jul 24 '96 Jul 29 '96 VVilliams,Cabinet Page 22 Aug 1 '96 Aug 1 '96 Williams,Smith Aug 1 '96 Aug 8 '96 FY 97 Aug 8 '96 Aug 21 '96 Board VVilliams,Attorney August 31 '95ID 177 Code BUDGT Name_________________________ Submit 96-97 final budget to State Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Aug 21 '96 Scheduled Finish Aug 30 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams,Smith ITS BUDGT Staffing 0% Jan 26 '96 Aug 15 '96 Hurley 179 BUDGT First review of changes in course offerings by Board 0% Jan 26 '96 180 BUDGT Meeting with counselors and principals to review courses offerings 1995-96 0% Jan 29 '96 181 BUDGT Print secondary course selection sheets 0% Jan 29 '96 182 BUDGT Counselors meet with students and complete course selection sheets 0% Feb 19'96 183 BUDGT Counselors send course selection sheets to receiving schools 0% Mar 8 '96 184 BUDGT Registrars tally course selections 0% Mar 11 '96 I Feb 8 '96 Feb 15 '96 Feb 15 '96 Mar 8 '96 Mar 11 '96 Mar 29 '96 Page 23 FY97 Board,Williams Elston Williams,Gadberry Principals,Counselors Principals,Counselors Principals,Registrars August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 185 Code BUDGT Name Review course tallies secondary. Note possible staffing changes based on courses requested % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Apr 1 '96 Scheduled Finish Apr 19'96 Revised Finish Resource Names__________ Gadberry, Hurley,Asst. Supts. 186 BUDGT Identify elementary enrollment (tentative) for 1995-96 0% Apr 1 '96 May 19'96 Mayo,Hurley,Gadberry,Asst Supts 187 BUDGT Make determination by subject area (secondary) of possible changes and by projected elementary enrolled 0% Apr 1 '96 Apr 19'96 Gadberry,Hurley,Asst. Supts. 188 BUDGT List known retirements, resignations, and intern positions 0% Apr 3 '96 Apr 24 '96 Gadberry,Hurley 189 BUDGT Identify certified personnel for Reduction in Force (RIF), if needed 0% Apr 17'96 Apr 26 '96 Hurley,Gadberry 190 BUDGT Notify certified personnel of Reduction in Force (RIF), if needed staff reduction 0% Apr 24 '96 Apr 29 '96 Hurley,Gadberry 191 BUDGT Recall certified personnel from RIF, if needed 0% Jun 3 '96 Aug 1 '96 Hurley, Gadberry 192 BUDG Notify classified personnel of staff reduction 0% May 6 '96 Jul 15'96 Hurley,Gadberry Page 24 FY97 August 31 '95I ID 193 Code BUDGT Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool 194 BUDGT 195 BUDGT 196 BUDGT 197 BUDGT 198 BUDGT 199 BUDGT 200 BUDGT Page 25 Name Recall classified personnel from RIF, if needed PROVIDE BROAD-BASED INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL FEEDBACK Plan for internal and external feedback. Set locations and dates Execute advertisement for district feedback. Session I Conduct District Feedback Session I Execute advertisement plan for district feedback. Session II Conduct District Feedback Session II Execute advertisement for district feedback. Session III % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Jun 3 '96 Scheduled Finish Aug 15 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Hurley 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% May 22 '95 Apr 30 '96 Modeste. Vann. Williams Feb 1 '96 Feb 1 '96 Feb 1 '96 Feb 1 '96 May 22 '95 Feb 1 '96 FY97 Feb 15'96 Apr 30 '96 Apr 30 '96 Apr 30 '96 Aug 17 '95 Apr 30 '96 Williams,Modeste,Vann Modeste,Vann Williams Modeste,Vann Williams Williams August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 201 Code BUDGT Name____________________________ Conduct district feedback. Session III % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Feb 1 '96 Scheduled Finish Apr 30 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams 202 BUDGT Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall feedback. Session I 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste,Vann 203 BUDGT Conduct district feedback, Session I 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 204 BUDGT Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall feedback. Session II 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste,Vann 205 BUDGT Conduct district feedback , Session II 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 206 BUDGT Execute advertisement for Town Hall feedback. Session III 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 207 BUDGT Conduct district feedback. Session III 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste,\\/ann 208 MR MONITORING AND REPORTING OF DESEG AND NONDESEG PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS (1ST QUARTER: 2ND QUARTER: 3RD QUARTER: 4TH QUARTER! 14% Aug 1 '95 Aug 31 '96 Jackson Page 26 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 209 Code MR Name PRE performs necessary diskette management functions for the summer ( i.e. archival filing, achievement erasures, copying, etc.) % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Aug 1 '95 Scheduled Finish Aug 17'95 Revised Finish Resource Names PRE Clerical 210 MR Revise written program budget document instructions, as needed 68% Aug 31 '95 Sep 5 '95 Lewis 211 MR PRE forward program budget document diskettes to principals and program managers 68% Aug 31 '95 Sep 5 '95 PRE Clerical,Lewis 212 MR Distribute written program budget document instructions to principals and program managers 0% Sep 1 '95 Sep 5 '95 Lewis,PRE Clerical 213 MR Plan maintenance education and orientation regarding the program budget document process 100% Aug 1 '95 Aug 31 '95 Jackson,Lewis 214 MR 215 MR Conduct maintenance education workshops and orientation sessions regarding the program budget document process for principals, clerical staff, program managers, primary and secondary leaders 1ST QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 0% 18% 216 MR Advise program managers and principals on program budget document 25% Page 27 Sep 4 '95 Aug 8 '95 Aug 8 '95 FY97 Sep 30 '95 Oct 14 '95 Jackson,Lewis Jackson Asst. Supts,Lewis,PRE Clerical August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 217 Code MR Name___________________________ Generate diskette management flow information to relative staff School Operations and PRE office % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Aug 8 '95 Scheduled Finish Aug 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Lewis 218 MR Plan training sessions on the Program Budget Document and WordPerfect 0% Sep 2 '95 Sep 15 '95 Lewis,Jackson 219 MR Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 1st Quarter PBD diskettes 0% Oct 3 '95 Oct 3 '95 Lewis 220 MR DSeg and NonDSeg diskettes returned to PRE 0% Oct 14 '95 Oct 14'95 Principals,Program Managers 221 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 0% Oct 16 '95 Nov 8 '95 PRE Clerical,Lewis 222 MR PRE generate hard copies of diskettes 0% Oct 16'95 Nov 8 '95 PRE Clerical 223 MR PRE develops narrative and the Controller provides financial info for the PBD reports 0% Oct 16 '95 Oct 31 '95 Lewis,Milhollen 224 MR PRE combines all information for the 1st Quarter Program Budget Report 0% Oct 31 '95 Nov 8 '95 Lewis,PRE Clerical Page 28 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 225 Code MR Name___________________________ Submit report to Attorney for review % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Nov 8 '95 Scheduled Finish Nov 13'95 Revised Finish Resource Names Lewis 226 MR Prepare for publication of 1st Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Nov 1395 Nov 13'95 Lewis,Jackson 227 MR Submit 1st Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 0% Nov 21 '95 Nov 21 '95 Jackson .Attorney 228 MR Return diskettes and hard copies to managers and principals 0% Nov 21 '95 Nov 22 '95 PRE Clerical 229 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to the secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% Nov 21 '95 Dec 21 '95 Primary Leaders 230 MR 2ND QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 0% Nov 21 '95 Mar 22 '96 Jackson 231 MR Advise program managers and principals on Programs Budget Document 0% Nov 21 '95 Jan 13 '96 Asst. Supts, Lewis 232 MR Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 2nd Quarter PBD diskettes 0% Jan 6 '96 Jan 6 '96 Lewis Page 29 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 233 Code MR Name___________________ Diskettes due back to PRE % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Jan 13 '96 Scheduled Finish Jan 13 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Program Managers,Principals 234 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 0% Jan 13 '96 Jan 26 '96 PRE Clerical 235 MR PRE generates hard copies of diskettes 0% Jan 15 '96 Jan 31 '96 PRE Clerical 236 MR PRE revises narrative and the controller provides financial info for Program Budget Document Reports (DSeg and NonDSeg) 0% Jan 29 '96 Feb 3 '96 Lewis,Milhollen 237 MR PRE combines all revised information for 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Jan 29 '96 Feb 3 '96 Lewis,PRE Clerical 238 MR Submit report to Attorney for review 0% Feb 14 '96 Feb 19'96 Attorney,Jackson 239 MR Prepare publication of 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Feb 22 '96 Feb 22 '96 Lewis 240 MR Submit 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 0% Feb 23 '96 Feb 23 '96 Jackson,Attorney Page 30 FY97 August 31 '95J Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 241 Code MR Name Return diskettes and paper copies to principals and program managers % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Feb 23 '96 Scheduled Finish Feb 24 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names PRE Clerical 242 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% Feb 23 '96 Mar 22 '96 Primary Leaders 243 MR 3RD QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 0% Feb 23 '96 Jun 24 '96 Jackson 244 MR Advise program managers and principals on the Program Budget Document 0% Feb 23 '96 Apr 12'96 Asst. Supts,Lewis 245 MR Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 3rd Quarter PBD diskettes 0% Mar 7 '96 Mar 7 '96 Lewis 246 MR Diskettes due back to PRE 0% Apr 12 '96 Apr 12 '96 Principals,Program Managers 247 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 0% Apr 15'96 Apr 28 '96 PRE Clerical 248 MR PRE generate hard copies of diskettes 0% Apr 15'96 May 3 '96 PRE Clerical Page 31 FY97 August 31 '95 |Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 249 Code MR Name __________________________ PRE revises narrative and the controller provides financial information for 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Apr 29 '96 Scheduled Finish May 3 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Lewis,Milhollen 250 MR PRE combines all revised information for 3rd Quarter PBD Reports 0% May 6 '96 May 10 '96 Lewis,PRE Clerical 251 MR Submit report to Attorney for review 0% May 13 '96 May 16'96 Lewis 252 MR Prepare publication of 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% May 20 '96 May 23 '96 Lewis 253 MR Submit 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document to Court 0% May 24 '96 May 24 '96 Jackson .Attorney 254 MR Return diskettes and paper copies to principals and program managers 0% May 24 '96 May 27 '96 PRE Clerical 255 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% May 24 '96 Jun 24 '96 Primary Leaders 256 MR 4th QUARTER PROGRAM BVOCLI DOCUMENT REPORTS 0% May 9 '96 Aug 31 '96 Jackson Page 32 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 257 Code MR Name Advise program managers and principals on Program Budget Document % Complete 0% Scheduled Start May 22 '96 Scheduled Finish Jul 22 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names____________ Asst. Supts,Lewis,PRE Clerical 258 MR Send reminder notice for completing the PBD to principals and program managers 0% May 9 '96 May 15'96 Lewis 259 MR Principals submit School Operations Diskettes to Asst. Supts. 0% Jun 10 '96 260 MR Diskettes due from Program Managers who are on a less than 12 month contract 0% Jun 10 '96 261 MR All Program diskettes due back to PRE 0% Jul 14 '96 262 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up 0% Jul 15'96 263 MR PRE develops narrative and the controller provides financial information for 4th quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Jul 29 '96 264 MR PRE combines all information for 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Jul 29 '96 I Jun 16 '96 Jun 16 '96 Jul 14 '96 Jul 28 '96 Aug 4 '96 Aug 4 '96 Page 33 FY97 Principals Program Managers Program Managers PRE Clerical,Lewis Lewis,Milhollen Lewis,PRE Clerical August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 265 Code MR Name__________________________ Submit report to Attorney for review % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Aug 12 '96 Scheduled Finish Aug 12'96 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson 266 MR Prepare for publications the 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Aug 16 '96 Aug 19 '96 Lewis 267 MR Submit 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 0% Aug 22 '96 268 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% Aug 1 '96 269 MR PRE house diskettes as 1996-97 school year begins 0% Jun 16 '96 270 MR SUBMIT MONTHLY MANAGEMENT REPORT [MANAGEMENT TOOLI TQ COURT 15'% Jul 31 '95 271 MR Submit July's monthly management report to Court 100% Jul 31 '95 272 MR Submit August's monthly management report to Court 100% Aug 31 '95 I Aug 22 '96 Aug 31 '96 Aug 22 '96 Aug 31 '96 Jul 31 '95 Aug 31 '95 Jackson .Attorney Primary Leaders Lewis Jackson Jackson,Attorney Jackson,Attorney Page 34 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 273 Code MR Name Submit September's monthly management report to Court % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Sep 29 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 29 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson ,Attorney 274 MR Submit October's monthly management report to Court 0% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson,Attorney 275 MR Submit November's monthly management report to Court 0% Nov 30 '95 Nov 30 '95 Jackson .Attorney 276 MR Submit December's monthly management report to Court 0% Dec 21 '95 Dec 21 '95 Jackson,Attorney 277 MR Submit January's monthly management report to Court 0% Jan 31 '96 Jan 31 '96 Jackson,Attorney 278 MR Submit February's monthly management report to Court 0% Feb 29 '96 Feb 29 '96 Jackson,Attorney 279 MR Submit March's monthly management report to Court 0% Mar 29 '96 Mar 29 '96 Jackson,Attorney 280 MR Submit April's monthly management report to Court 0% Apr 30 '96 Apr 30 '96 Jackson ,Attorney Page 35 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 281 Code MR Name________________________________ Submit May's monthly management report to Court % Complete 0% Scheduled Start May 31 '96 Scheduled Finish May 31 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson, Attorney 282 MR Submit June's monthly management report to Court 0% Jun 28 '96 Jun 28 '96 Jackson,Attorney 283 MR Submit July's monthly management report to Court 0% Jul 31 '96 Jul 31 '96 Jackson .Attorney 284 MR Submit August's monthly management report to Court 0% Aug 31 '96 Aug 31 '96 Jackson 285 ORG REASSESSMENT OF PROCESS AND ORGANIZATION 1996-97 12% Jul 5 '95 Aug 30 '96 Jackson.Attornev 286 ORG Analyze, reassess, and revise planning organization and structure 10% Jul 5 '95 Jul 28 '96 Williams,Jackson 287 ORG Revise, discuss and reach consensus regarding format and tasking of 1996-97 Management Tool 100% Jul 5 '95 Jul 24 '95 Cabinet,Lewis, Jackson 288 ORG Initial circulation of 1996-97 Management Tool 100% Jul 13'95 Jul 31 '95 Lewis,Jackson Page 36 FY 97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 289 Code ORG Name________________________________ Evaluate tasking of 1996-97 Management Tool % Complete 5% Scheduled Start Jul 24 '95 Scheduled Finish Aug 30 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Cabinet,Lewis Page 37 FY97 August 31 '95Quarter 3rd Quarter ID 1 Name % Complete 100% May I Jun Jul | Aug | Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 2 Identify and revise DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% 3 Review and adjust primary and secondary leaders for DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% 4 Finalize list of DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% I 5 Generate a Program Inventory Report for 1995-96 100% fi 66% 7 Notify program managers that program evaluation begins in fall\nbegin data collection 100% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress Milestone Summary Rolled Up  PagelID 8 Name Review/revise process for cabinet review of program evaluations % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 9 Review/revise program evaluation instrument 100% 10 Distribute program evaluation instruments and instructions to primary and/or secondary leaders\nprovide additonal information/instruments, if needed 100% 11 Conduct required training sessions describing the process and evaluation criteria for designated staff 100% 12 Program evaluations due from secondary or primary leaders 0% I 13 Review program evaluations (DSeg and NonDSeg) for potential target programs for extended evaluations 0% 14 Finalize identification of extended evaluation targets 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncriticai Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page2ID 15 Name Notify appropriate staff to prepare Extended Program Evaluations % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec s 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 16 Extended evaluations due 0% I 17 Cabinet review extended evaluations for merge into needs assessment report 0% s Ifi 0% 19 Review types of data to measure needs of district for FY 96-97 0% 3 20 Analyze results of the budgeting and planning priorities revealed from the 94-95 Needs Assessment Report 0% 2 21 Review current mission statement and goals of the District 0% 3 Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress  Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  PagesID 22 Name________________________________ Board identifies District concerns for input from public at Town Hall/District Dialogues % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 23 STANFORD 8 TEST DATA STUDY 0% 24 Define purpose and scope for Stanford 8 Test data study 0% 25 Assign responsibilities for study of Stanford 8 Test data 0% 26 Design data collection plan for study of Stanford 0% 3 27 Collect and analyze data from Stanford 8 Test 0% 28 Prepare Stanford 8 Test Report 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress Milestone Summary Rolled Up  Page4ID 29 2Q 31 32 33 34 35 Name Submit Stanford 8 Test Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment PRE EDUCATIONAL EQUITY MONITORING REPORTS SURVEY Define purpose and scope for PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study Assign responsibilities for PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study Analyze data from PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Studies Prepare PRE Educational Equity Monitoring findings Submit PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study to PRE for merge into needs assessment listing Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical % Complete 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% Noncritical Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug' Sep 0 0 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec I 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec Progress hi Milestone | Summary Rolled Up Q PagesID Name SCHOOL CLIMATE/HUMAN RELATIONS SURVEY ISC/HRISTUDY % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 37 Define purpose and scope of SC/HR Survey 0% 0 I 38 Assign responsibilities for SC/HR data collections 0% 0 39 Design data collection plan for study of SC/HR 0% 0 40 Collect and analyze data from SC/HR Survey 0% 41 Prepare SC/HR Survey Report 0% 42 Submit SC/HR Survey Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncriticai Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  PagesID 42 Name PORPQRTIONALS ALLOCATION FORMULAS STUDY % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 44 Define purpose and scope of Proportional Allocation Formulas 0% s 45 Assign responsibilities for Proportional Allocation Formulas 0% 46 Design data collections plan for Proportional Allocation Formulas 0% Q 47 Collect and analyze data for Proportional Allocation Formulas 0% 48 Prepare Proportional Allocation Formulas Report 0% 49 Submit Proportional Allocations Formulas Study Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment listing 0% I Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page?r ID Name_______________________________ DISTRICTWIDE FACILITIES STUDY % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 51 Define purpose and scope of Districtwide Facilities Study/Report from 1994-95 Study for purposes of 1995-96 Needs Assessment Report 0% 0 52 Assign responsibilities for the Districtwide Facilities Study/Reporting of findings 0% 0 53 Prepare findings from the Districtwide Facilities Study 0% 54 5S 56 Submit Districtwide Facilities Study Report recommendations to PRE for merge into needs assessment report DESEGREGATION MONITORING REPORTS AUDIT FROM OOM Define purpose and scope of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit 0% 0% 0% 0 Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress m Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  PagesID 57 Name Assign responsibility for data collection of transcripts and Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 0 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 58 Design data collection plan for study of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit 0% 59 Collect data 0% 60 Review with Cabinet and Attorneys 0% 61 Report findings to PRE 0% 62 2 Merge new obligations with Program Budget Document COURT ORDERS AUDIT Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical 0% 0% I Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page9ID 64 Name Define purpose and scope of Court Orders Audit % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 0 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 65 Assign responsibility for data collection of Court Orders Audit 0% 0 66 Collect data 0% 67 Review with Cabinet and Attorneys 0% 68 Report findings to PRE 0% 69 Merge new obligations with Program Budget Document 0% 2fl TOWN HALL MEETINGS 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncriticai Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Paget0ID 71 Name Define purpose and scope of Town Hall Meetings % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug' Sep Q 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 72 Review previous years data from Town Hall Report 0% 73 Design data collection plan for Town Hall Meetings 0% s 74 Set locations and schedule for Town Hall Meeting 0% 75 Develop advertisement plan and schedule for Town Hall Meetings\nPrepare sample agenda 0% 0 76 Review and revise data collection tool (matrix) for Town Hall Meetings 0% 0 77 Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting I 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Paget 1ID 78 Name Conduct Town Hall Meeting I % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug 4th Quarter Sep Oct I Nov I Dec 79 Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting I for input into matrix 0% 80 Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting II 0% 81 Conduct Town Hall Meeting II 0% 82 Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting II for input into matrix 0% 83 Execute advertisement plan tor Town Hall Meeting III 0% 84 Finalize and publish Town Hall Meeting Report 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress Milestone Page12 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar Summary Rolled Up  2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I DecID 85 Name Merge findings of Town Hall Meeting Report, 1995-96 into needs assessment listing % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec as 0% I 87 Define purpose and scope of District Dialogues 0% 0 88 Review previous years data from District Dialogue Report 0% 0 89 Design data collection plan for District Dialogues 0% 0 90 Set locations and schedule for District Dialogue Meetings 0% 0 91 Develop advertisement plan and schedule for District Dialogues: prepare sample agenda 0% 0 Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress m Milestone | Summary Rolled Up Q Pagel3ID 92 Name Design data collection tool (matrix) for District Dialogue % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep s 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 93 Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue I 0% 94 Conduct District Dialogue I 0% 95 Gather feedback from District Dialogue 1 for input into matrix 0% 96 Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue II 0% 97 Conduct District Dialogue II 0% 98 Gather feedback data from District Dialogue II for input into matrix 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncriticai Progress  Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Paget4ID 99 too 101 102 103 104 105 Name Execute advertisement plan tor District Dialogue III Conduct District Dialogue III Gather feedback data from District Dialogue III for merge into matrix Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue IV Conduct District Dialogue IV Gather feedback data from District Dialogue IV for input into matrix Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue V Project: Date\n8/31/95 Critical % Complete 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% Noncritical Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug' Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec Progress H Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  PagelsID 106 Name Conduct District Dialogue V % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug 4th Quarter Sep Oct I Nov I Dec 107 Gather feedback data from District Dialogue V for input into matrix 0% 108 Finalize and publish District Dialogue Report 1995-96 0% 109 Merge findings of District Dialogue Report 1995-96 into needs assessment listing 0% PREPARE NEEDS ASSESSMENT REPORT 0% 111 Conduct Administrative review of available districtwide reports and objective data 0% 112 Conduct Board Work Session for review of available districtwide reports and objective data 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress Milestone Pagel6 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar Rolled Up  2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I DecID 113 Name Publish Draft of Needs Assessment /Report and disseminate to selected persons % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec I 1 st Quarter 2nd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar Apr | May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 114 Publish Needs Assessment Report, 1995-96 0% Ui 116 117 118 119 PLANNING AND BUDGET GOALS CABINET PLANNING SESSION Review 1994-95 Needs Assessment Report Distribute 1995-96 Needs Assessment Report to Cabinet members Distribute District goals to Cabinet 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% i Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress m Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  I Pagel?ID 120 Name Cabinet review of goals % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec I 121 BOARD WORK SESSION 0% 122 Establish date and site for Work Session 0% 123 Identify materials for Board Work Session 0% 124 Prepare materials for Board Work Session 0% 125 Conduct Board Work Session 0% 0 126 Distribute background materials to Board members 0% 0 Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncriticai Progress h Milestone H Pagel8 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar Summary Rolled Up  2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I DecID 127 Name Review/revise mission statement and goals % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 0 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 128 Review DSeg and NonDSeg Program Inventory 0% 0 129 Review identified proportional allocations 0% 0 130 Establish written priorities 0% 0 131 Identify strategies for funding shortfalls 0% 0 132 Develop timeline for identification and researching of funding shortfall strategies 0% 0 133 Develop communication strategy for mission statement and goals 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Pagel 9ID 134 Name Distribute mission statement and goals % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 135 136 137 138 139 140 Distribute list of priorities BOARD RETREAT Determine date and site for Board Retreat Identify agenda items for Board Retreat Establish agenda for Board Retreat Identify materials for Board Retreat 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% I Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress M Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page20ID 141 Name Distribute materials for Board Retreat % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug' Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 142 Conduct data analysis work session In preparation for Board Retreat 0% 143 Conduct Board Retreat 0% 0 144 Report outcomes of Board Retreat 0% 145 PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT 0% 146 SUBMIT BUSINESS CASE FOR PROGRAM AND/OR MODIFICATIONS TO SUPERINTENDENT 0% 147 Review process for program development 0% 0 Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncriticai Progress m Milestone  i i Page21 Summary Rolled Up ID 148 Name Use extended program evaluations to identify program additions, modifications, deletions % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 0 149 Notify appropriate staff to prepare Business Cases on results of extended program evaluations 0% 150 Review recommendations from district needs assessment report in order to identify additional programs or programs modifications resulting in business case(s) 0% 151 Business Cases due 0% 152 Review of Business Cases by Cabinet 0% 153 Submit Business Cases for program and/or program modifications to Board of Directors 0% 154 Review of Business Cases by Board 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Page22 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar I I Summary Rolled Up  2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I DecID 155 Name__________ BUDGETING % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 156 Develop budget preparation training materials 0% 0 I 157 Issue instructions for budget preparation at all levels 0% 8 158 Conduct budget preparation training sessions 0% 0 159 Budget managers develop and submit revised 1995-96 expense budget revisions and 1996-97 expense budget requests 0% 160 Begin districtwide expense budget consolidation and executive review process 0% 161 Year to date revenue expenditure analysis 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page23ID 162 Name Revise financial forecast for coming year % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 0 163 Submit proposed budget to Board 0% I 164 Conduct Board Work Sessions on proposed budget 0% 165 Revise proposed budget, as needed 0% 166 Prepare tentative budget 0% 167 Board review of tentative budget 0% 168 Conduct Board Work Session on tentative Budget 0% I Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress H Milestone H Summary Rolled Up  Page24 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun I 0 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I DecID 169 Name Account reconciliation and Purchase Order (PO) clean-up % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 170 171 Receipt of state generated revenue numbers (payroll liabilities, adjusted supplemental payroll, last payroll, Carl Perkins, M to M, JTPA, Vocational Ed.. Chapters 1 and 2. Compensatory Ed.. MFPA.________ Close-out 1995-96 accounts: adjust physical inventory, (fiscal)federal grants, magnet, state grants, accruals 0% 0% 172 Compute ending fund balance 0% I 173 Administrative review of final budget 0% B 174 Submit final budget to Board 0% I 175 Board review and adoption of 96-97 final budget 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncriticai Progress  Milestone | Page25 i .. i Summary Rolled Up ID 176 Name Submit final Budget to Court/Parties % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 177 12a 179 180 181 182 Submit 96-97 final budget to State Staffing First review of changes in course offerings by Board Meeting with counselors and principals to review courses offerings 1995-96 Print secondary course selection sheets Counselors meet with students and complete course selection sheets 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0 Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page26ID 183 Name Counselors send course selection sheets to receiving schools % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jut? 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 0 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 184 Registrars tally course selections 0% 185 Review course tallies secondary. Note possible staffing changes based on courses requested 0% 186 Identity elementary enrollment (tentative) for 1995-96 0% 187 Make determination by subject area (secondary) of possible changes and by projected elementary enrolled 0% 188 List known retirements, resignations, and intern positions 0% 189 Identify certified personnel for Reduction in Force (RIF), if needed 0% 0 Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up Q V Page27ID 190 Name Notify certified personnel of Reduction in Force (RIF), if needed staff reduction % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 191 Recall certified personnel from RIF, if needed 0% 192 Notify classified personnel of staff reduction 0% 193 Recall classified personnel from RIF, if needed 0% 194 PROVIDE BROAD-BASED INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL FEEDBACK 0% 195 Plan for internal and external feedback. Set locations and dates 0% 196 Execute advertisement for district feedback. Session I 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress Milestone Summary Rolled Up  Page28 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I DecID 197 Name Conduct District Feedback Session I % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jut? 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter 2nd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar ~Apr | May | Jun 198 Execute advertisement plan for district feedback. Session II 0% 199 Conduct District Feedback Session II 0% 200 Execute advertisement for district feedback. Session III 0% 201 Conduct district feedback. Session III 0% 202 Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall feedback, Session I 0% 203 Conduct district feedback, Session I 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncriticai Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page29 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I DecID 204 Name Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall feedback, Session II % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter 2nd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar Apr | May | Jun 205 Conduct district feedback , Session II 0% 206 Execute advertisement for Town Hall feedback, Session III 0% 207 202 209 210 Conduct district feedback. Session III MONITORING AND REPORTING OF DESEG AND NONDESEG PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS tISI QUARTER: 2ND QUARTER: 3RD QUARTER: 4TH QUARTERI PRE performs necessary diskette management functions for the summer ( i.e. archival filing, achievement erasures, copying, etc.) Revise written program budget document instructions, as needed Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical 0% 14% 100% 68% a Progress h Milestone | Page30 Summary Rolled Up  3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I DecID 211 Name__________________________________ PRE fonward program budget document diskettes to principals and program managers % Complete 68% Quarter May I Jur? 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug 5 Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 212 Distribute written program budget document instructions to principals and program managers 0% 3 213 Plan maintenance education and orientation regarding the program budget document process 100% 214 215 Conduct maintenance education workshops and orientation sessions regarding the program budget document process for principals, clerical staff, program managers, primary and secondary leaders___________________ 1ST QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 0% 18% 216 Advise program managers and principals on program budget document 25% 217 Generate diskette management flow information to relative staff School Operations and PRE office 100% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress Milestone Summary Rolled Up  Page31ID 218 Name Plan training sessions on the Program Budget Document and WordPerfect % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 219 Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 1st Quarter PBD diskettes 0% I 220 DSeg and NonDSeg diskettes returned to PRE 0% 221 PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 0% 222 PRE generate hard copies of diskettes 0% 223 PRE develops narrative and the Controller provides financial info for the PBD reports 0% 224 PRE combines all information for the 1st Quarter Program Budget Report 0% 0 Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page32ID 225 Name Submit report to Attorney for review % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug' Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 226 Prepare for publication of 1st Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% I 227 Submit 1st Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 0% I 228 Return diskettes and hard copies to managers and principals 0% 229 Primary leaders provide feedback to the secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% 230 2ND QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 0% 231 Advise program managers and principals on Programs Budget Document 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncriticai Progress Milestone Summary Rolled Up  Page33ID 232 Name Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 2nd Quarter PBD diskettes % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug 4th Quarter 1st Quarter 233 Diskettes due back to PRE 0% 234 PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 0% 235 PRE generates hard copies of diskettes 0% 236 PRE revises narrative and the controller provides financial info for Program Budget Document Reports (DSeg and NonDSeg) 0% 237 PRE combines all revised information for 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% 238 Submit report to Attorney for review 0% Sep Oct I Nov I Dec Jan | Feb | Mar I Q B B Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page34 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I DecID 239 Name Prepare publication of 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug' Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 240 Submit 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 0% 241 Return diskettes and paper copies to principals and program managers 0% 242 Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% 243 3RD QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 0% 244 Advise program managers and principals on the Program Budget Document 0% 245 Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 3rd Quarter PBD diskettes 0% I Project: Date\n8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone H Summary Rolled Up  Page35ID 246 Name Diskettes due back to PRE % Complete 0% Quarter May I JurT 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 247 PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 0% 248 PRE generate hard copies of diskettes 0% 249 PRE revises narrative and the controller provides financial information for 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Q 250 PRE combines all revised information for 3rd Quarter PBD Reports 0% 251 Submit report to Attorney for review 0% 0 252 Prepare publication of 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% 0 Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page36ID 253 Name Submit 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document to Court % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 254 Return diskettes and paper copies to principals and program managers 0% 0 255 25e 257 258 259 Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 4th QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS Advise program managers and principals on Program Budget Document Send reminder notice for completing the PBD to principals and program managers Principals submit School Operations Diskettes to Asst. Supts. 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncriticai Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page37ID 260 Name Diskettes due from Program Managers who are on a less than 12 month contract % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 261 All Program diskettes due back to PRE 0% 262 PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up 0% 263 PRE develops narrative and the controller provides financial information for 4th quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% 264 PRE combines all information for 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% 265 Submit report to Attorney tor review 0% 266 Prepare for publications the 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress  Milestone  Summary Rolled Up Q Page38 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I 0 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I DecID 267 Name Submit 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jur? 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug' Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I 268 Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% 269 PRE house diskettes as 1996-97 school year begins 0% 270 SUBMIT MONTHLY MANAGEMENT REPORT (MANAGEMENT TOOLI TO COURT 15% 271 Submit July's monthly management report to Court 100% 272 Submit August's monthly management report to Court 100% 273 Submit Septembers monthly management report to Court 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress Milestone Summary Rolled Up  Page39 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I DecID 274 Name__________________________________ Submit October's monthly management report to Court % Complete 0% Quarter May I Juri 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 275 Submit November's monthly management report to Court 0% I 276 Submit December's monthly management report to Court 0% I 277 Submit January's monthly management report to Court 0% I 278 Submit February's monthly management report to Court 0% I 279 Submit March's monthly management report to Court 0% 280 Submit April's monthly management report to Court 0% I Project\nDate: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress M Milestone I Summary Rolled Up  Page40ID 281 Name Submit May's monthly management report to Court % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun I 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 282 Submit June's monthly management report to Court 0% I 283 Submit July's monthly management report to Court 0% 284 2a\u0026amp; 286 287 I Submit August's monthly management report to Court ORGANIZATION 1996-97 Analyze, reassess, and revise planning organization and structure Revise, discuss and reach consensus regarding format and tasking of 1996-97 Management Tool Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncriticai 0% 12% 10% 100% Progress H Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page41ID 288 Name Initial circulation of 1996-97 Management Tool % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 289 Evaluate tasking of 1996-97 Management Tool 5% Project\nDate: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress m Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page42\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_618","title":"Program planning and budget tool, FY 1997","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1995-08-31"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System"],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Education--Evaluation","School improvement programs"],"dcterms_title":["Program planning and budget tool, FY 1997"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/618"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":["Available for use in research, teaching, and private study. Any other use requires permission from the Butler Center."],"dcterms_medium":["planning"],"dcterms_extent":["74 pages"],"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nLittle Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 1 Code PINV Name % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Jul 3 '9-5 Scheduled Finish Aug 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson 2 PINV Identify and revise DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% Jul 3 '95 Aug 11 '95 Jackson,Lewis,Smith 3 PINV Review and adjust primary and secondary leaders for DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% Jul 17'95 Aug 14 '95 Lewis,Mayo 4 PINV Finalize list of DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% Aug 15 '95 Aug 18 '95 Jackson, Lewis 5 PINV Generate a Program Inventory Report for 1995-96 100% Aug 18 '95 Aug 31 '95 Jackson,Lewis  PEVAL 66% Jul 3 '95 Nov 22 '95 Jackson RECEIVED MIR 3 1 1995 7 PEVAL Notify program managers that program evaluation begins in fall\nbegin data collection 100% Jul 3 '95 Jul 28 '95 Jackson Office Of Desegregation Monitoring 8 PEVAL Review/revise process for cabinet review of program evaluations 100% Aug 1 '95 Aug 15 '95 Jackson,Cabinet Page 1 FY 97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 9 Code PEVAL Name Review/revise program evaluation instrument % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Aug 1 '95 Scheduled Finish Aug 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Cabinet,Jackson 10 PEVAL Distribute program evaluation instruments and instructions to primary and/or secondary leaders\nprovide additonal information/instruments, if needed 100% Aug 25 '95 Aug 25 '95 Jackson 11 PEVAL Conduct required training sessions describing the process and evaluation criteria for designated staff 100% Aug 4 '95 Aug 31 '95 Jackson 12 PEVAL Program evaluations due from secondary or primary leaders 0% Sep 15 '95 Sep 15 '95 Cabinet 13 PEVAL Review program evaluations (DSeg and NonDSeg) for potential target programs for extended evaluations 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 2 '95 Cabinet 14 PEVAL Finalize identification of extended evaluation targets 0% Oct 2 '95 Oct 13'95 Cabinet 15 PEVAL Notify appropriate staff to prepare Extended Program Evaluations 0% Oct 16 '95 Oct 20 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 16 PEVAL Extended evaluations due 0% Nov 13'95 Nov 13'95 Program Managers Page 2 FY 97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 17 Code PEVAL Name______________________________ Cabinet review extended evaluations for merge into needs assessment report % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Nov 17'95 Scheduled Finish Nov 22 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson 18 NEEDS 0% Sep 1 '95 Nov 30 '95 Jackson.Cabinet 19 NEEDS Review types of data to measure needs of district for FY 96-97 0% Sep 1 '95 Sep 8 '95 Cabinet,Jackson 20 NEEDS Analyze results of the budgeting and planning priorities revealed from the 94-95 Needs Assessment Report 0% Sep 1 '95 Sep 8 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 21 NEEDS Review current mission statement and goals of the District 0% Sep 1 '95 Sep 8 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 22 NEEDS Board identifies District concerns for input from public at Town Hall/District Dialogues 0% Sep 14 '95 Sep 14 '95 Williams,Board 28 NEEDS STANFORD 8 TEST DATA STUDY 0% Sep 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson 24 NEEDS Define purpose and scope for Stanford 8 Test data study 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Jackson,Cabinet Page 3 FY 97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 25 Code NEEDS Name Assign responsibilities for study of Stanford 8 Test data % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson 26 NEEDS Design data collection plan for study of Stanford 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Dunbar 27 NEEDS Collect and analyze data from Stanford 8 Test 0% Sep 15'95 Oct 13'95 Jackson, Dunbar,Savage 28 NEEDS Prepare Stanford 8 Test Report 0% Oct 13 '95 Oct 31 '95 Dunbar 29 NEEDS Submit Stanford 8 Test Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment 0% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson,Dunbar 3Q NEEDS PRE EDUCATIONAL EQUITY MONITORING REPORTS SURVEY 0% Sep 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson 31 NEEDS Define purpose and scope for PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 32 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson Page 4 FY 97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 33 Code NEEDS Name Analyze data from PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Studies % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Sep 18 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 30 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Smith 34 NEEDS Prepare PRE Educational Equity Monitoring findings 0% Oct 2 '95 Oct 13'95 Smith 35 NEEDS Submit PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study to PRE for merge into needs assessment listing 0% Oct 31 '95 I Oct 31 '95 Jackson,Smith as NEEDS SCHOOL CLIMATE/HUMAN RELATIONS SURVEY (SC/HRISTUDY 0% Sep 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson 37 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of SC/HR Survey 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 38 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for SC/HR data collections 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson 39 NEEDS Design data collection plan for study of SC/HR 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Jackson,Hobby 40 NEEDS Collect and analyze data from SC/HR Survey 0% Sep 15 '95 Oct 13'95 Jackson,Hobby Page 5 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 41 Code NEEDS Name Prepare SC/HR Survey Report % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Oct 13'95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Hobby 42 NEEDS Submit SC/HR Survey Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment 0% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson,Hobby I 42 NEEDS PORPQRTIONALS ALLOCATION FORMULAS STUDY 0% Sep 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Smith.Milhollen 44 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Proportional Allocation Formulas 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Smith.Milhollen,Cabinet 45 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for Proportional Allocation Formulas 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Smith 46 NEEDS Design data collections plan for Proportional Allocation Formulas 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Smith 47 NEEDS Collect and analyze data for Proportional Allocation Formulas 0% Sep 15 '95 Oct 13'95 Hurley,Eaton,Gadberry,Neal,Milhollen,Smith 48 NEEDS Prepare Proportional Allocation Fomiulas Report 0% Oct 13'95 Oct 31 '95 Milhollen,Hurley,Eaton,Neal,Smith Page 6 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 49 Code NEEDS Name Submit Proportional Allocations Formulas Study Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment listing % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Oct 31 '95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Milhollen 5Q NEEDS DISTRICTWIDE FACILITIES STUDY 0% Seo 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Smith 51 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Districtwide Facilities Study/Report from 1994-95 Study for purposes of 1995-96 Needs Assessment Report 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Williams,Smith,Cabinet 52 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for the Districtwide Facilities Study/Reporting of findings 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Smith,Eaton 53 NEEDS Prepare findings from the Districtwide Facilities Study 0% Sep 16 '95 Oct 31 '95 Smith,Mayo,Eaton 54 NEEDS Submit Districtwide Facilities Study Report recommendations to PRE for merge into needs assessment report 0% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Smith,Mayo,Eaton 55 NEEDS DESEGREGATION MONITORING REPORTS AUDIT FROM PPM 0% Seo 11 '95 Nov 30 '95 Mavo 56 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Williams,Mayo, Cabinet Page 7 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 57 Code NEEDS Name_______________________________ Assign responsibility for data collection of transcripts and Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Mayo 58 NEEDS Design data collection plan for study of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Mayo 59 NEEDS Collect data 0% Sep 18'95 Oct 13'95 Mayo 60 NEEDS Review with Cabinet and Attorneys 0% Oct 16'95 Oct 31 '95 Mayo 61 NEEDS Report findings to PRE 0% Oct 31 '95 Nov 18'95 Mayo 62 NEEDS Merge new obligations with Program Budget Document 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 30 '95 Mayo,Lewis 2 NEEDS COURT ORDERS AUDIT 0% Seo 11 '95 Nov 30 '95 Mavo 64 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Court Orders Audit 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Cabinet,Mayo Page 8 FY97 August 31 '95ID 65 Code NEEDS Name Assign responsibility for data collection of Court Orders Audit Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15'95 Revised Finish Resource Names Mayo 66 NEEDS Collect data 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 13'95 Mayo 67 NEEDS Review with Cabinet and Attorneys 0% Oct 16 '95 Oct 31 '95 Mayo 68 NEEDS Report findings to PRE 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 18 '95 Mayo 69 NEEDS Merge new obligations with Program Budget Document 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 30 '95 Mayo, Lewis 22 NEEDS TOWN HALL MEETINGS 0% Seo 11 '95 Nov 21 '95 Williams, Jackson.Modeste 71 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Town Hall Meetings 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Jackson,Modeste,Cabinet 72 NEEDS Review previous years data from Town Hall Report 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Modeste, Jackson, Vann Page 9 FY 97 August 31 '95 ILittle Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 73 Code NEEDS Name ___________________________ Design data collection plan for Town Hall Meetings % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15'95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Vann,Lewis 74 NEEDS Set locations and schedule for Town Hall Meeting 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Vann.Modeste 75 NEEDS Develop advertisement plan and schedule for Town Hall Meetings\nPrepare sample agenda 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Vann.Modeste 76 NEEDS Review and revise data collection tool (matrix) for Town Hall Meetings 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Modeste,Lewis 77 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting I 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann.Modeste 78 NEEDS Conduct Town Hall Meeting I 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Williams 79 NEEDS Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting I for input into matrix 0% Sep 18'95 Oct 31 '95 Vann,Lewis 80 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting II 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann,Modeste Page 10 FY 97 August 31 '95I Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 81 Code NEEDS Name_____________________ Conduct Town Hall Meeting II % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Sep 18'95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams 82 NEEDS Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting II for input into matrix 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann,Lewis 83 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting III 0% Sep 18'95 Oct 31 '95 Vann.Modeste 84 NEEDS Finalize and publish Town Hall Meeting Report 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 15'95 Modeste,Lewis 85 NEEDS Merge findings of Town Hall Meeting Report, 1995-96 into needs assessment listing 0% Nov 15'95 Nov 21 '95 Jackson,Lewis as NEEDS DISTRICT DIALOGUES 0% Sep 11 '95 Nov 21 '95 Williams. Jackson.Modeste 87 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of District Dialogues 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Williams, Jackson,Modeste,Cabinet 88 NEEDS Review previous years data from District Dialogue Report 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Modeste,Vann Page 11 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 89 Code NEEDS Name_____________________________ Design data collection plan for District Dialogues % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Vann,Modeste 90 NEEDS Set locations and schedule for District Dialogue Meetings 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Modeste.Vann 91 NEEDS Develop advertisement plan and schedule for District Dialogues\nprepare sample agenda 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Vann,Modeste 92 NEEDS Design data collection tool (matrix) for District Dialogue 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Modeste,Jackson 93 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue I 0% Sep 18'95 Oct 31 '95 Vann,Modeste 94 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue I 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Williams 95 NEEDS Gather feedback from District Dialogue 1 for input into matrix 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann,Lewis 96 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue 11 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann,Modeste Page 12 FY97 August 31 '95ID 97 Code NEEDS Name Conduct District Dialogue II 98 NEEDS Gather feedback data from District Dialogue II for input into matrix 99 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue III 100 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue III 101 NEEDS Gather feedback data from District Dialogue III for merge into matrix 102 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue IV 103 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue IV 104 NEEDS Gather feedback data from District Dialogue IV for input into matrix Page 13 Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Sep 18 '95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% Sep 18 '95 Sep 18'95 Sep 18 '95 Sep 18 '95 Sep 18 '95 Sep 18 '95 Sep 18 '95 FY97 Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann,Lewis Vann,Modeste Williams Vann,Lewis Vann,Modeste Williams Vann,Lewis August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 105 Code NEEDS Name Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue V % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Sep 18 '95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Vann,Modeste 106 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue V 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Williams 107 NEEDS Gather feedback data from District Dialogue V for input into matrix 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann,Lewis 108 NEEDS Finalize and publish District Dialogue Report 1995-96 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 15'95 Jackson,Lewis 109 NEEDS Merge findings of District Dialogue Report 1995-96 into needs assessment listing 0% Nov 15'95 Nov 21 '95 Jackson, Lewis Ufl NEEDS PREPARE NEEDS ASSESSMENT REPORT 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 30 '95 Jackson 111 NEEDS Conduct Administrative review of available districtwide reports and objective data 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 15'95 Jackson,Cabinet 112 NEEDS Conduct Board Work Session for review of available districtwide reports and objective data 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 15'95 Williams, Jackson, Board Page 14 FY97 August 31 '95ID 113 Code NEEDS Name Publish Draft of Needs Assessment /Report and disseminate to selected persons Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Nov 27 '95 Scheduled Finish Nov 27 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Cabinet 114 NEEDS Publish Needs Assessment Report, 1995-96 0% Nov 30 '95 Nov 30 '95 Jackson 115 GOAL PLANNING AND BUDGET GOALS 0% Oct 2 '95 Jan 31 '96 Jackson US GOALS CABINET PLANNING SESSION Oct 2 '95 Dec 11 '95 Jackson.Cabinet 117 GOALS Review 1994-95 Needs Assessment Report 0% Oct 2 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 118 GOALS Distribute 1995-96 Needs Assessment Report to Cabinet members 0% Dec 1 '95 Dec 8 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 119 GOALS Distribute District goals to Cabinet 0% Dec 1 '95 Dec 8 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 120 GOALS Cabinet review of goals 0% Dec 11 '95 Dec 11 '95 Jackson,Cabinet Page 15 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 121 Code GOALS Name BOARD WORK SESSION % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Nov 15 '95 Scheduled Finish Dec 19 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson.Williams 122 GOALS Establish date and site for Work Session 0% Nov 1595 Nov 30 '95 Williams,Cabinet 123 GOALS Identify materials for Board Work Session 0% Nov 15'95 124 GOALS Prepare materials for Board Work Session 0% Nov 15'95 125 GOALS Conduct Board Work Session 0% Dec 12'95 126 GOALS Distribute background materials to Board members 0% Dec 12'95 127 GOALS Review/revise mission statement and goals 0% Dec 12 '95 128 GOALS Review DSeg and NonDSeg Program Inventory 0% Dec 12'95 Page 16 FY97 I Nov 30 '95 Nov 30 '95 Dec 15 '95 Dec 15 '95 Dec 15 '95 Dec 15 '95 Jackson,Williams Jackson Board,Williams Jackson Board Board August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 129 Code GOALS Name Review identified proportional allocations % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Dec 12 '95 Scheduled Finish Dec 15'95 Revised Finish Resource Names Board 130 GOALS Establish written priorities 0% Dec 12 '95 Dec 15 '95 Board 131 GOALS Identify strategies for funding shortfalls D'ye Dec 12 '95 Dec 15'95 Board 132 GOALS Develop timeline for identification and researching of funding shortfall strategies 0% Dec 12'95 Dec 15'95 Board 133 GOALS Develop communication strategy for mission statement and goals 0% Dec 14'95 Dec 14 '95 Williams,Vann 134 GOALS Distribute mission statement and goals 0% Dec 19'95 Dec 19'95 Jackson,Vann 135 GOALS Distribute list of priorities 0% Dec 19 '95 Dec 19 '95 Jackson,Vann 136 GOALS BOARD RETREAT 0% Dec 8 '95 Jan 31 '96 Williams Page 17 FY 97 August 31 '95 JLittle Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 137 Code GOALS Name Determine date and site for Board Retreat % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Dec 8 '95 Scheduled Finish Dec 20 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams,Board 138 GOALS Identify agenda items for Board Retreat 0% Dec 8 '95 Dec 20 '95 Williams,Board 139 GOALS Establish agenda for Board Retreat 0% Dec 8 '95 Dec 20 '95 Williams,Boa rd 140 GOALS Identify materials for Board Retreat 0% Dec 8 '95 Dec 20 '95 Williams,Jackson 141 GOALS Distribute materials for Board Retreat 0% Jan 9 '96 Jan 10 '96 Williams,Jackson 142 GOALS Conduct data analysis work session in preparation for Board Retreat 0% Jan 12'96 Jan 12'96 Williams,Cabinet 143 GOALS Conduct Board Retreat 0% Jan 22 '96 Jan 26 '96 Williams,Board 144 GOALS Report outcomes of Board Retreat 0% Jan 31 '96 Jan 31 '96 Williams,Board Page 18 FY97 August 31 '95ID 145 Code PDEV Name PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool % Complete 0% Scheduled Start May 22 '95 Scheduled Finish Aug 30 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson.Cabinet 146 PDEV SUBMIT BUSINESS CASE FOR ERQGRAM AND/OR MODIFICATIONS TO SUPERINTENDENT 0% Nov 1 '95 Feb 22 '96 Williams.Jackson 147 PDEV Review process for program development 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 10'95 Cabinet 148 PDEV Use extended program evaluations to identify program additions, modifications, deletions 0% Nov 17'95 Nov 27 '95 Cabinet 149 PDEV Notify appropriate staff to prepare Business Cases on results of extended program evaluations 0% Nov 17'95 Nov 30 '95 Cabinet 150 PDEV Review recommendations from district needs assessment report in order to identify additional programs or programs modifications resulting in business case(s) 0% Dec 5 '95 Dec 11 '95 Cabinet 151 PDEV Business Cases due 0% Jan 8 '96 Jan 8 '96 Primary Leaders 152 PDEV Review of Business Cases by Cabinet 0% Jan 15 '96 Jan 22 '96 Cabinet Page 19 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 153 Code PDEV Name Submit Business Cases for program and/or program modifications to Board of Directors % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Feb 8 '96 Scheduled Finish Feb 8 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Williams 154 PDEV Review of Business Cases by Board 0% Feb 8 '96 Feb 22 '96 Board 155 BUDGT BUDGETING 0% Nov 20 '95 Aug 30 '96 Smith.Gadberrv.Hurlev.Milhollen 156 BUDGT Develop budget preparation training materials 0% Nov 20 '95 Nov 27 '95 Smith.Milhollen 157 BUDGT Issue instructions for budget preparation at all levels 0% Nov 28 '95 Nov 30 '95 Smith 158 BUDGT Conduct budget preparation training sessions 0% Dec 1 '95 Dec 8 '95 Smith 159 BUDGT Budget managers develop and submit revised 1995-96 expense budget revisions and 1996-97 expense budget requests 0% Dec 11 '95 Jan 6 '96 Milhollen, Smith 160 BUDGT Begin districtwide expense budget consolidation and executive review process 0% Jan 9 '96 Mar 8 '96 Smith Page 20 FY97 August 31 '95ID 161 Code BUDGT Name________________________________ Year to date revenue expenditure analysis Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Jan 9 '96 Scheduled Finish Jan 31 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Smith,Milhollen 162 BUDGT Revise financial forecast for coming year 0% Feb 26 '96 Mar 6 '96 Smith 163 BUDGT Submit proposed budget to Board 0% Mar 14 '96 Mar 14 '96 Williams 164 BUDGT Conduct Board Work Sessions on proposed budget 0% Mar 18'96 Mar 29 '96 Smith, Board,Williams 165 BUDGT Revise proposed budget, as needed 0% Mar 14 '96 Apr 2 '96 Smith, Milhollen 166 BUDGT Prepare tentative budget 0% Apr 3 '96 May 13 '96 Smith,Milhollen 167 BUDGT Board review of tentative budget 0% May 23 '96 May 23 '96 Board,Smith 168 BUDGT Conduct Board Work Session on tentative Budget 0% May 24 '96 May 31 '96 Board,Williams Page 21 FY 97 August 31 '95 |Little RocR School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 169 Code BUDGT Name Account reconciliation and Purchase Order (PO) clean-up % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Jun 17 '96 Scheduled Finish Jul 12'96 Revised Finish Resource Names Eaton 170 BUDGT 171 BUDGT Receipt of state generated revenue numbers (payroll liabilities, adjusted supplemental payroll, last payroll, Carl Perkins, M to M, JTPA, Vocational Ed., Chapters 1 and 2, Compensatory Ed., MFPA, Transportation, ABC) Close-out 1995-96 accounts\nadjust physical inventory, (fiscal)federal grants, magnet, state grants, accruals 0% 0% 172 BUDGT Compute ending fund balance 0% 173 BUDGT Administrative review of final budget 0% 174 BUDGT Submit final budget to Board 0% 175 BUDGT Board review and adoption of 96-97 final budget 0% 176 BUDGT Submit final Budget to Court/Parties 0% Jun 16 '96 Jun 16 '96 Milhollen, Smith Jul 1 '96 Jul 19'96 Smith,Milhollen,Cabinet Jul 22 '96 Jul 22 '96 Milhollen,Smith Jul 24 '96 Jul 29 '96 VVilliams,Cabinet Page 22 Aug 1 '96 Aug 1 '96 Williams,Smith Aug 1 '96 Aug 8 '96 FY 97 Aug 8 '96 Aug 21 '96 Board VVilliams,Attorney August 31 '95ID 177 Code BUDGT Name_________________________ Submit 96-97 final budget to State Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Aug 21 '96 Scheduled Finish Aug 30 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams,Smith ITS BUDGT Staffing 0% Jan 26 '96 Aug 15 '96 Hurley 179 BUDGT First review of changes in course offerings by Board 0% Jan 26 '96 180 BUDGT Meeting with counselors and principals to review courses offerings 1995-96 0% Jan 29 '96 181 BUDGT Print secondary course selection sheets 0% Jan 29 '96 182 BUDGT Counselors meet with students and complete course selection sheets 0% Feb 19'96 183 BUDGT Counselors send course selection sheets to receiving schools 0% Mar 8 '96 184 BUDGT Registrars tally course selections 0% Mar 11 '96 I Feb 8 '96 Feb 15 '96 Feb 15 '96 Mar 8 '96 Mar 11 '96 Mar 29 '96 Page 23 FY97 Board,Williams Elston Williams,Gadberry Principals,Counselors Principals,Counselors Principals,Registrars August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 185 Code BUDGT Name Review course tallies secondary. Note possible staffing changes based on courses requested % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Apr 1 '96 Scheduled Finish Apr 19'96 Revised Finish Resource Names__________ Gadberry, Hurley,Asst. Supts. 186 BUDGT Identify elementary enrollment (tentative) for 1995-96 0% Apr 1 '96 May 19'96 Mayo,Hurley,Gadberry,Asst Supts 187 BUDGT Make determination by subject area (secondary) of possible changes and by projected elementary enrolled 0% Apr 1 '96 Apr 19'96 Gadberry,Hurley,Asst. Supts. 188 BUDGT List known retirements, resignations, and intern positions 0% Apr 3 '96 Apr 24 '96 Gadberry,Hurley 189 BUDGT Identify certified personnel for Reduction in Force (RIF), if needed 0% Apr 17'96 Apr 26 '96 Hurley,Gadberry 190 BUDGT Notify certified personnel of Reduction in Force (RIF), if needed staff reduction 0% Apr 24 '96 Apr 29 '96 Hurley,Gadberry 191 BUDGT Recall certified personnel from RIF, if needed 0% Jun 3 '96 Aug 1 '96 Hurley, Gadberry 192 BUDG Notify classified personnel of staff reduction 0% May 6 '96 Jul 15'96 Hurley,Gadberry Page 24 FY97 August 31 '95I ID 193 Code BUDGT Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool 194 BUDGT 195 BUDGT 196 BUDGT 197 BUDGT 198 BUDGT 199 BUDGT 200 BUDGT Page 25 Name Recall classified personnel from RIF, if needed PROVIDE BROAD-BASED INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL FEEDBACK Plan for internal and external feedback. Set locations and dates Execute advertisement for district feedback. Session I Conduct District Feedback Session I Execute advertisement plan for district feedback. Session II Conduct District Feedback Session II Execute advertisement for district feedback. Session III % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Jun 3 '96 Scheduled Finish Aug 15 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Hurley 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% May 22 '95 Apr 30 '96 Modeste. Vann. Williams Feb 1 '96 Feb 1 '96 Feb 1 '96 Feb 1 '96 May 22 '95 Feb 1 '96 FY97 Feb 15'96 Apr 30 '96 Apr 30 '96 Apr 30 '96 Aug 17 '95 Apr 30 '96 Williams,Modeste,Vann Modeste,Vann Williams Modeste,Vann Williams Williams August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 201 Code BUDGT Name____________________________ Conduct district feedback. Session III % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Feb 1 '96 Scheduled Finish Apr 30 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams 202 BUDGT Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall feedback. Session I 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste,Vann 203 BUDGT Conduct district feedback, Session I 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 204 BUDGT Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall feedback. Session II 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste,Vann 205 BUDGT Conduct district feedback , Session II 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 206 BUDGT Execute advertisement for Town Hall feedback. Session III 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 207 BUDGT Conduct district feedback. Session III 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste,\\/ann 208 MR MONITORING AND REPORTING OF DESEG AND NONDESEG PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS (1ST QUARTER: 2ND QUARTER: 3RD QUARTER: 4TH QUARTER! 14% Aug 1 '95 Aug 31 '96 Jackson Page 26 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 209 Code MR Name PRE performs necessary diskette management functions for the summer ( i.e. archival filing, achievement erasures, copying, etc.) % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Aug 1 '95 Scheduled Finish Aug 17'95 Revised Finish Resource Names PRE Clerical 210 MR Revise written program budget document instructions, as needed 68% Aug 31 '95 Sep 5 '95 Lewis 211 MR PRE forward program budget document diskettes to principals and program managers 68% Aug 31 '95 Sep 5 '95 PRE Clerical,Lewis 212 MR Distribute written program budget document instructions to principals and program managers 0% Sep 1 '95 Sep 5 '95 Lewis,PRE Clerical 213 MR Plan maintenance education and orientation regarding the program budget document process 100% Aug 1 '95 Aug 31 '95 Jackson,Lewis 214 MR 215 MR Conduct maintenance education workshops and orientation sessions regarding the program budget document process for principals, clerical staff, program managers, primary and secondary leaders 1ST QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 0% 18% 216 MR Advise program managers and principals on program budget document 25% Page 27 Sep 4 '95 Aug 8 '95 Aug 8 '95 FY97 Sep 30 '95 Oct 14 '95 Jackson,Lewis Jackson Asst. Supts,Lewis,PRE Clerical August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 217 Code MR Name___________________________ Generate diskette management flow information to relative staff School Operations and PRE office % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Aug 8 '95 Scheduled Finish Aug 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Lewis 218 MR Plan training sessions on the Program Budget Document and WordPerfect 0% Sep 2 '95 Sep 15 '95 Lewis,Jackson 219 MR Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 1st Quarter PBD diskettes 0% Oct 3 '95 Oct 3 '95 Lewis 220 MR DSeg and NonDSeg diskettes returned to PRE 0% Oct 14 '95 Oct 14'95 Principals,Program Managers 221 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 0% Oct 16 '95 Nov 8 '95 PRE Clerical,Lewis 222 MR PRE generate hard copies of diskettes 0% Oct 16'95 Nov 8 '95 PRE Clerical 223 MR PRE develops narrative and the Controller provides financial info for the PBD reports 0% Oct 16 '95 Oct 31 '95 Lewis,Milhollen 224 MR PRE combines all information for the 1st Quarter Program Budget Report 0% Oct 31 '95 Nov 8 '95 Lewis,PRE Clerical Page 28 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 225 Code MR Name___________________________ Submit report to Attorney for review % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Nov 8 '95 Scheduled Finish Nov 13'95 Revised Finish Resource Names Lewis 226 MR Prepare for publication of 1st Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Nov 1395 Nov 13'95 Lewis,Jackson 227 MR Submit 1st Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 0% Nov 21 '95 Nov 21 '95 Jackson .Attorney 228 MR Return diskettes and hard copies to managers and principals 0% Nov 21 '95 Nov 22 '95 PRE Clerical 229 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to the secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% Nov 21 '95 Dec 21 '95 Primary Leaders 230 MR 2ND QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 0% Nov 21 '95 Mar 22 '96 Jackson 231 MR Advise program managers and principals on Programs Budget Document 0% Nov 21 '95 Jan 13 '96 Asst. Supts, Lewis 232 MR Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 2nd Quarter PBD diskettes 0% Jan 6 '96 Jan 6 '96 Lewis Page 29 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 233 Code MR Name___________________ Diskettes due back to PRE % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Jan 13 '96 Scheduled Finish Jan 13 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Program Managers,Principals 234 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 0% Jan 13 '96 Jan 26 '96 PRE Clerical 235 MR PRE generates hard copies of diskettes 0% Jan 15 '96 Jan 31 '96 PRE Clerical 236 MR PRE revises narrative and the controller provides financial info for Program Budget Document Reports (DSeg and NonDSeg) 0% Jan 29 '96 Feb 3 '96 Lewis,Milhollen 237 MR PRE combines all revised information for 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Jan 29 '96 Feb 3 '96 Lewis,PRE Clerical 238 MR Submit report to Attorney for review 0% Feb 14 '96 Feb 19'96 Attorney,Jackson 239 MR Prepare publication of 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Feb 22 '96 Feb 22 '96 Lewis 240 MR Submit 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 0% Feb 23 '96 Feb 23 '96 Jackson,Attorney Page 30 FY97 August 31 '95J Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 241 Code MR Name Return diskettes and paper copies to principals and program managers % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Feb 23 '96 Scheduled Finish Feb 24 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names PRE Clerical 242 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% Feb 23 '96 Mar 22 '96 Primary Leaders 243 MR 3RD QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 0% Feb 23 '96 Jun 24 '96 Jackson 244 MR Advise program managers and principals on the Program Budget Document 0% Feb 23 '96 Apr 12'96 Asst. Supts,Lewis 245 MR Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 3rd Quarter PBD diskettes 0% Mar 7 '96 Mar 7 '96 Lewis 246 MR Diskettes due back to PRE 0% Apr 12 '96 Apr 12 '96 Principals,Program Managers 247 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 0% Apr 15'96 Apr 28 '96 PRE Clerical 248 MR PRE generate hard copies of diskettes 0% Apr 15'96 May 3 '96 PRE Clerical Page 31 FY97 August 31 '95 |Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 249 Code MR Name __________________________ PRE revises narrative and the controller provides financial information for 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Apr 29 '96 Scheduled Finish May 3 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Lewis,Milhollen 250 MR PRE combines all revised information for 3rd Quarter PBD Reports 0% May 6 '96 May 10 '96 Lewis,PRE Clerical 251 MR Submit report to Attorney for review 0% May 13 '96 May 16'96 Lewis 252 MR Prepare publication of 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% May 20 '96 May 23 '96 Lewis 253 MR Submit 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document to Court 0% May 24 '96 May 24 '96 Jackson .Attorney 254 MR Return diskettes and paper copies to principals and program managers 0% May 24 '96 May 27 '96 PRE Clerical 255 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% May 24 '96 Jun 24 '96 Primary Leaders 256 MR 4th QUARTER PROGRAM BVOCLI DOCUMENT REPORTS 0% May 9 '96 Aug 31 '96 Jackson Page 32 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 257 Code MR Name Advise program managers and principals on Program Budget Document % Complete 0% Scheduled Start May 22 '96 Scheduled Finish Jul 22 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names____________ Asst. Supts,Lewis,PRE Clerical 258 MR Send reminder notice for completing the PBD to principals and program managers 0% May 9 '96 May 15'96 Lewis 259 MR Principals submit School Operations Diskettes to Asst. Supts. 0% Jun 10 '96 260 MR Diskettes due from Program Managers who are on a less than 12 month contract 0% Jun 10 '96 261 MR All Program diskettes due back to PRE 0% Jul 14 '96 262 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up 0% Jul 15'96 263 MR PRE develops narrative and the controller provides financial information for 4th quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Jul 29 '96 264 MR PRE combines all information for 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Jul 29 '96 I Jun 16 '96 Jun 16 '96 Jul 14 '96 Jul 28 '96 Aug 4 '96 Aug 4 '96 Page 33 FY97 Principals Program Managers Program Managers PRE Clerical,Lewis Lewis,Milhollen Lewis,PRE Clerical August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 265 Code MR Name__________________________ Submit report to Attorney for review % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Aug 12 '96 Scheduled Finish Aug 12'96 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson 266 MR Prepare for publications the 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Aug 16 '96 Aug 19 '96 Lewis 267 MR Submit 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 0% Aug 22 '96 268 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% Aug 1 '96 269 MR PRE house diskettes as 1996-97 school year begins 0% Jun 16 '96 270 MR SUBMIT MONTHLY MANAGEMENT REPORT [MANAGEMENT TOOLI TQ COURT 15'% Jul 31 '95 271 MR Submit July's monthly management report to Court 100% Jul 31 '95 272 MR Submit August's monthly management report to Court 100% Aug 31 '95 I Aug 22 '96 Aug 31 '96 Aug 22 '96 Aug 31 '96 Jul 31 '95 Aug 31 '95 Jackson .Attorney Primary Leaders Lewis Jackson Jackson,Attorney Jackson,Attorney Page 34 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 273 Code MR Name Submit September's monthly management report to Court % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Sep 29 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 29 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson ,Attorney 274 MR Submit October's monthly management report to Court 0% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson,Attorney 275 MR Submit November's monthly management report to Court 0% Nov 30 '95 Nov 30 '95 Jackson .Attorney 276 MR Submit December's monthly management report to Court 0% Dec 21 '95 Dec 21 '95 Jackson,Attorney 277 MR Submit January's monthly management report to Court 0% Jan 31 '96 Jan 31 '96 Jackson,Attorney 278 MR Submit February's monthly management report to Court 0% Feb 29 '96 Feb 29 '96 Jackson,Attorney 279 MR Submit March's monthly management report to Court 0% Mar 29 '96 Mar 29 '96 Jackson,Attorney 280 MR Submit April's monthly management report to Court 0% Apr 30 '96 Apr 30 '96 Jackson ,Attorney Page 35 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 281 Code MR Name________________________________ Submit May's monthly management report to Court % Complete 0% Scheduled Start May 31 '96 Scheduled Finish May 31 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson, Attorney 282 MR Submit June's monthly management report to Court 0% Jun 28 '96 Jun 28 '96 Jackson,Attorney 283 MR Submit July's monthly management report to Court 0% Jul 31 '96 Jul 31 '96 Jackson .Attorney 284 MR Submit August's monthly management report to Court 0% Aug 31 '96 Aug 31 '96 Jackson 285 ORG REASSESSMENT OF PROCESS AND ORGANIZATION 1996-97 12% Jul 5 '95 Aug 30 '96 Jackson.Attornev 286 ORG Analyze, reassess, and revise planning organization and structure 10% Jul 5 '95 Jul 28 '96 Williams,Jackson 287 ORG Revise, discuss and reach consensus regarding format and tasking of 1996-97 Management Tool 100% Jul 5 '95 Jul 24 '95 Cabinet,Lewis, Jackson 288 ORG Initial circulation of 1996-97 Management Tool 100% Jul 13'95 Jul 31 '95 Lewis,Jackson Page 36 FY 97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 289 Code ORG Name________________________________ Evaluate tasking of 1996-97 Management Tool % Complete 5% Scheduled Start Jul 24 '95 Scheduled Finish Aug 30 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Cabinet,Lewis Page 37 FY97 August 31 '95Quarter 3rd Quarter ID 1 Name % Complete 100% May I Jun Jul | Aug | Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 2 Identify and revise DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% 3 Review and adjust primary and secondary leaders for DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% 4 Finalize list of DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% I 5 Generate a Program Inventory Report for 1995-96 100% fi 66% 7 Notify program managers that program evaluation begins in fall\nbegin data collection 100% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress Milestone Summary Rolled Up  PagelID 8 Name Review/revise process for cabinet review of program evaluations % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 9 Review/revise program evaluation instrument 100% 10 Distribute program evaluation instruments and instructions to primary and/or secondary leaders\nprovide additonal information/instruments, if needed 100% 11 Conduct required training sessions describing the process and evaluation criteria for designated staff 100% 12 Program evaluations due from secondary or primary leaders 0% I 13 Review program evaluations (DSeg and NonDSeg) for potential target programs for extended evaluations 0% 14 Finalize identification of extended evaluation targets 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncriticai Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page2ID 15 Name Notify appropriate staff to prepare Extended Program Evaluations % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec s 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 16 Extended evaluations due 0% I 17 Cabinet review extended evaluations for merge into needs assessment report 0% s Ifi 0% 19 Review types of data to measure needs of district for FY 96-97 0% 3 20 Analyze results of the budgeting and planning priorities revealed from the 94-95 Needs Assessment Report 0% 2 21 Review current mission statement and goals of the District 0% 3 Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress  Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  PagesID 22 Name________________________________ Board identifies District concerns for input from public at Town Hall/District Dialogues % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 23 STANFORD 8 TEST DATA STUDY 0% 24 Define purpose and scope for Stanford 8 Test data study 0% 25 Assign responsibilities for study of Stanford 8 Test data 0% 26 Design data collection plan for study of Stanford 0% 3 27 Collect and analyze data from Stanford 8 Test 0% 28 Prepare Stanford 8 Test Report 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress Milestone Summary Rolled Up  Page4ID 29 2Q 31 32 33 34 35 Name Submit Stanford 8 Test Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment PRE EDUCATIONAL EQUITY MONITORING REPORTS SURVEY Define purpose and scope for PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study Assign responsibilities for PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study Analyze data from PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Studies Prepare PRE Educational Equity Monitoring findings Submit PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study to PRE for merge into needs assessment listing Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical % Complete 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% Noncritical Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug' Sep 0 0 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec I 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec Progress hi Milestone | Summary Rolled Up Q PagesID Name SCHOOL CLIMATE/HUMAN RELATIONS SURVEY ISC/HRISTUDY % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 37 Define purpose and scope of SC/HR Survey 0% 0 I 38 Assign responsibilities for SC/HR data collections 0% 0 39 Design data collection plan for study of SC/HR 0% 0 40 Collect and analyze data from SC/HR Survey 0% 41 Prepare SC/HR Survey Report 0% 42 Submit SC/HR Survey Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncriticai Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  PagesID 42 Name PORPQRTIONALS ALLOCATION FORMULAS STUDY % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 44 Define purpose and scope of Proportional Allocation Formulas 0% s 45 Assign responsibilities for Proportional Allocation Formulas 0% 46 Design data collections plan for Proportional Allocation Formulas 0% Q 47 Collect and analyze data for Proportional Allocation Formulas 0% 48 Prepare Proportional Allocation Formulas Report 0% 49 Submit Proportional Allocations Formulas Study Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment listing 0% I Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page?r ID Name_______________________________ DISTRICTWIDE FACILITIES STUDY % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 51 Define purpose and scope of Districtwide Facilities Study/Report from 1994-95 Study for purposes of 1995-96 Needs Assessment Report 0% 0 52 Assign responsibilities for the Districtwide Facilities Study/Reporting of findings 0% 0 53 Prepare findings from the Districtwide Facilities Study 0% 54 5S 56 Submit Districtwide Facilities Study Report recommendations to PRE for merge into needs assessment report DESEGREGATION MONITORING REPORTS AUDIT FROM OOM Define purpose and scope of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit 0% 0% 0% 0 Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress m Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  PagesID 57 Name Assign responsibility for data collection of transcripts and Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 0 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 58 Design data collection plan for study of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit 0% 59 Collect data 0% 60 Review with Cabinet and Attorneys 0% 61 Report findings to PRE 0% 62 2 Merge new obligations with Program Budget Document COURT ORDERS AUDIT Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical 0% 0% I Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page9ID 64 Name Define purpose and scope of Court Orders Audit % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 0 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 65 Assign responsibility for data collection of Court Orders Audit 0% 0 66 Collect data 0% 67 Review with Cabinet and Attorneys 0% 68 Report findings to PRE 0% 69 Merge new obligations with Program Budget Document 0% 2fl TOWN HALL MEETINGS 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncriticai Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Paget0ID 71 Name Define purpose and scope of Town Hall Meetings % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug' Sep Q 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 72 Review previous years data from Town Hall Report 0% 73 Design data collection plan for Town Hall Meetings 0% s 74 Set locations and schedule for Town Hall Meeting 0% 75 Develop advertisement plan and schedule for Town Hall Meetings\nPrepare sample agenda 0% 0 76 Review and revise data collection tool (matrix) for Town Hall Meetings 0% 0 77 Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting I 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Paget 1ID 78 Name Conduct Town Hall Meeting I % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug 4th Quarter Sep Oct I Nov I Dec 79 Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting I for input into matrix 0% 80 Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting II 0% 81 Conduct Town Hall Meeting II 0% 82 Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting II for input into matrix 0% 83 Execute advertisement plan tor Town Hall Meeting III 0% 84 Finalize and publish Town Hall Meeting Report 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress Milestone Page12 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar Summary Rolled Up  2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I DecID 85 Name Merge findings of Town Hall Meeting Report, 1995-96 into needs assessment listing % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec as 0% I 87 Define purpose and scope of District Dialogues 0% 0 88 Review previous years data from District Dialogue Report 0% 0 89 Design data collection plan for District Dialogues 0% 0 90 Set locations and schedule for District Dialogue Meetings 0% 0 91 Develop advertisement plan and schedule for District Dialogues: prepare sample agenda 0% 0 Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress m Milestone | Summary Rolled Up Q Pagel3ID 92 Name Design data collection tool (matrix) for District Dialogue % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep s 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 93 Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue I 0% 94 Conduct District Dialogue I 0% 95 Gather feedback from District Dialogue 1 for input into matrix 0% 96 Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue II 0% 97 Conduct District Dialogue II 0% 98 Gather feedback data from District Dialogue II for input into matrix 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncriticai Progress  Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Paget4ID 99 too 101 102 103 104 105 Name Execute advertisement plan tor District Dialogue III Conduct District Dialogue III Gather feedback data from District Dialogue III for merge into matrix Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue IV Conduct District Dialogue IV Gather feedback data from District Dialogue IV for input into matrix Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue V Project: Date\n8/31/95 Critical % Complete 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% Noncritical Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug' Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec Progress H Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  PagelsID 106 Name Conduct District Dialogue V % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug 4th Quarter Sep Oct I Nov I Dec 107 Gather feedback data from District Dialogue V for input into matrix 0% 108 Finalize and publish District Dialogue Report 1995-96 0% 109 Merge findings of District Dialogue Report 1995-96 into needs assessment listing 0% PREPARE NEEDS ASSESSMENT REPORT 0% 111 Conduct Administrative review of available districtwide reports and objective data 0% 112 Conduct Board Work Session for review of available districtwide reports and objective data 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress Milestone Pagel6 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar Rolled Up  2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I DecID 113 Name Publish Draft of Needs Assessment /Report and disseminate to selected persons % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec I 1 st Quarter 2nd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar Apr | May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 114 Publish Needs Assessment Report, 1995-96 0% Ui 116 117 118 119 PLANNING AND BUDGET GOALS CABINET PLANNING SESSION Review 1994-95 Needs Assessment Report Distribute 1995-96 Needs Assessment Report to Cabinet members Distribute District goals to Cabinet 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% i Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress m Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  I Pagel?ID 120 Name Cabinet review of goals % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec I 121 BOARD WORK SESSION 0% 122 Establish date and site for Work Session 0% 123 Identify materials for Board Work Session 0% 124 Prepare materials for Board Work Session 0% 125 Conduct Board Work Session 0% 0 126 Distribute background materials to Board members 0% 0 Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncriticai Progress h Milestone H Pagel8 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar Summary Rolled Up  2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I DecID 127 Name Review/revise mission statement and goals % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 0 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 128 Review DSeg and NonDSeg Program Inventory 0% 0 129 Review identified proportional allocations 0% 0 130 Establish written priorities 0% 0 131 Identify strategies for funding shortfalls 0% 0 132 Develop timeline for identification and researching of funding shortfall strategies 0% 0 133 Develop communication strategy for mission statement and goals 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Pagel 9ID 134 Name Distribute mission statement and goals % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 135 136 137 138 139 140 Distribute list of priorities BOARD RETREAT Determine date and site for Board Retreat Identify agenda items for Board Retreat Establish agenda for Board Retreat Identify materials for Board Retreat 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% I Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress M Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page20ID 141 Name Distribute materials for Board Retreat % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug' Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 142 Conduct data analysis work session In preparation for Board Retreat 0% 143 Conduct Board Retreat 0% 0 144 Report outcomes of Board Retreat 0% 145 PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT 0% 146 SUBMIT BUSINESS CASE FOR PROGRAM AND/OR MODIFICATIONS TO SUPERINTENDENT 0% 147 Review process for program development 0% 0 Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncriticai Progress m Milestone  i i Page21 Summary Rolled Up ID 148 Name Use extended program evaluations to identify program additions, modifications, deletions % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 0 149 Notify appropriate staff to prepare Business Cases on results of extended program evaluations 0% 150 Review recommendations from district needs assessment report in order to identify additional programs or programs modifications resulting in business case(s) 0% 151 Business Cases due 0% 152 Review of Business Cases by Cabinet 0% 153 Submit Business Cases for program and/or program modifications to Board of Directors 0% 154 Review of Business Cases by Board 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Page22 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar I I Summary Rolled Up  2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I DecID 155 Name__________ BUDGETING % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 156 Develop budget preparation training materials 0% 0 I 157 Issue instructions for budget preparation at all levels 0% 8 158 Conduct budget preparation training sessions 0% 0 159 Budget managers develop and submit revised 1995-96 expense budget revisions and 1996-97 expense budget requests 0% 160 Begin districtwide expense budget consolidation and executive review process 0% 161 Year to date revenue expenditure analysis 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page23ID 162 Name Revise financial forecast for coming year % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 0 163 Submit proposed budget to Board 0% I 164 Conduct Board Work Sessions on proposed budget 0% 165 Revise proposed budget, as needed 0% 166 Prepare tentative budget 0% 167 Board review of tentative budget 0% 168 Conduct Board Work Session on tentative Budget 0% I Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress H Milestone H Summary Rolled Up  Page24 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun I 0 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I DecID 169 Name Account reconciliation and Purchase Order (PO) clean-up % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 170 171 Receipt of state generated revenue numbers (payroll liabilities, adjusted supplemental payroll, last payroll, Carl Perkins, M to M, JTPA, Vocational Ed.. Chapters 1 and 2. Compensatory Ed.. MFPA.________ Close-out 1995-96 accounts: adjust physical inventory, (fiscal)federal grants, magnet, state grants, accruals 0% 0% 172 Compute ending fund balance 0% I 173 Administrative review of final budget 0% B 174 Submit final budget to Board 0% I 175 Board review and adoption of 96-97 final budget 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncriticai Progress  Milestone | Page25 i .. i Summary Rolled Up ID 176 Name Submit final Budget to Court/Parties % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 177 12a 179 180 181 182 Submit 96-97 final budget to State Staffing First review of changes in course offerings by Board Meeting with counselors and principals to review courses offerings 1995-96 Print secondary course selection sheets Counselors meet with students and complete course selection sheets 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0 Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page26ID 183 Name Counselors send course selection sheets to receiving schools % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jut? 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 0 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 184 Registrars tally course selections 0% 185 Review course tallies secondary. Note possible staffing changes based on courses requested 0% 186 Identity elementary enrollment (tentative) for 1995-96 0% 187 Make determination by subject area (secondary) of possible changes and by projected elementary enrolled 0% 188 List known retirements, resignations, and intern positions 0% 189 Identify certified personnel for Reduction in Force (RIF), if needed 0% 0 Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up Q V Page27ID 190 Name Notify certified personnel of Reduction in Force (RIF), if needed staff reduction % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 191 Recall certified personnel from RIF, if needed 0% 192 Notify classified personnel of staff reduction 0% 193 Recall classified personnel from RIF, if needed 0% 194 PROVIDE BROAD-BASED INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL FEEDBACK 0% 195 Plan for internal and external feedback. Set locations and dates 0% 196 Execute advertisement for district feedback. Session I 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress Milestone Summary Rolled Up  Page28 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I DecID 197 Name Conduct District Feedback Session I % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jut? 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter 2nd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar ~Apr | May | Jun 198 Execute advertisement plan for district feedback. Session II 0% 199 Conduct District Feedback Session II 0% 200 Execute advertisement for district feedback. Session III 0% 201 Conduct district feedback. Session III 0% 202 Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall feedback, Session I 0% 203 Conduct district feedback, Session I 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncriticai Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page29 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I DecID 204 Name Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall feedback, Session II % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter 2nd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar Apr | May | Jun 205 Conduct district feedback , Session II 0% 206 Execute advertisement for Town Hall feedback, Session III 0% 207 202 209 210 Conduct district feedback. Session III MONITORING AND REPORTING OF DESEG AND NONDESEG PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS tISI QUARTER: 2ND QUARTER: 3RD QUARTER: 4TH QUARTERI PRE performs necessary diskette management functions for the summer ( i.e. archival filing, achievement erasures, copying, etc.) Revise written program budget document instructions, as needed Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical 0% 14% 100% 68% a Progress h Milestone | Page30 Summary Rolled Up  3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I DecID 211 Name__________________________________ PRE fonward program budget document diskettes to principals and program managers % Complete 68% Quarter May I Jur? 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug 5 Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 212 Distribute written program budget document instructions to principals and program managers 0% 3 213 Plan maintenance education and orientation regarding the program budget document process 100% 214 215 Conduct maintenance education workshops and orientation sessions regarding the program budget document process for principals, clerical staff, program managers, primary and secondary leaders___________________ 1ST QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 0% 18% 216 Advise program managers and principals on program budget document 25% 217 Generate diskette management flow information to relative staff School Operations and PRE office 100% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress Milestone Summary Rolled Up  Page31ID 218 Name Plan training sessions on the Program Budget Document and WordPerfect % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 219 Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 1st Quarter PBD diskettes 0% I 220 DSeg and NonDSeg diskettes returned to PRE 0% 221 PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 0% 222 PRE generate hard copies of diskettes 0% 223 PRE develops narrative and the Controller provides financial info for the PBD reports 0% 224 PRE combines all information for the 1st Quarter Program Budget Report 0% 0 Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page32ID 225 Name Submit report to Attorney for review % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug' Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 226 Prepare for publication of 1st Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% I 227 Submit 1st Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 0% I 228 Return diskettes and hard copies to managers and principals 0% 229 Primary leaders provide feedback to the secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% 230 2ND QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 0% 231 Advise program managers and principals on Programs Budget Document 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncriticai Progress Milestone Summary Rolled Up  Page33ID 232 Name Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 2nd Quarter PBD diskettes % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug 4th Quarter 1st Quarter 233 Diskettes due back to PRE 0% 234 PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 0% 235 PRE generates hard copies of diskettes 0% 236 PRE revises narrative and the controller provides financial info for Program Budget Document Reports (DSeg and NonDSeg) 0% 237 PRE combines all revised information for 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% 238 Submit report to Attorney for review 0% Sep Oct I Nov I Dec Jan | Feb | Mar I Q B B Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page34 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I DecID 239 Name Prepare publication of 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug' Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 240 Submit 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 0% 241 Return diskettes and paper copies to principals and program managers 0% 242 Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% 243 3RD QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 0% 244 Advise program managers and principals on the Program Budget Document 0% 245 Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 3rd Quarter PBD diskettes 0% I Project: Date\n8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone H Summary Rolled Up  Page35ID 246 Name Diskettes due back to PRE % Complete 0% Quarter May I JurT 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 247 PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 0% 248 PRE generate hard copies of diskettes 0% 249 PRE revises narrative and the controller provides financial information for 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Q 250 PRE combines all revised information for 3rd Quarter PBD Reports 0% 251 Submit report to Attorney for review 0% 0 252 Prepare publication of 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% 0 Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page36ID 253 Name Submit 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document to Court % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 254 Return diskettes and paper copies to principals and program managers 0% 0 255 25e 257 258 259 Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 4th QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS Advise program managers and principals on Program Budget Document Send reminder notice for completing the PBD to principals and program managers Principals submit School Operations Diskettes to Asst. Supts. 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncriticai Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page37ID 260 Name Diskettes due from Program Managers who are on a less than 12 month contract % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 261 All Program diskettes due back to PRE 0% 262 PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up 0% 263 PRE develops narrative and the controller provides financial information for 4th quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% 264 PRE combines all information for 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% 265 Submit report to Attorney tor review 0% 266 Prepare for publications the 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress  Milestone  Summary Rolled Up Q Page38 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I 0 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I DecID 267 Name Submit 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jur? 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug' Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I 268 Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% 269 PRE house diskettes as 1996-97 school year begins 0% 270 SUBMIT MONTHLY MANAGEMENT REPORT (MANAGEMENT TOOLI TO COURT 15% 271 Submit July's monthly management report to Court 100% 272 Submit August's monthly management report to Court 100% 273 Submit Septembers monthly management report to Court 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress Milestone Summary Rolled Up  Page39 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I DecID 274 Name__________________________________ Submit October's monthly management report to Court % Complete 0% Quarter May I Juri 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 275 Submit November's monthly management report to Court 0% I 276 Submit December's monthly management report to Court 0% I 277 Submit January's monthly management report to Court 0% I 278 Submit February's monthly management report to Court 0% I 279 Submit March's monthly management report to Court 0% 280 Submit April's monthly management report to Court 0% I Project\nDate: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress M Milestone I Summary Rolled Up  Page40ID 281 Name Submit May's monthly management report to Court % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun I 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 282 Submit June's monthly management report to Court 0% I 283 Submit July's monthly management report to Court 0% 284 2a\u0026amp; 286 287 I Submit August's monthly management report to Court ORGANIZATION 1996-97 Analyze, reassess, and revise planning organization and structure Revise, discuss and reach consensus regarding format and tasking of 1996-97 Management Tool Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncriticai 0% 12% 10% 100% Progress H Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page41ID 288 Name Initial circulation of 1996-97 Management Tool % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 289 Evaluate tasking of 1996-97 Management Tool 5% Project\nDate: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress m Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page42Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 1 Code PINV Name % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Jul 3 '95 Scheduled Finish Aug 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson 2 PINV Identify and revise DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% Jul 3 '95 Aug 11 '95 Jackson,Lewis,Smith 3 PINV Review and adjust primary and secondary leaders for DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% Jul 17 '95 4 PINV Finalize list of DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% Aug 15'95 5 PINV Generate a Program Inventory Report for 1995-96 100% Aug 18'95 I Aug 14 '95 Aug 18 '95 Aug 31 '95 Lewis,Mayo Jackson,Lewis Jackson,Lewis  PEVAL PROGRAM EVALUATION 66% Jul 3 '95 Nov 22 '95 Jackson 7 PEVAL Notify program managers that program evaluation begins in fall\nbegin data collection 100% Jul 3 '95 Jul 28 '95 Jackson 8 PEVAL Review/revise process for cabinet review of program evaluations 100% Aug 1 '95 Aug 15 '95 Jackson,Cabinet Page 1 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 9 Code PEVAL Name Review/revise program evaluation instrument % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Aug 1 '95 Scheduled Finish Aug 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Cabinet,Jackson 10 PEVAL Distribute program evaluation instruments and instructions to primary and/or secondary leaders: provide additonal information/instruments, if needed 100% Aug 25 '95 Aug 25 '95 Jackson 11 PEVAL Conduct required training sessions describing the process and evaluation criteria for designated staff 100% Aug 4 '95 Aug 31 '95 Jackson 12 PEVAL Program evaluations due from secondary or primary leaders 0% Sep 15 '95 Sep 15 '95 Cabinet 13 PEVAL Review program evaluations (DSeg and NonDSeg) for potential target programs for extended evaluations 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 2 '95 Cabinet 14 PEVAL Finalize identification of extended evaluation targets 0% Oct 2 '95 Oct 13'95 Cabinet 15 PEVAL Notify appropriate staff to prepare Extended Program Evaluations 0% Oct 16 '95 Oct 20 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 16 PEVAL Extended evaluations due 0% Nov 13'95 Nov 13'95 Program Managers Page 2 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 17 Code PEVAL Name___________________ Cabinet review extended evaluations for merge into needs assessment report % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Nov 17'95 Scheduled Finish Nov 22 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson 11EED5 0% Sep 1 '95 Nov 30 '95 Jackson.Cabinet 19 NEEDS Review types of data to measure needs of district for FY 96-97 0% Sep 1 '95 20 NEEDS Analyze results of the budgeting and planning priorities revealed from the 94-95 Needs Assessment Report 0% Sep 1 '95 21 NEEDS Review current mission statement and goals of the District 0% Sep 1 '95 22 NEEDS Board identifies District concerns for input from public at Town Hall/District Dialogues 0% Sep 14 '95 I Sep 8 '95 Sep 8 '95 Sep 8 '95 Sep 14 '95 Cabinet,Jackson Jackson,Cabinet Jackson,Cabinet Williams,Board 23. NEEDS STANFORD 8 TEST DATA STUDY 0% Oct 31 '95 Jackson 24 NEEDS Define purpose and scope for Stanford 8 Test data study 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Cabinet Page 3 FY 97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 25 Code NEEDS Name Assign responsibilities for study of Stanford 8 Test data % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson 26 NEEDS Design data collection plan for study of Stanford 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Dunbar 27 NEEDS Collect and analyze data from Stanford 8 Test 0% Sep 15 '95 Oct 13'95 Jackson,Dunbar,Savage 28 NEEDS Prepare Stanford 8 Test Report 0% Oct 13'95 Oct 31 '95 Dunbar 29 NEEDS Submit Stanford 8 Test Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment 0% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson,Dunbar ac NEEDS PRE EDUCATIONAL EQUITY MONITORING REPORTS SURVEY 0% Seo 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson 31 NEEDS Define purpose and scope for PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 32 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson Page 4 FY 97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 33 Code NEEDS Name_________________________________ Analyze data from PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Studies % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Sep 18 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 30 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Smith 34 NEEDS Prepare PRE Educational Equity Monitoring findings 0% Oct 2 '95 Oct 13'95 Smith 35 NEEDS Submit PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study to PRE for merge into needs assessment listing 0% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson,Smith 3fi NEEDS SCHOOL CLIMATE/HUMAN RELATIONS SURVEY ISC/HRISTUDY 0% Sep 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson 37 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of SC/HR Survey 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 38 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for SC/HR data collections 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson 39 NEEDS Design data collection plan for study of SC/HR 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Hobby 40 NEEDS Collect and analyze data from SC/HR Survey 0% Sep 15 '95 Oct 13'95 Jackson,Hobby Page 5 FY 97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 41 Code NEEDS Name Prepare SC/HR Survey Report % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Oct 13'95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Hobby 42 NEEDS Submit SC/HR Survey Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment 0% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson,Hobby 43 NEEDS PORPQRTIONALS ALLOCATION FORMULAS STUDY 0% Sep 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Smith.Milhollen 44 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Proportional Allocation Formulas 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Smith,Milhollen,Cabinet 45 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for Proportional Allocation Formulas 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Smith 46 NEEDS Design data collections plan for Proportional Allocation Formulas 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Smith 47 NEEDS Collect and analyze data for Proportional Allocation Formulas 0% Sep 15 '95 Oct 13'95 Hurley,Eaton,Gadberry, Neal, Milhollen, Smith 48 NEEDS Prepare Proportional Allocation Formulas Report 0% Oct 13'95 Oct 31 '95 Milhollen,Hurley,Eaton,Neal,Smith Page 6 FY 97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 49 Code NEEDS Name Submit Proportional Allocations Formulas Study Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment listing % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Oct 31 '95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Milhollen 5Q NEEDS DISTRICTWIDE FACILITIES STUDY 0% Sep 11 '95 Oct 31 '95 Smith 51 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Districtwide Facilities Study/Report from 1994-95 Study for purposes of 1995-96 Needs Assessment Report 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Williams,Smith,Cabinet 52 NEEDS Assign responsibilities for the Districtwide Facilities Study/Reporting of findings 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Smith,Eaton 53 NEEDS Prepare findings from the Districtwide Facilities Study 0% Sep 16 '95 Oct 31 '95 Smith, Mayo,Eaton 54 NEEDS Submit Districtwide Facilities Study Report recommendations to PRE for merge into needs assessment report 0% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Smith,Mayo,Eaton NEEDS DESEGREGATION MONITORING REPORTS AUDIT FROM PPM 0% Sep 11 '95 Nov 30 '95 Mavo 56 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Williams,Mayo, Cabinet Page 7 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 57 Code NEEDS Name_______________________________ Assign responsibility for data collection of transcripts and Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Mayo 58 NEEDS Design data collection plan for study of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Mayo 59 NEEDS Collect data 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 13'95 Mayo 60 NEEDS Review with Cabinet and Attorneys 0% Oct 16 '95 Oct 31 '95 Mayo 61 NEEDS Report findings to PRE 0% Oct 31 '95 Nov 18'95 Mayo 62 NEEDS Merge new obligations with Program Budget Document 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 30 '95 Mayo,Lewis 3 NEEDS COURT ORDERS AUDIT 0% Sep 11 '95 Nov 30 '95 Mavo 64 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Court Orders Audit 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Cabinet,Mayo Page 8 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 65 Code NEEDS Name________________________________ Assign responsibility for data collection of Court Orders Audit % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Mayo 66 NEEDS Collect data 0% Sep 18'95 Oct 13'95 Mayo 67 NEEDS Review with Cabinet and Attorneys 0% Oct 16 '95 Oct 31 '95 Mayo 68 NEEDS Report findings to PRE 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 18'95 Mayo 69 NEEDS Merge new obligations with Program Budget Document 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 30 '95 Mayo,Lewis 2Q NEEDS TOWN HALL MEETINGS 0% Seo 11 '95 Nov 21 '95 Williams. Jackson. Modeste 71 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of Town Hall Meetings 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson,Modeste,Cabinet 72 NEEDS Review previous years data from Town Hall Report 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Modeste, Jackson,Vann Page 9 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 73 Code NEEDS Name_______________________________ Design data collection plan for Town Hall Meetings % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson.Vann.Lewis 74 NEEDS Set locations and schedule for Town Hall Meeting 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Vann.Modeste 75 NEEDS Develop advertisement plan and schedule for Town Hall Meetings\nPrepare sample agenda 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Vann.Modeste 76 NEEDS Review and revise data collection tool (matrix) for Town Hall Meetings 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Jackson.Modeste.Lewis 77 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting I 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann.Modeste 78 NEEDS Conduct Town Hall Meeting I 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Williams 79 NEEDS Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting I for input into matrix 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann,Lewis 80 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting II 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann.Modeste Page 10 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 81 Code NEEDS Name_____________________ Conduct Town Hall Meeting II % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Sep 18'95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams 82 NEEDS Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting II for input info matrix 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann,Lewis 83 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting III 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann,Modeste 84 NEEDS Finalize and publish Town Hall Meeting Report 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 15'95 Modeste,Lewis 85 NEEDS Merge findings of Town Hall Meeting Report, 1995-96 into needs assessment listing 0% Nov 15'95 Nov 21 '95 Jackson,Lewis as NEEDS DISTRICT DIALOGUES 0% Seo 11 '95 Nov 21 '95 Williams. Jackson.Modeste 87 NEEDS Define purpose and scope of District Dialogues 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15'95 Williams, Jackson,Modeste,Cabinet 88 NEEDS Review previous years data from District Dialogue Report 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Modeste,Vann Page 11 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 89 Code NEEDS Name_____________________________ Design data collection plan for District Dialogues % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Sep 11 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Vann,Modeste 90 NEEDS Set locations and schedule for District Dialogue Meetings 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Modeste.Vann 91 NEEDS Develop advertisement plan and schedule for District Dialogues\nprepare sample agenda 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Vann,Modeste 92 NEEDS Design data collection tool (matrix) for District Dialogue 0% Sep 11 '95 Sep 15 '95 Modeste,Jackson 93 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue I 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann,Modeste 94 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue I 0% Sep 18'95 Oct 31 '95 Williams 95 NEEDS Gather feedback from District Dialogue 1 for input into matrix 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann,Lewis 96 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue II 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann,Modeste Page 12 FY 97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 97 Code NEEDS Name Conduct District Dialogue II % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Sep 18 '95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams 98 NEEDS Gather feedback data from District Dialogue II for input into matrix 0% Sep 18 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann,Lewis 99 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue III 0% Sep 18 '95 100 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue III 0% Sep 18 '95 101 NEEDS Gather feedback data from District Dialogue III for merge into matrix 0% Sep 18 '95 102 NEEDS Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue IV 0% Sep 18 '95 103 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue IV 0% Sep 18 '95 104 NEEDS Gather feedback data from District Dialogue IV for input into matrix 0% Sep 18 '95 Page 13 FY97 I Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Vann.Modeste Williams Vann,Lewis Vann,Modeste Williams Vann,Lewis August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 105 Code NEEDS Name_____________________________ Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue V % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Sep 18'95 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Vann,Modeste 106 NEEDS Conduct District Dialogue V 0% Sep 18'95 Oct 31 '95 Williams 107 NEEDS Gather feedback data from District Dialogue V for input into matrix 0% Sep 18 '95 108 NEEDS Finalize and publish District Dialogue Report 1995-96 0% Nov 1 '95 109 NEEDS Merge findings of District Dialogue Report 1995-96 into needs assessment listing 0% Nov 15'95 I Oct 31 '95 Nov 15'95 Nov 21 '95 Vann,Lewis Jackson,Lewis Jackson,Lewis HQ NEEDS PREPARE NEEDS ASSESSMENT REPORT 0% Nov 1 Nov 30 '95 Jackson 111 NEEDS Conduct Administrative review of available districtwide reports and objective data 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 15'95 Jackson,Cabinet 112 NEEDS Conduct Board Work Session for review of available districtwide reports and objective data 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 15'95 Williams, Jackson,Board Page 14 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 113 Code NEEDS Name Publish Draft of Needs Assessment /Report and disseminate to selected persons % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Nov 27 '95 Scheduled Finish Nov 27 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Cabinet 114 NEEDS Publish Needs Assessment Report, 1995-96 0% Nov 30 '95 Nov 30 '95 Jackson US GOAL PLANNING AND BUDGET GOALS 0% Oct 2 '95 Jan 31 '96 Jackson ns GOALS CABINET PLANNING SESSION 0% Oct 2 '95 Dec 11 '95 Jackson.Cabinet 117 GOALS Review 1994-95 Needs Assessment Report 0% Oct 2 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 118 GOALS Distribute 1995-96 Needs Assessment Report to Cabinet members 0% Dec 1 '95 Dec 8 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 119 GOALS Distribute District goals to Cabinet 0% Dec 1 '95 Dec 8 '95 Jackson,Cabinet 120 GOALS Cabinet review of goals 0% Dec 11 '95 Dec 11 '95 Jackson,Cabinet Page 15 FY 97 August 31 '95 JLittle Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 121 Code GOALS Name__________________ BOARD WORK SESSION % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Nov 15 '95 Scheduled Finish Dec 19 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson.Williams 122 GOALS Establish date and site for Work Session 0% Nov 15'95 Nov 30 '95 Williams.Cabinet 123 GOALS Identify materials for Board Work Session 0% Nov 15'95 Nov 30 '95 Jackson,Williams 124 GOALS Prepare materials for Board Work Session 0% Nov 15 '95 Nov 30 '95 Jackson 125 GOALS Conduct Board Work Session 0% Dec 12'95 Dec 15 '95 Board .Williams 126 GOALS Distribute background materials to Board members 0% Dec 12 '95 Dec 15'95 Jackson 127 GOALS Review/revise mission statement and goals 0% Dec 12'95 Dec 15'95 Board 128 GOALS Review DSeg and NonDSeg Program Inventory 0% Dec 12'95 Dec 15 '95 Board Page 16 FY 97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 129 Code GOALS Name Review identified proportional allocations % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Dec 12'95 Scheduled Finish Dec 15 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Board 130 GOALS Establish written priorities 0% Dec 12'95 Dec 15 '95 Board 131 GOALS Identify strategies for funding shortfalls 0% Dec 12'95 Dec 15 '95 Board 132 GOALS Develop timeline for identification and researching of funding shortfall strategies 0% Dec 12'95 Dec 15 '95 Board 133 GOALS Develop communication strategy for mission statement and goals 0% Dec 14 '95 Dec 14 '95 Williams,Vann 134 GOALS Distribute mission statement and goals 0% Dec 19 '95 Dec 19 '95 Jackson,Vann 135 GOALS Distribute list of priorities 0% Dec 19 '95 Dec 19 '95 Jackson,Vann 136 GOALS BOARD RETREAT 0% Dec 8 '95 Jan 31 '96 Williams Page 17 FY97 August 31 '95 JLittle Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 137 Code GOALS Name________________________________ Determine date and site for Board Retreat % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Dec 8 '95 Scheduled Finish Dec 20 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams,Board 138 GOALS Identify agenda items for Board Retreat 0% Dec 8 '95 Dec 20 '95 Williams,Board 139 GOALS Establish agenda for Board Retreat 0% Dec 8 '95 Dec 20 '95 Williams,Boa rd 140 GOALS identify materials for Board Retreat 0% Dec 8 '95 Dec 20 '95 Williams,Jackson 141 GOALS Distribute materials for Board Retreat 0% Jan 9 '96 Jan 10 '96 Williams,Jackson 142 GOALS Conduct data analysis work session in preparation tor Board Retreat 0% Jan 12 '96 Jan 12 '96 Williams,Cabinet 143 GOALS Conduct Board Retreat 0% Jan 22 '96 Jan 26 '96 Williams,Board 144 GOALS Report outcomes of Board Retreat 0% Jan 31 '96 Jan 31 '96 Williams,Board Page 18 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 145 Code PDEV Name % Complete 0% Scheduled Start May 22 '95 Scheduled Finish Aug 30 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Cabinet 146 PDEV SUBMIT BUSINESS CASE FOR PROGRAM AND/OR MODIFICATIONS IQ SUPERINTENDENT 0% Nov 1 '95 Feb 22 '96 Williams.Jackson 147 PDEV Review process for program development 0% Nov 1 '95 Nov 10 '95 Cabinet 148 PDEV Use extended program evaluations to identify program additions, modifications, deletions 0% Nov 17 '95 Nov 27 '95 Cabinet 149 PDEV Notify appropriate staff to prepare Business Cases on results of extended program evaluations 0% Nov 17'95 Nov 30 '95 Cabinet 150 PDEV Review recommendations from district needs assessment report in order to identify additional programs or programs modifications resulting in business case(s) 0% Dec 5 '95 Dec 11 '95 Cabinet 151 PDEV Business Cases due 0% Jan 8 '96 Jan 8 '96 Primary Leaders 152 PDEV Review of Business Cases by Cabinet 0% Jan 15 '96 Jan 22 '96 Cabinet Page 19 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 153 Code PDEV Name_______________________________ Submit Business Cases for program and/or program modifications to Board of Directors % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Feb 8 '96 Scheduled Finish Feb 8 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,VVilliams 154 PDEV Review of Business Cases by Board 0% Feb 8 '96 Feb 22 '96 Board 155 BUDGT BUDGETING 0% Nov 20 '95 Aug 30 '96 Smith. Gadberrv.Hurlev.Milhollen 156 BUDGT Develop budget preparation training materials 0% Nov 20 '95 Nov 27 '95 Smith,Milhollen 157 BUDGT Issue instructions for budget preparation at all levels 0% Nov 28 '95 Nov 30 '95 Smith 158 BUDGT Conduct budget preparation training sessions 0% Dec 1 '95 Dec 8 '95 Smith 159 BUDGT Budget managers develop and submit revised 1995-96 expense budget revisions and 1996-97 expense budget requests 0% Dec 11 '95 Jan 6 '96 Milhollen,Smith 160 BUDGT Begin districtwide expense budget consolidation and executive review process 0% Jan 9 '96 Mar 8 '96 Smith Page 20 FY 97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 161 Code BUDGT Name Year to date revenue expenditure analysis % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Jan 9 '96 Scheduled Finish Jan 31 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Smith,Milhollen 162 BUDGT Revise financial forecast for coming year 0% Feb 26 '96 Mar 6 '96 Smith 163 BUDGT Submit proposed budget to Board 0% Mar 14'96 Mar 14 '96 Williams 164 BUDGT Conduct Board Work Sessions on proposed budget 0% Mar 18'96 Mar 29 '96 Smith,Board,Williams 165 BUDGT Revise proposed budget, as needed 0% Mar 14 '96 Apr 2 '96 Smith,Milhollen 166 BUDGT Prepare tentative budget 0% Apr 3 '96 May 13'96 Smith,Milhollen 167 BUDGT Board review of tentative budget 0% May 23 '96 May 23 '96 Board,Smith 168 BUDGT Conduct Board Work Session on tentative Budget 0% May 24 '96 May 31 '96 Board,Williams Page 21 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 169 Code BUDGT Name_________________________________ Account reconciliation and Purchase Order (PO) clean-up % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Jun 17'96 Scheduled Finish Jul 12'96 Revised Finish Resource Names Eaton 170 BUDGT 171 BUDGT Receipt of state generated revenue numbers (payroll liabilities, adjusted supplemental payroll, last payroll, Carl Perkins, M to M, JTPA, Vocational Ed., Chapters 1 and 2, Compensatory Ed., MFPA, Transportation, ABC) Close-out 1995-96 accounts\nadjust physical inventory, (fiscal)federal grants, magnet, state grants, accruals 0% 0% 172 BUDGT Compute ending fund balance 0% Jun 16 '96 Jun 16 '96 Milhollen,Smith Jul 1 '96 Jul 22 '96 Jul 19'96 Jul 22 '96 Smith,Milhollen,Cabinet Milhollen,Smith 173 BUDGT Administrative review of final budget 0% Jul 24 '96 Jul 29 '96 V\\/illiams,Cabinet 174 BUDGT Submit final budget to Board 0% Aug 1 '96 Aug 1 '96 V\\/illiams,Smith 175 BUDGT Board review and adoption of 96-97 final budget 0% Aug 1 '96 Aug 8 '96 Board 176 BUDGT Submit final Budget to Court/Parties 0% Aug 8 '96 Aug 21 '96 Williams,Attorney Page 22 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 177 Code BUDGT Name Submit 96-97 final budget to State % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Aug 21 '96 Scheduled Finish Aug 30 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams,Smith ns BUDGT Staffing 0% Jan 26 '96 Hurley 179 BUDGT First review of changes in course offerings by Board 0% Jan 26 '96 Feb 8 '96 Board,Williams 180 BUDGT Meeting with counselors and principals to review courses offerings 1995-96 0% Jan 29 '96 Feb 15'96 Elston 181 BUDGT Print secondary course selection sheets 0% Jan 29 '96 Feb 15'96 Williams,Gadberry 182 BUDGT Counselors meet with students and complete course selection sheets 0% Feb 19'96 Mar 8 '96 Principals,Counselors 183 BUDGT Counselors send course selection sheets to receiving schools 0% Mar 8 '96 Mar 11 '96 Principals,Counselors 184 BUDGT Registrars tally course selections 0% Mar 11 '96 Mar 29 '96 Principals,Registrars Page 23 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 185 Code BUDGT Name_____________________________ Review course tallies secondary. Note possible staffing changes based on courses requested % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Apr 1 '96 Scheduled Finish Apr 19'96 Revised Finish Resource Names Gadberry,Hurley,Asst. Supts. 186 BUDGT Identify elementary enrollment (tentative) for 1995-96 0% Apr 1 '96 May 19'96 Mayo,Hurley,Gadberry,Asst Supts 187 BUDGT Make determination by subject area (secondary) of possible changes and by projected elementary enrolled 0% Apr 1 '96 188 BUDGT List known retirements, resignations, and intern positions 0% Apr 3 '96 189 BUDGT Identify certified personnel for Reduction in Force (RIF), if needed 0% Apr 17 '96 190 BUDGT Notify certified personnel of Reduction in Force (RIF), if needed staff reduction 0% Apr 24'96 191 BUDGT Recall certified personnel from RIF. if needed 0% Jun 3 '96 192 BUDG Notify classified personnel of staff reduction 0% May 6 '96 Page 24 FY97 BO I Apr 19'96 Apr 24 '96 Apr 26 '96 Apr 29 '96 Aug 1 '96 Jul 15'96 Gadberry,Hurley,Asst. Supts. Gadberry,Hurley Hurley,Gadberry Hurley,Gadberry Hurley,Gadberry Hurley,Gadberry August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 193 Code BUDGT Name Recall classified personnel from RIF, if needed % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Jun 3 '96 Scheduled Finish Aug 15 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Hurley 194 BUDGT PROVIDE BSQAD-BASEP INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL FEEDBACK 0% May 22 '95 Apr 30 '96 Modeste.Vann. Williams 195 BUDGT Plan for internal and external feedback. Set locations and dates 0% Feb 1 '96 Feb 15'96 Williams,Modeste,Vann 196 BUDGT Execute advertisement for district feedback. Session I 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste,Vann 197 BUDGT Conduct District Feedback Session I 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 198 BUDGT Execute advertisement plan for district feedback. Session II 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste,Vann 199 BUDGT Conduct District Feedback Session II 0% May 22 '95 Aug 17 '95 Williams 200 BUDGT Execute advertisement for district feedback. Session III 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams Page 25 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 201 Code BUDGT Name____________________________ Conduct district feedback. Session III % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Feb 1 '96 Scheduled Finish Apr 30 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams 202 BUDGT Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall feedback. Session I 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste,Vann 203 BUDGT Conduct district feedback, Session I 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 204 BUDGT Execute advertisement plan tor Town Hall feedback. Session II 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste,Vann 205 BUDGT Conduct district feedback , Session II 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 206 BUDGT Execute advertisement for Town Hall feedback. Session III 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Williams 207 BUDGT Conduct district feedback. Session III 0% Feb 1 '96 Apr 30 '96 Modeste,Vann 2Q\u0026amp; MR MONITORING AND REPORTING QE DESEG AND NONDESEG PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS (1ST QUARTER: 2ND QUARTER: 3RD QUARTER: 4TH QUARTER! 14% Aug 1 '95 Aug 31 '96 Jackson Page 26 FY97 August 31 '95ID 209 Code MR Name_______________________________ PRE performs necessary diskette management functions for the summer ( i.e. archival filing, achievement erasures, copying, etc.) Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Aug 1 '95 Scheduled Finish Aug 17'95 Revised Finish Resource Names PRE Clerical 210 MR Revise written program budget document instructions, as needed 68% Aug 31 '95 Sep 5 '95 Lewis 211 MR PRE fonward program budget document diskettes to principals and program managers 68% Aug 31 '95 Sep 5 '95 PRE Clerical,Lewis 212 MR Distribute written program budget document instructions to principals and program managers 0% Sep 1 '95 Sep 5 '95 Lewis,PRE Clerical 213 MR Plan maintenance education and orientation regarding the program budget document process 100% Aug 1 '95 Aug 31 '95 Jackson,Lewis 214 MR 215 MR Conduct maintenance education workshops and orientation sessions regarding the program budget document process for principals, clerical staff, program managers, primary and secondary leaders ISI QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 0% lasi 216 MR Advise program managers and principals on program budget document 25% Page 27 Sep 4 '95 Aug 8 '95 Aug 8 '95 FY97 Sep 30 '95 Oct 14 '95 Jackson,Lewis Jackson Asst. Supts,Lewis,PRE Clerical August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 217 Code MR Name___________________________ Generate diskette management flow information to relative staff School Operations and PRE office % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Aug 8 '95 Scheduled Finish Aug 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Lewis 218 MR Plan training sessions on the Program Budget Document and WordPerfect 0% Sep 2 '95 Sep 15'95 Lewis,Jackson 219 MR Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 1st Quarter PBD diskettes 0% Oct 3 '95 Oct 3 '95 Lewis 220 MR DSeg and NonDSeg diskettes returned to PRE 0% Oct 14 '95 Oct 14 '95 Principals,Program Managers 221 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 0% Oct 16 '95 Nov 8 '95 PRE Clerical,Lewis 222 MR PRE generate hard copies of diskettes 0% Oct 16 '95 Nov 8 '95 PRE Clerical 223 MR PRE develops narrative and the Controller provides financial info for the PBD reports 0% Oct 16 '95 Oct 31 '95 Lewis,Milhollen 224 MR PRE combines all information for the 1 st Quarter Program Budget Report 0% Oct 31 '95 Nov 8 '95 Lewis,PRE Clerical Page 28 FY97 August 31 '95ID 225 Code MR Name Submit report to Attorney for review Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Nov 8 '95 Scheduled Finish Nov 13'95 Revised Finish Resource Names Lewis 226 MR Prepare for publication of 1st Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Nov 13'95 Nov 13'95 Lewis,Jackson 227 MR Submit 1st Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 0% Nov 21 '95 Nov 21 '95 Jackson,Attorney 228 MR Return diskettes and hard copies to managers and principals 0% Nov 21 '95 Nov 22 '95 PRE Clerical 229 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to the secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% Nov 21 '95 Dec 21 '95 Primary Leaders 230 MR 2ND QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 0% Nov 21 '95 Mar 22 '96 Jackson 231 MR Advise program managers and principals on Programs Budget Document 0% Nov 21 '95 Jan 13 '96 Asst. Supts,Lewis 232 MR Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 2nd Quarter PBD diskettes 0% Jan 6 '96 Jan 6 '96 Lewis Page 29 FY 97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 233 Code MR Name___________________ Diskettes due back to PRE % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Jan 13 '96 Scheduled Finish Jan 13 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Program Managers,Principals 234 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 0% Jan 13 '96 Jan 26 '96 PRE Clerical 235 MR PRE generates hard copies of diskettes 0% Jan 15 '96 Jan 31 '96 PRE Clerical 236 MR PRE revises narrative and the controller provides financial info for Program Budget Document Reports (DSeg and NonDSeg) 0% Jan 29 '96 Feb 3 '96 Lewis,Milhollen 237 MR PRE combines all revised information for 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Jan 29 '96 Feb 3 '96 Lewis,PRE Clerical 238 MR Submit report to Attorney for review 0% Feb 14 '96 Feb 19'96 Attorney,Jackson 239 MR Prepare publication of 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Feb 22 '96 Feb 22 '96 Lewis 240 MR Submit 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 0% Feb 23 '96 Feb 23 '96 Jackson,Attorney Page 30 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 241 Code MR Name Return diskettes and paper copies to principals and program managers % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Feb 23 '96 Scheduled Finish Feb 24 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names PRE Clerical 242 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% Feb 23 '96 Mar 22 '96 Primary Leaders 243 MR 3RD QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 0% Feb 23 '96 244 MR Advise program managers and principals on the Program Budget Document 0% Feb 23 '96 245 MR Send reminder notice regarding deadline for submission of 3rd Quarter PBD diskettes 0% Mar 7 '96 246 MR Diskettes due back to PRE 0% Apr 12 '96 I Jun 24 '96 Apr 12'96 Mar 7 '96 Apr 12'96 247 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 0% Apr 15'96 Apr 28 '96 248 MR PRE generate hard copies of diskettes 0% Apr 15'96 May 3 '96 Page 31 FY 97 Jackson Asst. Supts,Lewis Lewis Principals,Program Managers PRE Clerical PRE Clerical August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 249 Code MR Name______________________________ PRE revises narrative and the controller provides financial information for 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Apr 29 '96 Scheduled Finish May 3 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Lewis,Milhollen 250 MR PRE combines all revised information for 3rd Quarter PBD Reports 0% May 6 '96 May 10'96 Lewis,PRE Clerical 251 MR Submit report to Attorney for review 0% May 13'96 May 16 '96 Lewis 252 MR Prepare publication of 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% May 20 '96 May 23 '96 Lewis 253 MR Submit 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document to Court 0% May 24 '96 May 24 '96 Jackson .Attorney 254 MR Return diskettes and paper copies to principals and program managers 0% May 24 '96 May 27 '96 PRE Clerical 255 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% May 24 '96 Jun 24 '96 Primary Leaders 256 MR 4th QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 0% May 9 '96 Aug 31 '96 Jackson Page 32 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 257 Code MR Name Advise program managers and principals on Program Budget Document % Complete 0% Scheduled Start May 22 '96 Scheduled Finish Jul 22 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names____________ Asst. Supts,Lewis,PRE Clerical 258 MR Send reminder notice for completing the PBD to principals and program managers 0% May 9 '96 May 15'96 Lewis 259 MR Principals submit School Operations Diskettes to Asst. Supts. 0% Jun 10'96 Jun 16 '96 Principals 260 MR Diskettes due from Program Managers who are on a less than 12 month contract 0% Jun 10 '96 Jun 16 '96 Program Managers 261 MR All Program diskettes due back to PRE 0% Jul 14 '96 Jul 14 '96 Program Managers 262 MR PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up 0% Jul 15'96 Jul 28 '96 PRE Clerical,Lewis 263 MR PRE develops narrative and the controller provides financial information for 4th quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Jul 29 '96 Aug 4 '96 Lewis,Milhollen 264 MR PRE combines all information for 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Jul 29 '96 Aug 4 '96 Lewis, PRE Clerical Page 33 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 265 Code MR Name__________________________ Submit report to Attorney for review % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Aug 12'96 Scheduled Finish Aug 12'96 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson 266 MR Prepare for publications the 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Aug 16 '96 Aug 19 '96 Lewis 267 MR Submit 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 0% Aug 22 '96 Aug 22 '96 Jackson,Attorney 268 MR Primary leaders provide feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD 0% Aug 1 '96 Aug 31 '96 Primary Leaders 269 MR PRE house diskettes as 1996-97 school year begins 0% Jun 16 '96 Aug 22 '96 Lewis 270 MR SUBMIT MONTHLY MANAGEMENT REPORT (MANAGEMENT TOOL) TO COURT 15% Jul 31 '95 Aug 31 '96 Jackson 271 MR Submit July's monthly management report to Court 100% Jul 31 '95 Jul 31 '95 Jackson .Attorney 272 MR Submit August's monthly management report to Court 100% Aug 31 '95 Aug 31 '95 Jackson,Attorney Page 34 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 273 Code MR Name Submit September's monthly management report to Court % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Sep 29 '95 Scheduled Finish Sep 29 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Attorney 274 MR Submit October's monthly management report to Court 0% Oct 31 '95 Oct 31 '95 Jackson,Attorney 275 MR Submit November's monthly management report to Court 0% Nov 30 '95 Nov 30 '95 Jackson,Attorney 276 MR Submit December's monthly management report to Court 0% Dec 21 '95 Dec 21 '95 Jackson,Attorney 277 MR Submit January's monthly management report to Court 0% Jan 31 '96 Jan 31 '96 Jackson,Attorney 278 MR Submit February's monthly management report to Court 0% Feb 29 '96 Feb 29 '96 Jackson ,Attorney 279 MR Submit March's monthly management report to Court 0% Mar 29 '96 Mar 29 '96 Jackson,Attorney 280 MR Submit April's monthly management report to Court 0% Apr 30 '96 Apr 30 '96 Jackson,Attorney Page 35 FY97 August 31 '95 JLittle Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 281 Code MR Name________________________________ Submit May's monthly management report to Court % Complete 0% Scheduled Start May 31 '96 Scheduled Finish May 31 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Jackson,Attorney 282 MR Submit June's monthly management report to Court 0% Jun 28 '96 Jun 28 '96 Jackson,Attorney 283 MR Submit July's monthly management report to Court 0% Jul 31 '96 Jul 31 '96 Jackson,Attorney 284 MR Submit August's monthly management report to Court 0% Aug 31 '96 Aug 31 '96 Jackson 285 ORG REASSESSMENT OF PROCESS AND ORGANIZATION 1996-97 12% Jul 5 '95 Aug 30 '9 Jackson.Attorney 286 ORG Analyze, reassess, and revise planning organization and structure 10% Jul 5 '95 Jul 28 '96 Williams,Jackson 287 ORG Revise, discuss and reach consensus regarding format and tasking of 1996-97 Management Tool 100% Jul 5 '95 Jul 24 '95 Cabinet, Lewis. Jackson 288 ORG Initial circulation of 1996-97 Management Tool 100% Jul 13'95 Jul 31 '95 Lewis,Jackson Page 36 FY97 August 31 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budget Tool ID 289 Code ORG Name Evaluate tasking of 1996-97 Management Tool % Complete 5% Scheduled Start Jul 24 '95 Scheduled Finish Aug 30 '96 Revised Finish Resource Names Cabinet,Lewis Page 37 FY97 August 31 '95Quarter 3rd Quarter ID 1 Name % Complete 100% May I Jun~ Jul | Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 2 Identify and revise DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% 3 Review and adjust primary and secondary leaders for DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% 4 Finalize list of DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% I 5 Generate a Program Inventory Report for 1995-96 100%  PROGRAM EVALUATION 66% 7 Notify program managers that program evaluation begins in fall\nbegin data collection 100% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up Q PagelID 8 Name___________________________________ Review/revise process for cabinet review of program evaluations % Complete 100% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 9 Review/revise program evaluation instrument 100% 10 Distribute program evaluation instruments and instructions to primary and/or secondary leaders: provide additonal information/instruments, if needed 100% I 11 Conduct required training sessions describing the process and evaluation criteria for designated staff 100% 12 Program evaluations due from secondary or primary leaders 0% I 13 Review program evaluations (DSeg and NonDSeg) for potential target programs for extended evaluations 0% 14 Finalize identification of extended evaluation targets 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress Milestone Summary Rolled Up  Page2ID 15 Name Notify appropriate staff to prepare Extended Program Evaluations % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec Q 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 16 Extended evaluations due 0% I I 17 Cabinet review extended evaluations for merge into needs assessment report 0% 0 la 0% 19 Review types of data to measure needs of district for FY 96-97 0% 3 20 Analyze results of the budgeting and planning priorities revealed from the 94-95 Needs Assessment Report 0% 3 21 Review current mission statement and goals of the District 0% 3 1 Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncriticai Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page3ID 22 Name________________________________ Board identifies District concerns for input from public at Town Hall/Districf Dialogues % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 22 STANFORD 8 TEST DATA SIUPY 0% I 24 Define purpose and scope for Stanford 8 Test data study 0% 25 Assign responsibilities for study of Stanford 8 Test data 0% 26 Design data collection plan for study of Stanford 0% Q 27 Collect and analyze data from Stanford 8 Test 0% 28 Prepare Stanford 8 Test Report 0% .. Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress Milestone Summary Rolled Up  Page4ID 29 Name Submit Stanford 8 Test Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec I 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 30 PRE EDUCATIONAL EQUITY MONITORING REPORTS SURVEY 0% 31 Define purpose and scope for PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study 0% B 32 Assign responsibilities for PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study 0% Q 33 Analyze data from PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Studies 0% 34 Prepare PRE Educational Equity Monitoring findings 0% 35 Submit PRE Educational Equity Monitoring Reports Study to PRE for merge into needs assessment listing 0% 1 Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  PagesID Name SCHOOL CLIMATE/HUMAN RELATIONS SURVEY ISC/HRISTUDY % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 37 Define purpose and scope of SC/HR Survey 0% 38 Assign responsibilities for SC/HR data collections 0% 39 Design data collection plan for study of SC/HR 0% 40 Collect and analyze data from SC/HR Survey 0% 41 Prepare SC/HR Survey Report 0% 42 Submit SC/HR Survey Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress m Milestone  Summary Rolled Up Q PagesID 42 Name_____________________________ PORPORTIONALS ALLOCATION FORMULAS STUDY % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jur? 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 44 Define purpose and scope of Proportional Allocation Formulas 0% 45 Assign responsibilities for Proportional Allocation Formulas 0% 46 Design data collections plan for Proportional Allocation Formulas 0% 0 47 Collect and analyze data for Proportional Allocation Formulas 0% 48 Prepare Proportional Allocation Formulas Report 0% 49 Submit Proportional Allocations Formulas Study Report to PRE for merge into needs assessment listing 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncriticai Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page?ID 5fl Name_______________________________ DISTRICTWIDE FACILITIES STUDY % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 51 Define purpose and scope of Districtwide Facilities Study/Report from 1994-95 Study for purposes of 1995-96 Needs Assessment Report 0% 0 52 Assign responsibilities for the Districtwide Facilities Study/Reporting of findings 0% 0 53 Prepare findings from the Districtwide Facilities Study 0% 54 Submit Districtwide Facilities Study Report recommendations to PRE for merge into needs assessment report 0% 55 DESEGREGATION MONITORING REPORTS AUDIT FROM PPM 0% 56 Define purpose and scope of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit 0% 0 Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress  Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  PagesID 57 Name Assign responsibility for data collection of transcripts and Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jur? 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 0 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 58 Design data collection plan for study of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit 0% 0 59 Collect data 0% 60 Review with Cabinet and Attorneys 0% 61 Report findings to PRE 0% 62 3 Merge new obligations with Program Budget Document COURT ORDERS AUDIT Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical 0% 0% 1 Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up Q PagesID 64 Name Define purpose and scope of Court Orders Audit % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 0 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 65 Assign responsibility for data collection of Court Orders Audit 0% 0 66 Collect data 0% 67 Review with Cabinet and Attorneys 0% 68 Report findings to PRE 0% 69 Merge new obligations with Program Budget Document 0% TOWN HALL MEETINGS 0% Project: Date\n8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress  Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Paget0ID 71 Name Define purpose and scope of Town Hall Meetings % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 0 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 72 Review previous years data from Town Hall Report 0% 0 73 Design data collection plan for Town Hall Meetings 0% 0 74 Set locations and schedule for Town Hall Meeting 0% 0 75 Develop advertisement plan and schedule for Town Hall Meetings\nPrepare sample agenda 0% 0 76 Review and revise data collection tool (matrix) for Town Hall Meetings 0% 0 77 Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting I 0% .. Project\nDate: 8/31/95 Critical Noncriticai Progress Milestone Summary Rolled Up  Paget 1ID 78 Name Conduct Town Hall Meeting I % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug 4th Quarter Sep Oct I Nov I 79 Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting I for input info matrix 0% 80 Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting II 0% 81 Conduct Town Hall Meeting II 0% 82 Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting II for input into matrix 0% 83 Execute advertisement plan tor Town Hall Meeting III 0% 84 Finalize and publish Town Hall Meeting Report 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress Milestone Page12 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar Summary Rolled Up  2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I DecID 85 Name Merge findings of Town Hall Meeting Report, 1995-96 into needs assessment listing % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter 2nd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar Apr | May | Jun 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep Oct | Nov [ flS 0% 87 Define purpose and scope of District Dialogues 0% 0 88 Review previous years data from District Dialogue Report 0% 0 89 Design data collection plan for District Dialogues 0% 0 90 Set locations and schedule for District Dialogue Meetings 0% 0 91 Develop advertisement plan and schedule for District Dialogues\nprepare sample agenda 0% Q Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress m Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Pagel3ID 92 Name Design data collection tool (matrix) for District Dialogue % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 0 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 93 Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue I 0% I 94 Conduct District Dialogue I 0% 95 Gather feedback from District Dialogue 1 for input into matrix 0% 96 Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue II 0% 97 Conduct District Dialogue II 0% 98 Gather feedback data from District Dialogue II for input into matrix 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page14ID 99 Name Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue III % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jur? 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 100 Conduct District Dialogue III 0% 101 Gather feedback data from District Dialogue III for merge into matrix 0% 102 Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue IV 0% 103 Conduct District Dialogue IV 0% 104 Gather feedback data from District Dialogue IV for input into matrix 0% 105 Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue V 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncriticai Progress  Milestone | Pagel5 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar Summary Rolled Up  2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I DecID 106 Name Conduct District Dialogue V % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug 4th Quarter Sep Oct I Nov I Dec 107 Gather feedback data from District Dialogue V for input into matrix 0% 108 Finalize and publish District Dialogue Report 1995-96 0% 109 111 112 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec Merge findings of District Dialogue Report 1995-96 info needs assessment listing PREPARE NEEDS ASSESSMENT REPORT Conduct Administrative review of available districtwide reports and objective data Conduct Board Work Session for review of available districtwide reports and objective data 0% 0% 0% 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  PageieID 113 Name Publish Draft of Needs Assessment /Report and disseminate to selected persons % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jur? 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec I 114 Publish Needs Assessment Report, 1995-96 0% US PLANNING AND BUDGET GOALS 0% ue CABINET PLANNING SESSION 0% 117 Review 1994-95 Needs Assessment Report 0% 118 Distribute 1995-96 Needs Assessment Report to Cabinet members 0% 119 Distribute District goals to Cabinet 0% 0 Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Pagel? 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec Summary Rolled Up ID 120 Name Cabinet review of goals % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec I 121 BOARD WORK SESSION 0% 122 Establish date and site for Work Session 0% 123 Identify materials for Board Work Session 0% 124 Prepare materials for Board Work Session 0% 125 Conduct Board Work Session 0% B 126 Distribute background materials to Board members 0% B Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress m Milestone B Pagels 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec Summary Rolled Up ID 127 Name Review/revise mission statement and goals % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jur? 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug' Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 0 128 Review DSeg and NonDSeg Program Inventory 0% a 129 Review identified proportional allocations 0% 0 130 Establish written priorities 0% 0 131 Identify strategies for funding shortfalls 0% 0 132 Develop timeline for identification and researching of funding shortfall strategies 0% 0 133 Develop communication strategy for mission statement and goals 0% I Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncriticai Progress Milestone Page19 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar Summary Rolled Up  2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I DecID 134 Name Distribute mission statement and goals % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec I 135 Distribute list of priorities 0% I 136 BOARD RETREAT 0% 137 Determine date and site for Board Retreat 0% 138 Identify agenda items for Board Retreat 0% 139 Establish agenda for Board Retreat 0% 140 Identify materials for Board Retreat 0% Project: Date: 8/31/95 Critical Noncritical Progress Milestone Page20 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar Summary Rolled Up  2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I DecID 141 Name Distribute materials for Board Retreat % Complete 0% Quarter May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 142 Conduct data analysis work session in preparation for Board Retreat 0% I 143 Conduct Board Retreat 0% 0 144 145 146 147 Report outcomes of Board Retreat PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT SUBMIT BUSINESS CASE FOR PROGRAM AND/OR MODIFICATIONS TO SUPERINTENDENT Review process for program development 0% 0% 0% 0% 0 Project: Date: 8/31/95 Crit\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_722","title":"Report: ''Little Rock School District 1994-95 Fourth Quarter Status Report, Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs,'' Exhibit 2","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1995-08-17"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System"],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Education--Evaluation","Education--Finance"],"dcterms_title":["Report: ''Little Rock School District 1994-95 Fourth Quarter Status Report, Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs,'' Exhibit 2"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/722"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":["Available for use in research, teaching, and private study. Any other use requires permission from the Butler Center."],"dcterms_medium":["planning"],"dcterms_extent":["278 pages"],"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nLITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT 1994-95 FOURTH QUARTER STATUS REPORT PROGRAM PLANNING AND BUDGET DOCUMENT FOR NON-DESEGREGATION PROGRAMS PLANNING, RESEARCH, AND EVALUATION DEPARTMENT August 17, 1995 EXHIBIT 2 SEQUENCE H PAGE# Preface 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS SEQUENCE # I PAGE # Mission Statement 2 Goals 3 District Financial Summary 4 Definitions 5 Organization of the Report 7 Cluster Budget Documents 8 CURRICULUM CLUSTER (PINK) 201,1 -208,27 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 4 Year Old Program/City Wide Early Childhood Education Program Kindergarten Special Education Vocational Educational Adult Education Compensatory Education Gifted and Talented Curriculum Services 201,1-6 202,1-3 203,1-7 204,1-7 205,1-5 206,1-5 207,1-3 .208,1-27 SCHOOL OPERATIONS CLUSTER (BUFF) 209 210 211 212 Elementary Junior High School High School Athletics SCHOOL SUPPORT CLUSTER (BLUE) 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 Guidance Services Drug Abuse Prevention Health Services VIPS Educational Media Services Board of Education Services Executive Administrative Services Support Service Management Fiscal Services Plant Services Pupil Transport Services Purchasing Services Safety \u0026amp; Security Services Planning \u0026amp; Evaluation Services Communication Services Human Resource Services Labor Relations Data Processing Services Family Life/New Futures Indebtedness Contingencies ORGANIZATIONAL CHART 209,1 - 212,7 209,1-3 210,1-3 211,1-2 212,1-7 213,1 - 233,2 213,1-12 214,1-6 215,1-12 216,1-10 217,1-3 218,1-2 219,1-4 220,1-7 221,1-3 222,1-2 223,1-4 224,1-4 225,1-12 226,1-18 227,1-8 228,1-4 229,1-5 230,1-9 231,1-4 232,1-2 233,1-2PREFACE The mission statement and goals of the Little Rock School District serve as guides for all decision-making. The information gained from the Fourth Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for Non-Desegregation Programs will provide direction for quality, interim decision-making as well as summative decision-making. The report enhances the districts ability to monitor and report achievements and expenditures relative to programs which are not a part of the district s Court-Approved Desegregation Plan obligations. Among other things, specific quarterly expenditure information will be provided in addition to the YTD (Year-to- Date) Expendimre information. After an extensive search for legal references for the Safety and Security (sequence number 25) section of the desegregation volume of the PBD, it was determined that this particular program would be more appropriately placed in the non-desegregation volume of the PBD. The Safety and Security (Sequence number 25) has been moved to the non-desegregation volume of the PBD and reported with Safety and Security Services in this publication of the PBD. The Fourth Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for Non-Desegregation Programs conuins the following: (1) The Mission Statement of the Little Rock School District\n(2) The Goals of Little Rock School District\n(3) LRSD YTD (Year-to-Date) Non-Desegregation Expenses Summary\n(4) Definitions and Data Elements\n(5) Organization of the Report\n(6) Non-Desegregation Program Budget Documents, Grouped by Clusters\nand, (7) The LRSD Organizational Chart. 1LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT MISSION STATEMENT The mission of the Little Rock School District is to provide a quality, integrated educational program which encourages all children to achieve their optimum academic, social, and emotional development. To that end, the students in the Little Rock School District will develop an appreciation for ethnic and cultural diversity, develop skills in problem solving and conflict resolution, and demonstrate mastery of the Districts curriculum. This will be achieved through the collaborative efforts of a Board, a dedicated and competent staff, and of parents and citizens to fairness, racial equity and adequate support for education. 21. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT GOALS The LRSD will implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. The LRSD will develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. The LRSD will solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. The LRSD will provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. The LRSD will ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations.Little Rock School District Quarterly Non-Desegregation Expenses Page 1 of 1 Program 5eq. Wo. 201 202 209 210 211 212 203 204 205 206 207 213 215 208 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 232 233 231 Program Name FOUR YEAR OLD/HIPPY__________ KINDERGARTEN_________________ ELEMENTARY___________________ JUNIOR HIGH___________________ HIGH SCHOOL__________________ ATHLETICS ________________ SPECIAL EDUCATION____________ VOCATIONAL EDUCATION_______ ADULT EDUCATION_____________ COMPENSATORY EDUCATION GIFTED AND TALENTED_________ GUIDANCE SERVICES___________ HEALTH SERVICES_____________ CURRICULUM SERVICES________ EDUCATIONAL MEDIA SERVICES~ BOARD OF EDUCATION SERVICES EXECUTIVE ADMIN SERVICES SUPPORT SERVICE MGMT______ FISCAL SERVICES______________ ' PLANT SERVICES_______________ ' PUPIL TRANSPORT SERVICES ' PURCHASING SERVICES_________ ' SAFETY \u0026amp; SECURITY SERVICES ' PLANNING \u0026amp; EVAL SERVICES ' COMMUNICATIONS SERVICES ' HUMAN RESOURCES SERVICES ' LABOR RELATIONS______________ ' DATA PROCESSING SERVICES  INDEBTEDNESS_________________ ' CONTINGENCIES________________ ' FAMILY LIFE/NEW FUTURES TOTAL ________ Budget 94-96 233,992.00 3,160,053.09 18,985,179.56 9,273,594.63 8,395,188.73 166,457.85 6,558,677.51 4,930,172.15 790,194.57 591,353.64 1,230,868.19 3,090,710.95 841,095.06 1,910,391.39 2,273,321.76 1,009,265.44 334,675.03 1,405,884.22 1,801,273.31 9,787,229.05 7,354,396.24 1,540,494.68 830,592.70 343,221.38 156,392.33 2,954,841.75 103,384.29 875,875.49 8,304,475.00 __________0.00 430,400.00 99,663.661.99 PTE'S 0.00 89.00 653.14 287.20 244.20 0.00 151.50 106.20 23.00 13.80 32.80 67.60 27.10 55.00 70.50 0.00 5.00 3.00 12.00 245.63 346.80 16.00 0.00 7.00 4.00 10.00 2.00 10.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 YTD Expense 232,430.07 3,132,129.32 20,257,346.76 9,182,825.04 8,857,545.98 203,149.18 6,629,103.58 4,726,337.08 811,821.58 626,997.76 1,162,214.51 2,763,943.33 726,928.54 1,921,331.54 2,125,994.75 788,318.21 321,496.57 1,257,718.99 1,813,499.23 9,253,780.83 6,314,273.43 1,861,518.92 1,328,984.63 313,918.62 157,173.35 3,247,127.85 99,945.30 885,325.62 8,199,614.56 ___________0.00 430,400.00 99,633,195.13 tat Quarter _______374.09 372,250.21 3,111,344.22 1,391,997.19 1,334,045.62 85,811.76 642,886.96 942,972.54 122,829.00 97,832.95 143,592.75 458,418.49 89,253.85 366,222.44 386,959.34 125,694.91 148,421.91 73,043.84 644,934.47 2,019,809.40 873,991.89 762,486.70 445,064.23 71,634.05 36,393.18 480,013.09 28,288.97 179,033.47 1,419,610.48 __________0.00 3,464.67 16,6SS,S76.67 2nd Quarter 77,445.47 655,064.38 4,272,928.70 1,952,941.54 1,880,842.21 37,812.41 1,421,680.65 1,016,148.08 166,018.36 160,673.41 231,433.31 608,890.29 159,044.37 449,839.15 418,230.69 39,808.19 43,779.21 450,414.41 727,100.94 2,392,553.47 1,651,201.39 261,113.13 39,283.72 58,045.64 30,307.16 565,054.26 21,382.06 218,353.59 5,174,298.74 0.00 144,368.47 25,328,067.40 Srd Quarter 62,902.28 942,322.71 5,871,179.45 2,760,617.09 2,622,791.87 59,749.05 1,942,321.67 1,400,279.91 227,058.14 208,830.88 328,957.36 823,503.54 210,317.80 523,689.65 726,027.55 102,248.02 95,707.49 90,285.57 163,058.44 2,720,738.54 2,005,350.09 365,421.74 186,314.83 106,219.69 49,753.01 1,726,577.10 28,571.40 274,893.06 987,645.55 0.00 282,566.86 27,895,900.34 4th Quarter 91,708.23 1,162,492.02 7,001,894.39 3,077,269.22 3,019,866.28 19,775.96 2,622,214.30 1,366,936.55 295,916.08 159,660.52 458,231.09 873,131.01 268,312.52 581,580.30 594,777.17 520,567.09 33,587.96 643,975.17 278,405.38 2,120,679.42 1,783,730.06 472,497.35 658,321.85 78,019.24 40,720.00 475,483.40 21,702.87 213,045.50 618,059.79 0.00 0.00 26,652.560.72 % Budget Spent 99.33% 99.12% 106.70% 99.02% 105.51% 122.04% 101.07% 95.87% 102.74% 106.03% 94.42% 89.43% 86.43% 100.57% 93.52% 78.11% 96.06% 89.46% 100.68% 94.55% 85.86% 120.84% 160.00% 91.46% 100.50% 109.89% 96.67% 101.08% 98.74% 0.00% 100.00% 99.97% 4DEFINmONS AND DATA ELEMENTS The following are definitions of terms and data elements used in the Fourth Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for NonDesegregation Programs. Program: A program is an established plan of operation, composed of a group or series of related activities which are carried out to serve a specific area of identified need. Program Description: A program description includes a purpose, scope and content, and participants/beneficiaries related to the respective program. Program Goal: A program goal is a broad guiding statement and should describe the overall aim(s), purpose(s), or ambition(s) of the specific program. Objectives: Program objectives.present explicitly the desired impact the program should have on a problem. They should provide detail to the goals. Strategies: Strategies are the jobs, tasks, efforts, or actions undertaken in a program which contributes to the accomplishment of the objective. Achievements: Achievements are efforts, tasks, evidence, performance, or actions undertaken in a program which contributes to the accomplishment of the strategy. Achievements ate placed in alpha order underneath the relative strategy. Evaluation Criteria: Evaluation criteria ate statements which specify the end product of an objective or strategy, and evaluation criteria establish measurable and observable levels of performance of the product. Page: Each Program Budget Document uses one or two formatted pages. Program Sequence # (Seq.#): The purpose of this sequence number is to establish a reference for placing programs in order within the planning document. Revision Date: This date is the actual date the program document was first documented or last changed. Program Name: To eliminate confusion, an established name for each program has been assigned by the district plaimer. 5DEFTNITIONS AND DATA ELEMENTS Page 2 Primary Leader: The Primary Leader is the cabinet-level associate responsible for the management and operation of the respective program. Secondary Leader: The Secondary Leader is the associate who is back-up to the Primary and will function in that capacity in the absence of the Primary (i.e., the Program Manager, the Principal, and/or the Assistant Superintendent). District Goal Support: Each program directly supports at least one district goal. If more than one district goal is relative, then the appropriate district goals have been listed in descending priority order. Beginning Date: This is the actual date a particular strategy began. For consistency, all dates should be printed in the following format: MM/DD/YY, (03/31/04). Completion Date: This is the actual date a particular objective or strategy was completed. For consistency, all dates should be entered in the following format: MM/DD/YY, (04/01/94). If an activity toward a strategy has been started but not completed, a percent of completion (for example, 50%) should be entered in the Completion Date column. Responsibility: This is the name of the individual tasked with ensuring an activity has been accomplished. 6ORGANIZATION OF THE REPORT This section provides guiding information about the text of the Desegregation Programs. Fourth Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for NonPagination: Pages in the text are program (e.g., 02,5 refers to page 5 of the program with a sequence number of 02). Clusters. Programs related operational functions. have been sorted into broad categories called clusters. Clusters include programs or schools grouped together because of similar and X^nveXT^ managenfent of this report, similar programs have been grouped into three color-coded cluster Cumcubm hor convemence ano g restive cluster of the program by using the \"Table of Contents\" and then refer to the School Operations, School Support. To locate a program, OVllvAzl VUWltlUVllOi uviiuvi program sequence number (Seq If} or page number for facilitating program reference m the report. Organizational Level. The School Operations Cluster employs only four programs fifty schools according to three school organizational leveled programs\nElementary, Junior High, and Senior High. 1. In addition to Athletics, the School Operations Cluster classifies the Organizational Chart. An organizational chart has been included to provide reference information matching designated responsible persons with desegregation and non-desegregation programs. 7CLUSTER BUDGET DOCUMENTS 8Curriculum Cluster  4 Year Old Program/City Wide Early Childhood Education Program * Kindergarten * Special Education * Vocational Education * Adult Education * Compensatory Education * Gifted and Talented * Curriculum Services \\Program Seq f: 201 Program Name: Four-Year-Okl Program/HIPPY Program Code: Primary Leader: Program DcscripGon: District Goal Support: Program Goal: Plan References: FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENX Secondary Leader: Pit Price Page: 1 Revisioii Date: August 11, 1995 The purpose of the program is to meet the growing needs of dislvantaged smdents and to improve the racial balance at schools dutt are difficult Jo desegr^ate by ^ajly Childhjj^Kuc^pmg^ inn, '-------------children which meet their needs and stimulate learning in all developmental areas - physical, social, emotional, and intellectual. Priority for die Elementary schools. The program provides experiences for young identification of program IIIC piugiaill pVIMM -------------------------- - , J sites will be given to areas that have a very high concentration of low income students and in schools that are difficult to desegregate. Goal fl - Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure achievement. Goal f2 - Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal f3 - accept each diversity among soxlents. staff and the community as a resources that are necessary to fully support our in all phases of school activities and operations. (hit III students grow icidemicilly. sociilly ind emotionaUy with emphisis on bisic skills ind icademic enrichment while closing disparities in Il __I ...all ivi ghwasr ilai/ tn /Ittv till nil J , a\\^.lIIJ IIW *eSSIW*l*W*S  / awl w \"ff t t * g_ aL The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they he conununity u I vihied resource upon which our community ind nation cm draw is we prepire for the 21st Century. Goil 4 - Solicit airf secure fin^tal and other schools, including our desegregation plm. Goal *5 - Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to leatinng for all students. Goal 16 - Ensure that equity occurs To establish and maintain developmentally appropriate Early Childhood programs for pre-school children. $233,992.00 $140,721.84 IM Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $374.09 $77,445.47 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: $62,902.28 $91,708.23 FTE [ Related Functioo Codes: 201, 1Program Seq f: 201 Program Name: Four-Year-Old Program Program Code: Program Goal: Flan Reference Page Ntanber LRSD HY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGEl DOCUMbNX Primary Leader: To establish and maintain de.elopmenlally appropriate Early Childhood programs for pre-school children. Objectives 1. Implement early childhood education programs that provide experiences for young children which meet their needs and stimulate learning in al) developmental levels. Page: 2 RevisioD Date: August 11. 1995 Strategies 1.1 Identify sites for program implementations. A. Sites for program implementation have been identified. 1.2 Assisted in recruiting teachers and aides as needed. Secondary Leader: Pat Price I Begimilng Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 08/01/94 06/30/95 A. Assisted in recruiting teachers and aides as needed. 07/0194 08/22/94 201, 2 De[Hity Supt.. Asst. Supt., Supervisor. Principals, Teachere. Instructional Aides Deputy Supt.. Asst. Supt.. Supervisor. Plant Services, Principals Human Resource Dept.. Principals. Asst. Supt., Supervisor 1. (Annual review of assessment data beginning at the end of the kindergarten year of each child participating in the program. EPSF Post Assessments) (Comparisons of die progress of children who did and did not participate in the program.) (Standardize achievement tests will be given to each child at the end of the third grade level. These tests will provide data indicating the success of the Early Childhood Program as an intervention strategy.) 1.1 Sites established for program implementations. 1.2 Employment of teachers and aides for new and open positions.Page: 3 Program Seq 9: 201 RevlsloD Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Four-Ycar-Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To establish and maintain developmentally appropriate Early Childhood programs for pre-school children. Plan Reference Page Nwnber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.3 Obtain materials, supplies and equipment for all new programs. A. Obtained materials, supplies, and equipment for all new programs. 1.4 Provide inservice and technical assistance for principals, teachers, and instructional assistants. A. Inservices provided July 18, 1994\nAugust 16, 1994\nAugust 18. 1994\nOctober 12. 13. 15. 20. 25. 1994\nNovember 10, 15. 18. 1994\nFebruary 21 and 22, March 3, 6. 10. 16. 29. 30. 31. 1995\nApril 11. 12. 13, 14. 19. 26 and May 10, 1995 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/18/94 06/30/95 08/22/94 06/30/95 06/06/95 Supervisor. Purchasing Dept. Supervisor, Staff Development 2. At the end of each year in HIPPY, 80% of the children served will exhibit readiness skills for kindergarten. I. To promote the HIPPY program (To compose and mail public service announcements to local radio and television stations channel 14 \u0026amp; 16 and flyers) 2. To select HIPPY aides (Interview and select aides\ninitial training of aides and staff\nto enroll families into the program) 201, 3 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 Supervisor Staff 1.3 Materials, supplies, and equipment will be in place to meet LRSD curriculum and licensing requirements. 1.4 Agendas and documentation of inservice evaluations. The Early Prevention of School Failure screening instrument will be used for pre \u0026amp; post assessment for die children upon entering kindergarten to provide data diat shows readiness. If students are not proficient in two or more areas, they are identified as not ready. Teacher surveys will be conducted annually to provide information relating to readiness skills.Page: 4 Program Seq f: 201 RevisioD Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Four-Year-Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Seeondaiy Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To establish and maintain developmentally appropriate Early Childhood programs for pre-school children. * Flan Reference Page Nmnber Objectives Strategica Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A standardized achievement test will be given to each child at the end of die diird grade as a comparison between the HIPPY students and a control group. 3. Arrange logistics with state for the initial training Comment: This is done through HIPPY State Regional Office (Initial training of aides and staff) 4. Conduct home interview and enroll families into program (To enroll Emilies into the program) 5. To recruit families (Compose and mail correspondence m recruit families \u0026amp; instructional aide trainees) 6. Identify families to be served by each coordinator (To determine service of coordinators) 7. Identify Emilies to be served by each aide (To assign Emilies to be served by each aide) 8. To organize instructional mattriai 9. Conduct three (3) day workshop (To familiarize aides of the HIPPY implementation of LRSD) 10. Obtain material for program (Order material) 11. To orientate enrolled families to die HIPPY program (Conduct orientation meeting) 201, 4 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Supervisor/Coordina tor Staff Supervisor Coordinator Secretary Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor/Cootdi- nator Assignment of families to CoordinatorsPage: 5 Program Seq f: 201 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Four-YearOld Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To establish and maintain developmentally appropriate Early Childhood programs for pre*schoot children. Flan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 12. Identify meeting sites of group meetings (Secure meetiitg sites for group meetings: mail out notification of meeting sites) 13. To schedule implementation of HIPPY curriculum (Schedule aides weekly home visits: schedule area group meetings, print flyers, schedule weekly service for aides: schedule aides first teaching with own child. 14. To provide parents with information dui will assist them with their own children (Schedule workshop for parents A aides, mail out A print materials) 15. To evaluate aide trainees mid*point 15th week. (To evaluate each aide trainee) 16. Conduct survey of parents-print materials (To determine program success) 17. Implement second part of HIPPY curriculum. 18. Evaluation of aides 19. (X\u0026gt;tain a site and speaker and schedule a lecture for parents (provide parents with information to be successful with their children) 20. Build the aides and childrens self esteem (Activities) 21. Graduation of HIPPY children and aides reception (Staff will organize) 22. Evaluate aides (Schedule final evaluation of trainees in program) 201, 5 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Coordinator Supervisor/Coordina tor Supervisor/Coordina tor Coordinators Supervisor Supervisor/Coordi* nator Coordinator Supervisor Staff Suff CoordinatorLKSL) HY HKUUKAM BUUUtl UUCUMtNl Program Saq *: 202 Page: 1 Revision Dato: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Kindergarten Program Program Code: Primary Leader SecoTKlary Leader: Pat Price Program Description: In accordance with stats standards the Little Rock School District maintains a ton day kindergarten program that renders an environment which provides a variety of experiences appropriate to the child's developmental stage. Services are provided to these students by certified teachers. District Goal Support: . Implement Integrated educational programs that will ensure that aH students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis oil basic skills and at^der^ic enrWi^nt white doslng _ ... . .. __u .__I___1___I__________________________I iHu Sn/sb Cswhnni RnarH arimnmtration. staff, and students Will demonstrate in the Gaal #1 - Imolement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow acaoemcaiiy. soaairy ano emouonay nn w. - SpLrkies to aXvem^^a2 - maintain a staff that to well-trained and motivated. Goal  - The Little Rock School Board, admintotration, staff, and student, will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each Indhrldual as a valued contributor Io society and view cultural diversity among * Mw-sa-s__I___ \u0026gt; Jtto O.s.llaUa ftnan/sial anrf Athttr rdk\u0026lt;i students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our JI eacn monnuBi as a vaiuau wnuiwuwt iw .....w..., ---------------------------- - w..., communili and nation can draw as wo prepare tor the 21sl Century. Goal #4 - Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to tolly support our schools, including our SSI \"n ptan G^.?#5 P^v^e a to and orderly dlmate mat Is conducive to learning tor aH students. Goal #6 - Ensure that equity occurs In all phases of school activrtres and operatkins. Program Goal: To provide appropriate instructional services to aH kindergarten students. Plan References: 1 FY Program Budget: $3,160,053.09 1st Qtr Expertd: $372,250.21 3rd Qtr Expend: $942,322.71 FTE 89.00 YTD Expenditures: $1,969,637.30 2nd Qtr Expend: $655,064.38 4th Qtr Expend: Related Function Codes: ] 202, 1LKbU hY ^4-^5 HKUUKAM BUUbtl UUUmvitxW I Page: 2 Program Seq *: 202 Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Kindergarten Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To provide appropriate instructional services to all kindergarten students. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Implement kindergarten programs In accordance wiffi state standards and dbtrict guidelines. 07/01/94 06/30/95 Asst. Supt., Supervisors. Principals, Teachers 1. Programs will be In place to meet state standards and dbtrict guidelines. 1.1 Assbt in recruiting certified teachers as needed. A. Assbted in recruiting certified teachers as needed. 1.2 Obtain materiab. supplies, and equipment for an new programs. A. Obtained materiab. suppKes. and equipment for all new programs. 1.3 Provide inservica and technical assbtance for teachers. A. Provided inservice and technical assbtant for teachers. 1.4 Ensure proper documentation and evaluation of student progress. A. Pre-EPSF completed. 1.5 Provide inservice and technical assistance for principals, teachers, and instructional assistants. 202, 2 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/15/94 07/01/94 08/22/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 09/30/94 06/30/95 09/30/94 06/30/95 06/06/95 06/30/95 09/02/94 06/30/95 Human Resource Dept., Principab. Asst. Supt., Supervisor Supervbor, Purchasing Dept. Supervisors, Staff Development, Principals Asst. Supt.. Supervisor, Principals Supervisor, Staff Development 1.1 Emptoyment of teachers for new and open positions. 1.2 Materials, supplies, and equipment will be in place to meet L.R.S.D. curriculum and state standards. 1.3 Agendasand documentation of inservice evaluations. Annual reviews of data pre and post EPSF assessments. 1.5 Agendasand documentation of inservice evaluationsPage: 3 Program Seq f: 202 Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Kindergarten Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To provide appropriate instructional services to all kindergarten students. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies A. Inservices provided July 18. 1994\nAugust 16, 1994\nAugust 18, 1994\nOctobers, 18. 20 1994\nNovembers. 10, 15, 1994\nDecember 1, 1994\nMarch 28. 1995 - Math Mini Course\nApril 6, 18 and May 11 202, 3 Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/18/94 05/04/95 .-MiProgram Seq #: 203 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Program Deacrlptlon: Dbtrtet Goal Support: Program Goal: Flan References: FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: Related Funetkrn Codes: LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGEl UOCUMEN1 Punx\u0026gt;se Special education is specially designed instruction, at no cost to parents, to meet die unique Page: 1 Revisloa Date: August 3, 1995 Secondarr Leader\nPatty Kohler needs of students with disabilities. This includes instruction conducted in the classroom, in the home, m hospitals and accordance with each child's Individual Education Program (lEP). A student is hShSdins. and in other sellings\nand instruclion in physical education. Scope and Content Special education services are provided in accordance with each child s Indivulo^Edu^mn Prog^ determined eligible for special education services when a disability is present as defined in die Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) that re^ts m an education services corresponding need for special education services. A full continuum of services is provided which includes multiple opdons for placemenr P.rticipanlsn\u0026gt;enefic^.s have ^n Zdfted as lu7mg disabilities denned by the IDEA. During die 1992-93 school year. 8.13* of the district's population or 2.026 students mceived special educaoon services (Dec. 1. 1992 count). Goal fl - Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure achievement. Goal #2 - Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichmera while closing dispanbes m I. Goal 3 - The Little Rock school Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day Io day behavior that they community and nation can draw as we prepare for the Bcnicvcmcin. WU  Vttiup xm msniMue m aa\u0026gt;a\u0026lt; c~s. \" w. -------------------------------------- - cepi e*ch individu*! is I vilued contributor to society and view culnital diversity .mong students, staff and the commumty as a vahi^ tesoutc upon whKh our conducive to   --------necssaty to hiUy support our schools, inchiding out desegteganon plan. Goal #5 - Provide a safe and orderly climate mat 15 cotiouc.ve lu 21st Century. Goal 44 - Solicit end secure financial and other resources that are learning for aU students. Goal 46 - Ensure that equity occun in all phases of school activities and operations. The goal of die special eduction progiim is to provide *11 eligible students with disabilities ippropriite speci\u0026gt;l eduction *nd related setvics in cch child's lest restrictive environinent. $6,558,677.51 $6,629,163.58 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: 1210, 1220. 1230, 1240. 1290. 1292, 2142 $642,886.96 $1,421,680.65 203, 1 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: $1,942,321.67 $2,622,214.30 rre 151.50 1Program Seq *: 203 Program Name: Special Education I^i\u0026gt;gram Code: Program Goal: Flan Reference Page Number NA LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUlXJbl DUCUMbNi Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Page: 2 RevlsloD E\u0026gt;ate: Patty Kohler August 3, 1995 The goil of the speciil eduotion program h 10 provide \u0026gt;11 eligible studenu with disibilWe! ipproprale special education and related retvices in each childs least restrictive environment. Objectives Strategies ginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Provide itinerant instruction IO eligible students in accordance with each child's lEP, to be reviewed on an annual basis through federally marxlated review process. 1.1 Identify and employ certified, qualified teachers to deliver services to students 07/01/94 06/30/95 Director. Human Resources. Supervisors 1.1 A list of certified teachers will be provided A. Al) Consulting Teachers hired 07/01/94 09/15/94 1.2 Identify equipment, material and supplies needed in order to deliver services to students 07/01/94 06/30/95 Direcmr. Teachers. Supervisors 1.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed. Pilot projects where new materials are used will be identified A. Materials needs identified 09/01/94 09/15/94 B. Materials ordered, received 11/15/94 12/01/94 C. Materials ordered, received for all speech therapists 02/95 02/95 t.3 Ensure completion of appropriate evaluations and documentation for each student in accordance with State arxl Federal Mandates 07/01/94 06/30/95 Supervisors. Examiners. Principals, Teachers 1.3 Monitoring reports will indicate increased levels of compliance with applicable law and mandates A. Test materials ordered 09/01/94 09/15/94 B. Monitoring schedule initiated 09/15/94 09/30/94 C. Thirty schools monitored 09/30/94 12/21/94 D. made Remaining schools naonitored and follow up visits 1.4 Provide inservice training for teachers as needed to ensure that students are served appropriately A. Preschool inservice B. Inservice for new therapist 203, 2 01/04/95 07/01/94 08/16/94 08/26/94 03/15/95 06/30/95 08/16/94 08/26/94 Director, Supervisors 1.4 Inservice participants, dates, and topics will be providedPage: 3 Prograni Seq 9: 203 RevteioQ Date: August 3, 1995 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Patty Kohler Program Goal: The goal of the special education program is to provide all eligible students with disabilities appropriate special education and related services in each childs least restrictive environment. Flan Reference Page Ntnuber Objectives Strategics T Begtiinlng Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria C. Training for new staff on procedures/guidelines D. Inservice for ail speech therapists E. Inservice for vision teachers F. Reading/Math Inservice G. Reading/Math Inservice H. Inservice for secondary teachers on annual reviews and transition 09/19/94 10/20/94 12/01/94 01/20/95 02/17/95 01/23/95 09/30/94 10/20/94 12/02/94 01/20/95 02/17/95 03/14/95 2. Provide Resource instruction to eligible students in accordance with each childs lEP, to be reviewed on an annual basis through federally mandated review process 2.1 Identify and employ certified, qualified teachers to deliver services to students A. Resource, teachers hired B. Additional resource teachers hired 2.2 Identify equipment, material and supplies needed in order to deliver services to students A. Material needs identified B. Materials ordered for high school teachers 2.3 Ensure completion of appropriate evaluations and documentation for each student in accordance with State and Federal Martdates A. Test materials ordered B. Monitoring schedule initiated C. Thirty schools monitored 203, 3 07/01/94 07/01/94 01/04/95 07/01/94 09/01/94 11/01/94 07/01/94 09/01/94 09/01/94 09/30/94 06/30/95 09/15/94 01/30/95 06/30/95 09/30/94 12/01/94 06/30/95 09/15/94 09/15/94 12/21/94 Director. Human Resources. Supervison Director. Teachen. Supervisors Supervisors. Examiners. Principals. Teachers 2.1 A list of certified teachen will be provided 2.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed. Pilot projects where new materials are used will be identified 2.3 Monitoring reports will indicate increased levels of compliance widi applicable law and mandatesPage: 4 Program Seq f: 203 Revision Date: August 3, 1995 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Patty Kohler Program Goal: The goal of (be special education program is to provide all eligible students with disabilities appropriate special education and related services in each childs least restnctive environment. Plan Reference Page Nmber Objectives Strategies D. Remaining schools monitored and follow up visits made 2.4 Provide inservice training for teachen as needed to ensure that students are served appropriately A. Preschool inservice B. Inservice for Watson C. Inservice for Central D. Inservice io reading/math E. Inservice for Terry F. Inservice for Henderson Q. Inservice in reading/math H. Inservice for Hall I. Inservice for McDermott J. Inservice for Mabelvale Junior K. Inservice on reading/math L. Reading/Math Inservice M. Reading/Math Inservice N. Inservice for secondary teachers on annual reviews aixl transition Beginning Dote Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 01/04/95 03/15/95 07/01/94 08/16/94 08/19/94 10/14/94 10/15/94 11/01/94 11/02/94 11/18/94 11/14/94 12/05/94 12/07/94 12/16/94 01/20/95 02/17/95 01/23/95 06/30/95 08/16/94 09/08/94 10/14/94 10/15/94 11/01/94 11/02/94 11/18/94 11/14/94 12/05/94 12/07/94 12/16/94 01/20/95 02/17/95 03/14/95 Director, Supervisors 2.4 Inservice participants, dates, and topics will be provided 3. Provide special class instruction to eligible students in accordance with each childs lEP, to be reviewed on an annual basis through federally mandated review process 3.1 Identify and employ certified, qualified teachers to deliver services to students 07/01/94 06/30/95 Director, Human Resources, Supervisors 3.1 A list of certified teachers will be provided A. Special class teachers hired 07/01/94 09/15/94 203, 4Page: 5 Program Seq #: 203 Revision Date: August 3. 1995 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Patty Kohler Program Goal: The goal of the special education program is to provide all eligible students with disabilities appropriate special education and related services in each child's least restrictive environment. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3.2 Identify equipment, material and supplies needed in order to deliver services to students A. Material needs identified B. Materials ordered as needed 3.3 Ensure completion of appropriate evaluations and documentation for each student in accordaix^e with State and Federal Mandates A. Test materials ordered B. C. D. 07/01/94 09/01/94 09/30/94 07/01/94 09/01/94 06/30/95 09/30/94 03/31/95 06/30/95 09/15/94 Monitoring schedule initiated Thirty schools monitored made Remaining schools monitored and follow up visits 3.4 Provide inservice training for teachers as needed to ensure dtat students are served appropriately A. Preschool inservice B. C. D. E. F. 09/15/94 09/30/94 01/04/95 07/01/94 08/16/94 09/30/94 12/21/94 03/15/95 06/30/95 08/16/94 Training for Baseline staff Training for Romine staff Inservice tn reading/math Inservice for Henderson Inservice in reading/nudi 08/19/94 08/29/94 10/15/94 11/02/94 11/18/94 10/20/94 12/21/94 10/15/94 11/02/94 11/18/94 Q. H. Inservice for Mabelvale Junior Inservice in reading/math 203, 5 12/16/94 l2A)7/94 12/16/94 Director, Teachers, Supervisors Supervisors, Examiners, Principals, Teachers Director, Supervisors 3.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed. Pilot projects where new materials are used will be identified 3.3 Monitoring reports will indicate increased levels of compliance with applicable law attd mandates 3.4 Inservice participants, dates, and topics will be providedPage: 6 Program Seq f: 203 Reviskm Date: August 17, 1995 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Patty Kohler Program Goal: The goal of the special educatxin program is to provide all eligible students with disabilities appropriate special education and related services in each childs least restncnve environment. Plan Reference Page Nianber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Reading/Math Inservice 01/20/95 01/20/95 J. Reading/Math Inservice 02/17/95 02/17/95 K. Inservice for secondary teachers on annual reviews and transition 01/23/95 03/14/95 4. Provide homebound and hospital instruction to eligible students in accordance with each child's lEP. IO be reviewed on an annual basis through federally mandated review process 4.1 Identity and employ certified, qualified teachen to deliver services to students A. Homebound ttachen employed 4.2 Identity equipment, material and supplies needed in order to deliver services to students A. Material needs identified 4.3 Ensure completion of appropriate evaluations and documentation for each student in accordance with State and Federal Mandates A. Test materials ordered B. Monitoring schedule initiated C. Remaining schools monitored and follow up visits made 4.4 Provide inservice training for teachen as needed to ensure that students are serv^ appropriately A. Preschool inservice 07/01/94 08/16/94 07/01/94 09/01/94 07/01/94 09/01/94 09/15/94 01/04/95 07/01/94 08/16/94 06/30/95 09/15/94 06/30/95 09/30/94 06/30/95 09/30/94 09/30/94 03/15/95 06/30/95 08/16/94 5. Provide extended year services to eligible students in accotrlance with State and Federal Maixlates 5.1 identify and employ certified, qualified teachen to deliver services to students 07/01/94 06/30/95 203, 6 Director. Human Resources, Supervison Director, Teachen, Supervison Supervison, Examirten, Principals. Teachen Director. Supervisors Director, Human Resources. Supervison 4.1 A list of certified teachen will be provided 4.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed. Pilot projecu where new materials are used will be identified 4.3 Monitoring reports will iixJicate increased levels of compliance with applicable law and mandates 4.4 Inservice participants, dates, and topics will be provided 5.1 A list of certified teachen will be providedPage: 7 Program Seq f: 203 Revision Date: August 3. 1995 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Patty Kohler Program Goal: The goal of the special education program is to provide all eligible students widi disabilities appropriate special education and related services in each childs least restrictive environment. Plan Reference Page Nwnber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Teachers, aides, dierapists hired 05/01/95 05/31/95 5.2 Idennfy equipment, material and supplies needed in order to deliver services to students A. Equipment and materials needs identified 5.3 Ensure completion of appropriate evaluations and documentation for each student io accordance with Slate and Federal Mandates A. Review of documentation 5.4 Provide inservice training for teachers as needed to ensure that students are served appropriately A. Individual visits made with teachers 203, 7 07/01/94 05/31/95 07/01/94 05/01/95 07/01/94 06/19/95 06/30/95 06/23/95 06/30/95 06/14/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Director. Teachers, Supervisors Supervisors, Examiners, Principals. Teachers Directors, Supervisors 5.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed. Pilot projects where new materials are used will be identified 5.3 Monitoring reports will indicate increased levels of compliance with applicable law and mandates 5.4 Inservice participants, dates, and topics wilt be providedProgram Seq f: 204 Program Name : Vocational Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Program Descriptioa: Vocational education is District Goal Support: Program Goal: Plan References: PY Program Budget\nYTD Expenditures: Related Function Codes: LRSD FY 94-95 PKOORAM BUlXihl LMJCUMbNX Secondary Leader: Carol Green designed to provkle a progrmn of learning eaperimKearu^ personal responsibilities. Vocational education also develops abilities, attitudes, and appreciations Pace: 1 Revision Date: August 3, 1995 prepared to pursue addidonal learning opportunities that wUl result in mote produedvrty. Education is vocational when it provides insouction in dm -.by and -^.Jo students. fm cn'Lm oTtbe v^dorjd Skills and atdtudes. O) communiedon. (3) employabili^ 'such a course of study may include related physics. English (applied commumcadons). applied which will add specifically to the students proficiency in a chosen occupation. I. Such a course of study may include Vocational Center. Vocational education instruclion is offered to scope of vocational education. are all students .bo nel. desire and can prom from it. All youtb. reganlless of race, geruler. economic or soeW background, or bandicapping conditions are ir.luded .idrin .be lie enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. (,) implement integrated educa^^ jiZTaS' ^J^irX'rdaZti^X'J^^Z^^^^ secure financial and other resources that are mrsu'p\nt''\n-'\n:iK,\ni7. 'u.ibullri 'our'deseg.egation plan (5, Enmre tbat equity .Kcurs in all phases of school aedvities ml operadon. everchanging society and technological workplace. To pn..kle Ihe opportunity for .11 studeoB to develop wortpl.ee Aills, problem solving .bUides mrd interpersonal skills necessary for success in an $4,930,172.15 $4,726,337.08 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $942,972.54 $1,016,148.08 1321. 1331, 1332, 1333, 1341, 1351, 1352, 1353, 1354, 1362, 1371, 1392, 1360, 1362^j^ 204, 1 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: for ttte 21st century. (4) Solicit and ] $1,400,279.91 $1,366,936.55 I FTE 106.20 I ]LR5U bt 94-93 EKLHjKAM ttuuut:! uuuuiviuixi Page: 2 Revision Date: August 3, 1995 Program Seq I: 204 Program Name: Vocational Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Carol Green Program Goal: To provide the oppominily for .11 students to develop workplace skills, problem solving .bUities and interpersonal skills necessary for success tn an everchanging society and technological workplace. Flan Reference Page Ninibcr Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1 1. Provide quality instruction to all students enrolled in vocational courses. 1.1 Identify and employed certified teachers to deliver quality learning experiences and skilled training to saidents. A. Identified teachers interviewed for potential job openings in vocational education. B. Courtesy interview given to 2 applicants for a vocational teaching position (E.LT.E.) 1.2 Identify equipment, materials and supplies needed. A. Task Force meeting planned w review Task Force recommendations prior to rewrite. B. Vocational coordinator's meeting held to discuss/review recommendations for cooperative student contracts. C. Business Educabon Task Force meeting. 1.3 Provide inservice training for teachers as needed to deliver quality instruction to students. A. Pre school inservice planned and held August 10 and August 17. B. Meeting with vocational coordinators to discuss program changes. C. Six vocational teachen received Applied Math Training along with district math teachers. 204, 2 07/01/94 07/01/94 05/16/95 07/01/94 09/25/94 04/04/95 04/26/95 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 09/30/94 05/25/95 06/30/95 05/31/95 04/04/95 04/26/95 06/30/95 08/17/94 07/19/94 Director, Assistant Director. Principals. Human Resources Director aixi Teacher Recruiter Director. Assistant Director. Teachers Director. Assistant Director. Staff Development Director 1.1 A list of certified teachers or applicants will be provided. 1.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed and prioritized 1.3 A listing of inservice dates, topics, and participants will be provided.Page: 3 Program Seq I: 204 Revision Date: August 3, 1995 Program Name: Vocational Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Carol Green Program Goal: To provide the opportunity for all students to develop workpiece skills, problem solvir, ebUides ml imerpersonal skills necessary for success in n e.erchangtag society and technological workplace. Plan Reference Page Nionber Objectives Strategka T Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria D. Five vocational teachen attended Workplace Readiness Training (Hall. Parkview, and Central). 07/21/94 07/22/94 E. Career Orientation Teachen inservice training on Tech Prep requirements and declaration forms. 11/19/94 11/19/94 F. Vocational coordinator's inservice held on the School - To - Work taw. 11/04/94 11/04/94 G. 10 teachen (5 vocational and 5 academic) attended advanced training for \"Reading To Learn* as a part of the Tech Prep 2+2 articutation agreement with Pulaski Technical College. 12/01/94 12/02/94 H. 7 vocational teachen and the vocational director attended die American Vocational Association national conference in Daitas. Texas. 12/09/94 12/13/94 1. Vocational Director provided inservice training at Mann Magnet Junior high school for vocational staff. 01/25/95 01/25/95 J. Vocational Director. Assistant Principal and three teachen from J.A. Fair high school attended the Arkansas High Schools That Work Conference in Hot Springs, Arkansas. K. Vocational Director provided inservice training for the Vocatkmal staff at Parkview Magnet high school. 02/08/95 Q1IQ3I95 02/08/95 L. Five E.I.T.E. instructors attended die 3rd Annual E.I.T.E. Conference at the Univenity of Central Arkansas in Conway, Arkansas. 02/16/95 02/17/95 M. AHEA Conference attended by Home Economics Teacher arxl Vocationa] Director. 04/06/95 04/06/95 N. Inservice meeting on Developing Competencies for Business Education Teachen. 04/26/95 04/26/95 204, 3Psge\n4 Program Seq /: 204 Revtslon Date: August 17, 1995 Program Name\nVocational Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Carol Green Program G\u0026lt;wl: To provide the opportunity for all students to develop workplace skills, problem solving abilities and interpersonal skills necessary for success in an everchanging society and technological workplace. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies O. Support services provided by State Department of Education/Vocational Division program supervisor for Career Orientation teacher identified for remediation. P. Home Economics teachen inserviced on new equipment purchases. Q. Workplace Readiness teachen inservice meeting held at Metropolitan. R. All Home Economics teachen attended specialized equipment training at the Stitching Post S. All Home Ecorunics teachen received technical training on computerized sewing equipment at McClellan Magnet high school. 1.4 Provide an opporwnity for teachen to keep abreast of changing techiulogical needs and training in the workplace. A. Three additional teachers (1-Parkview. 1-Central. 1-Fair) sent to Authorized Training Associate for WordPerfect Corporation in preparation for implementing die Desktop Publishing course. B. Educaton in Industry Tour provided by Pulaski Technical College and attended by several LRSD teachen atxl counselors. Beginning Date 04/27/95 05/10/95 05/24/95 06/08/95 06/09/95 07/01/94 08/02/94 05/12/95 Completion Date 04/27/95 05/10/95 05/24/95 06/08/95 06/09/95 06/30/95 08/12/94 05/12/95 Responsibility Director. Assistant Director Evaluation Criteria 1.4 A list of professional meetings and conferences teachers have attended will be provided. 2. Review, update, or revise course offerings to reflect the needs and trends of the 21st cenniry. 2.1 A vocational task force will be organized fo address issues of die course offerings. 07/01/94 06/30/95 Director. Assistant Director 2.1 Recommendations made by the task force will be identified and completed. A. Three vocational programs recommerxled for elimination due to consistent low enrollment figures. 07/01/94 08/21/94 204, 4Page: 5 Program Seq f: 204 Revision Date: August 3, 1995 Program Name: Vocational Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Carol Green Program Goal: To provide die opponunity for ell sludenB Io develop workpiece skills, problein solving abilities and inleipetsonal skills necessary for success in an evetchanging sity \u0026gt;l technological workplace. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3. Maintain all equipment used in skilled training labs. B. Vocational director correlated efforts with Parkview Magnet principal to develop a business case to add Commercial Art to the curriculum for the 95-96 school- year. C. Commercial Art Course approved by die Little Rock School District Board of Directors for 1995-96 school year. D. Program Improvement Plans written for Computer- Aided Drafting/Coinputer Numerica] Control, Commercial Arts/Conqjuter Graphics and Radio Broadcasting. E. Plans made to implement Applied Math and Workplace Readiness at Metropolitan Area Vocational Center for the 1995-96 school year. 3.1 Identify equipment in need of repair or replacement in the vocational skilled training labs. A. Equipment repaired, cleaned and maintained in preparation for opening of schools. B. Purchase equipment to replace destroyed, stolen, or irreparable equipment in E.l.T.E. Lab at Forest Heights. C. Requests for new equipment, supplies, and materials submitted by teachera. D. Equipment purchased for Keyboarding course at Dunbar Magnet junior high. E. Equipment, supplies and materials purchased for all vocational progranu in LRSD. F. Computers purchased for Desktop Publishing classes at Parkview, Fair and Central high schools. 204, 5 11/01/94 02/23/95 06/01/95 04/01/95 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/10/94 08/01/94 10/01/94 10/01/94 03/23/95 04/01/95 02/23/95 06/28/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 08/22/94 09/30/94 05/15/95 11/20/94 05/15/95 05/15/95 Director. Assistant Director. Principals, vocational teachers. 3.1 All skilled lab equipment will be idendfied for needed repair and maintenance.Page: 0 Revision Date: August 3, 1995 Program Seq 9: 204 Isogram Name: Vocational Education Program Code: . Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Carol Green Program Goal: TO pn..e .. opportunity for sotOen. . doveiop worttpiaco akilis. potHen, aoi.in, .biiidoa . ioutPtao.. a.U,a neceasaty fot auccasa in an e.a.han,ing aociety and ohno,o,.a, wotitpiace. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategics Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4. Awareness activities to promote vocational education will be made available to alt students. 0. Computen purchased for keyboarding classes at Pulaski Heights. Henderson. Cloverdale and Mabelvale Junior high schools\nand for accounting class at Hall high school. H. Comjwterieed Sewing Machines and Sergers purchased for all junior and senior high home economics programs along with cabinets for the equipment. 4.1 Recruitment activities through advertisement, flyers, videos, and student presentation will be made available to all students. 01/10/95 01/15/95 07/01/94 02/28/95 05/31/95 06/30/95 Vocational teachers. Director, Task Force, and Advisory Conunittees. 4,1 a) Surveys will be conducted to determine how students became aware of vocational education (b) Monitoring of student enrollment will determine the success of the awareness sessions. A. Vocational teachers asked to supply names of former students for \"Success Stories recruitnoenl video. 09/15/94 09/30/94 B. Ad in Arkansas Democrat/Gazettt to publicize classes at Metropolitan Vo-Tech. 08/30/94 09/30/94 C. Revised recruitment video produced and distributed the recruitment team and special needs coordinator for recruitment presentations. 10/01/94 12/01/94 D. Metropolitan Task Force organized to develop strategic public relations campaign. 4.2 Tech Prep committee awareness campaign to inform parents about Tech Prep and its benefits. A. Vocational Director explained/discussed Tech Prep to new LRSD priiKipals. 204, 6 12/09/94 05/10/95 07/01/94 08/09/94 06/30/95 08/11/94 Director. Assistant Director, Tech Prep Coordinator 4.2 List of all awareness sessions and Public Relations Activities will be compiled.Page: 7 Program Seq 9: 204 Revision Date: August 3. 1995 Program Name: Vocational Education Program Code: Primary Leader: SecoDdai7 Leader: Carol Green Program Goal: To provide the opportunity for all smdents to develop workplace skills, problem solving abilities and interpersonal skills necessary for success in an everchanging society and technological workplace. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Vocational Director explained Tech Prep as it relates m Applied Biology/Chemistry at Science Teachers Pre-school inservice. 08/17/94 09/30/94 C. Vocational Director and Janice Hanlon. Tech Prep liaison from the Arkansas Department of Education, vocational/ttchnical division, met with all secondary counselors and priiKipals to review Tech Prep efforts and progress made thus far in the Little Rock secondary schools. 10/05/94 12/07/94 D. Vocational Director and Tech Prep liaison from the ADSE/vocational division presented Tech Prep informational session to parents at Forest Heights junior high school PTSA Open House 03/07/95 03/07/95 E. Vocational Director attended Parent duster meetings to inform parents and smdents about Tech Prep and post secondary opportunities. 04/10/95 04/20/95 F. Chris Ames. Youth Apprenticeship program manager and 2 Commercial Foods students appeared on Channel 7's DayBreak program during the cooking segment. 06/25/95 06/25/95 0. Ford Motor Company Third Year program and its collaborative effort with Metropolitan Area Vocational Center and Pulaski Technical College was official announced by Governor Tucker. 06/29/95 06/29/95 204, 7Program Seq *: 20S Program Name: Adult Education Program Code: Prfanary Leader: Program DescrlpUon: District Goal Supfwrt: Program Goal: Plan References: FY Program Budget: YTD Expendlturea: Related Function Codes:143 LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT SecoDdar7 Leader: Paulette H. Martin Page: 1 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Adult Education is specially designed instruction at no cost to students to upgrade their educational level and or to help them obtain a high school equivalency (GED) diploma. This includes instnicnon at the Adult Education Center and its satellite programs in businesses, industries, various community and state agencies and churches. Scope and content Adult Educanon services are provided m accor^nce with each student needs and goals. A student is eligible for Adult Education services if he/she Is at least sisteen years of age or older and has been released from regular public school by the supermtendent or his/her desigiwe oijs of age and has withdrawn or dropped out of public school. Pattjcinanlsdieneficiaries Students served in Adult Education are identified as having withdrawn or dropped out of public school. Dunng die 1992-93 school year. 3078 students received Adult Education services. tol fl - Implement integmted educt.on.1 prognura that willl ensure that all swdents grow academically, socially, and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic ennchment whdie closi^ dispatnes m achievement Goal tl - Develop and maintain a staff that is well-ttained and motivated. Goal f3 - Tile Little Rock School Boatd. administration, staff and students will demonstrate m their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to sociely and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nanon can draw as we prepare for the ... . . _______.,t_____________________1. ZVW..I a c  eafln. mnyl zawulmHu riimai* ic miwliicive In Iftarnins fOF ail StUdCtltS. uoal 21st Century. Goal f4  Solicit and secure financial and other resources u UlVdSIlj' MUIUIIU JUlUtllU, Mail UMa UIV *.V******MMJ w a J t JI  that are necessary to ftUl support our schools. Goal f 5 - Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. Goal * 6 - Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. The goal of the Adult Education Program is to upgrade the basic literacy skills of adults, to assist adults in obtaining their high school equivalency (GED) diploma, and to provide computer literacy training. ] $790,194.57 $811,821.58 1410. 1420. 1445. 1490 1st Qtr ExpeiMl: 2nd Qtr Expend: $122,829.00 $166,018.36 205, 1 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: $227,058.14 $295,916.08 FTE23.0Program Saq *: 205 Program Name: AduR Education Program Code: Program Goal: Plan RefererKe Page Number NA LRSD hY 94-9^ EKUUKAM HULXjbi UULUMfcM Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: Paulette H. Martin The goal of the Adult Education program is to upgrade the basic literacy skills of adult and/or to assist adults in obtaining their high school equivalency (GED) diploma. Objectivee 1. Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. 2. inform the CommunRy of the services offered by the AduR Education Program 3. Solicit funding to fully support the AduR Education Center Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility August 11. 1995 Evaluation Crtterla 1.1 Identify and employ qualified teachera to deliver services to students A. AH teachers hired 1.2 Identify equipment, materials, and supplies needed in order to deliver servicas to students A. Materials and supplies disseminated 1.3 Provide Inservice training for teachers as needed to ensure that students are served appropriately A. Preschool Inservice B. Central Arkansas AduR Education Inservice 2.1 Promote the AduR Education Program A. Recruiter distrfeutes posters/brochures to grocery stores, barbar/beauty shops, medical clinics, public heaRh units, churches B. Tapes made and running on local TV and radio stations C. Businesses and Industries Contacted 3.1 SubmR Proposals and secure financial resources for operation of the AduR Education Program 205, 2 07/01/94 08/01/94 07/01/94 06/15/94 07/01/94 08/15/94 09/29/94 07/01/94 08/01/94 08/15/94 08/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/15/94 06n0/95 08/19/94 06/30/95 06/16/94 09/30/94 06/30/95 06/14/95 06/14/95 06/14/95 06/30/95 Director, Human Resources\nDirector, AduR Education Director, Ass't Director. Teachers. examiners Director Director. Ass't Director. RecruRer, teacher Director 1.1 A list of certified teachers win be provided 1.2 Equipment, materials and supplies wiH be listed 1.3 Inservice participants, dates and topics will be provided 2.1 Copies of tapes, brochures, and posters will be provided as well as a schedule of places visRed by the recruiter. 3.1 Copies of proposal will be providedPage: 3 Program Seq : 205 Revision Dato: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Adult Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Paulette H. Martin Program Goal: The goal of the Adult Education program is to upgrade the basic literacy skills of adult and/or to assist adults in obtaining their high school equivalency (GED) diploma. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies T Beginning Dato Completion Dato Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A, Family Literacy (Special Project) 08/03/94 08/10/94 B. Workplace 09/06/94 09/16/94 C. D\u0026amp;E 01/09/95 01/11/95 D. Correctional/lnstitutionaltzed 03/15/95 03/28/95 4. Provide Adult Basic Education and General Adult Education to agencies which have a minimum of ten (10) students when reguested. 4.1 Set up AduK Education satelito classes upon request 07/01/94 06/30/95 Director 4.1 List of satellite classes will be provided A. AGC Math Class 09/01/94 10/13/94 B. Community Punishment Center 08/22/94 06/05/95 C. Raytheon Jet 0ir25/9A 06/05/95 0. Oaks Residential Center 08/25/94 06/05/95 E. Union Rescue Mission 09/06/94 06/05/95 F. Lion's World Services for the Blind 08/22/94 06/05/95 G. Metropolitan Vo-Tech 08/22/94 06/05/95 H. Instructional Resource Center (IRC) 08/23/94 06/05/95 I. Pulaski County Jail 06/22/94 06/05/95 J. Our House 11 08/22/94 11/03/94 K. Pinnacle House 06/23/94 06/05/95 L. Forensic Unit. State Hospital 09/29/94 06/05/95 M. Unit 4, State Hospital 08/22/94 06/05/95 N. United Cerebral Patsy Skin Center 06/22/94 06/05/95 205, 3Page: 4 Program Seq *: 205 Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Adult Education Program Code: Primary Leader: SecoTKlary Leader: Paulette H. Martin Program Goal: The goal of the Adult Education program is to upgrade the basic literacy skills of adult and/or to assist adults in obtaining their high school equivalency (GED) diploma. Plan RefererKe Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria O. Watershed II 08/22/94 06/05/95 P. Crystal HiN Baptist Church 09/12/94 06/05/95 Q. Tomberfin Church of Christ 09/08/94 06/05/95 R. McClellan Community School 10/04/94 03\\16\\95 S. Salvation Army 11/14/94 06/05/95 T. Family Literacy 10/13.94 06/05/95 U. Parris Towers 10/26/94 06/05/95 V. Windsor Door 01/17/95 03/09/95 W. Computer Literacy 07-25*94 06/05/95 5. Evaluate the cost Effectiveness of using local Community Resources, such as the Parent Learning Center, as a means for providing education opportunities for parents. 6. Provide Computer Lkeracy courses to students and to agencies, businesses, and industries which have a minimum of ten (10) students, when requested. 5.1 Compare the cost of setting up an AduK Education Center and the cost of using local Community Resources of provide education servicess to parents. A. B. C. 12A)9/93 02/28/94 Director 5.1 Copy of the cost comparison will be available for review. Administrative costs Instructional costs Maintenance and Operation (rent, utilities, custodial services etc.,) D. Other support services (equipment, computer software, office supplies/postage. telephone and graduation expenses, etc.) 6.1 Set up Computer Literacy courses at businesses and industries on request. A. Adult Education Center 205, 4 12/09/93 12/09/93 12/09/93 12A39/93 09/06/94 09/06/94 02/28/94 02/28/94 02/28/94 02/28/94 06/30/95 06/05/95 Director 6.1 A list of Computer Literacy Classes will be provided.Page: 5 Program Seq *: 205 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Adult Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Paulette H. Martin Program Goal: The goal of the Adult Education program is to upgrade the basic literacy skills of adult and/or to assist adults in obtaining their, high school equivalency (GED) diploma. Plan Referer\u0026gt;ce Page Number Objectives 7. Provide a Computerized English As a Second Language (ESL) course for foreign\u0026gt;bom student and Computer-Asststed Instruction (CAI) for aR students. B. C. D. E. Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Arkansas Electric Cooperative Corp. COPE State Hospital Raytheon Jet 7.1 Set up Computerized ESL courses for foreign- bom students and CAI for all students. A. Adult Education Center 205, 5 03/14/95 04/18/95 02/13/95 07/25/94 08/22/94 08/22/94 04/13/95 06/05/95 06/05/95 10/04/94 05/31/95 05/31/95 Director 7.1 A schedule of courses will be provided.LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq 9: 206 Page: 1 Revision Date: August 3, 1995 Program Name: Compensatory Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Adams/Glasgow/Parker Program Description: Compensatory Education funded programs are designed tt\u0026gt; improve the quality of LRSDs academic programs. Activities include supplemental instruction for students, resource materials, inservice education for teachers, and support for parental involvement. District Goal Support: (1) Implement integrand educational programs that will ensure dutt all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. (2) Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Program Goal: Disparity reduction - to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning for all students in die mainstream setting. Plan References: I I FY Program Budget: I YTD Expenditures: Expenditures: $591,353.64 $626,997.76 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $97,832.95 $160,673.41 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: $208,830.88 $159,660.52 I FTE 13.80 I [ Rebted Fimctlon Codes: 1560, 1570, 1595 ] 206, 1Program Seq f: 206 Program Name: Compensatory Education Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET EXKUMENT Primary Leader: To assist low achieving students to make accelerated progress and catch up. Objectives 1. To use an integrated shared reading/writing approach of instruction to promote student independence as readers, writers, and learners, (fourteen schools, K-3) 2. To improve students abilities m analyze, explain, and summarize materials from books and tapes utilizing the reading styles approach, (two schools) Page: 2 Revision Date: August 3, 1995 Strategies 1.1 Purchase and distribute materials and supplies U\u0026gt; schools. 1.2 Provide additional time for instruction using the Shared Reading/Writing Approach through thematic units utilizing these materials. 1.3 Provide whole group instructioo for all K-1 students and additional small group and individual instruedoD as needed, 1.4 Provide second and diird grade students with instruclion using the Shared Reading/Writing Approach. 1,5 Provide participating teachers aitd administrators with a minimum of nine hours staff development. 1.6 Provide summer scholarships to train the trainers. 206, 2 Secondary Leader: Adams/Glasgow/Parker Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Principals and Teachers Director of Reading and IRC Reading Specialists Principals. First Grade Teachers, and Reading Specialists Principals and Classroom Teachers Principals. Classroom Teachers, and Reading Specialists Director of Reading and Rigby Consultants Director of Reading and Rigby Consultants 1. Student profiles on LRSD Language Arts Curriculum will be used Io assess student achievement. 1.1 Documentation of purchase orders. 1.2 The number of developed thematic units will comprise the evaluation. 1,3 Record of classroom observation and schedules. 1,4 Schedules and list of students. 1.5 List of participants with evaluations. 1.6 List of trainers. 2. The evaluation criteria includes die recognition of the sound of letters in isolation and in words, and in how to blend sounds together.Page: 3 Program Seq f: 206 Revision Date\nAugust 3, 1995 Program Name: Compensatory Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Adams/Glasgow/Parker Program Goal: To assist low achieving students to make accelerated progress and catch up. Plan Reference Page Niraber Objectives Strategies 2.1 Diagnose studentsreading styles in four areas: tactic, visual, kinesthetic, auditory. 2.2 Structure students' work around identified reading styles. 2.3 Actively involve students in learning activities. 2.4 Send home appropriate books and corresporxling tape recordings for the reading styles of targeted students. Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/03/95 06/30/95 Principals and Classroom Teachers Principals and Classroom Teachers Principals arxl Classroom Teachers Principals and Classroom Teachers 2.1 The number of Reading Styles Inventories completed. 2.2 Snidents Individual Learning Plan. 2.3 Students Individual Learning Plan. 2.4 The number of purchases and record of usage. 3. To improve students' vocabulary and comprehetisioo skills through phonics related reading, (one school) 3. The criteria consists of: a) reference data in reading\nb) amount of peer tutoring\nc) number of discipline problems\nd) parental communication\ne) number of identified reading styles. 4. To promote conuminications between home and school. 3.1 Use the Direct Instniction Program in phonics to teach smdents. 3.2 Provide target students with presentation books, story books, homework, and materials. 4.1 Inform parents regarding instructional approaches. 4.2 Conduct conferences with parents on student progress. 206, 3 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Principals and Classroom Teachers Principals and Classroom Teachers Principals and Teachers Principals and Teachers 3.1 Activities contained in the daily lesson plan will comprise the evaluation. 3.2 Record of books students read annually. 4. Record of take-home materials. 4.1 Documentation of communications. 4.2 Documentation of conferetKes. Page: 4 Program Seq f: 206 RevtsloD Date: August 3, 1995 Program Name: Compensatory Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Adams/Glasgow/Parker Program Goal: To assist low achieving students to make accelerated progress and catch up. Plan Reference Page Nianber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.3 Provide take-home books and materials for parents. 07/01/94 06/30/95 Principals and Teachers 4.3 Record of serxl-home materials. 5. To reduce education deficit in reading of target students tn grades nine through twelve by reinforcing dK regular education program with Language Arts Phis. 07/01/94 06/30/95 Language Arts Supervisor 5. Criteria consists of Pre and Post Norm Referenced data in Reading/Language Arts for participating shidents. 5.1 Reduce language arts/math plus class size and add an enrichment class to the schedule. 07/01/94 06/30/95 PriiKipal 5.1 Class size at each school site and schedules will comprise the evaluation. A. Student class schedules refuted. 07/01/94 09/30/94 B. Math Phis classes - regular, Pre-Algebra, Algebra al 7 junior high schools and 3 senior high schools 5.2 Provide tutorial and remedial learning experience in the enrichment class. A. Classroom instruction. 5.3 Employ a variety of instructional strategies which permit teachen to clarify, enhance or remediate in the academic setting. 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/22/94 VJ/Ol/94 08/22/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06130195 Principal/ Classroom Teacher Principals and Language Arts Teachers 5.2 The number of students, hitor and schedule of session will comprise the evaluation. 5.3 Daily lesson plans will comprise the evaluation. 6. To prevent school failure and dropout with additional assistance from oitors in reading and mathematics. 07/01/94 06/30195 A. Inservice -Pre-School Secondary English and Language Arts Plus 08/16/94 09/01/94 -Pre-School Secondary Math Plus 08/16/94 09/01/94 206, 4Program Seq *: 206 Page: 5 Program Name: Compensatory Education RerisioD Date: August 3, 1995 Program Code: Primary Leader: Program Goal: To assist low achieving students m make accelerated Secondary Leader: Adams/Glasgow/Parker progress and catch up. Plan Reference Page Ntanber Objectives Strategies Beginniiig Date Cmnpletion Date ResponsibUity Evaluation Criteria -Record Keeping - Secondary Academic Support -Math Ptus/Language Arts Plus -New textbook inservice B. Technical Assistance to classroom teachers (162) 6.1 The Little Rock School District will purchase the following tutoring services from the Cornerstone Project: A) Ten certified tumrs who has special training in working with remedial studenu: B) Tuton will work with students through one-on-one situation or in groups not to exceed four students\nC) Students will receive one hour of instruction in reading and one hour in mathematics\nD) Review individual student performance with parents\nE) ComerStone Project's Parent Action Committee will provide a forum for coiTununication among parents, tutors and staff\nF) Parent education seminars will be offered for parents awareness\nG) The service will be Monday through Thursday for nine months or 180 days. A. Technical assistance to program facilitator-on site (3). B. Compensatory Education Annual Evaluation 206, 5 09/01/94 09/27/94 10/01/94 10/01/94 07/01/94 10/01/94 05/15/95 09/01/94 12/21/94 12/21/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 10/21/95 06/30/95 Director of Federal Programs 6.1 Students' progress will be monitored by receiving school report, quarterly grade reports, contact with school counselors, and progress widi tutoring materials.LK^U H ^4-^3 rnuUKniVt puuun i Program Seq f: 207 Page: 1 Revfsion Date: August 3, 1995 Program Name: Gifted Programs Program Code: Primary Leader: I Secondary Leader: Mable Etonaldsoo Program Deacrlptlon: and indirect services arc provided for The Little Rock School Districfl Oifted Piogiem offen to tB snidenB through \u0026gt; dejign thit cotBisB of ohKninon ^ttnch^nt for .11 _____ AppLd Standaid! The Standards provide the fiamewoik grodcs }-6 1 special classes for snideoB io glides 7-12 The program operates tn compliance with the Arkansas Depan of Educaoon s Gifted ^ f.ciliBmral who have completed or who ate pursuing graduate for establishing equitable criteria for the identification of gifted and talented students. Services are provided Io these students by teachera (specialists and facditatora) mp credit in gifted education. District Goal Support: God fl  Implemcnl inlegrated educational programs dial will ensure that all students grow acadenucally. socidly and em^^ly with i Oieb day ^day^havior that achievement. God  2 - Develop md maintain a sBff that is weU-trained and motivated. God g 3 - The LMe Rock School Board, adnumsnation, staff, tiX draw as we prepare for they accept each individud as a valued contributor Io society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the coi^mhr as a vdu^ lesoutw uin proviXTrafe and olderly climate that is - ----------  financial and other resources that arc necessary to fully support out schools, includmg our desegregatron plan. God # 3 - Provide a sale ano oroeny ciirrw the 21$t Century. Goal f 4 - Solicit and secure----------- . , conductive to learning for all students. Goal # 6 - Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. Program Goal: To provide appropriate instiuctiona] services to all ideMified students. Plan Referencea: PY Progr Budget: $1,230,868.19 lat Qtr Expend: $143,592.75 3rd Qtr Expend: $328,957.36 FTE 32.80 YTD Expenditures: $1,162,214.51 Znd Qtr Expend\n$231,433.31 4tli Qtr Expend: $458,231.09 Related Function Codes: 207. 1LKbU M EKUUKAlVi OLlUUlil UUCUMUni Page: 2 Program Seq *: 207 Revision Date: August 3, 1995 Program Name: Gifted Programs Program Code: Primary Leader\nSecondary Leader\nMable Donaldson Program Goal: To provide appropriate instructional services to all identified gifted students. Plan Referertce Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Crtterfa 1. Provide resource room and towlirect instructional services to identified students according to district and state curriculum guidelines 1.1 Identify certified teacher(s) (specialists) to provide needed services at each school. A. Specialist positions fined at all schools. 1.2 Aid schools in providing materials, supplies, external laboratory experiences and participation in local, state and national activities. A. Invoices and requests received from schools. 1.3 Ensure proper documentation and evaluation of student-records (placement) according to district and state guidelines. A. Monitoring of school records scheduled. 1.4 Provide inservice training for teachers (specialists) to ensure that students are receiving appropriate instructional services. A. Pre-school hservices held for facilitators and specialists. 207, 2 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/16/94 07/01/94 08/16/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 01/04/95 06/30/95 06/01/95 06/30/95 06/06/95 06/30/95 06/16/94 G/T Supervisor, Coordinator, Teachers Supervisor, Coordinator, Human Resources Dept. Supervisor, Coordinator, Principals Supervisor, Coordinator, Principals, Specialists Supervisor, Coordinator, Staff Development, Curriculum Supervisors List of certified teachers serving each school. Invoices, copies of requests and memberships and/or participation in various activities. Copies of nrK\u0026gt;nitoring report and school visitation logs Agendas, participation roster, inservice. evaluationsPage: 3 Program Seq *: 207 Revision Date: August 3, 1995 Program Name: Gifted Programs Program Coda: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Mable Donaldson Program Goal: To provide appropriate instructional services to all identified gifted students. Plan Reference Page Number Ob|ectivea Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Monthly G/T Council meetings held for G/T tecilitators. C. Tri-District Curriculum Inservice held for G/T specialists. 0. Junior Great Books Workshop held. E. Polaroid Workshop held. F. Quiz Bowl workshop G. Using Literature In tire Social Studies Inservice held. H. Story Pyramids - Mini Session - IRC Open House I. G/T Cuniculum Inservice J. Portfolio Assessment II Workshop 09/27/94 09/16/94 10/03/94 10/25/94 10/27/94 11/03/94 12/01/94 12/15/94 01/26/95 K. G/T Classroom Management Inservice 04/25/95 L. G/T Identification Workshop 05/02/95 05/01/95 09/16/94 10/04/94 10/25/94 10/27/94 11/03/94 12/01/94 12/15/94 01/26/95 04/25/95 05/02/95 207 . 3LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq *: 208 Page: 1 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow Program Description: The Little Rock School Distrlcfs Olviaion of Curriculum Servicos seeks to Improve curriculum design and delivery K-12 that is consistent with state guidelines and national recommendations. This division works to ensure alignmenl between the written, taught, and tested curriculum as determined by student assessment Finally, efforts are made to ensure that Instructional delivery is based on sound teaching principles and grounded in educational research. To accxjmpiish these ends, this division strives to Identify, develop, and provide educational resources, staff development, and technical assistance Io the schools. District Goal Support: Program Goal: Goal 1 - Implomenl IntegratoO educational programa that win ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichmenl while closing disparities kt achievoment Goal n  Develop and maintain a stall that is well-tralnod and mohvated Goal #3 - The Little Rock School Board, administration, stall, and students will demonstrate In their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued conIrSiutor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as wo prepare for the 21st Century. Goal M - Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools. Including our desegregation plan. Goal #5 - Provide a sale and orrlerty dknato that is conducive to learning for all students. Goal #6 - Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. The purpose of curriculum services Is to plan, direct, and cooidinalo Improved curriculum design and delivoiy as well as to ensure curricular artieulation and coordination K-12. Plan References: 1 FY Program Budget: $1,910,391.39 1st Qtr Expend: $366,222.44 3rd Qtr Expend: $523,689.65 FTE 55 YTD Expenditures: $1,921,331.54 2nd Qtr Expend: $449,839.15 4th Qtr Expend: $581,580.30 Related Function Codes: 1190. 1193, 2211, 2212. 2490, 3800, 4900, 2219 I 208, 1Program Seq *: 208 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services LRSD FY 94-95 RHUUKAM BUDbhl UUCUMbNI Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow Is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan RefererKe Page Number ObjecUvea Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Develop a coordinated and articulated curriculum that is comprehensive and demonstrates congruence between what Is written, taught, and tested. 07/01/94 06/30/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Principals 1.0 Revised curriculum te in place that responds to the recommendations of the curriculum audit. Comprehensive review process is in place. 1.1 Development of curriculum guides through the assistance of district-wide committees 07/01/94 06/30/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Certified Teachers, Principals 1.1 Curriculum guides are in place and are aligned with District objectives A. Mathematics curricuium guide was revised by a district committee to reflect the State Mathematics Framework. 07/01/94 08/15/94 B. Revised language arts curriculum was complefed, edited, and printed. 07/01/94 08/01/94 C. Revised foreign language curriculum was completed, edited, and printed. 07/01/94 08/01/94 D. Science curriculum committees have been working to revise the science cunlculum guides. 01/04/95 06/09/35 1.2 Provide inservice training for teachers to assist in effective delivery of the curriculum 07/01/94 06/30/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Principals 1.2 Documentation of inservice activities are available 1.2 Test scores will demonstrate improvement A. AN teachers K-12 were given training In the use of the revised mathematics curriculum guide. 07/01/94 09/01/94 208, 2Program Seq *: 208 Page: 3 Program Name\nCurriculum Services Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Code: Primary Leader: Program Goal: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate Improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Eisenhower staff development specialists in science provided training for individual teachers and groups of teachers at greatest need schools regarding strategies and techniques for delivery of the science curriculum. 07/01/94 06/07/95 C. Elementary Chapter 1 mathematics specialists partic^ated b an inservice on the Chapter 1 Program. 07/01/94 09/01/94 0. Secondary Compensatory Education mathematics teacher participated In an Inservice on teaching strategies and documentation required for Comp. Ed. 07/01/94 09/29/94 E. Preschool inservice was held for all special education staff. 08/16/94 08/16/94 F. Preschool inservice was held for library media specialists. 08/12/94 08/16/94 Q. Inservice was provided in Social Studies, teaching strategies to all secondary social studies teachers at preschool conference during monthly council meetings. 08/16/94 05/02/95 H. Inservice training was provided for Kindergarten and E.C.E. teachers and hstructional aides. 08/15/94 06/06/95 I. Harcourt Brace inservice was provided for elementary prindpais in order that they may assist teachers with the new basal series. 08/03/94 08/03/94 J. Elementary language arts curriculum training was provided during preschool inservice week. 06/15/94 08/16/94 K. Secondary EngHsh/Reading/Leaming Foundations new teacher training was provided. 08/16/94 08/16/94 208, 3Page: 4 Program Seq *: 208 Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon. Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K*12. T Plan RefererKe Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L. Elementary reading teacher inservice providing information for new basal was held. M. Elementary language arts/reading training was provided. N. Pre-school inservice provided to GZT specialist and facilitators. 0. Tri-District inservice held for GZT specialists - North Little Rock west campus. P. Inservice was provided to aU elementary special education resource teachers. Q. Technical assistance provided In Social Studies to individual staff members at Chicot, Mitchell, Franklin, Romine, Dunbar, Bale, Central High, Southwest Jr., Parkview High, and Mabelvale Jr. R. Three early release inservices held in math and science for elementary and secondary schools. S. A cluster of first grade teachers participated in a mathematics inservice conducted by the Chapter 1 Math Traveling Specialists. T. Elementary Science Textbook committee attended textbook caravan sponsored by science textbook publishers. U. Junior Great Books training provided to aU interested teachers. V. Polaroid Workshop held for all interested elementary and junior high teachers. 208. 4 08/31/94 09/19/94 08/16/94 09/16/94 10/16/94 10/10/94 10/01/94 12/06/94 10/27/94 10/03/94 10/25/94 08/31/94 09/20/94 08/16/94 09/16/94 12/16/94 05/30/95 05/10/95 12/06/94 10/27/94 10/04/94 10/25/94Page: 5 Program Seq : 206 Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as weH as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria W. School wide Quiz Bowl Workshop held for schools interested In this activity. X. Mini-inservice session at IRC on \"Using Literature in the Social Studies\". Y. Integrating Science and Literacy K-8 Solving Problems In Sdence and Technology Seminar - UALR. Z. Math and Science inservice for Secondary G/T Facilitators. AA. G/T Portfolio and Cuniculum Development Inservice. AB. Chapter 1 Matti Specialist attended an inservice on effective teaching methods. AC. First grade dusters of teachers attended two inservice sessions on effective teaching strategies in mathematics for first grade students. AO. Secondary science textbooks committee members attended inservice sessions on books being considered for adoptions. AE. Reading/math Inservice for spedal education teachers: Elementary - January 20 and February 17\nSecondary - January 23 and March 14 AF. Portfolio II and Science Center Inservice for G/T Specialists. AO. Writing Across the Curriculum Workshop - Southwest Junior High AH. G/t Classroom Management Inservice for identified G/T Specialists. 208, 5 10/27/94 11/03/94 10/13/94 11/29/94 12/15/94 02/09/95 01/04/95 01/31/95 01/20/95 01/26/95 01/25/95 04/25/95 10/27/94 11/03/94 10/13/94 11/29/94 12/15/94 02/09/95 03/31/95 02/21/95 03/14/95 01/26/95 01/25/95 04/25/95Pago: 6 Program Seq *: 206 Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Name: CurricuKim Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon. Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services Is to plan, direct, and coordinate Improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Referertce Page Number Ob^ctives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Al. Science model project session held for G/T taciMtators. AJ. G/T Identification Inservica held for aH G/T Specialists. AK. Potydron training was provided for elementary and secondary math teachers. AL. K-2 teachers attended Scholastic \"Science Place\" workshop on new science textbook. AM. 3-6 teachers attended Harcourt Brace \"Science Anytime\" workshops on new science textbook. AN. 7-9 teachers attended Glencoe Science workshop on new science textbook. 1.3 Provide technical assistance as needed for individual school sites and/or Individual teachers A. Technical assistance was provided as needed or requested In all curricular areas by curriculum directors and supervisors. B. Eisenhower staff development specialists In math and science provided technical assistance as requested to schools. C. Chapter 1 mathematics specialists provided technical assistarrce related to the Chapter 1 Program to assigned schools. D. Visits were made to every school by special education staff to provide assistance. 208, 6 04/25/95 04/25/95 05/02/95 06/06/95 05/02/95 05/09/95 05/09/95 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/22/94 05/02/95 06/07/95 05/03/95 05/10/95 05/09/95 06/30/95 06/07/95 06/07/95 06/07/95 09/30/94 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Staff Development 1.3 Weekly visitation logs reflect visits for technical assistance 1.3 Test scores win demonstrate improvementPafle: 7 Program Seq *: 208 Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services Is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulalion and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria E. Great Expectation training was held for staffs of Rightsell and Mitchell Incentive Schools. 08/30/94 09/01/94 F. EPSF Workshop was held. 08/16/94 08/16/94 G. Phonics Workshop was held. 08/21/94 08/21/94 H. Technical assistance was provided In Social Studies to all new social studies teachers and new/reassigned prindpais. 08/04/94 06/06/95 I. Technical assistance was provided for Individual school sites and/or individual teachers. 07/01/94 06/06/95 J. Language Arts Plus technical assistance was provided for Henderson Jr. High and Hall High. 08/30/94 09/13/94 K. English teacher technical assistance was provided for HaN High. 09/14/94 09/14/94 L. Spanish teacheetechnical assistance was provided for Franklin Incentive School. 09/14/94 09/14/94 M. Approximately thirty-one (31) individual schools and/or teachers were provided assistance through visitations, conferences, or technical assistance by the Reading Department specialists including special demonstrations. 08/17/94 09/30/94 N. Technical assistance was provided to new Hbrarians. 08/12/94 06/06/75 O. Technical assistance was provided by computer specialists and technicians in using Abacus Instrucbonal Management System and in using the Computer Labs. 08/15/94 06/09/75 P. Technical assistance provided by G/T supervisor and coordinator as needed. 08/15/94 06/06/95 208, 7Page: 8 Program Seq : 208 Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The purpose o, curriculuni services is to plan, direct, and coordmale improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Q. Earty Childhood Education on-site visits: 108 08/08/94 06/30/95 R. Instructional Technology/Media and Computer Central on-sHe visits: 2,954 08/06/94 06/13/95 S. Math/Science on-sKe visits: 407 08/06/94 06/07/95 T. Reading on-site visits: 557 08/08/94 06/06/95 U. Staff Development Specialists provided testtaking tips and strategies to teachers at the following schools: Badgett. Fair Park, Baseline. Gibbs. Booker, and Woodruff 10/12/94 12/07/94 V. Special Education folders were monitored In 33 schools. 09/15/94 12/21/94 W. Immersion Program workshop was held at Franklin. 11/07/94 11/07/94 X. Engftsh/Foreign Language Department provided technical assistance to visiting Russian teachers and their mentors. 12A)8/94 06/06/95 Y. English/Foreign Language and Social Studies Department provided technical assistance to Central High SchooPs International Studies Program. 12/22/94 12/22/94 Z. English teacher technical assistance was provided at Mabe^aie Jr. and Henderson Jr. 12/12/94 12/16/94 AA. English on-site visits: 50 06/08/94 06/06/95 AB. Monthly Council Meetings: English - 10/17/94. 11/21/94, 02/20/95. 04/17/95, 05/15/95\nForeign Language - 10/20/94. 11/17/94. 01/19/95, 02/16/95, 05/18/95 10/17/94 05/16/95 208, 8Page: 9 Program Seq : 208 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Cunicuhjm Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The purpose o( curriculum services Is to plan, direct, and coordinate Improved curriculum design and deliveiy as well as Io ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria AC. Science teacher technical assistance was provided at Pulaski Heights Junior High and McClellan High. AO. Monthly Council Meeting: Science 02/28/95 and 04/25/95\nMath 02/13/95, 04/11/95, 05/09/95 An special education folders monitored and foNow-up visits made on January 4 and March 15. AF. Staff Development Specialists provided testtaking tips and strategies to teachers at the following schools: January 25 - Rightsett, Wakefield. Western Hills. Woodruff, McClellan\nFebruary 8 - Central, McClellan. Parkview, Cloverdale, Forest Park, Washington, Fair Park, Woodruff AG. Monthly G/T Council Meetings held AH. The Social Studies and Gifted Departments provided staff development in using the curriculum the teach SAT-8 critical thinking skills. Al. Monthly Social Studies Meetings Council 09/07/94. 10/04/94. 11/01/94, 02/07/95, 04/04/95, 05/02/95 AJ. Annual reviews conducted on all students with disabilities. 1.4 Assist schools in the selection of appropriate materials and resources for delivering the curriculum effectively to students 208, 9 01/04/95 02/13/95 01/04/95 01/25/95 07/01/95 02/07/95 09/07/94 02/15/95 07/01/94 03/31/95 06/07/96 03/15/95 02/08/95 06/06/95 02/06/95 05/02/95 05/26/95 06/30/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Staff Development 1.4 Materials and resources are in place 1.4 Requisitions for materials are on filePage: 10 Program Seq : 208 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: me purpose ol curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K*12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies A. Schools requesting replacement supplies for science kits were furnished the supplies by the Science Office. B. Equipment and supplies were ordered for K-4. Math Crusade, and Science Crusade participants. C. Visits were made by special education staff to every school to provide assistance. D. Assistance was provided to elementary and secondary teachers and principals In the types of supplemental social studies materials to purchase. E. Materials and resources were ordered and In place for Kindergarten and E.C.E. P. A committee was selected and convened to choose materials and resources for junior high school reading program. G. Materials and resources were identified for Frankbi Spanish program. H. Essential materials ere issued to teachers, principals and support staff where requested. I. Materials were purchased for all high school special education programs. J. New materials, supplies, equipments, and resources were ordered for Chicot Pre-K and Kindergarten teachers. K. English Department provided special materials to Chicot Elementary. L. Elementary and secondary science textbooks recommended to the board for approval. 208, 10 Beginning Date Completion Dats Responslbltlty Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/22/94 08/04/94 07/01/94 09/01/94 09/01/94 08/15/94 11/01/94 10/17/94 10/17/94 09/15/94 06/07/95 06/07/95 09/30/94 06/06/95 09/30/94 10/14/94 10/03/94 08/16/94 12/15/94 10/19/94 11/18/94 04/27/95Page: 11 Program Seq *: 208 Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Name\nCurriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The purpose of currteulum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies T Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria M. Materials purchased for aH speech therapist 02/01/95 02/01/95 N. Equipment and materials needed for students with disabilities Identified. 05/01/95 06/01/95 1.5 Analyze standardized test results together with Abacus and/or other appropriate data to revise and/or modify curriculum as needed 07/01/94 06/30/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Principals, Teachers 1.5 School improvement plans reflect emphasis on identified areas of need A. Results of standardized tests were used to identify target schools for service by the Elsenhower science specialists. 07/01/94 09/01/94 B. Mathematics curriculum revision used test data and anecdotal data from teachers to suggest modifications to the curriculum. 07/01/94 08/15/94 C. Planning retreat was conducted for reading specialists to Identify and target weak skills areas. 08/24/94 08/25/94 2.0 Identify and secure resources, both material and human, to support the program of studies offered by the District 07/01/94 06/30/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Director of Procurement, Principals 2.0 The courses in the program of studies have resources available for full implementation 2.1 Identify and order equipment and supplies needed by schools to implement their instructional program 07/01/94 06/30/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Teachers, Principals, Director of Procurement 2.1 Requisitions/purchase orders reflect the equipment and supplies ordered by/for the schools to implement their instructional program 208. 11Page: 12 Program Seq *: 208 Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Seivices Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The punjoso of curriculum services Is to pion, direct, end coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articuiation and coordination K12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies A. All subject area supervisors and coordinators ordered equipment and supplies as needed by schools. B. Replacement science supplies were provided to schools that made a request. C. K-4 and Math Crusade equipment and supplies were ordered for Crusade participants. 0. Equipment and supplies were identified and ordered for schools to implement their Kindergarten and E.C.E. progress. E. Materials identified and ordered for G/T program. F. Multicultural materials from multlcuttural fair identified and ordered by secondary social studies teachers. O. K-4, Math, and Science Crusade materials were ordered and received for second semester crusade participants. H. Materials ordered for speech therapists. J. Instructional Technology Department provide forty computer covers to Rockefeller. 2.2 Provide direct services to schools through the deployment of curriculum and technical specialists to help implement the schools' instructional program 208, 12 Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/01/94 12/01/94 01/04/95 02/01/95 06/01/95 07/01/94 06/07/95 06/07/95 09/30/94 09/30/94 06/01/95 12/22/94 06/07/95 02/01/95 06/01/95 06/30/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Curriculum and Technical Specialists, Principals 2.2 Weekly visitation logs document the direct services to schools provided by curriculum and technical specialistsPage: 13 Program Seq f: 208 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon. Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivory as well as to ensure curricular articulation arid coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria K Eisenhower staff development specialists In math and science served target schools. B. Supervisory staff made on-site visits for technical assistance to schools. C. Tedinical assistance provided to schools upon request by G/T supervisor and coordinator. 2.3 Maintain a ltorary of audio-visual materials, staff development materials, and other specialized materials for loan to schools A. Math office loaned materials to schools on request. B. Science office loaned microscopes and other supplies to elementary schools on request C. Videotapes were circulated from the Instructional Materials Center as requested by schools. . D. Professional Ltorary Catalog was issued to all employees. E. Materials checked out to schools upon request from G/T office ltorary. F. The professional Staff Development Media Center offers video tapes, books, films, etc. and is available to all LRSD employees. G. Early Childhood Education department loaned materials and equipment to schools upon request. 208, 13 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/15/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/12/94 08/15/94 07/01/94 01/09/95 06/07/95 06/07/95 06/06/95 06/30/95 06/07/95 06/07/95 06/06/95 08/12/94 06/07/95 06/30/95 06/06/95 Director of Staff Development. Coordinator of Library Services. Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators 2.3 An audio-visual catalog and staff development library catalog will document the matedals available for loan to schools\ncheck-out logs will document the loan of other specialized materials to the schoolsPage: 14 Program Seq : 208 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Curricuium Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services Is to plan, direct, and coordinate Improved curriculum design and deliveiy as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.4 Interview prospective candidates for teaching positions as weN as other certified and noncertified positions to assure the best qualified applicants are selected for employment A. Candidates were interviewed and a math secretary was employed. B. Curriculum staff members Interviewed prospective teacher candidates In the respective subject areas. C. Family Life Education teacher position was filled with an experienced and qualified individual. 0. Candidates were interviewed for secretary to the Social Studies Department. Candidate was recommended and approved. E. Prospective G/T specialist interviewed and hired to fW vacancies. F. Family' Lite Education teacher candidates were interviewed and an additional teacher was employed. G. Two new special education teachers interviewed and hired. 208, 14 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/24/94 07/25/94 10/01/94 01/04/95 06/30/95 09/01/94 06/30/95 09/01/94 08/29/94 01/23/95 11/01/94 01/15/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators. Director of Human Resources, Principals 2.4 Appointment books and feedback information will record the applicants who were interviewed by the curriculum supervisorsPage: 15 Program Seq *: 208 Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K*12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Dato Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.5 Print District documents ter dissemination to teachers, prmcipals. students, and/or parents A. Parent Home Study Guides were revised, printed and disseminated to the schools. 6. Revised mathematics curriculum guides were printed and distributed to teachers. C. Elementary Itorary media resource guide was printed and disseminated to elementary librarians. D. Curriculum and resource guides provided ter newly assigned teachers and specialist. E. Science Curriculum Guides sent to printer. 2.6 Prepare instructional activities and materials ter teachers and explain/demonstrate their use 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/09/95 07/01/94 06/30/95 09/30/94 09/01/94 08/12/94 09/12/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 A. Eisenhower math and science specialists prepared acUvities ter demonstrations lessons and team teaching experiences at target schools. 07/01/94 06/07/95 208, 15 Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators, Administrative Assistant to the Manager of Support Services. Printer at printshop Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, and Specialists at IRC 2.5 Teachers and principals have copies of applicable curriculum guides\nsign-off lists document the distribution of parent home study guides to parents\nstudent/parenl records document that students and parents received \"Rights and Responsibilities Handbook\" 2.6 Monthly IRC Thursday Night Workshops are held to share instructional activities and materials with teachers\ncopies of other activities and materials prepared ter teachers are on file at the IRCPage: 16 Program Seq *: 208 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plen, direct, end coordinate improved curriculum design and doHvery as wen as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies B. Bimonthly IRC inservice \"Open Houses were planned and information was mailed to the schoote. \"Open Houses have been held on a bimonthly basis. C. instructional materials for Kindergarten and E.C.E. teachers were prepared and demonstrated durirrg bimonthly work sessions at the IRC. D. G/T program area provided mini-sessions on Story Pyramids and Diorama to all IRC Open House visitors. Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 08/15/94 12/01/94 05/04/95 05/04/95 12/01/94 3.0 Provide technical assistance to principals, teachers, and other personnel to facilitate the effective implementation of District programs 07/01/94 06/30/95 Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators 3.0 District programs In the area of curriculum operate smoothly, without undue breakdown of equipment, lack of training of personnel, or lack of information by district personnel 3.1 Assist the schoota through the senrices of roving computer technicians to keep computer labs and equipment up and running 07/01/94 06/09/95 Coordinator of Technology, Computer Technicians, Principals 3.1 Computer labs provide good service and have little \"down\" time A. Computer Technicians served every computer lab to ensure equipment was up and running. 3.2 Assist teachers wih self-identified or principal- identified needs to improve the teaching/leaming process through content specific training as well as training in using various instructional strategies A. Supervisory staff made on-site visits for technical assistance to schools. 208, 16 08/15/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/09/95 06/30/95 06/07/95 Curriculum Directors, Supen/isors and Coordinators, Director of Staff Development. Principals 3.2 Weekly visitation logs and visitation reports document technical assistance provided to teachers .Page: 17 Program Seq *: 208 Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum servicos Is Io pion, direct, end coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as weH as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Obfectives Strategies B. Assistance provided by coordinator, peer specialtsL and supervisor. C. Staff Development provided the following training: Cloverdale Elementary - Improve Reading\nForest Park - Discipline Management\nChicot  Reading Styles\nBaseline. Central. Cloverdale Jr., Metropolitan - Reading Styles\nBaseline. Badgett. Booker. Fair Park, Gtobs, Jefferson  Test Taking Tips D. Staff Development provided the following training\nSchool Improvement - Bale, Booker, Brady. FubrighL Gtobs, Hall, Metropolitan E. Staff Development provided the following training\nSchool Improverrrent - Brady. Cloverdale. Fubrlght. Fair Park F. Staff Development provided the following training: School Improvement - Dodd. Fair Park. Badgett. Booker, Brady, Cloverdale Elem., Fubright, Garland. Halt, Metropolitan, Cloverdale Jr.. Jefferson. McDermott, Meadowcliff, Ottor Creek. Pulaski Heights 3.3 Help schools identify staff development needs artd plan inservice to address those needs Beginning Date Completion Dato Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 09/21/94 01/25/95 02/07/95 07/01/94 06/06/95 q 10/12/94 01/25/95 02/07/95 0S/10//95 06/30/95 Director of Staff Development. Principals, Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators 3.3 The Staff Development Catalog contains training that meets the needs identified in the schools' School Improvement Plan A. 'Rights of Passage inservice scheduled and planned for Franklin Incentive School. B. Portfolio planning assistance was provided for King Magnet. 07/01/94 09/13/94 09/30/94 09/13/94 208, 17Page: 18 Program Seq : 20B Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Curriculunri Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Secorfdary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum jervices is to plan, dirsct. and coordinata Improved curriculum design and delivery as wel as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. T Plan Reference Page Number OHectIves Strategies C. Staff Development specialists are assigned to specific schools where they work closely with the principal and the schooPs staff development committee to address inservice needs. D. Rights of Passage\" inservice conducted. E. Portfolio planning assistance was provided for Romine and Baseline. F. Integrated science inservice presented to science teachers at Mann Magnet School. G. Secondary schools provided special education inservice In dusters. H. Elementary and secondary science teachers attended textbook inservice. 3.4 Monitor program implementation through classroom visitations A. On-site visits were made to schools by supervisory staff to monitor classrooms for program implementation. B. Monitoring of G/T program ongoing by supervisor and coordinator. 3.5 Provida information to appropriate school personnel concerning academic events, training opportunities, funding sources, content-related questions, and special programs to enhance the Instructional program 208, 18 Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 08/01/94 10/12/94 10/04/94 01/25/95 01/23/95 05/02/95 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 05/26/95 10/12/94 12A)7/94 01/25/95 03/14/95 05/10/95 06/30/95 06/07/95 06/30/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisor and Coordinators Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators 3.4 Weekly visitation logs docurrwnt program monitoring 3.5 Memos, council agendas, and other written correspondence containing pertinent information is on file in each curriculum areaPage: 19 Program Seq *: 208 Revision Date: August 11,1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon. Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The pune o( curriculum services Is to plan, direct, and coordinato improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies A. Supervisory staff provided information to teachers and other staff forough council meetings and maH-outs about special events and opportunities. B. Information on academic events opportunities, etc. provided to schools by G/T supervision and coordinator 3.6 Assist schools with special needs students to address the identified needs to improve the learning process A. Chapter 1 and Compensatory Education mathematics programs were set up and implemented to serve identified students with deficits In mathematics. B. Social Studies assessment was conducted for students at Gfobs, Booker, and Dunbar to assist schools with appropriate placement. Carver student added. C. Assistance was provided for special needs students in Kindergarten and E.C.E. programs to assist the learning process. D. G/T supervisor and coordinator provide assistance to schools in providing needed services fo identified gifted students. E. Special education supervisors made ongoing visits to all programs. 208, 19 Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 08/11/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/22/94 08/22/94 07/25/94 08/16/94 06/07/95 06/01/95 06/30/95 06/07/95 06/02/95 06/06/95 06/06/95 06/06/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Principals 3.6 Programs to address special needs students are In placePage: 20 Program Seq *: 208 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services Is to plan, direct, and coordinate Improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articutetion and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Crtterla 4. Provide staff development experiences for the effective implementation of the curriculum 07/01/94 06/30/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Staff Development 4.0 Inservice programs offered are in response to identified needs district-wide as well as local school sites 4.1 Provide inservice training through district\u0026gt;wide minicoufses, training courses as well as school- based workshops to maximize the delivery of the ojniculum 07/01/94 06/30/95 Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators, Staff Development 4.1 Catalogue reflects Inservice opportunities 4.1 Computer generated record reflects all inservice topics, dates, participants 4.1 Evaluations are on file /k. Mini-courses were planned and included In the staff development catalog. 07/01/94 06/30/95 B. School-based inservice programs with emphasis on content and methodology were presented. C. Three school-based Inservices provided by Early Childhood Education. Instructional assistants were provided CDA training. 07/01/94 08/08/94 06/06/95 06/06/95 D. Twenty school-based inservices provided by Math/Science. 08/08/94 06/07/95 E. Five school staffs were inserviced by special education supervisors. 09/30/94 12/16/94 F. The revised Language Arts and Math curricutum was implemented in August for aH LRSD employees 06/15/94 08/16/94 G. Staff development in social studies provided to secondary teachers. GZT teachers, and Franklin teachers. 07/01/94 05/02/95 H. Spedal education inservice on transition. 05/10/95 05/10/95 208. 20Page: 21 Program Seq *: 208 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon. Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services Is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivory as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Dato ResponsibUity Evaluation Criteria 4.2 Maintain professional materials and supplies that can be accessed by local school sites for identified needs and/or professional development A. Afl curricular areas maintain professional materials and supplies that can be accessed by local school sites. B. Professional materials Incorporated Into G/T office Nbrary. Materials available for check-out. 4.3 Provide technical assistance to individual schools/teachers through demonstration lessons, team-teaching as well as Individual/group planning at the local school A. Eisenhower Staff Development Specialists in science and math conducted demonsbation lessons, team teaching, and small group inservice sessions at the local school level. B. Staff Development provided technical assistance for the following schools: Mabelvale Elementary on 11-14-94, Mitchell on 12-01-94, Rockefeller on 11-30-94, Garland on 11-16-94, and Washington on 11-16-94, Terry on 03-06-95 C. Social Studies Department provided technical assistance to schools with Inservice lesson demonstrations, curriculum planning, and SAT-S test preparation. 208, 21 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 11/14/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/06/95 06/30/95 06/07/95 04/06/95 05/30/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Staff Development Specialists Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Staff Development Specialists 4.2 Record of available materials is on file as well as documentation of materials ffiat have been checked out for local schoote 4.3 Copies of weekly visitation logs as well as staff development plans are availablePage: 22 Program Sag *: 208 Revision Data: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Curricutum Sarvicas Program Code: Primary Leader Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow Program Goal\nThe purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinale improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reforence Page Number Ot^ectlves Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.4 Provide opportunities for teachers to work at the IRC to design and create their own activities 07/01/94 06/30/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Staff Development 4.4 List of available dates and partic^ants is available 5.0 Develop and evaluate programs to meet needs established by the district in the curriculum area A. Bimonthly IRC inservice \"Open Houses\" were planned and a schedule of the \"Open Houses\" was provided to the schools. \"Open Houses\" are held on a bimonthly basis. 4.5 Provide specialists and technicians to assist local schools in die implementation of die Abacus Instructional Management Program A. New Teacher Abacus training 5.1 Plan programs for magnet. interdistricL incentive, and other schools established by the District to incorporate selected themes 208, 22 07/01/94 05/04/95 07/01/94 06/30/95 Staff Development, Computer Central 4.5 Weekly visitation logs document direct services to the schools 4.5 Increased use of the Abacus system 10/26/94 12/06/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Director of Planning Research and Evaluation Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Assistant Superintendents, Principals, Associate Superintendent for Desegregation 5.0 Programs are developed to meet needs established by the District\nthe program budgeting process and \"Fast-track evaluations are used to evaluate new and existing programs 5.1 Schools with special themes have programs in place that infuse the theme throughout the curriculumPage: 23 Program Seq f: 208 Revision Dato: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Secondary Leader Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The purpose o( curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinato improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Dato Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Assistance was provided staff at Henderson Health Sciences Magnet School to develop two new courses: Technical Writing and Scientific Illustration. B. \"Rights of Passage inservice scheduled and planned for Franklin Incentive School. 5.2 Develop District-wide programs to meet the spedal needs of identified populations of students A. Academic Support Program students were identified for mathematics support and the program has begun. B. ESL program was discussed during principals' meeting. C. ESL tutors were hired for 1994-95 school year to serve 117 students in 35 schools. D. ESL tutor inservice was held. E. ESL conference was held. F. Programming for identified gifted students available at aH schools. 0. ESL tutors held monthly meetings. 208, 23 07/01/94 09/06/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/11/94 08/22/94 08/23/94 09/26/94 07/01/94 08/22/94 08/15/94 09/30/94 06/30/95 06/07/95 08/11/94 08/23/94 09/28/94 06/05/95 06/06/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Principals, Director of Federal Programs 5.2 Student populations with special needs identified by the District In the curriculum area have programs in place to address their needsPage: 24 Program Seq : 208 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Curricutum Services Program Code: Primary Leader Secondary Leader Lucy Lyon. Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate Improved curriculum design and delivery as wen as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectlvea Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5.3 Assess the effectiveness of District programs In the curriculum area 5.4 Seek funding for District programs that qualify for\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_718","title":"Report: ''Little Rock School District 1994-95 Fourth Quarter Status Report, Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs,'' Volume II, exhibit 1","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1995-08-17"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System"],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Education--Evaluation","Education--Finance"],"dcterms_title":["Report: ''Little Rock School District 1994-95 Fourth Quarter Status Report, Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs,'' Volume II, exhibit 1"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/718"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":["Available for use in research, teaching, and private study. Any other use requires permission from the Butler Center."],"dcterms_medium":["planning"],"dcterms_extent":["43 pages"],"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nRECEIVED VOLUME II AUG 2 2 1995 LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT Office of Desegregation Monitoring 1994-95 FOURTH QUARTER STATUS REPORT PROGRAM PLANNING AND BUDGET DOCUMENT FOR DESEGREGATION PROGRAMS PLANNING, RESEARCH, AND EVALUATION DEPARTMENT August 17, 1995 EXHIBIT 1 School Support Cluster  * *  *  * * * * Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Staff Development Library/Media Computerized Transportation Data Processing Safety and Security Minority Teacher Recruitment Educational Equity Monitoring Commitment to Desegregation/Leadership Summer School (Interdistrict) Summer Learning Program - JTPA Facilities Guidance/Counseling Program Leadership Employment PracticesLRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT 1 Program Seq 9: 20 Page: Revision Date: August 1. 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo, Jr. Secondary Leader: TBA Program Description\nThe Office of Desegregelion is charged widi monitoring the implementation of the Desegregation Plan which includes the apptopriate assignment of students to schools. The capacities of the elementaty area schools are determined in accordance with Arkansas accreditation standards which have the following limits: Grade: Maximum Number of Students Per Class (Average.) Maximum Number of Students in Any Class Kindergarten 20 25 First-Third 23 25 Fourth-Sixth 25 28 The overall recill comDoiilion of die cleroenMiv irel rehool. Md Ihe ace .viilible for recniinnenl ll Ihoie schooh depend upon the number of Mudene who enroll in Incentive md Intcfdistricl Schools The miol racM composition of the Incenlive Schools is eipected to be predominililv blicll. 11 is eipected drat it leesl 600 blech LRSD students will Mend fmeidislnct Schools. District Goal Support: Program Goal: Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan E References: L 139 ] FY Program Budget: $511,645.41 lot Qtr Expend: $108,505.23 3rd Qtr Expend: $140,638.23 FTE 13.0 YTD Expenditures: $473,908.54 2nd Qtr Expend: $106,196.97 4th Qtr Expend: $118,568.11 9 [ Rebtcd Function Codes: 20, 1Program Seq *: 20 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number L139 LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Objectives Strategies Page: 2 Revision Date: August 1, 1995 Secondary Leader: Beglnnirvg Date Completion Date TBA Responsibility Evaluation Criteria (1.0 To implement magnet school assignments) (2.0 To implement interdistrict assignments) school 07/01/94 06/30/95 /Kssoc. Supt. for Desegregation 1.0 /Assignments are consistent with the Desegregation Plan as evidenced by an annual review of assignment data 1.1 Magnet Schools - The assignment process to (original) magnet schools will not change under this Plan. 1.2 Monitor Student Assignment and enrollment at Magnet Schools. A Student assignments are reviewed on a weekly basis. B. Waiting Rsts are reviewed in order to fill vacancies. 2.1 Interdistrict Schools - LRSD and PCSSD agree to establish interdistrict schools as described in the Interdistrict Desegregation Plan. A. Six interdistrict schools have been established. 20. 2 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 09/30/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/05/95 06/05/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 12/21/94 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation /kssoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 2.0 Assignments are consistent with the Desegregation Plan as evidenced by an annual review of assignment dataPage: 3 Program Seq *: 20 Revision Date: August 1, 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: TBA Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Ot^ectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria (3.0 To implement elementary area school assignments). The total capacitv of the elementary area schools is 9,678. 3.1 Students will be assigned to the elementary area schools by attendance zones. A. Elementary area school students assigned. 3.2 The elementary area school attendance zones are drawn to establish a racial balance at each school of 55 percent black and 45 percent white with a variance of 5 percent. The recruitment of white students to elementary area schools may increase the percentage of white students at these schools, but no school shall have a racial composition of greater that 60 percent white. 3.3 Students presently assigned to elementary area schools will be given the option to remain in these schools (grandfathered). A. Targeted students ware notified of options. 3.4 After grandfathered students have been assigned, students in the attendance zone will be assigned to the elementary area schools. A. Students are assigned and notified of assignments to attendance zone school. 20, 3 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95  06/30/95 10/18/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 09/20/94 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 3.0 Assignments are consistent with the Desegregation Plan as evidenced by an annual review of assignment data 3.1 Enrollment Data 3.3 Student requests to remain in area schools are granted. 3.4 Attendance zone students are assigned based on available seats.Page: 4 Program Seq *: 20 Revision Date: August 1, 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: TBA Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that Is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan r\" Plan Reference Page Number L 139 L 148 Objectives Strategies Beginning Dato Completion Date Responsibitity Evaluation Criteria (4.0 To implement incentive school assignments). The capactty of the Incentive schools Is 2.558. 3.5 If there is no space available at a student's zoned school or if assignment of the student to the school would put the school out of compliance with racial balance requirements, the student will be assigned to the closest school with capacity which meets racial balance requirements. A. Students are reassigned and notified. 3.6 The elementary school zones will provide a feeder pattern for elementary students going to Junior high school students going to high school. 3.7 Students In elementary area school zones will be given the option to select an incentive school. 4.1 Each incentive school will have an attendance zone that encompasses the neighborhood around the school (primary attendance zone). 4.2 Students presently assigned to Incentive schools will be given the option to remain In these schools (grandfethered). 20, 4 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 09/20/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 3.5 Students are reassigned In accordance wiUi Deseg. Plan. 3.6 A feeder pattern is established for the organizational levels. 3.7 Options were granted in accordance to assignment plan. 4.0 Incentive School Assignments are made in accordance with the Desegregation Plan requirements. 4.1 School zone mapsPage: 5 Program Seq *: 20 Revision Date: August 1, 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: TBA Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that Is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number CO 194 CO 194 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.3 After grandfathered students have been identified and assigned, students in die primary attendance zone wiH be assigned to the incentive schools. A. Students were assigned as space was allowed. 4.4 All incentive school students will have the option to be assigned to an elementary area school to be selected by LRSD in accordance with desegregation considerations. A. Elementary desegregation transfer applications processed. 4.5 In order to assist in meeting the desegregation requirements, a certain number of seats for black and white students will be reserved for each pre-khdergarten and kindergarten class. The seats reserved for white chHdren shall not remain permanently vacant if unfilled. Sufficient time should be allowed for time^. vigorous, and sustained recruitment efforts before filling these seats. A. Seats are reserved until judge releases. B. Assignments are monitored to ensure acceptable racial balance. 4.6 The incentive schools will have a maximum pupil/teacher ratio of 20 to 1. 20, 5 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/05/95 06/30/95 06/05/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 09/20/94 06/30/95 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt.for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 4.3 Enrollment data\nschool zone maps. 4.4 Enrollment data 4.S Reserved seats are available by race for prekindergarten and kindergarten students. Page: 6 Program Seq *: 20 Revision Date: August 1, 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. RusseH Mayo Secondary Leader: TBA Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number CO 194 Objectives Strategies Beginnlrig Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.7 There may be more than 20 students per ciassroom, hovrever, there will be an aide In each class and possible a second teacher in those classes. 07/01/94 06/30/95 4.8 Assign students with sensitivity to the relationship between placement stability and academic progress as well as the need to measure the impact of incentive programs or student achievement 4.9 Student assignment process must be Bie result of carefaHy coordinated decision-making. The incentive school staffs and the LRSD departments responsible for desegregation, student recruitment and assignment, and planning and evaluation must assess the short-and longterm academic and social impact of any anticipated student reassignments. 4.10 The district must be able to demonstrate that the investment has paid the expected dividends for children, if not, changes must be made gutokly before children are tost along with the settlement money. 20, 6 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95Page: 7 Program Seq *: 20 Revision Date: August 1, 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignrrwnt Program Code: 06 Primary Leader Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: TBA Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number L 140 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria (S.O To implement Desegregation Transfers) 4.11 When making student assignments, keep in mind that there is a relationship between double funding and enroHn\u0026gt;ent figures that represents the greatest return on investment. Tlie distfict is bound to keep Its pledge to doubie fund each incentive school for sk years or as ionq as the school maintains an enrollment above 80% black. District must also keep in mind that the incentive schools educate only a smalt portion of the class that prevailed In the desegregation lawsuit. Ensure that a portion of the Incentive school funding fulfills the plan's commitment that \"the children who are In radaliy-lsotated settings are provided meaningful opportunities for desegregated experiences/activities.\" 5.1 Junior and senior high school students may transfer to another school as long as ttie reassignment allows both the sending and receiving school to comply with the desegregation requirement and a seat is available. The minimum black percentage is 25 percent below ttie districtwide percentage of blacks in grades 7\u0026gt;12. The minimum and maximum black percentages constitute the desegregation requirement (for acceptable range) for a desegregation transfer. The desegregation requirements In secondary schools is that all schools will remain within a range of 12 1/2 percent above to 25 percent below the districtwide percentage of black students at each organizational level (i.e., high school and Junior high school). 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 5.1 Racial composition of student enrollments are within acceptable ranges. 20, 7Page\n8 Program Seq : 20 Revision Date: August 1, 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: TBA Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number L 140 L 140 Objectlvea Strategies 5.2 Elementary students may transfer to an incentive school only if such a transfer enhances desegregation at the incentive school. Desegregation transfers win be granted to elementary area schools that are difficult to desegregate. A. Requests for transfers wore reviewed/approved In accordance with criteria. 5.3 A student may make two desegregation transfers at each organizational level (primary, intermediate, junior or senior high school). The purpose of the second desegregation transfer is to allow a student to return to his or her previous school assignment. A. Requests for desegregation transfers are reviewed to ensure compliance. 5.4 Desegregation transfers wilt be granted during a limited period once each year (Secondary Schools only). 5.5 LRSD will provide transportation for desegregation transfer students where it is cost effecbve to do so. A. Requests for transportation department (Desegregation transfer students assigned to existing bus routes.) (6.0 To implement Staling Transfers) 20. 8 Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 09/20/94 06/30/95 06/05/95 04/07/95 06/30/95 09/20/94 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 5.2 Transfers reflect an improvement in racial balance. 5.3 Desegregation transfer reports reflect appropriate utilization by students. 5.4 Desegregation transfer reports reflect appropriate use by students. 5.5 Maintain records of number of students transported using desegregation transfers.Page: 9 Program Seq *: 20 Revision Date: August 1, 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. RusseH Mayo Secondary Leader: TBA Program Goal: To Implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan RefererKe Page Number L 141 Objectives Strategies 6.1 Sibling transfers do not apply to magnet schools. (NOTE: Stolings are brothers/slsters, or haif-brothers/sisters, residing at the same address with brothers/sisters, or haif-brothers/sisters, who are enrolled In the LRSD.) 6.2 A student entering the LRSD after the 1991- 92 school year will not be allowed to make a sibling preference transfer to a school outside the student's attendance zone. 6.3 Any student who makes a sibling preference transfer before the 1991-92 school year may remain at the school to which the student transferred until graduation to the next organizational level. 6.4 Sibling preference transfers will be granted if a seat is available and the transfer will allow both the sending and receiving schools to comply with the desegregabon requirements. 6.5 Sibling transfer applicants must have a sfoling currently enrolled in LRSD. Sfoling transfers will be granted only to sfolings of grandfathered students. Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation (7 To Implement Transfer of Children of Employees Assignments) 07/01/94 06/30/95 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 20, 9 6.1 Publish/distribute procedures regarding sibling transfers. 6.2 Publish/distribute procedures regarding sibling transfers. 6.3 Student transfers reflect acceptance/ rejection of transfer options. 6.4 Documentation of sibling transfers meet desegregation requirements. 6.5 Sibling transfer requirements are in accordance wifo established requirements.Page: 10 Program Seq *: 20 Revision Date: August 1. 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russen Mayo Secondary Leader: TBA Program Goal: To implonient a student assignment process that Is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies 7.1 LRSD employees may enroll their children al the schools where they work. 7.2 This provision is not intended to authorize interdistrict transfers (transfers to NLRSD or PCSSD) other than those authorized by the court- approved desegregation plan. 7.3 The transfer of the childron of employees is subject to desegregation requirements and the capacity of the particular school. 7.4 LRSD is not obligated to provide transportation. 7.5 This provision does not apply to magnet schools. 7.6 The order of preference for assigning foe children of employees is listed below: 20. 10 Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Human Resources Director Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 7.1 Employees children are enrolled in schools requested in accordance with established requirements. 7.2 All interdistrict transfers are court approved. 7.3 Student transfers are consistent with capacities and desegregation requirements. 7.4 Transportation is provided by patrons of employees. 7.6 Documentation of assignments.Page: 11 Program Seq *: 20 Revision Date: August 1, 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: TBA Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan RefererKS Page Number L 141-142 Ot^ectives Strategies Beglnnlrtg Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria (8 To implement the Reassignment Process) 7.6.1 First preference: attendance zone students with siblings 7.6.2 Second preference: attendance zone students without siblings 7.6.3 Third preference: children of employees 7.6.4 Fourth preference: desegregation transfers 7.6.5 Fifth preference: M-to-M transfers 7.6.6 Sixth preference: Act 609, Act 624, and legal transfers. A. In compliance 8.1 Every effort will be made to install portable buildings in order to accommodate overflow situations at a particular grade level. Only if a building cannot be installed, the student will be reassigned to the nearest school that has a seat available in the student's feeder zone. If the student cannot be assigned to any of the schools in the student's feeder zone, the student will be reassigned to a school in a contiguous feeder zone. The Student Assignment Office will be responsfole for all reassignments. Reassigned students will be placed on the waiting list for the appropriate attendance zone school. A. Requests for portables are reviewed, alternate assignments are made in compliance with capacity requirements and court mandates. 20, 11 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 09/20/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 09/20/94 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 8.0 The assignment process Is consistent with the desegregation requirements. 8.1 Portables are installed in accordance with Deseg. Plan Page: 12 Program Seq *: 20 Revision Date: August 1.1995 Program Name: Program Code: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: TBA Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number L 142 Objectives (9 To establish effective and efficient student assignment procedures) Strategies B. Waiting lists are compiled for area schools. 8.2 The minimum black percentage for each elementary area school Is 40 percent black. Any assignment that causes a school to fall below the minimum black percentage will not be granted. In such cases, the student will be reassigned to the nearest school that meets the minimum black percentage requirenent and has a seat available. If the student cannot bo assigned to any of the schools in the student's feeder zone, the student will be assigned to a school in a contiguous feeder zone. A. Alternate assignments are made in compliance with desegregation requirements. 20, 12 Beginning Dato 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 Completion Dato 09/20/94 06/30/95 09/20/94 06/30/95 Responsibility Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Evaluation Criteria 8.2 Rosters reflect student assignment percentages are within acceptable racial balance. 9,0 Assignment procedures are effective and consistent with the desegregation requirements.Page: 13 Program Seq *: 20 Revision Date: August 1. 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russen Mayo Secondary Leader: TBA Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies 9.1 The Student Assignment Office will\nmonitor new assignments\nprocess all data entry work for elementary schools (data entry tasks decentralized 1992-9? school year)\nprocess interdistnct M-to-M transfers and magnet assignments\nreassign students because of over-crowdedness or desegregation requlrenwnts\nconsider appeals\nconduct recruitntent efforts (transferred to recruitment program)\nprocess desegregation bansfer, assign all early childhood and incentive school students\nand process all special transfers (Act 609, Act 624, etc.). A. Assignments are reviewed to ensure racial balance. B. Appeals Committee reviews/approves/refects assignment appeals. 9.2 New students to the District who enroH after May 17.1989 will not have to come to the Student Assignment Office to obtain an assignment. Each school will be authorized to enroll students who live within the attendance zone of that school. 20. 13 Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 09/20/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 9.1 The student assignment process will be effective in assigning students and process special transfers to assist with racial balance. A. Enrollment Data B. Roster of committee members Agendas from meetings 9.2 Each area school will have the ability to assign students within their attendance zone. Page\n14 Program Seq *: 20 Revision Date\nAugust 1, 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: TBA Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Res po risibility Evaluation Criteria ] (10 To monitor all aspects of the Desegregation Plan) 9.3 The Student Assignment Handbook includes the timeline and procedures used by the schools and the Student Assignment Office to assign students. The Student Assignment Handbook will be revised each year, as necessary, to reflect any changes in the procedures for assigning students. Changes will be made as needed to include new deadlines and to improve the implementation of the court-approved student assignment plan. The handbook will be developed by the Student Assignment Office and distributed to the schools and the parties each year. 10.1 Review Program Budget Documents to Identify potential proffiems. 10.2 Conduct site visits as necessary. A. Site visits conducted 10.3 Develop and implement improvement plans as needed. 20, 14 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt.for Desegregation. Desegregation Facilitator Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation, Desegregation Facilitator Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation, Desegregation Facilitator 9.3 Revised Student Assignment Handbook is published and distributed. 10.0 Identiflcation of implementation and effectiveness problems as evidence by the Program Budget Document 10.1 Budget Documents are reviewed and problems are listed. 10.2 Site visits are docuniented. 10.3 Improvement Plans are developed and implemented.Page: 15 Program Seq *: 20 Revision Date: August 1. 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: TBA Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process ^at is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number CO 166 Objectives Strategies t Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 10.4 Monitor implementation of improvement plans. 10.16 Before the court will consider approving the construction project at J. A. Fair High School, the LRSD must account for the 1,270 square feet difference between the 3,450 square feel of the old space and the 2,160 of new space and specify the exact number of new dassrooms that will result from the construction. 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/30/94 06/30/95 20, 15 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation, Desegregation Facilitator 10.4 Scheduled observations of Improvement Plans are documented.Program Seq #: 21 Program Name\nStaff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Program Description: District Goal Support: Program Goal: [ Flan References: FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods Page: 1 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 The SBff Development Departmenl was established to promote the implementation of the desegregation plan through activities that will result in improved academic achievement. Inservice opportunities designed to increase the effechveness of cumculum delivery together with training tailored to improve interactions among and across all lines will occur. Additionally, this departmenl will provide support and resources for site-based staff development expenences. integrated educational progranis that will enauie that all students grow academicaUy. socially and emotioiially with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in Goal No. 2. Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal No. 3. The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate behavior and human relations skills that value understanding of multicultural diversity. Goal No. 5. Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. Goal No. 6. Ensure that equi^ occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. people as human beings and diat are consistent with an appreciation and The Staff Development Department will provide activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement. In support of the goal of providinK onaoina staff development and information to parents relative to student success. LRSD will pursue the followirut a regular and to keep all staff abreast of developments in their field of erxleavor. lecular basis by the followint Update skills of all on L 126-128 I $352,932.12 1st Qtr Expend: $71,968.88 3rd Qtr Expend: $85,041.69 $305,297.05 2nd Qtr Expend: $77,801.97 4th Qtr Expend: $70,484.51 [ Related Function Codes: 1 21, 1Program Seq 9: 21 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number L126 L 126 LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Objectives Strategies Beginning Dale Completion Date Page: 2 Revision Dale: August 11. 1995 Marion E. Woods Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. To provide staff development Inservke to improve race rehtlons and equity (07/01/94) (06/30/95) (Superintendent. Staff Development, Central Office Staff) 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 Continue to articulate vision/mlssion of LRSD to fnmin unity Fall 1988 (07/01/94) Ongoing (06/30/95) Superintendent (Central Office. Director of Communications) 1.1 1.1 1.1 A. District goals were issued to all departments for the 1994-95 school year. 07/01/94 09/22/94 21, 2 (Increased minority staff representation in areas needed) (Increased representation of minority students in programs currently under-represented) (Administration of Human Relations Survey will reflect improvement in race relations and equity) Public participation Dissemination of material (Increase in number of students returning to public school) (School Districts required Annual Report to Community will include mission/goals for LRSD)Program Seq ti 21 Page: 3 Program Name: Staff Development Reviston Date: August 11. 1995 Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Program Goal: To provide staff development to fanix\u0026gt;ve race relations and equity. Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods (To provide saff development ictiviiies thu will promote the implemeotation of the desegregation plan resulting in inqiroved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Ninnber L126 L126 Objectives Strategies I T Beginning Date Completiott Date Respottsibillly Evaluation Criteria 1.2 Schedule and im)demen( workshops and activities related to improving race r^tattony for the following groups: a. Board of Directors b. District Administrators c. Certified Staff d. District Support Staff A. Healing Racism Workshop - City of Little Rock B. Healing Racism Seminar  City of Little Rock 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. The Oneness of Humanity Defining Prejudice and Racism How Racism is Perpetuated Institutionalized Racism Stereotypes and How They Affect Us Unaware Racism Disempowerment of Males*Male Oppression Internalized Oppression Reclaiming Our Heritage Cultural Racism Ally-Building As A Way to Heal Celebration/Where Now? 13 Plan and implement an evening symposium for the community on \"Community Involvement in a Desegregated School Setting\" 1.3 (Item completed in April and August. 1988. and is not recurring) 21, 3 1988-89 School Year (07/01/94) Ongoing (06/30/95) Deseg. Asst. Center (DAC) and Central Office Staff (Staff Development Departrrwnt. Principals) 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 Roster of participants (Increased minority staff representation in areas needed) (Increased representation of minority students in programs currently under-represented) (Administration of Human Relations Survey will reflect improvement in race relations and equity) 10/15/94 12/12/94 Fall 19M 10/15/94 06/22/95 FbD 1988 DAC Consuttant 1.3 1.3 Roster of participants (Symposium was held in April and August. 1988)Page: 4 Program Seq 21 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Prtmary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race r\u0026lt; ilty. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of die desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Flan Reference Page Number L126 L126 2. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.4 Monitor fanplementation of above strategies A. Human Relations (bus drivers) B. Human Relations/Classroom Tips (Instructioiud Aides) C. D. E. F. O. H. Improving Race Relations (Garland) Human Divenity (Wakefield) Equity (Baseline) Equity (McDermott) Equity (Central High School) Equiqr (Metropolitan) Provide inservice on cooperative learning strategies in a heterogeneous classroom 21, 4 Fan 1988 (07/01/94) Ongoing (06/30/95) Assoc Supt for Educational Prog (Superintendent. District Biracial Committee) 1.4 1.4 1.4 Meetings held (Attendance at public meetings) (Districi-wide Biracial Monitoring Report will reflect improvement in minority representation in all areas needed) 08/11/94 08/18/94 08/25/94 09/21/94 09/21/94 09/21/94 12/07/94 12/07/94 (07/01/94) 08/11/94 08/18/94 03/16/95 09/21/94 09/21/94 09/21/94 12/07/94 12/07/94 (06/30/95) (Staff Development Department, Content Area Supervisors) 2.0 2.0 (Increased involvement in group activities in the classroom) (Improved classroom climate and social interactions among all students)Program Seq #: 21 Pige: 5 Program Name: Revisioo Date: Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number L 126 L126 L U6 Staff Development 09 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods August II, 1995 To provide staff development to improve race retatiom and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Objectives Strategics 2.1 Inservice teachers and administration on cooperative learning based on Slavin and Johnson and Johnson (or other appropriate cooperative learning models) A. B. C. Beginning Date Comfdction Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Cooperative Learning Cooperative Learning Cooperative Learning 2.2 Monitor teachers use of cooperative learning strategies A. Ongoing process by the building Instructional Leader July 1991 (07/01/94) Ongoing (06/30/95) Staff Dev Dept Content Area Supvs 2.1 2.1 2.1 Training model (Increased involveriKnt in group activities in the classroom) (Improved classroom climate and social interactions among ail students) 10/17/94 11/07/94 03/14/95 (07/01/94) 07/01/94 10/24/94 11/14/94 04/11/95 (06/30/95) 06/05/95 Principal (Staff Development Department, Content Area Supervisors) 2J 2.2 2.2 2.2 Classroom observation and documentation (Random observation of classrooms where teachers have been trained) (Random survey of cooperative learning participants regarding effects of implementation in their classrooms) (Principal will observe cooperative learning strategies during routine classroom visitations) 3.0 Provide inservice on additional strategies to Improve instruction in desegregated school setting (To improve instruction through the use of effective teaching strategies in the school setting) (07/01/94) (06/30/95) (Staff Development, Content Area Supervisors) 3.0 (Increase tn achievement of students of teachers in identified programs) 21, 5Page: 6 Prognun Seq *: 21 Revlsloa Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods Program Goal: To provide staff development to Improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Flan Reference Page Number L 126 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date CompletioD Dale Responsibthty EvaluatioD Criteria 3.1 Provide Inservice opportunities on: a. Effective Schools Model PCT b. Teaching/Leaming Styles c. Teacher Expectations and Student Achievement (TESA) d. Classroom Management e. (and/or other appropriate inservice oppomutities) July 1991 (07/01/94) Ongoing (06/30/95) Staff Dev Dept (Content Area Supervisors) 3.1 Roster of participants Workshop evaluations 3.1 (Number of participants from a cross-section of district staff involved in Ihe identified progrants) A. Effective Schools Model PET 1. PET Refresher 11/01/94 11/01/94 2. PET Refresher 12/08/94 12/08/94 3. Full cycle of PET 03/16/95 05/25/95 B. Teaching/Leaming Styles 1. Provided Learning Styles for the Alternative School and McClellan High School 2. Learning Styles (Chicol. Southwest, Franklin, Parkview) 3. Learning Styles - Martin L. King, Jr. 4. Learning Styles - Mitchell 5. Learning Styles  Rockefeller aitd Fulbright 09/12/94 10/21/94 02/08/95 03/01/05 04/26/95 09/12/94 12/07/94 02/08/95 03/01/95 04/26/95 C. Teacher Expectations and Student Achievement (TESA) 1. TESAI 11/14/94 03/27/95 2. TESAD 02/13/95 04/10/95 D. Classroom Management 21, 6Program Seq f: 21 Par: 7 Program Name: Saff Development Revision Date: August II. 1995 Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Program Goal: To provide itaff develoiaiient to Improve race relations and equity. Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods (To pmvide stair development :tivides that will promole the implementedon of d desegmg.don plan mmiting in improved ecwlemic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Nianber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Dale Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Provided for new teachers 08/11/94 08/11/94 2. Provided for new teachen 09/19/94 09/26/94 3. Provided for new teachen 10/10/94 10/19/94 4. Provided for new teachers 10/17/94 10/24/94 E. (and/or other appropriate inservice opportunities) 1. Secondary Self-Esteem 10/20/94 10/20/94 2. At-Risk 10/24/94 10/24/94 3. At-Risk 11/07/94 11/07/94 5. 6. 7. 8. Cooperative Team Learning Elementary Self-Esteem Thinking Skills National Faculty Cooperative Learning 3.2 Send selected staff to professional development sessions in order to inctease the number of available trainers and in return for a commitment to assist with collegial staff development. A. Great Expectation Training B. COE Training c. Great Expectation Training D. Great Expectation/School Improvement 21. 7 11/07/94 12/05/94 12/08/94 02/27/95 03/14/95 07/01/94 08/30/94 08/23/94 12/07/94 04/14/95 11/14/94 12/05/94 12/08/94 06/30/95 04/11/95 06/30/95 09/01/94 12/07/94 04/14/95 1Pile: 8 Prognun Seq f: 21 Revision Dite: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Prtaiary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Flan Reference Page Nimber Objectives Strategics Beginning Date Completioo Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L127 L127 4.0 Provide inservice on \"Effective Implementation of the LRSD Disci|dine Management System\" 3.3 Provide district-wide program of staff development A. Printed and distributed Staff Development Catalogue/Caleitdar B. Scheduled workshops and minicourses 4.1 Continue to Involve counselors, principals, assistant principals, and teachers in discipline management in a desegregated school setting A. Schools distributed Students* Rights/Responsibilities Handbook B. Training provided in Students Rights/Responsibilities Handbook C. Provided Positive Discipline workshop for Romine D. Provided Discipline Management workshop for Forest Park 21. 8 07/01/94 09/01/94 08/23/94 (07/01/94) July 1991 (07/01/94) 09/06/94 09/06/94 09/12/94 09/12/94 06-30-94 11/01/94 06/30/95 (06/30/95) Ongoing (06/30/95) 09/30/94 09/30/94 09/12/94 09/12/94 (Director of Pupil Personnel) Director of Pupil Services (Pupil Services Department. Principals. Counselon) 4.0 4.0 4.1 4.1 4.1 A (Decrease in the number of students who receive disciplinary sanctions) (Decrease in die disproportionate number of minority students who receive disciplinary sanctions) Roster of participants (Building Level Discipline Management Plans established for all schools) (Counseling classes will include orienution to the building level plan and district-wide Righu and Responsibilities Handbook)Page: 9 Program Seq f: 21 Revision Dale: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods Program Goal: To provide staff development to Improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number LI27 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria E. Provided Violence Prevention for Mabelvale Jr. High F. 0. H. 10/13/94 10/13/94 Provided Positive Discipline for Fair High School Provided Discipline workshop for Gibbs Provided Discipline workshop for Carver I. Provided Violence Prevention for Cloverdale Jr. J. Provided Cooperative Discipline for Rightsell K. L. 10/13/94 10/13/94 11/02/94 11/02/94 11/02/94 10/13/94 10/13/94 11/02/94 11/02/94 11/02/94 Provided Conflict Resolution for Rockefeller Cooperative Discipline for Franklin M. Cooperative Discipline for Chicot N. Conflict Resolution 4.2 Monitor use of \u0026lt;Usci{4ine management system A. Schools distributed Students' Rights/Responsibilities Handbook B. Training provided in Students Rights/Responsibilities Handbook C. Provided Positive Discipline workshop for Romine 21, 9 12/07/94 01/25/95 03/01/95 05/10/95 Fan 1988 (07/01/94) 09/06/94 09/06/94 09/12/94 12/07/94 01/25/95 03/01/95 05/10/95 Ongoing (06/30/95) 09/07/94 09/07/94 09/12/94 Prfocipals Counselors School Teams 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 Documentation ((^arterly Behavior Management Reports) (Building level biiacial committee reports will be used to monitor and/or adjust discipline plans) (District-wide Biracial Committee)Pace: 10 Profram Seq 21 Revision Dale: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Stair Development ProcTAio Code: 09 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race rehtlons and equtty. lo provHie null ucTciuptucu* uu|v'v j j  v * \\ (To provide staff development activities that wUl promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in unproved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number L 127 Objectives Strategies D. Provided Discipline Management workshop for Forest Park E. Provided Violence Prevention for Mabelvale Jr. High F. Provided Positive Discipline for Fair High School G. Provided Discipline workshop for Gibbs H. Provided Discipline workshop for Carver I. Provided Violence Prevention for Cloverdale Jr. J. Provided Cooperative Discipline for Rightsell K. Provided Conflict Resolution for Rockefeller L. Discipline Management for Jefferson M. N. Beglnninc Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 09/12/94 10/13/94 10/13/94 10/13/94 11/02/94 11/02/94 11/02/94 12/07/94 02/08/95 09/12/94 10/13/94 10/13/94 10/13/94 11/02/94 11/02/94 11/02/94 12/07/94 02/08/95 Discipline widi Dignity for Cloverdale Jr. High Discipline Management for McDermott O. Assertive Discipline for Carver P. Discipline 02/08/95 04/14/95 04/26/95 02/08/95 04/14/95 04/26/95 5.0 Provide PAL (Academic Support) teachen with strategies for phnning and delivering more than one type of Instructional grouping (To provide academic support teachers with strategies for planning and delivering more than one 9pe of instructional grouping) (07/01/94) (06/30/95) (Assoc. Superintendent. Academic Support Supervisors, Content Area Supervisore. Staff Development) 5.0 5.0 5.0 (Increase in achievement for all students in Academic Support Programs) (Decrease in achievement gap in representative population) (Decrease in number of students requiring academic support services) 21, 10Program Seq tx 21 Page: 11 Program Name: Staff Development Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Program Code: 09 Program Goal: Primary Leader: To provide staff development to improve race rebtioos and equftv. tTn nmviW* ctFr _ ...... .  Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number L 127 Objectives Strategies 5.1 Coidlnue to investigate and research sources of strategica, models and activities of successful small and torge group instructional practices witUn heterogenous classes A. B, Elementary Reading - Academic Support Math Academic Support C. D. Elementary Reading - Academic Support Elementary Reading - Academic Sunrt E. Principals - Academic Support Reading Teachers (Sec. Textbook) F. Principals - Acidemic Support Reading Teachers (Sec. Textbook) Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Fall 1988 (07/01/94) Ongoing (06/30/95) Assoc Supt for Educational Prog (Staff Development Department, Concent Area Supervisors, Academic Support Supervisors) 5.1 Identification of sources 5.1 (Provide staff with information from current research monthly) 08/31/94 09/27/94 11/16/94 11/19/94 12/13/94 12/19/94 08/31/94 09/27/94 11/16/94 11/19/94 12/13/94 12/19/94 G. Secondary Reading (Language Arts) High Schools H. Secondary Reading (Language Ans) Jr. High Schools 03/09/95 03/10/95 03/09/95 03/10/95 21, 11 Page: 12 Program Seq #: 21 RevlsioD Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Secondar\nLeader: Marion E. Woods Program Goal: To provide staffs development to Improve race relations and equity. (To provide sttff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number L12? L127 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5J A. B. C. D. 6.0 Provide Inservice to assist principal and faculties with strategies for promoting student achievement and growth Conduct workshop to address the following: a. grouping theory and strategies b. demonstration of strategics for varied instruction Reading \u0026amp; Connection Writing for Baseline Math Manipulatives for Bale Teaching Math for Woodruff Reading Styles 21, 12 Fall 1988 (07/01/94) 01/25/95 02/07/95 02/07/95 05/10/95 (07/01/94) Fan 1988 (06/30/95) 01/25/95 02/07/95 02/07/95 05/10/95 (06/30/95) Supervisor of Math and English (Content Area Supervisora. Staff Development Department) (Asst. Superinteixlent. Planning. Research and Evaluation, Staff Development. Content Area Supervisors) 5.2 Written evaluation by 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 6.0 6.0 participants (Increase in achievement for all students in Academic Support Programs) (Decrease in achievement gap in representative population) (Decrease in number of students requiring academic support services) (Principal will observe through classroom observations and teacher conferetKes) (Increase in achievement for all students) (Decrease in achievement gap in representative population)Par: J3 Program Seq f: 21 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods Program Goal: To provide staff development to Improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of die desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) I Flan Reference Page Nunbcr L127 Objectives Strategics Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6.1 Continue to provide tnservke for principals on methods for developing their school improvement plan A. School Improvement - Carver B. School Improvement - Woodruff C. School Improvement - Garland D. School Improvement/lmproving Achievement - McClellan E. School Improvement - Wakefield P. School Improvement at the following sites: Dodd. Fair. Southwest. Cloverdale. Fulbright, Geyer Springs, Garland. Central, Pulaski Heights Elementary. Bale, Booker, Brady, and Gibbs G. School Improvement at die following sites\nCentral, Fair, Hall, McClellan, Parkview, Meadowcliff, aixl Otter Creek H. School Improvemeni at die following sites: Brady, Hall. Metropolitan, Martin L. King, Jr., Meadowcliff, Otter Creek. Badgett, Bale, Booker, Cloverdale, Fulbright, and Geyer Springs I. School Improvement at dw following sites: Badgett, Booker, Brady, Cloverdale Elem., Dodd, Fair Park and Fulbright 21. 13 Fan 1988 (07/01/94) 09/21/94 09/21/94 09/21/94 12/07/94 12/07/94 01/25/95 02/08/95 03/01/95 04/14/95 Ongoing (06/30/95) 09/21/94 09/21/94 09/21/94 12/07/94 12/07/94 01/25/95 02/08/95 03/01/95 04/14/95 Div of Sebook Eval and Testing IRC Spedalista (Asst. Superintendents) ti.l 6.1 6.1 Comprehensive and accurate product (Number of workshops in Integrating the Curriculum. Literature-based Instruction. Authentic Assessment and/or other relevant methodologies) (Better school improvement plans are submitted)Pate: 14 Protram Seq f: 21 Rerisloo Date: August 11. 1995 Protram Name: Staff Development Protram Code: 09  Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods Program Goal: To provide staff dcvelopmeot to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of die desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Pate Number Objectives Strategics Bcginnint Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L127 J. School Improvement at the following sites: Badgett. Bale. Brady. Dodd. Fair Park, Gibbs, Rightsell, Franklin and Garland K. School Improvement at the following sites: Dodd and Fair Park 6.2 Comtnue to assist principals in revising school Improvement plans through the analytls of disaggregated data A. Staff Development Specialists provided Test- Taking Tips and Strategies to staff members at the following schools: Badgett, Baseline, Booker. Gibbs. Fair Park, aixl Woodniff B. Test-Taking Tips and Strategies were provided to staff memben at the following schools: Central, McClellan. Parkview, Cloverdale Jr. High, Washing, Forest Park, and Fair Park 6.3 Continue to provide special school-based program and content area Inservice meetings scheduled on a regular basis with specific sessions on content methodology and interpersonal relations for program fattplementatioo In a desegregated setting 04/26/95 05/10/95 July 1991 (07/01/94) 10/12/94 03/01/95 1991 School Year (07/01/94) 04/26/95 05/10/95 Ongoing (06/30/95) 12/07/94 03/01/95 Ontoing (06/30/95) Assoc and Asst Su pts Staff Dev Dept Content Area Supervisors Principob 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.3 6.3 6.3 Completed plans (Provide written feedback and opportunities for sharing *What Works\" in various building-level plans) (Plans reflect strategies that evolved from disaggregated data) Workshop agendas and evaluations (A computer based compilation of individual employees/school-wide staff development activities will be available) (Student achievement will increase: disparity gap in representative population will decrease) 21. 14 MPage: 15 Program Seq f: 21 ReTlston Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Priiiiaf7 Leader: Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race rebtions and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date CompletioD Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Workshops and minicourses scheduled throughout the year (See Staff Develt^ment 1994-95 Catalogue/Calendar) 08/23/94 06/30/95 L127 6.4 To provide special assistance for teachers as requested. 07/01/94 06/30/95 A. Special assistance provided throughout the year and also at monthly wort sessions at the IRC 08/23/94 04/18/95 L 128 L128 7.0 Form tri-district committee for coDaborative procedures July 1, 1991 (07/01/94) Ongoing (06/30/95) (Directors of Staff Development from LRSD. PCSSD. and NLRSD) 7.0 7.0 Ongoing analysis (Tri-district workshops will be held) 7.1 Establish tri-distiict committee July 1. 1991 Ongoing (Directors of Sta^ Development from LRSD. PCSSD. and NLRSD) 7.1 7.1 Ongoing analysis (Tri-district committee was forrrted in August. 1991) A. Tri-district committee established 09/13/94 09/13/94 B. A $2,500.00 grant for Classroom Management was received to offer two classroom management training sessions C. A second $2,500.00 grant for Classroom Management was received to offer two additional Classroom Maiugement training sessions 21, 15 08/11/94 10/10/94 10/24/94Page: 16 Program Seq *: Program Name: Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number L128 L128 L128 21 RevMon Date: August 11, 1995 Staff Development 09 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods To provide staff development to improve race rebtions and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of die desegregation plan resulting tn improved academic achievement.) Objectives Strategics Rginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 8.0 Provide staff development component for effective staff development In desegregated school setting 7.2 Meet four times per year, two times each semester. The committee funrtloos wM be to Identify and Implement staff development strategies that will assist the districts in fuinilioa expectations of 'maintaining quaUty\" desegregated school districts. A. B. C. Tri-district committee meeting Tri-district committee meeting Tri-district committee meetings (NLR, LRSD. PCSSD) (10/06/94, 11/08/94. 12/06/94, 12/21/94) D. Tri-district Resource Guide E. Tri-district (Resource Guide for the three districts) F. Tri-district (National Staff E\u0026gt;evelopment Affiliate Membership) G. Tri-district (How to utilize die business sector tn the schools) 7 J Plan any activities appropriate for coUalmratlon, e.g., community meetings, etc. 21, 16 3K9 (07/01/94) 07/01/94 (06/30/95) 06/30/95 (Directors of Staff Development from LRSD. PCSSD. and NLRSD) 7.2 (Record of meetings arxl collaborative nature of areas addressed) 09/13/94 09/20/94 10/06/94 11/23/94 01/26/95 02/23/95 03/30/95 (07/01/94) (07/01/94) 09/13/94 09/20/94 12/21/94 05/30/95 01/26/95 02/23/95 03/30/95 (06/30/95) (06/30/95) (Directors of Staff Development from LRSD. PCSSD. and NLRSD) (Board of Direcion, Superintendent Director of Staff Development) 7.3 8.0 (Documentation of number of activities among die three districts) (Gather and analyze data from school district participants on the effectiveness of the staff development activities designed to address their specific needs) P.ge: 17 Program Seq f: 21 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods Program Goal: To |Ni\u0026gt;vide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in unproved academic achievement.) Flan Reference Page Number LI24 Objectives Strategies T Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 8.1 Establish staff developmetU componerd a. Staff Develo|anent Dept Personnel b. Staff Development Office e. Staff Developmeid Cataloguc/Calendar a. Staff Development Department established with Acting Director b. Staff Development Office established c. Staff Development Catalogue/Calertdar printed and distributed d. Staff Development Professional Libntfy Catalog 8.2 Certified staff members (administrators aiai teachers) shall be trained to teach and counsel black and educationallY-advantased students. A. A staff member hired m teach and counsel black and educationally-advantaged students B. Multi-cultural Diversity - Pulaski Heights Elementary 21, 17 July 1991 July 1991 July 1991 (07/01/94) 07/01/94 07/01/94 09/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 02/08/95 Ongoing Ongoing Ongoing 10/07/94 09/29/94 07/13/94 11/01/94 08/22/94 06/30/95 07/13/94 02/08/95 Board of Directors/Supt Human Resources Dir of Staff Dev 8.1 Implementation of Staff Development Dept Employment of Director, four specialists and one secretary 8.1a (Implementation of Staff Development Departmenl in July. 1991) 8.1b Office b operational 8.1b (Office was established in July. 1991 8.1c Distribution of catalogue/ calendar 8.1c (Staff Development Catalogue/Calertdar distributed annually 1Pace: 18 Program Seq #: 21 Rcvlston Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods Program Goal: To provide staff devetopaneiit to Improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities dial will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) I Plan Reference Page Number L124 L124 L124 Objectives Strategice Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria C. Cultural Divenity * Fair 8.3 The Little Rock School District will hire a five-member staff development team for this purpose. A. Staff Development team of four (4) people hired to provide effective Staff Development in desegregated school setting 1. 2. 3. 4. One Acting Director Ooe Secretary Two Specialists One Incentive School Specialist 8.4 The Little Rock School District Staff Development Department will be responsible for implementing the staff development services. A. Provided Staff Development during early release days (52 schools provided various inservices during early release days) B. The Staff Development Director and Specialists are assigned to specific schools, where they work closely with the Principals and the StaH' Development Committee to address and provide Staff Development needs 8.5 The staff development goals and programs currently used by the District, such as TESA. PET and others, will be continued, but a far more creative and comprehensive staff development program suitable for the needs of all employees and volunteers will be implemented. A. Cooperative Leaniing (10/17/94. 10/24/94. 11/07/94. 11/14/94) B. Secondary Self-Esteem 21. 18 03/01/95 03/01/95 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 09/21/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 10/17/94 10/20/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 04/26/95 06/06/95 06/30/95 11/14/94 10/20/94 Psge\n19 Program Seq f: 21 Revbton Dale: August 11, 1995 Program Name\nStaff Development Prc^ram Code: 09 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods Prt^ram Goal: To provide staff development to Improve race rebtiona and equRy. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Nianber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Crtteiia L124 C. D. E. F. O. H. At-Risk Learning Styles PET Refresher Leadership for Change TESA I Elementary Self-Esteem 1. Thinking Skills J. TESAD K. L. 10/24/94 10/27/94 11/01/94 11/09/94 11/14/94 12/05/94 12/08/94 02/13/95 11/08/94 11/22/94 12/08/94 11/09/94 12/05/94 12/08/94 04/10/95 PET Refresher Thinking Skills - Rightsell M. PET Refresher N. Cooperative Learning O. Full cycle of PET 8.6 The districts will cooperate in designing a fresh and extendi approach to staff development. Included in the plannimt will be community resource persons and all district personnel responsible for delivering training to staff, and to parent, volunteer, or student committees or groups. A. Healing Racism Workshop- City of Little Rock 21, 19 02/28/95 03/01/95 03/09/95 03/14/95 03/16/95 07/01/94 10/15/94 02/28/95 03/01/95 03/09/95 04/11/95 05/25/95 06/30/95 10/15/94Page: 20 Program Seq 9: 21 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods Program Goal: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number L124 L124 L124 L124 Objectives Strategics Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evahiation Criteria B. Healing Racism Seminar * City of Little Rock 1. The Oneness of Humanity 2. Defining Prejudice and Racism 3. How Racism is Perpetuated 4. Institutionalized Racism 12/12/94 06/22/95 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Stereotypes and How They Affect Us Unaware Racism Disempowerment of Males-Male Oppression Intertulized Oppression Reclaiming Our Heritages 10. Cultural Racism II. Ally-Building As A Way To Heal 12. Celebration/Where Now? i.7 Staff development will based utwn certain basic principles of human behavior, leamina process and change dynamics. 8.8 The diverse training needs of staff at all employment levels will be met. A. Provided Human Relations workshop for Bus Driven B. Provided Human Relations workshop for Instructional Aides 8.9 The District will establish resource banks which identify the training skills or specialized knowledge of employees and volunteen which can be shared through staff development activities. A. Resource Bank organized by subject B. NLR Resource Personnel submitted 8.10 Computer data bases will be used to record each employees staff development history. 21, 20 07/01/94 06/30/95 07/01/94 08/11/94 08/18/94 07/01/94 11/23/94 01/26/95 07/01/94 06/30/95 08/11/94 08/18/94 06/30/95 11/23/94 01/26/95 06/30/95 Program Seq #: Program Name: Program Code: Program Goal: L124 L125 L125 L125 21 Staff Development 09 Prlmaiy Leader: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. Secondary Leader: (To pravide suff development .e.t.me, ft,, wUl promoft fte implemenudon of fto desegtog.tion plu. msulttag in impm.ed .clen.io .chievemen,.) Page\n21 Revision Dale: Marion E. Woods August It, 1995 Flan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies =1, Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Computer data base used to record each staff development activity for all employees each quarter B. Staff Development computer report for inservice hours registered through Staff Development office sent to building principals 8-11 Carefully plaimed *tr\u0026gt;inirui of trainen* events will be actively used to expand in-house training expertise. A. Stress Management training of trainers L12 Interdistrict training activities will be frequently offered for groups of employees and volunteera. A. Substitute Handbook 8-13 The District will deal decisively with the issue of racism and will involve all staff, snwtents. and parents in a comprehensive prejudice reduction program, A. Healing Racism Workshop - Chy of Little Rock B. Healing Racism Seminar - City of Little Rock 8.14 Certain areas of training and staff development will be specially emphasiied: utilization of volunteer resources, preparation of substitute teachers and avis and training for parents. A. Developed and completed the Substitute Handbook (The LRSD Substitute Handbook was written and completed - now in the process of being printed) 21, 21 07/01/94 03/17/95 07/01/94 03/06/95 07/01/94 02/01/95 07/01/94 10/15/94 12/12/94 07/01/94 02/01/95 06/05/95 06/05/95 06/30/95 03/06/95 06/30/95 03/01/95 06/30/95 10/15/94 06/22/95 06/30/95 03/01/95Prograin Seq /: 22 Program Name: Libraiy /Media Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Program Description: District Goal Support: Program Goal: [Flan References: FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: Related Function Codes: LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Page: I Revision Date: August 11, 1995 Each child in the Little Rock School District should be given access to his/her full measure of die instructional resources. Library/media services will be designed to provide for extension and ennchment of basic sWIs and will also accommodate the varied learning styles of students in different instructional groups. Because students will have opportunities to work and learn in the library/media center under the direction of a trained teacher-librarian, they will be able to approach learning in a variety of ways, thus accommodating their individual styles and also providing for the additional 'time on task\" or enrichment that many students need in order Io internalize die material initially presented. The Districts plan is to offer a library/media program to serve learners with diverse needs, background and abilities through a comprehensive program designed to better support District goals and student needs with regard to learning styles, relevance of instruction, support of multicultural school curriculum, and the application of learning to real-life situations. Library/media serviires will be designed to provide SIUUCIK I ictus WIUI KgaiU iw Itailiui^ w. --------- . *_ _ -  . -  _ I ...Ilf L... ... H.Aal. A Mal /ill ili.a j**nt for extension and enrichment of basic skills and will also accommodate the varied leamirut styles of students in different instructional groups. Students will have opportunities to work and learn in the hbrary/media center under the dire\u0026lt;-rion ooff aa trained teacher-librarian. The Little Rock School Districts library/media program will fulfill its potential as an essential contributor to the District s successful desegregation plan. Upon of the elementary proaiam a review of die secondary program will commence with special attention being given to meetina the interests and needs of the District s diverse population. Goal #1 - Implement integrated educational programs dial will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills artd academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Goal  - Develop and mainttin a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal *3 - The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each irxlividual as a valued contributor to society to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for die 21st Century. Goal #6 - Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. The district will provide each student with library/media services in accordance with the essential role outlined in the districts Desegregation Plan. L 106. L 107, L 109. L 110 I $427,230.43 $341,666.84 Ist Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $49,509.88 $80,466.34 22, 1 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: $96,747.26 $114,943.36 FTE 30 J Program Seq 9i 22 Program Nam*\nLibrary/Media Program Code: 32 Program Goal: The dinricl wUl provide eech student with libnty/media LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Prfa\u0026amp;ary Leader: Secondary Leader: services in eccoidence with the essential role outlined in the district s Desegregation Plan Pafe: 2 Rerisloii Date: Lucy Lyon August II. 1995 Plan Reference Page Number L109 LI06 L109 LI09 L109 Objectives 1. Implement the districts proposed elcmemary Ubrary/media program ne* I. (To provide equitable access to library resources including multkultural and audiovisual resources for all students.) Strategies 1.4 Order equlpmeid and material necessary including AV soft*are. (Determine/purchase materials needed for each elementary school.) core A. AV equipment ordered for each school. 1.7 Conduct inservice and curriculmn devdopment for classes for librarians, principals, and teachers. Library media specialists wUl provide hwerytre trainlM to bufldina-level sUff in the use of materiah and equipmCTt. l.t ProceM ne* material tncliiHim 22, 2 Beginning Date CMnpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria (07/01/94) (07/01/94) 04/06/93 07/01/94 (06/30/93) (06/30/93) 04/06/95 06/30/95 (Coordinator of Library Services. Principals. Librarians) Supv of Inst Tech, Coor of Lib Services, (Librarians) Consultant, Supv of Inst Tech, Coor and Advisory Committee Librarians, Media I Starr 1. Comparison of survey results 1988-1993 *111 sbo* In**reared use. 1. Comparison of data collected monthly *ill sho*: Student vbita *111 increase. Vohane of books checked out *111 increase.  IiKlepciident research by students will be document(o sbo* use. Ntonber of classes/groups scheduled by teachers will be documertted to sbo* use. 1.4 Purchase orders (Materials supporting the curriculum will be used in each elementtry school.) 1.7 (Agendas aiKi memos) (Agendas and memos on file in Dept, of Instructional Techiwlogy.) 1.8 Completioo memoPace: 3 Program Seq f: 22 Revision Date: August 11. 199S Program Name: Library /Media Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal: The district will provide each student with libiary/media services in accordance with the essential role outlined in die district's Desegregation Plan r Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria LI 10 A. Activity completed/obligation met in 1989. see 1993-94 p. 32 1.10 Schedule flhnslvidcos as possible. (Schedule videos correlated to LRSD curriculum as requested by teachera. Use of 16nun film is outdated.) A. Videos scheduled daily and were current on 05/26/95 1.11 Hire full-time librarians and full-time clerks for each elementary school as needed. A. Full-time Librarians and clerks saffed based on LRSD formula . 1.12 Develop a maintenance proposal which assures prompt and efficient repair of all AV equipment independent of the time of year. (Maintain procedures for prompt and efficient repair of AV equipment.) A. First quarter repair record: 155 audiovisual machines. 19 computer monitors B. Second quarter repair record: 135 AV machines aixl 31 computer monitors C. Third quarter repair record: 135 AV machines and 45 computer moniion D. Fourth quarter repair record: 22, 3 (07/01/94) (06/30/95) Supv of Inst Tech (Coor Lib Serv) 1.10 Schedule (Videos correlated to curriculum will be used in each school.) 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 10/01/94 01/04/95 04/01/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 09/30/94 06/30/95 09/30/94 12/31/94 03/31/95 06/30/95 Dir of Human Serv, Supv of Inst Tech, Coor Lib Serv, Prlndpats Supv of tost Tech (Coor Lib Serv) 1.11 Contracts (Sufficient staff will be in place to meet state and North Central Standards for librarians. Library clerks will be staffed according to LRSD formula, based on enrollment.) 1.12 Copy of proposal Ninety percent of equipment sent in will be repaired within a week.Pace: 4 Program Seq #: 22 Revision Date\nfh-ogram Name: August 11, 1995 Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number LI 10 L109 LllO L106 L107 Library/Media 32 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon The district will provide eich student with libiiiy/raedia services in accordsnce with the essential role outlined in the districts Desegregation Plan Objectives Strategies Beginning Dale Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criterta 2. (To extend and enrich the basic skills in ways that meet students varied learning s^les and promote life long learning.) 1.13 Notify teachers via Ubrarians of the fall schedule (fOms/videos). (Instructional videos correlated to LRSD curriculum are scheduled. Use of 16rrun film is outdated.) A. Teachers are notified weekly of current videos 1.14 Suiqdy fUms/videos per schedule. A. Videos supplied on weekly basis. 1.15 Develop a seven to ten year AV equlpmern purchase plan based on accepted life spans for equipment and equity considerations. The goal to to devise a plan which will provide the district with consistent Une Item cost each year Io simplify budgetary planning and prevent the necessity for large one-time expenditures as to now required 1.17 CoiMluct Inservice for librarians and library clerks. A. Inservice for librarians held on 08/12/94, 08/16/94, 09/27/94, 12/01/94 2.5 Library media specialists will plan with classroom teachers for materials needed for classroom units. 22, 4 07/01/94 08/29/94 07/01/94 09/06/94 Sept. 5, 1989 (07/01/94) 08/12/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 05/26/95 06/30/95 05/26/95 Nov. 1, 1989 (06/30/95) 06/09/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Supv of Inst Tech (Coor Lib Serv) Supv of Inst Tech (Coor Lib Serv) Supv of Inst Tech Coor of Lib Serv Librarians PriiKipals, Ubrarians Prmcipals, Librarians 1.13 FDe copy (Videos correlated to the curriculum will be used in each school.) 1.14 Weekly deUvery (Videos correlated to curriculum will show 1.15 Copy of plan (Copy of plan on file in Department of Instructional Technology.) Agendas ((^anerly data will reflect an iiKrease in library use.) 2. (As a result of increased plaruting and instruction by LM Specialist, test scores will increase on norm and criterion-referenced tests.) 2.1 (Improved planning with teachera will increase student tests scores.)Par: 5 Program Seq f: 22 Revision Date: August 11. 1995 Program Name: Library/Media Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal: The district will provide each student with library/media services in accordance with the essential role outlined in the districts Desegregation Plan Flan Reference Page Ntniber L107 L107 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility A. LMS/Teachers planned for materials August through November: Elementary \" 10,031 and Secondary 7,306 B. LMS/Teachers planned for materials December through February: Eletrwntary  7179 and Secondary \" 4100 C. LMS/Teachen planned for materials March through May: Elmentaiy  6.545 and Secondary  2,702 2.6 Library media specialists will plan with classroom building staff for at least one school -wide reading motivation activity each year. A. Reading Motivation Activities for August through November: Elementary \"110 and Secondary \" 32 B. Reading Motivation Activities for December through February: Elementary \" 56 and Secondary \" 25 C. Reading Motivation Activities for March through June 5: Elementary \" 89 and Secondary  14 2.7. Library media specialists will plan with classroom teachen for library instruction to be correlated to classroom instruction. A. LMS/Teachen plan for instruction August through November: Elementary  2.634 and Secondary - 2.010 B. LMS/Teachen plan for instruction December through February: Elementary \" 2.194 and Secondary - 1.374 C. LMS/Teachen plan for instruction March through June 5: Elementary \" 2,113 and Secondary \" 694 22, 5 08/22/94 12/01/94 03/01/95 07/01/94 08/22/94 12/01/95 03/01/95 07/01/94 08/22/94 12/01/94 03/01/95 11/30/94 02/28/95 05/31/95 06/30/95 11/30/94 02/28/95 06/05/95 06/30/95 11/30/94 02/28/95 06/05/95 Principals. Librarians Principals, Librarians 2.3 (Improved planning with teachers will result in higher achievement for students.) 2.2 (More books will be checked out in each school.) Evaluation Crtteiia Page: 6 Program Seq #: 22 Revizion Date: August 11. 1995 Prognun Name: Libraiy /Media Program Code: 32 - Primary Leader: SecoDdary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal: The district will provide each student with library/media services in accordance with the essential role outlined in the district's Desegregation Plan Flan Reference Page Number L107 133 133 Objectives Strategies Begiiining Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteiia 2.8 Library irtedia specialists will instruct students in Itteiarv skills and reference/sadv skills. A. LMS instruction of library skills August through November: Elementary  170,514 students\nSecondary  48.827 students B. LMS instruction of library skills December through February: Elementary  97,894 and Secondary  44,992 C. LMS instruction of library skills March through June 5: Elementary  115,275 artd Secondary * 32,270 07/01/94 08/22/94 12/01/94 03/01/95 06/30/95 11/30/94 02/28/95 06/05/95 Principals, Librarians 2.4 (Abacus assessment will show mastery of reference/study skills.) 1. The selection of materials/resources to support the curriculum in desegregated school districts b a muHi-district goal of the library media programs. 2. The inservice training Ubrary media staff members to desegregated school districts is a muttl- distiict goal of the library media programs. 1.1 Continue hosting Multi-District. MuHIcuHura] Resource Sharing Fair. In the future, the fair site will rotate among the three districts. A. Tri-district meeting held to discuss fair B. Multicultural Materials Fair hosted by LRSD 1.2 Begin hostirut Multi-District Resource Sbarirut Fair with book and AV materials, vendora. rotatirut the site arrwng the three districts. A. Multicultural Materials Fair hosted by LRSD 2.1 Plan to host multi-dlstiict inservice meetings such as the one sponsored by the Pulaski County Educational Service Cooperative tn April of 1988 to explain the new national guidelines for school Ubrary media program plaimlng. 22, 6 Armually 08/25/94 12/01/94 07/01/94 12/01/94 Ongoing Ongoing 08/25/94 12/01/94 06/30/95 12/01/94 Ongoing Library Media Director or responsible person (including NRLSD) Library Media Directors or responsible person (including NLRSD) Resources will be selected, purchased, and utilized by teachen and students as they teach the curriculum of the desegregated school districts. Inservice training will develop skills for library medial specialists who work in desegregated school districtsPage: 7 Program Seq f: 22 Revision Date: August n, 1995 Program Name: Library/Media Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal: The district will provide each student widi library/media services in accordance with the essential role outlined in die district's Desegregation Plan 134 134 134 Flan Reference Page Number L108 Objectives Strategies rI Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility EvaluatioD Criteria A. Multi-district inservice held. 2.2 Plan to host inservice training for muM-district library media specialists using district employees. 12/01/94 12/01/94 07/01/94 Ongoing 3. Utilization of television technology in desegregated school districts is a multi-district goal of the library media programs. 4. Recruitment of minority Library Media Specialists in desegregated school districts Is a muHi-district goal of library media programs. 5. Multl-dlstrict communication for library media |M-ogram administrators is a goal for the programs. 7. Library media specialist will annuallT evaluate the collection for adequacy of multicultural materials and will cnnttnuallv evaluate new materials to be considered for purchase. 3.1 Implement utilization of cable channel 19 and/or videotapes produced at Metro to leach basis skills, etc. 4.1 Contact teachers training instltutions/rccnilt teachers for training |Hx\u0026gt;grams in library media certlficatkrn. 5.1 Copy memos relating staff development opportunities to other district administrators. 5.2 Meet informally for sharing sessions. A. Informal tri-district sharing meeting held 08/25/94 and 09/20/94 22, 7 . 4\ng* 07/01/94 Ongoing Ongoing 07/01/94 08/25/94 07/01/94 To be establisbed Ongoing Ongoing 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Library Media Directors or responsible person Library Media Directors or responsible person (including NLRSD Library Media Directora or responsible person (itKluding NLRSD) Students will gain practical vocational experience tn running a television studio\nstudents will benefit from instructional units provided over cable system or recorded for later classroom use Hiring and placement of minority media specialists will occur Better communication will be achieved Page: 8 Program Seq *: 22 RevisioD Date: August 11, 1995 Program Name: Library/Media Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Program Goal: The district will provide each student with library/media services in accordance with the essential role outlined io the district's Desegregation Plan Han Reference Page Nianber LIOS LIOS Objectives 8. RecMnmendatlons for multicultural materials win be shared with all principals and librarians and recommended for core purchase for all schools. 9, The 1992-92 school year wB be used to establish baseline data for determining progress. 10. Undertake a comparative study of library resources amans the Incentive schools as weD as other schoob of comparable size to brine about parity of boMinga through an equitable purchasing policy. 11. Modify buiMina space to increase Ufararv capacities at Mitchell and Garland, Purge the shelves of outdated and well-wom materials. At Mttgheil. books most frequertlv used by the four year old program. Mndergarten, and first grades could be permanently placed in the individual glawrooms since those grades are all housed In structures that are detached from the main buUdtng. Strategies Beginning Date 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 Completion Date 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Chart of library resources on file indicating holdings of incentive schools 22, 8 09/01/94 09/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95Program Seq 9: 23 Program Name: Computerized Transportation Routing System Program Code: 24 Primary Leader: Program Description: District Goal Support: Program Goal: Flan References: FY Program idget: YTD Expenditures: Related Function Codes: LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Freddie Smith Secondary Leader: Page: I Revision Date: August 1. 1995 Mary Jane Cheatham Transportation system provides die means for students to have access to various school options and educational programs, as well as extracurricular activities. The District will continue to use its automated routing system to make efficient use of district resources in providing transportation to those students eligible for transportation. Students shall be provided transportation in order to attend their assigned schools and its programs and activities. Ensure diat equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. To provide safe, efficient, and reliable transportation for the students of the Little Rock School District. L227 J $8,000.00 $0.00 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $0.00 $0.00 23, 1 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: $0.00 $0.00 FTE  Program Seq *: 23 Program Name: Computerized Transportation Routing System Program Code: 24 Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number L227 LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET EXXZUMENT Primary Leader Freddie Smith To provide safe, efficient, and reliable transportation for the students of the Little Rock School District. Objectives 1.0 The Transportation Department will request additional resources to help provide transportation support for evening and exterxled day programs. 1.1 In 1990-91 the District reduced Its number of runs from three to two. 1.2 LRSD has made progress In the utilization of the ECOTRAN MAPNET System...!988-89 school opening. Page: 2 Revision Date: Strategies I Secondary Leader: Beginnirfg Date Completion Date August 1, 1995 Mary Jane Cheatham Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.0 Determine resource requirements necessary to support programs and procure them. Provide transportation support as required. A. Resource requirements were identified. Additional buses are on order to support the mission. B. As departments make requests for support, the Transportation Department makes every effort to support the request. C. Replacement buses for regular program have been ordered for delivery for July, 1995. D. Discussion concerning Athletic Programs to be treated as Field Trips. 1.1 Procure resources necessary to support two run system and implement two run system. A. Routes were limited to the number that could be supported by the buses available for a two run system. 1.2 Student and geographic data loaded in system, and personnel trained and proficient in computerizing routing. A. Item completed 06/90, and is not recurring 23. 2 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 02/95 02/95 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/88 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 02/95 75% 06/30/95 08/22/94 06/90 Director of Transportation Director of Transportation Director of Transportation 1.0 Adequate service provided in support of programs. Determined by dividing number requested by number provided. 1.1 All buses assigned only Iwo routes. 1.2 Students effectively and efficientty routed to focilitate a smooth school opening 1988-89.Page: 3 Program Seq *: 23 Revision Date: August 1, 1995 Program Name: Computerized Transportation Routing System Program Code: 24 Primary Leader: Freddie Smith Secondary Leader: Mary Jane Cheatham Program Goal: To provide safe, efficient, and reliable transportation for the students of the Little Rock School District. Plan Reference Page Number L227 L227 Ot^ectlves Strategies Beginning Date Completion Dato Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.3 There is extensive work to be done In updating the geographic files, table with the LRSD database. 1.4 School attendance areas and updatod walk zones need to be encoded Into map files. 1.5 (Transportation Safety Policies need to be reviewed and updated property. Changes will be incorporated from Applicable Board Policies and Administrative Directives). 1.3 A cooperative effort between Transportation Department. LR City Engineers. Student Assignment, and ECOTRANS staff wifl help Io ensure that software reflects accurate geographic information. A. All new streets were added to the map. As new streets are added the map is updated. 1.4 School attendance areas not initiated. Walk zones encoded into map for maximum bus utilization. A. Changes created by the dosing of Stephens school were encoded into the map. 1.5 A comprehensive review of all LRSD policies germane to transportation must be performed and recommendations/changes reduced to writing and incorporated into applicable documents. A. A comprehensive rewriting of the Practices and Procedures for the department was completed and reviewed by the Drivers' Council before publication and distrtoution. 23, 3 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 08/22/94 07/01/94 09/30/94 Director of Transportation, Director of Information Services Director of Transportation Director of Transportation 1.3 Significant reduction in street address errors introduced by poor/inadequate data entry. 1.4 No student required to exceed four block/six block walk. 1.5 Published policies on student behavior/safety on LRSD buses. Published policies for drivers/driver aides to assist in communicating the dlstrid's position on transportation safety procedures. Frequent meetings to address safety Issues and concerns. Attendance verified through 8ign\u0026gt;in sheets. Review of supervisor's monitoring report. Program Seq *: 23 Page: 4 Revision Date: Program Name: Computerized Transportation Routing System August 1. 1995 Program Code: 24 Primary Leader: Freddie Smith Program Goal: To provide safe, efficient, and reliable transportation for the students of the Little Rock School District. SecoTKlary Leader: Mary Jane Cheatham Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.6 (Assignment promotion population region tables need to be created to ensure proper student assignment). 1.7 All school attendance areas will be er\u0026gt;coded Into the geographic tables. Corresponding walk zones will be generated for schools, all transportation policies will be reviewed arid updated. 1.8 An entire new stop network will be generated to Improve efficiency and most economically utilize District resources. 1.6 Information downloaded from mainframe media format compatibie with HP Vectra. on A. Download completed with tape from Data Processing. 1.7 Wah zones established In accordance with district policy and software criteria selection. A. Wak zones were established because of the closing of Stephens. 1.8 Transportation staff will update and revise all routes based upon census data provided by Infonnation Services. A. Additional census information is Included when it is available to the Transportation Department. B. Reflective end of 1st Quarter Reflective end of 3rd Quarter 23, 4 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 08/15/94 06/30/95 08/10/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/10/95 Director of Transportation Director of Transportation 1.6 Routes generated based upon current assignment information. 1.7 Two mile list published and distributed to school staff. Add transportation policies and procedures. 1.8 Written request for student data fontvarded. Census incremental initiated by routing supervisor Research system error listing to within 5%. Completion of first day routes prior to registration.LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq 9: 24 Page: 1 Revision Date: August 7, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Description: To provide the resources (Hardware. Software. Ttaining. Programming. Computer Opeiatious. and Haidware and Software Support) necessaiy to collect, store and report information on LRSD sWdents. Information Services wUl provide the computer resources necessary to collect, store, and report student infonnation in a timely and accuiate manner. School and central office-based staff, parents, and students will benefit accurate up-to-date information on students. District Goal Support: To implement integrated educational programs to ensure that all students will grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Program Goal: to collect and store all peitineot student infonnation. To provide all necessaiy reports requited to support school and central office based functions. To provide all To provide the programs and data bases necessary . . necessary infonnation required by outside interests. To provide droely response to all requests for information. [ Plan References: L129. L130 FY Program Budget: $712,289.22 YTD Expenditures: $709,935.19 11st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $606,929.33 $29,838.55 Related Function Codes: 24, 1 3rd Qtr Expend: 4tfa Qtr Expend: $38,002.49 $35,164.82 I FTE 4.0 Program Sag #: 24 Program Name: Data Processing Program Coda: 17 Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number L 129/130 L 129 L 129 LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Or. Henry Williams I Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: David Beason August 7, 1995 To provide the programs and date bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. hmSfan. Tr, P^^inent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Objectives 1. Data Processing (Information Services Department) will pro^dde the necessary support for all school and central office* based hjnctions. 1.1 Str elegies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 06/30/95 Director of Information Services 1.A (Administration has received all required reports for the school year). 1.6 (All data is accurately stored and is retrievable). 1 .C (Quality reports are being delivered on time). Programs will be developed arxi implemented relative to the following areas: (Collect. Store, and Report) Dropout Statistics (to include the ability to generate data by race, gender, grade on a school by school as wen as District*wida basis). 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 Director of Information Services 1.2 (Score, Collect, Store, ar\u0026gt;d Report) Test Scores (to Irtclude capacity to score tests arxi to generate data by race, gender, grade, school, subject area, and districtwide). 07/01/94 06/30/95 Director of Information Services A. Tag students for JTPA 09/15/94 06/30/65 24, 2 1 .D (Complaints are no lorrger being received about information not being available). 1.1 (Reports are available which accurately report dropout statistics). 1.2 (All test results are stored in the computer and are reflected in pertinent reports).Pag*: 3 Program Seq f: 24 Revision Date: August 7, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Qori: To provide the progteme end dete beses necessary to collect end store all pertinent student Information. To provide ell necessery reports required to support school end control office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. J Plan Reference Page Number L 129 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Wrote Stanford 8 report showing last years reading, math, and language scores that were less than 35.8. C. Listed Comparison (93 vs. 94) of complete battery scores for 7th grade students at select schools for Planning, Research \u0026amp; Evaluation study. D. Created diskette with 9th graders at select schools showing their K-4 MAT 6 Reading Comprehensive scaled scores for study. E. Provided Associate Superintendent with the JTPA student listing. 1.3 (Collect, Store, and Report) Student AcNavement Data (to include the capacity to monitor test scores, grade distribution and other Identified achievement data by race, gender, grade, subject, school and district-wide). A. Load SAT'8 test data onto AS/400. B. Transferred student and basic data from Student Management System to Abacus. Test scan sheets where generated for all schools. / C. Print Abacus test answer sheets, attendance scan sheets and grade scan sheets. 24, 3 08/15/94 11/16/94 11/23/94 01/06/95 07/01/94 07/15/94 09/08/94 08/20/94 08/15/94 11 /17/94 11/30/94 02/21/95 06/30/95 07/20/94 09/09/94 06/30/95 Director of Information Services 1.3 (All available student achievement data is stored and reported as requested). Program Seq #: Program Name: Program Co\u0026lt;ie: Program Goal\nPlan Referertce Page Number L 130 L 130 24 Data Processing 17 funcon.. To provide Objectives Page: 4 Revision Dato\nAugust 7, 1995 Primary Loader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Strategies response to all requests for information. D. Allowed Secondary Registrars to update Transcript History Data district wide. E. Loaded Chapter 1 data an added it to the School FVofile Report for Federal Programs. 1.4 (Collect, Store, and Report! Attendance (sheN be hept In such a way as to allow data to be gathered for any period of time, for withdrawals and re-enrollment, for students by grade, school, race, gender, and district-wide). A. Pre-select attendance entry records for all expected incoming students. 8. Print Attendance scan sheets on a weekly basis to assist in gathering Attertdance Data. C. Automated State 9 Weeks Report using Monarch a Excel. D. Provided PRE with a list of random students (20%| from each school for research. 1.5 (Collect, Store, and Report! Disciplinary Data (by offense, school, teacher, c subject, race, gender, district-wide. over any period of time!. 24, 4 class. and Beginning Date Completion Date 07/01/94 01/19/95 07/01/94 08/15/94 08/20/94 10/15/94 01/27/95 07/01/94 06/30/95 01/26/95 06/30/95 08/15/94 06/30/65 10/30/94 03/20/95 06/30/95 to support school and central office based Responsibility Director of Information Services Director of Information Services Evaluation Criteria 1.4 (Attendance data is accurately stored arxJ reported to the state with minimum manual compilation. 1.5 (Disciplirw data is accurately entered and reported as required!. Page: 5 Program Seq #: 24 Revision Date: August 7. 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number L 130 Objectives Strategies Beginnirtg Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Crfterla A. Added to field to Discipline Database to allow tracking of final vs. recommended sanction. B. Printed letters to all suspended students. C. Provided Student Hearing with a list of students with 3 or more OOS or LT for 1994/1995. 1.6 (Collect. Store, and Report) Student Assignment Data (by race, age, gender, class, school, grade, level, and districtwide). A. Promoted students to next grade using the Student Assignment criterion. B. Randomized student school choices and placed on the Waitir\u0026gt;g List Screen. C. Ran October 1 counts report. D. Printed district-wide school profiles for schools to evaluate. E. Automated State Oct 1st Report for certified and non-certified staff. F. Produced diskette with Free \u0026amp; Reduced lunch data for Student Assignment. G. Ran assignment letters for Student Assignment. 24, 5 11/30/94 12/19/94 02/08/95 07/01/94 07/15/94 07/30/94 09/30/94 09/30/94 10/01/94 11/23/94 03/15/95 12/01/94 12/19/94 02/14/95 06/30/95 07/15/94 07/30/94 09/30/94 09/30/94 10/15/94 11/30/94 03/21/95 Director of Information Services 1.6 (Student assignment data is stored and all reporting requirements are met). Program Seq *: 24 Page: 6 Program Name: Data F^ocessing Revision Date: August 7. 1995 Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Program Goal: Or. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason nan Reference Page Number Ok^^ctives Strategies Beginning Dete Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Cdterla L 130 2.Data Processing Department (Information Services Department Staff) win have the capacity to respond to District needs es required by District goals and state and federal laws such as grade (flstribution and the ability to Identify specific students and cohorts of students. 2.1 H. Ran monthly download report for OOM after 12/31/94 closing. I. Ren monthly download report for ODM after 01/31/95 closing. J. Ran monthly download report for ODM after 02/28/95 closing. (The Information Services Department will maintain adequate computer hardware and support to meet the needs of the district). A. Move telephone lines, computer lirws, and computer equipment as requested. B. Provide user support on the operation of computer equipment. C. Provide user support for Abacus equipment. D. Provide access to Student Software for performing routir\u0026gt;e data entry and reporting. 24, 6 01/26/95 02/17/96 03/27/95 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 01/30/95 02/20/95 03/31/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Director of Information Services Director of Information Services 2. (The District requirements for computer resources are being met). 2.1 (All employees requiring access to student records have access to terminslsl.Page\n1 Program Seq f: 24 Revision Date: August 7, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Qoal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based I U pi UVlUO II IO pi Vyi 01119 OKU uaia vuovtf  y . - --------- . functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Ob}ectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria E. Reinstalled the equipment st Williams Magnet as a result of the new construction that took place during the summer. F. Purchased and installed a tape back-up unit with the appropriate software to accommodate the programs that are being designed for budgeting procedures between Information Services and Financial Services. G. Purchased and installed an IBM 6406 Line Matrix Printer to accommodate the large amounts of printing required from the AS/400 users of the District. This will also speed up the printing process with the additional printer. This printer is located in the Operations Department of Information Services. H. Purchased HP 1200C Deskjet Printer and the HP LaserJet 4-i- Printer located in the Office of Desegregation and Student Assignment. I. Purchased the new telephone system located in the Office of Desegregation and Student Assignment. 24, 7 09/20/94 09/14/94 09/14/94 09/22/94 07/01/94 09/21/94 09/30/94 09/30/94 09/30/94 08/25/94 Program Seq f: 24 Page: 8 Program Name: Data Processing Revision Date: August 7. 1995 Program Code: 17 Program Goal: Primary Leader: To provide the programs and data bases Dr. Hervy Wiliiams I Secondary Leader: functions. To provide all necessary Information required by necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. Devid Beason ou.sid. inures.,. To provide .imeiy reip^n'ee u \"\"\"\" Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Begirwiing Date Completion Date Responsibility Ev^uation Criteria J. Purchased for the Office of Desegregation artd Student Assignment In lot were three each of the following: Microprocessor, CD-ROM Drive, Disk Drive, Monitor, Keyboard, Mouse, and all other required attachments. 09/22/94 09/22/94 K. Purchased for Information Services on PC to allow access to the AS/400 and have the capability of running software In a Windows environment. 12/15/94 12/15/94 L. Installed 3 terminals and cabling at Booker Magnet to allow access to the AS/400. 10/01/94 10/04/94 M. Installed cabling and equipment at the new Student Hearing Office to allow access to the AS/400 student system. N. Installed 3 new Hard Drives into 3 computers at Transportation Dept. 0. Information Services Installed 2 Ian drops in Operations. P. Installed terminal and ran cabling for the PC at Southwest Jr High. Q. Installed PC's\none each to Support Services, PRE, and. Information Services. R. Connected PC in Pupil Personnel to the AS/400. 24, 8 11/14/94 11/16/94 01/09/95 01/09/95 01/11/95 01/12/95 11/15/94 11/16/94 01/23/95 02/14/95 02/01/95 01/27/95Page: 9 Program Seq #: 24 Revision Date: August 7, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Sacondary leader\nDavid Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student functions. \u0026gt;e me progiaina aiiu uaio uoaoa iraxwoif --------------- -- ----- --- - t  t 1. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. informatiJn. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Dato Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.2 (The Information Services Department will develop or acquire the software required to support the needs of the district). A. Purchased arxi installed Word Perfect 5.1 to schools and departments as requested. B. Provide technical support for data entry in all schools using Word Perfect to enter data into the LRSD Program Budget Document. C. Modified a series of approximately tvi/elve (12) screens to allow schools to enter aggregated information not currently stored on the AS/400 database that was needed for the School Profile Report. D. Modified the School Profile Report to show breakdowns by race and sex of all items required by the Office of Desegregation arid Monitoring. E. Provided equipment maintenance, cabling, arKi communication lines connecting users to the AS/400 system. F. Provide telephone service end computer access to the Truancy Office's new location. 24, 9 07/01/94 07/20/94 07/01/94 08/23/94 08/23/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 08/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 08/23/94 Director of Information Services 2.2 (All necessary software is installed and functioning properly to collect, store and report information in a timely end accurate manner). Program Saq f  24 Page: 10 Program Nams: Data Processing Revision Oats: August 7. 1995 Program Cods: 17 Program Goal: Prlmsry Leader: To provide the programs and data bases Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader:   - ----------- ...MW  J lu VUUeL functions. To provide all necessary information required by necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. outside interests. To provide tinrei^reip^nsew David Beason Plan Refersrtcs Page Number Objectives Strategies G. Purchased Paradox 6.0 for Windows assist with budgeting and financial procedures. to H. Installed AS/400 Software Upgrade Version 2.3 from IBM. This will bring the system up to date In moetir\u0026gt;g the needs of the District. I. Purchased Crystal Reports Pro Version 3.0 to assist with additional programmir\u0026gt;g for budgeting and financial procedures. J. Purchased Monarch for Windows version 1.0 to assist with designing additional documents used for budgeting and financial procedures. K. Installed Microsoft Office Pro Version 4.3 and Microsoft Visual Basic Pro Version 3.0 throughout the Information Services Department to accommodate the staff In providing Information arxi support to the District users In a more timely and professional manner. Beginning Dats Completion Date Rssponsibillty Evaluation Crtteris 09/14/94 08/10/94 07/29/94 09/14/94 07/20/94 09/14/94 08/15/94 07/29/94 09/14/94 09/20/94 L. Acquired training for the Interim Director of Information Services Department for Netware 3.12 Software to be able to provide the Users with the support that is requested. 24, 10 09/29/94 09/30/94Paga: 11 Program Saq f: 24 Revision Data: August 7, 1995 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Henry Williams Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: to collect and atote ell pertinent student Information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based To provide the programs and data bases necessary U --------------------------------------------------------- ... information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. functions. To provide all r^ecessary Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies M. Purchased in lot of three each wore the following software applications located in the Office of Desegregation and Student Assignment: Corel Pro Photo Sampler, MS-Dos 6.2, Microsoft Windows for Workgroups Version 3.11, Microsoft Office Pro Version 4.3 on CD. and all other requested software. N. Information Services loeded Baber Software to Monitor the performance of the AS/400. O. Purchased and Installed memory for the HP LaserJet 4 Printer to allow the PBD an other large documents to be processed by Information Services. P. Configure PC and Printer for Dodd Elementary. Q. Loaded WordPerfect on new PC at Geyer Springs Elementary. R. Loaded WordPerfect on the PC in the Media Center at MLK Elementary. S. Loaded WordPerfect in the Computer Lab at Henderson Jr High. T. Installed Phonemaster and WordPerfect on the Attendance Secretary's PC at Henderson Jr High. 24, 11 Beginning Date 09/22/94 01/04/95 02/03/95 02/20/95 01/04/95 01/04/95 01/04/95 01/04/95 Completion Date 09/22/94 01/04/95 03/03/95 02/22/95 01/04/95 01/06/95 01/06/95 01/05/95 Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Program Saq 9: 24 Page: 12 Program Name\nData Processing Ravisiort Date: August 7, 1995 Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Program Goal: Or. Hervy Williams Secondary Leader: David Besson nan Reference Page Number Ob}ectivos Strategies U. Loaded WordPerfect on new PC in Staff Development. V. Set-up printers for all Information Services users. W. Installed extended memory in 2 Laserjet Printer located in PRE. 2.3 Computerized Data Access- Computerized data access will be a reality in all incentive schools so that student data is easily accessible and access can be immediate for reports which might be needed relative to ell school program aspects. 24. 12 Beginning Dote Compiotlon Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 01/10/95 03/06/95 03/16/95 07/01/94 01/12/95 03/16/95 03/29/95 06/30/95 1ProKram Seq 9: 26 Program Name: Minority Teacher Recniitroent Program Code: 08 Primary Leader: Program Description: District Goal Support: Program Goal: [ Flan Rererences: FY Progr Budget: YTD Expenditures: LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Richard Hurley Pate: I Revision Date: June 30. 1995 I Secondary Leader: Robert Robinson Primary htnetion is to recruit high quality profession.1 and support personal to meet the distriefs goals ami objectives m a .b etween .tah-e- school district -a.n1d uhiimghKe.r. education institutions\n.aqscsiunmwe. rreecsnpoonnssiihbUiliittvy ffoorr ddeelleesgsattcedd optrooagrraammss rreellaatteedd ttoo ssttatffff rleecciruuiiotmneenntt ttoo meet EEO and AfTirmaove Action ano personnel services imiug UClWCCII UC Sbliuui UWUIVI maaw waa-w,---------- , , _ . - . . responsible for assigned tasks and projects that wdl enhance the productivity and efficiency of the human resources division. Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. E\u0026gt;eveloping equity in employees composition that reflects racial and ethnic diversity.  $45,592.16 $53,554.32 lot Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $13,998.89 $11,393.85 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: $15,015.40 $13,146.18 I FTE 1.0 [ Related Function Codes: 26, 1 Program Seq f: 26 Program Name: Teacher Recndtment Program Code: 08 Program Goal: Flan Reference Page Number U3 U3 LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Richard Hurley Secondary Leader: (To organize reciuitmenl and retention programs for the puipose of developing equity in the employee composition that reflects racial and ethnic diversity .) Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Page: 2 RevbioD Date Robert Robinson Responsibility July 14, 1995 Evaluation Criteria 1. Update review of recruiting needs by age. race, sex and seniority in positions in the District to ascertain projected needs. 1.1 Review of all current staffing with identirtcation of staff by sex. race and subject area who will be retiring to project needs. (Reserve at least 25 percent of the positions for Black applicants.) A. Request for forecast based on 1.1 ta being prepared by Information Services. However, the number of retirees for the preceding three (3) years b taken in consideratioo when reserving a nianber of slots for minorities. 07/01/94 08/10/94 06/30/95 20% 2. Review of position assignments related to racial equity such that all races are represented in every position and Job description tn the district. 2.1 Development and assessment of school and divisional staffing patterns. A. From July 1, 1994 through October 1, 1994, there were fifty (50) school sites, of these: 1. Nine (9) sites were 0-24% minority faculty. 2. Twenty four (24) sites were 25-39% minority faculty. 26, 2 07/01/94 06/30/95 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 HR Director(Minority Recruiter)HR Director/ (Minority Recruiter) HR Director/(Mioority Recruiter) Bldg. Principab, Division Heads.) HR Director/ (Minority Recruiter) Bldg. Principab, Divbion Heads.) 1. (Completion of needs assessment.) I.l (Forecast of Retirees/Reservation of slots for minority staffing) 2. (Maintain an image of district-wide multi-cultural starting) 2.1 Completion of task (Computerized reports of staffing ratios)3 Program Seq *: 26 Revision Date July 14. 1995 Program Name: Teacher Recruitment Program Code: 08 Primary Leader: Richard Hurley Secondary Leader: Robert Robinson Program Goal: (To organae reoniilmenl and retendon programs for the pun of developing equity in the employee composition that renects racial and ethnic diversity .) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strate^es Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3. Twelve (12) sites were 40-50* minority faculty. 4. Five (5) schools had a minority leaching staff that exceeded 50% of the total teaching force. 07/01/94 10/01/94 144 12/09/93 MR 12 I. Create pool of currently certified teacher applicants and of students pursuing certification. From Jidy 1, 1994 through October 1,1994, there were 163 full-time certified employees - new hires. Fifty (50) or 31% of the appointments weid to minorities. From July 1, 1994 through October 1, 1994, there were 1959 fuU-tfane teachers. 686 or 35% of these teachers were minorities. B. EEOC Report Revised 2.2 Recruitment of support artd non-teaching staff to reflect equitable racial representation in all positions. 2.3 Establish goals and objectives for racially balancing each incentive school staff as part of a comprehensive long-range strategic plan for implementing the incentive school features. A. Tentative Goals for Incentive Schools staffing widtin guidelines of EEOC are in place. 1.1 Share applicant pools with PCSSD/NLRSD. 26, 3 02/15/95 07/01/94 07/01/94 02/15/95 07/01/94 03/31/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 HR Director/(Minority Recruiter) Principals, Assoc. Sup HR Directors - Three Districts (Minority Recruiter) HR Directors - Three Districts (Minority Recruiter) 2.2 (Improved Sttff diversity will be shown by staffing reports) 1. (An assemble of quality applicants for school based referrals and resources for replenishing the dwindling pool of minority applicants) 1.1 Completion of task (Identification of prospects)Program Seq #: 26 Page\n4 Program Name: Teacher Recruitment Revision Dale July 14. 1995 Program Code: 08 Prr^ram Goal: IMmary Leader: 125 (To organize recruitment and retention Richard Hurley Secondary Leader: programs for Ihe purpose of developing equity in the employee composition that raflecls racial and ethnic diversity.) Robert Robinson Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies I Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria I. To develop joint recniiting efforts and procedures with particular emphasis on minority teacher recruitment. A. LRSD shares its minority applicant pools with PCSSD/NLRSD on a regular basis to meet mutual staffing goals. Referrals are made through telephone calls and recruitment registry when requested. 1.1 Share planning, resources and contacts for recruitment of staff, both certified and non-certified. A. Inter/lntrastate recruitment schedules shared districts. among B. ASCUS membership information shared with PCSSD/NLRSD. This is an opportunity to broaden recruiting base for new teachers, providing teachers of diverse backgrounds for the classroom. C. ASCUS application has been submitted for data base representing the colleges and universities which prepare 90 percent of each yean graduating leachere.  a------------ Baaiuuaaui^ licablicis, national diiecloiy of job career faits for educators with a cross-reference of instinitions which will graduate minority candidates. 26, 4 07/30/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/15/94 08/15/94 09/30/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 03/31/95 09/30/94 HR Directors (Minority Recruiters) HR Directors - (Minority Recruiter) 1. Increase in minority staffing among certified staff and more proportional representation among support staffs. 1.1 Increase tn minority staffing among certified staff and more proportional representation among support staff.Pe: 5 Program Seq f: 26 Revision Date July 14, 1995 Program Name: Teacher Recruitment Program Code: 08 Primary Leader: Richard Hurley Secondary Leader: Robert Robinson Program Goal: (To organize recruitment and retention programs for the purpose of developing equity in the employee composition that reflects racial and ethnic diversity.) 125 125 Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Crfterla 2. To share the applicant pools among the districts 2.1 Use teachers in die recruitment process. A. Teacher recruitment team, comprised of new teacher-recruits, at least (1) tenured teacher, one (1) principal selected annually to accompany Recruiting Specialist on certain recruitment trips. The following employees selected for 1994-95: Theresa Courtney, Shanda Macon, Alvena Grissom, Christopher Threatt. Jodie Carter, Dora Wallace - subject area specialists included as well. Sixteen recruiting trips made and follow-up actions in progress. B. Recruiting Team also serves as a welcome committee when recruits visit LRSD to preview employment opportunities. 2.2 Certified and non-certified applicant pools will be shared with the agreement to assist each other in correction of disproportionate stafTmg. 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/18/94 11/02/94 07/18/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 HR Directors (Minority Recruiter) HR Directors (Minority Recruiter) HR Directors (Minority Recnjiier)Principals 3. To monitor distribution of sta^ across grade levels aitd support areas. A. Recruitment registry shared with NLRSD and PCSSD focusing on critical supply areas: Math Science. Elementaty. Spanish. 07/01/94 06/30/95 HR Directors (Minority Recruiter) Assoc./Asst. Supts 26, 5 2. Proportional representation of mirwrity and majority employees in all staffing categories. 2.1 (List of teachers who participated \u0026amp; activities) 2.2 (An established applicant referral system for teacher employment in any of Pulaski County's public schools) 3. Proportional representation of minority and majority employees in all staffing categories. Program Seq f: 26 Page: 6 Program Name: Teacher Recruitment Revision Dale July 14. 1995 Program Code: 08 Program Goal: Primary Leader: 125 (To organize recruitment and retention Richard Hurley Secondary Leader: programs for die purpose of developing equity in the employee composition tfiet tefleco racial and ethnic diversity.) Robert Robinson Plan Reference Page Nianber Objectives 4. To identify students who may be future teachen and provide support programs to them. Strategies 3.1 The principals will be accountable to ensure equitable distribution of teachen by grade level and subject area. A. Monitoring reports complied and principals advised accordingly. 4.1 Establish future teacher clubs in elementary. Junior high aixl senior high schools. A. For the 1994-95 school year, the following schools have active Teachen of Tomorrow Chapten: I. Elementary Carver Magnet Mitchell Chicot Washington Beginning Dale Completion Date ResponsibOfty Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 09/21/94 07/01/94 08/22/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 2. Junior High: Forest Heights Mabelvale Jr. Pulaski Heights Jr. Henderson Mann Magnet Southwest Jr. 3. Senior High: 26, 6 Principals. HR Directon (Minority Recruiter). Assoc./Asst. Supts. HR Directors (Minority Recruiter) Principals and Teachen (HR Directors, Minority Recruiter) Principals A Teachen 3.1 Statistical data that minority teachen have access to teaching opportunities at all grade levels, in all subject areas and in all programs  AP Honon. G/T. etc. '4. (Adoption of a comprehensive Teachen of Tomorrow Program for students considering careen in teaching.) 4.1 Increase the number of students entering the teaching profession.Pate*. 7 Program Seq #: 26 Revision Date July 14. 1995 Program Name: Teacher Recruitment Program Code: 08 Primary Leader: Richard Hurley Secondary Leader: Robert Robinson Program Goal: (To organize recruitment and retention programs for the purpose of developing equity in the employee composition that reflects racial artd ethnic diversity.) 126 126 126 Flan Reference Page Number Objectives Strate^es Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Central High Halt High Parkview Magnet J.A. Fair McClellan B. Teachen of Tomorrow Academy - Tri-district program: 1. Opened at the beginning of the 1994-95 school year, the Teachen of Tomorrow Academy continues to offer students a unique head start on a career in teaching: Learning Training Internship programs Priori^ hiring in the three school districts in Pulaski County after college graduation and certification requirements have been met Exposure to various teaching situations and levels Opportunities to work with children Special scholarships Individualized attention to personal and academic needs 2. Currently, minority students comprise approximately 60% of the total Teachen of Tomorrow Academy. 08/22/94 07/01/94 06/02/95 06/02/95 HR Directors (Minority Recruitment) Number of contracts of intent signed. 5. To establish a joint committee to address district planning for support of students who wish to become teachers. 07/01/94 06/30/95 HR Directors (Minority Recruiter. PrirKipals) 5. (Committee minutes reflect a support mechaitism ensuring a shared vision* for minority future teachen.) 5.2 Create contracts of intent\" to hire future teachen upon degree and certification completion. 26, 7 07/01/94 06/30/95 HR Directors (Minority Recruiter, Principals) 5.2 (Number of contracts intent signed) Program Seq \u0026lt;: 26 Page: 8 Program Name: Teacher Recruitment Revision Date July 14. 1995 Program Code: 08 Primary Leader: Program Goal: (To organize recruitment artd retention Richard Hurley Secondary Leader: programs for the purpose of developing eipjity in die employee composition that reflects racial and ethnic diversity.) Robert Robinson Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 126 126 6. To establish a joint committee for planning recruitment strategies and procedures. U6 126 D6 Program Seq f: 26 A. Contracts of Intent have been developed for peak recruiting season - Spring 1995. B. Candidates for advanced contracts in progress 5.3 Provide internship opportunities for students of education. A. Internship executive summary has been designed and submitted to Deputy Superintendent and Human Resources Director. 6.1 Production of a set of recruitment procedures and timelines to be developed joindy to increase effectiveness and define recruitment. A. Joint recniiting schedules have been defmed. 6.2 Develop a cooperative agreement for recruitment of certified and non-certified staff with reservation of a number of slots so that employee categories will be desegregated. 6.3 Improve teacher working conditions to maintain teachers in the profession. 07/01/94 01/26/95 07/01/94 07/05/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 09/15/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 26, 1 05/10/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 07/05/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 05/11/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 HR Director (Minority Recruiter. Principals HR Directors, (Minority Recruiter) HR Directors (Minority Recruiter HR Directors (Minority Recruiter) (Minority Recruiter) HR Directors, Support Services and Principals Page: 5.3 (List of interns to be recruited for full-time employment). 6. (A support mechanism will be in place to ensure successful recruitment and retention programs for minorities.) 6.1 Completion of the document 6.2 Racial ratios in all staff commensurate with district and court approved guidelines. 6.3 Increase district staff retention. 1Revision Date: April 4, 1995 Program Name: Minority Teacher Recruitment Program Code: 08 Primary Leader: Richard Hurley Secondary Leader: Robert Robinson Program DescriptioD: Primaiy function is to recruit high quality professional and support personnel to meet the distriefs goals and objectives in a wide range of positions in school and the central ^ministration offices. To sup^rt linages between the school distri.ct a.nd .high.er .edu.cati.on i.nsti.tuti ons\nassume respons.i.b..i.l.i ty fro. r_ dJe l.e_g_a_t_edJ _p_ro_g_r_a_m__s_ _relia_te..dj t__o_ s__tt_f_f _r_e_c_r_u_it_m__e_n_t tao/v imeet cEcE/O*i aannd/i AAfrf\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "}],"pages":{"current_page":2,"next_page":3,"prev_page":1,"total_pages":4,"limit_value":12,"offset_value":12,"total_count":38,"first_page?":false,"last_page?":false},"facets":[{"name":"type_facet","items":[{"value":"Text","hits":38}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":16,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"subject_facet","items":[{"value":"Education--Arkansas","hits":38},{"value":"Education--Evaluation","hits":38},{"value":"Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","hits":38},{"value":"Little Rock School District","hits":38},{"value":"Education--Finance","hits":32},{"value":"Project management","hits":5},{"value":"School improvement programs","hits":5}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"location_facet","items":[{"value":"United States, 39.76, -98.5","hits":38},{"value":"United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","hits":38},{"value":"United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","hits":38},{"value":"United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959","hits":38}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"us_states_facet","items":[{"value":"Arkansas","hits":38}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"year_facet","items":[{"value":"1995","hits":20},{"value":"1996","hits":10},{"value":"1994","hits":3},{"value":"1997","hits":3},{"value":"1993","hits":2}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":100,"offset":0,"prefix":null},"min":"1993","max":"1997","count":38,"missing":0},{"name":"medium_facet","items":[{"value":"planning","hits":38}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"rights_facet","items":[{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/","hits":38}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"collection_titles_sms","items":[{"value":"Office of Desegregation Management","hits":38}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"provenance_facet","items":[{"value":"Butler Center for Arkansas Studies","hits":38}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"class_name","items":[{"value":"Item","hits":38}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":100,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"educator_resource_b","items":[{"value":"false","hits":38}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":100,"offset":0,"prefix":null}}]}}